Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit M12-039 - BOEING #9-96BOEING #9 -96 9725 EAST MARGINAL wys M12 -039 City okukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov MECHANICAL PERMIT Parcel No.: 0003400018 Address: 9725 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Project Name: BOEING #9 -96 Permit Number: M12 -039 Issue Date: 05/23/2012 Permit Expires On: 11/19/2012 Owner: Name: BOEING COMPANY THE Address: PROPERTY TAX DEPT , PO BOX 3707 M/C 20 -00 98124 Contact Person: Name: DANIAL MA Address: 18802 80 AV S , KENT WA 98032 Email: DANIALM @SHINNMECH.COM Contractor: Name: SHINN MECHANICAL Address: 13301 SE 26 ST , BELLEVUE WA 98005 Contractor License No: SHINNMIO60QP Phone: 425 204 -3954 Phone: 425 - 373 -9800 Expiration Date: 11/04/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REPLACE (3) ANUS WITH (6) NEW AHUS. NEW UNITS WILL BE CONNECTED TO EXISTING RETURN FANS ADN SUPPLY DUCTWORK. INSTALL (3) NEW EXHAUST FANS. REMOVE EXISTING STEAM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND REPLACE WITH NEW EQUIPMENT INCLUDING (6) STEAM PRUS, (6) CONDENSATE PUMPS, (14) PUMPS, (3) HEAT EXCHANGES, (3) AIR SEPARATORS, AND (18) STEAM TRAPS. Value of Mechanical: 499,543.00 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA Electrical Service Provided by: Permit Center Authorized Signature: Fees Collected: $13,681.31 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2009 Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this mechanical permit and agree to the conditions on the back of this permit. Signature: Date: c/13 f /Z. Print Name: D%%vl Al /kt..l This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IMC -4/10 M12-039 Printed: 05 -23 -2012 PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit No. M12-039 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 4: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be required. 5: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 6: Installation of high- strength bolts shall be periodically inspected in accordance with AISC specifications. 7: The special inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. 8: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 9: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 10: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 11: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 16: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 17: H.V.A.C. units rated at greater than 2,000 cfm require auto - shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2328) 18: H.V.A.C. systems supplying air in excess of 2,000 cubic feet per minute to enclosed spaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air - moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main return -air duct served by such equipment. Smoke detectors shall be labeled by an approved agency for air -duct installation and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. (IMC 606.1, 606.2.1) 19: Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke detectors. (City Ordinance #2328) doc: IMC-4/10 M12 -039 Printed: 05 -23 -2012 20: Duct smoke detectors shall be le of being reset from a single point near tlarm panel. (City Ordinance #2328) 21: Duct detectors shall send a supervisory signal only upon activation. (City Ordinance #2328) 22: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 23: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 24: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 25: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 26: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 27: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 28: Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 29: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: IMC -4/10 M12 -039 Printed: 05 -23 -2012 M41111W' CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Mechanical Permit No. Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: (For office use only) MECHANICAL PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **please print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 9-(, King Co Assessor's Tax No.: CC0?-1-1,0-00i1) gr72.5 atrfrow . Suite Number: Tenant Name: PROPERTY OWNER Name: 13E406 Address:7,a Box, st-rlr 1 Ws 11-35 t, I City:Seaolj State: too. Zip:GM4 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Zou lot, rvip Address: 1880z, Rom_ otyc, s City: Kum-- State: wri Zip:98032 Phone: <us _za 1_315,1 Fax: iz. 21)3_9w i Email: dant. Atrile-Sh i anmeth, New Tenant: Floor: yOo1:1 Yes MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name:Skyo infttotpac, Address: mo..zp City: lo*for— State: wit Zip:9;03z Phone: 125 _203_9602Fax: _ zee _9(5:0 / Contr Reg Nositimen/619d3 Date: i w.24913 Tukwila Business License No.: geo.s_011/2:1?-5.3 Valuation of project (contractor's bid price): $ 1) '4'1 61 Describe the scope of work in detail: ge,pulte_ 3 ex/€7-Bub NI (kg uo trw WM'S Cae-C 2011O ID et-leirIIUG fit fig.PS 01-S44 Ve,a) bOttfifor -fLIS Ronout, if2yi 5team st,isturt e coiti-h 114o 5 rAqi- fxeffico& A1-S& 5 A1-S& 18 orraiirl •Pg-iirap5e.on Use: e Residential: ew Commercial: New tc; Fuel Type: Electric Gas Replacement LI Replacement X. nvt) f1H. Net() )()-rivcoe. /WM ama °,10,11111)011 Other: H:\ApplicationsWorms-Applications On Line \201 I ApplicationsWechanical Permit Application Revised 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 1 of 2 Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type Qty Furnace <100k btu / Furnace >100k btu (0J Floor furnace Suspended /wall /floor mounted heater Appliance vent Repair or addition to heat/refrig/cooling system / Air handling unit <10,000 cfm Unit Type Qty Air handling unit / >10,000 cfm (0J Evaporator cooler Ventilation fan connected to single duct Ventilation system Hood and duct Incinerator — domestic Incinerator — comm/industrial Unit Type Qty Fire damper Diffuser Thermostat Wood /gas stove Emergency generator Other mechanical equipment Boiler /Compressor Qty 0 -3 hp /100,000 btu 3 -15 hp /500,000 btu 15 -30 hp /1,000,000 btu 30 -50 hp /1,750,000 btu 50+ hp/1,750,000 btu APPLICATION NOTES Value of construction — in all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the permit center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of plan review — applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may grant one extension of time for additional periods not to exceed 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW Signature: Print Name: Mailing Address: N���R AUT RIZED AGENT: cligiu 1050z- lug- Si Date: 45/2&/Zo /Z Day Telephone: `77.5 -2-09 - Jq (,L& H:\ Applications \Forms- Applications On Line \2011 Applications \Mechanical Permit Application Revised 8-9 -1 l.docx Revised: August 2011 hh City State Zip Page 2 of 2 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -43 1 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.Rov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 0003400018 Permit Number: M12 -039 Address: 9725 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUI{W Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 03/26/2012 Applicant: BOEING #9 -96 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R12 -01664 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payment Amount: $10,945.05 Payment Date: 05/23/2012 01:51 PM Balance: $0.00 Payee: SHINN MECHANICAL TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 036652 10,945.05 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts MECHANICAL - NONRES 000.322.102.00.00 10,945.05 Total: $10,945.05 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 05 -23 -2012 of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: httn://www.ci. tukwila. wa. us SET RECEIPT RECEIPT NO: R12 -01136 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 03/26/2012 User ID: 1165 Total Payment: 2,839.69 Payee: SHINN MECHANICAL SET ID: S000001720 SET NAME: Tmp set/Initialized Activities SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount M12 -039 2,736.26 PG12 -049 103.43 TOTAL: 2,736.26 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 036158 2,839.69 TOTAL: 2,839.69 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 2,839.69 TOTAL: 2,839.69 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTIJON NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 , (206) 431 -367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 M c? -. 035 Project: 13 . i )42 b 4`I Type of Inspection: SMo tCC .S (&j-r—]0kk Address: G q E. E ARAt&T � h (,..- Date Called: r ivve.. k. , f iv ,- Special Instructions: Date Wanted:, S'-.� /a.m. —/ ((P-my Requester: Phone No: .,. -12,5 -S3( -f(0tc Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. r COMMENTS: 0 V----- iLket;\ - AO k•I e4 77-sLij Ye- ' , ':it (,) A AG `.:i r I drfilir + 7- - ; 1 • A 1)1! Date: — ri REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Priorito next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 4 • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Pro a t: Type of Inspection: AR v --W1.-- c.,c4 to ..e(„:-K aDate Add e 2S t N -_,. f. w vG. Called: ',. KO P--,k1 -E i 6 o IC 1 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: 4,1-N, o DWt\ .- --°1 Su a t (0K) Phone No: 4 2S —531— !('2k ElApproved per applicable codes. = Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p/A- oN p* t ' Jt AR v --W1.-- c.,c4 to ..e(„:-K „ - . N.5 C KO P--,k1 -E i 6 o IC 1 f _ J it--Ai - - 9 61--: t_ -geOD Douwv- - 10 / OP) P-46:)‘71 fA St-\j--r- i) J ,..k) A q ' ' 6e) Ae. i ir' 4,1-N, o DWt\ .- --°1 Su a t (0K) 5 i i i o o i . ti- ) 6 .S t� (C, ,(t)Gc -) I 1 f I A Inspector: 10 I Date ,'i ' / 3 v L`1/I n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD R etain a copy with permit INSPECTION O. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION Cif' 6300'Soutticenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (e. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 f' M11-031 Project: fl.. (,, Type ofAlnjspectio � ` Address ��r�'`��._ Date Called: t - �- 1 Sp &cia instructions: Date Wanted: .y a.m. Requester: [ Q -, rA.5 Ph%jeno ... f 1 �' 27 I Approved per applicable codes. _ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �A / . i k.t�,%4.� i t - �- 1 [ Q -, rA.5 °s (.P }`` 3 t-'_._,43 ( a :' • +ti 44-5 _ 1 ? 7s ut--, ib f_ Inspector: ! � �� y Date 3 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTI'N' 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 IR (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 PERMIT NO. aApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: e- vcol 4e- &y 7 1-1/ JA 6,5c) y(' �7 G 1 .. 't h ' I o /4 ( -1 i`c_.., 1-7-n / ,lam 46. , - /S U 30,0 /QA/C 1 u I 1 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Inspector: Date: /al Addr ssr:7 to Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. am. Requester: Phone e (9 ---S 7 1 _2 / 0 aApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: e- vcol 4e- &y 7 1-1/ JA 6,5c) y(' �7 G 1 .. 't h ' I o /4 ( -1 i`c_.., 1-7-n / ,lam 46. , - /S U 30,0 /QA/C 1 u I 1 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Inspector: Date: /al INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit M 639- PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING. DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: Type of Inspection: Address: C-7725 F.4.--7/ /114k'G /,011 Date Called: Special Instructions: k ,---.:01.- — 0_f 1-- L '"4 `"' 21. C)Cv2327 -oI Date Wanted:. i�� 12 a.m. Cam. Requester: t A ' et. Phone No: V.2S 33i —PaG, Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. ty /.4 COMMENTS: ioA9 1ise i 0nr 1 K S7:'L .aleAL .es5vre_ i -77 -- AA A ArA- . kJ y Date / Q 4 r. o C REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee.must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedulereinspection.` INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT N0: CI -1;Y OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION* 6300 Southcenter Blvd_, #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 ke. _ (206).431 -3670' Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 ProjecL> oe-' q Typegf Inspection: 1C O06 Add . ss: Date Called: Date Wanted: _7_ Special Instructions: Requester: Phone No: 7/D ( AI EApproved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval, COMMENTS: PAirRA13-se P -3 4-4 OK, 11 , , Ins{i\ ctor: A iy ___ Q__t.,A n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, .fee'must:be _: paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule.,reinspection Date . INSPECTION NUMBER P, 1j INSPECTION ;RECORD Retain a copy with permit Also -03er PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: e"alike 61-q 6' Hood & Duct: Type of Inspection:, Mcc.-4 c Address: Suite #: 7z t', rfff zeta , Contact P rson: 5 Phone No.: Special Instructions: 7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Ella /Norm g ,e /2_,c_fi/ Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: /9/. / rib Date: //hi/ -1" Hrs.: 2 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit J -5- /'o 0119- c73"? PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: O e i A) lj . c- / (° Type of Inspection: S 4_ 'T-D.0 Se °Ca-e_r-- Address: .7 9:1.-- Suite #: C_ f,6 6/iiwyS Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: I'pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: pe,A-ii4a.S___ . _5 ---- — OK - Prf - INA L 0i< c,A) p4• I a -5-/1,6 Th- 7-ag4-- 5' 5.-1-iii iVQede Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: 5 a- Date: 3 /.1 /13 Hrs.: 1 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER '< INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1�- -S - / &0 pia- 03y PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: I- 4.4o-k- ivctbe. - 3 Type of Inspection: Address: 97 c, Suite #: EllA lAittS Contact Person: . Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: N. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: PeA7k-kbaS-e- ---- 0147 Occupancy Type: J f or o- Off! eQr , r 1 ?(Ipk,bit.- Q a 7- 5a-74 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: Date: ?// 7/4.5 Hrs.: Pv ` / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /9- s- /97, p12).4;._03? PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Proje C. M `�'�� Type of Inspection: -TG4 Address: r, 7 Suite #: A1 �f S r Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: roved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r/ Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire;Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: S a-- Date: ///7/ / Z Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 1 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ray a - o 3c( PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: o �e... t iv 9,6 Type of nsp ction: I� e4Jk. / -ri - % /4 �- c Address: S "I a c-7 �m Suite #: .- ql Lp Contact Person: Pre -Fire: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: J) c- ___ Date: / // 7/ ./3 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection:` Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit h is 03a PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Proj . 0-e_10 - 9 Type of Inspection: rnec,L ) cA Address: q -7 ..s-- Suite #: E , pvi, r9 loth L 1,4 , Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Prnia 2_ -- Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: D ucX fie- -(-ec-F 0 S Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: (1) /(:' > 4 2 Peiz-v-ru, I S} -clove-- 4 .?. O 2 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: A 4 tea- Date: /6/V /z Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record-Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit i2- 2.-/ -1/2 - r� PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: / r Type of Inspection: 5/0r'.4)47r.- /�,. .2 --o eG.t.--r, Address: 97Z_ S Suite #: 4J'. 9 -94 Fili k.• s,, Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: - y4 5-9 Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: f1tidrU : /3© U./e> << Sr4o 4.' 7»e 'sr. z3•5" i= uA 7./y "s2- ' Z3 --. d%"% .STA,e T Ti 9r-- 1, PC) P:„1- Z-3.-C-- .c' =it, %, /1,0 „.`..,_ 23. C uv.cd : vie 4-e., r, , .t it-,z .74, r)i, Z •'7 �st o.-; A W., J/ Needs Shift-Inspection: - y4 5-9 Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 1 Inspector: - y4 5-9 Date: 45, & I/ Z:. Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing. Address Attn: Address: City: Company Name: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • r PTLE rn15., BOEING 9 -96 AHU REPLACEMENT CALCULATIONS Tukwila, Washington Permit # M12 -039 Comment #; Design Calculations April 2012 2 Prepared by: ACOFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 900 Westlake Center Office Tower Seattle, Washington 98101 (206) 623 -0717 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CITY .� MAY 072012 PERMIT CENTER CORRECTION 11.-0�°I P 7 2; ,DF 2 v -o1 t oo s 6- a 75 sr UJE Lop�Q A tiQ — t > 2.Lk33S Ie (15-2,x 7-57)/1-N tos•-- 164'J (03oc°"' /C,cz.x Z.M1) ukL, J tN Ts A A ok.) - A L E- AcIA A,E. MAIO L.. UN11- I�NV Zr �4vH t�Nv ARE ALL- 14C. SA-it, r. Nk_o D FL_ 'Co C_ C V (L e s / Z v \4t & `t t' I iA L2... t -k-=l- v ra t nti .67-.: €. joTvak l_ C -r{cA `.-N FdK►1■r LoAp\+Jci Ati —1 - 2'- 1j3lcB - II5,2 Li + 2 `t,c(Q); z`1•ctxi(ot2_ 4(-Ips 4 C COFFMAN NGINEEAS Meet location by C `a client date `/ VVI checked sheet no. 1/6 date job nd. Iso ff? st'&-T-v Fg-A-0-4Ni tr wvo c„ 6-) YA 76 X 12-1 bpAo Los1.4 1422-` cc) 114_ lo 2-0 f)L) t2A-1 1,4 e 9 ' M11141%3 C:2• (r3t—k I Ni A7/-- M 914 S) - F to LA 41,(7, ce_ ce) eAO 'ap (0 ,151 2.01-0") Lita,c,7-21e, 14■14 le2,D AFR!'N'rl't! project A)4 9— 6 by Ce location date 94-04 Z_ sheet no. Zit.) client checked date job no. eaagivaa Project Name Job Number Sales Engineer Prepared by Model No. Boeing 9 -96 12948 -002 Darin Bennett Darin Bennett CSU -32K Date Revised Revision Tag Number Quantity Submittal Data Sheet 11/21/11 AHU-2 1 1 Air Handler Summary 1.1 Dimensions / Weights /Jobsite Elevation a. Height 115.125 in d. Dry Weight 10305 lb b. Width 102.000 in e. Wet Weight 10305 lb c. Length 241.250 in f. Elevation 39 ft Standard 1.2 Notes /Features a. e. Blankoffs 2 Unit Construction 2.1 Construction 2.2 Cabinet Material a. Type Indoor - Slab mounted a. Exterior 16 ga. G90 galv. b. Assembly Drive Screw b. Liner Solid c. Liner Perf d. Liner S/S Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) Perf 22 ga. G90 gals. (see drawing) None c. Panel Depth 2.125 in d. Panel Type Standard e. Liner Type Interior liners to be overlapped & drive screwed to the return breaks at the wall panel & water dam. Unit interior to be completely caulked. e. Blankoffs 16 ga. G90 galv. f. Caulk Sikaflex -1A 2.3 Insulation a Walls &,Ceiling 2.4, Unit Finish a. Death 2.000 in a. Exterior Powder Coat - White, Standard b. T •e Solid Liner 3# Unfaced _ b. Interior No Paint c. T •e Perf Liner 3# MWF d. T •e No Liner 3# PSK 2.5 Access Doors 2.6 Base Construction a. Inner Panel G90 galv. a. Type b. Material Structural Channel Steel b. Outer Panel G90 galv. w /powder coat c. Construction Standard - Huntair c. Height 6.000 in d. Window Type Thermal Break - wire glass d. Lifting Lugs Removable e. Window Location All Doors e. Base Finish Powder Coat - White f. Hardware SS hinges w/ non - lockable latches g. Mech. Latch Fan doors only 2.7 Base Skin 2.8 Base insulation. a. Material 0.188 in Treadplate w/ powder coat a. Type Polyurethane Foam b. Seams Solid welded b. Depth 2.125 in c. Floor Drains None c. Liner Material Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. - no paint 2 9 s Miscellaneous ° 9 2.10 ,%bs,ite,Services t. a. Sensor Ports Yes - All Doors a. Factory Supervision None b. Seismic Calcs None b. Factory Startup None c. Unit Testing Performance (volume, static, BHP) & Leak d. Witness Test No Printed: 11/23/2011 Job No: 12948 -002 Rev - 11555 SW Myslony St Tualatin, OR 97062 Phone: 503-639-0113 • Fax: 503-639-1269 Huntair Submittal Data Sheet Page 1 of 5 eNURIJULOI Project Name Job Number Sales Engineer Prepared by Model No. Boeing 9-96 12948-003 Darin Bennett Darin Bennett CSU-65K Date Revised Revision Tag Number Quantity Submittal Data Sheet 11/21/11 01/06/12 A AHU-3 1 1 Air Handler Summary 1 . 1•,';.-Dimosippl.W4idhts7 40?4T4e Elevation ' • , . - : - '' ' . . .- a. Height 126.125 in d. Dry Weight 234321b b. Width 182.250 in e. Wet Wei. ht 24338 lb c. Length 287.250 in f. Elevation 39 ft Perf 22 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) Solid 20 ga. 304SS (no paint) see drawing , ..- 4.2 s s -.Note /Features a. e. Liner Type 2 Unit Construction •,2 4,.,'CanstrUe Min . - 2'2..,:cabinetMiterie , a. Type Indoor - Slab mounted a. Exterior 16 ga. G90 galv. b. Assembly Drive Screw b. Liner Solid Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) c. Panel Depth 2.125 in c. Liner Perf d Liner . S/S Perf 22 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) Solid 20 ga. 304SS (no paint) see drawing d. Panel Type Standard e. Liner Type Interior liners to be overlapped & drive screwed to the return breaks at the wall panel & water dam. Unit interior to be completely caulked. e. Blankoffs 16 ga. 090 galv. f. Caulk Sikaflex-1A 1213 -4Ins*`Urarrfion - fittleirsVrielieR'g f ; ' '',' • , :,:',.;;,.,!‘,f?-- ''' ' ' ' ' 4,,,1-.2x. -- - . -.(--; , , '?2,4!,„.7.;',,„_nit.,4,,Fitlisk, .„,,.,,,,-,,, .t, , ''‘i-..,-A-.-; `,.:,..' -.-',:-'''> a. Depth 2.000 in a. Exterior Powder Coat - White, Standard b. Type (Solid Liner) 3# Unfaced b. Interior No Paint c. Type (Perf Liner) 3# MWF d. Type (No Liner) 3# PSK 2 5 , Access Doors 26 , Base Construction a. Inner Panel G90 galv. 304 stainless in cooling coil section a. Type Structural Channel b. Material Steel b. Outer Panel 090 galv. w/powder coat c. Height 6.000 in c. Construction Standard - Huntair d. Lifting Lugs Removable d. Window Type Thermal Break - wire glass e. Base Finish Powder Coat - White e. Window Location All Doors f. Hardware SS hinges w/ non-lockable latches g. Mech. Latch Fan doors only Zt ?"BaSe:Skin ' . , Bate' Insulation a. Material 0.188 in Treadplate w/ powder coat a. Type Polyurethane Foam b. Seams Solid welded b. Depth 2.125 in c. Floor Drains None c. Liner Material Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. - no paint zi ki sielilMiik '- , . . , a. Sensor Ports Yes - All Doors a. Factory Supervision None b. Seismic Calcs None b. Factory Startup None c. Unit Testing None d. Witness Test No Printed: 1/6/2012 Job No: 12948-003 Rev A 11555 SW Myslony St • Tualatin, OR 97062 Phone: 503-639-0113 • Fax: 503-639-1269 Huntair Submittal Data Sheet Page 1 of 6 enagEMOM Project Name Job Number Sales Engineer Prepared by Model No. Boeing 9 -96 12948 -004 Darin Bennett Darin Bennett CSU -32K Date Revised Revision Tag Number Quantity Submittal Data Sheet 11/22/11 AHU -4 1 1 Air Handler Summary • imensions /:Weights / Jobsrte Elevation • a. Height 115.125 in d. Dry Weight 10305 Ib b. Width 102.000 in e. Wet Weight 10305 Ib c. Length 241.250 in f. Elevation 39 ft 1:2 Notes a. 2 Unit Construction 2 1 Construction : =2.2 "Cabinet`Material. a. Type Indoor - Slab mounted a. Exterior 16 ga. G90 galv. b. Assembly Drive Screw b. Liner Solid Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) c. Panel Depth 2.125 in c. Liner Perf Perf 22 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) d. Panel Type Standard d. Liner S/S None e. Liner Type Interior liners to be overlapped & drive screwed to the return breaks at the wall panel & water dam. Unit interior to be completely caulked. e. Blankoffs 16 ga. G90 galv. f. Caulk Sikaflex -1A 4. a lnsulat o'"n' WAilsl Ceiling s x ' 241 x )nit Flnlsht a. Depth 2.000 in a. Exterior Powder Coat - White, Standard b. Type (Solid Liner) 3# Unfaced b. Interior No Paint c. Type (Perf Liner) 3# MWF d. Type (No Liner) 3# PSK 2:5 Access Doors ... 2:6• `Base.Construction. • a. Inner Panel G90 gals. a. Type Structural Channel b. Outer Panel G90 galv. w /powder coat b. Material Steel c. Construction Standard - Huntair c. Height 6.000 in d. Window Type Thermal Break - wire glass d. Lifting Lugs Removable e. Window Location All Doors e. Base Finish Powder Coat - White f. Hardware SS hinges w/ non - lockable latches g. Mech. Latch Fan doors only 2 7. Base• Skin. • . • 2s8 Base Insulation. • a. Material 0.188 in Treadplate w/ powder coat a. Type Polyurethane Foam b. Seams Solid welded b. Depth 2.125 in c. Floor Drains None c. Liner Material Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. - no paint 29 rMis la e,ous - f • , m• - v r10518._ bste ery ces .. y .' ?` a. Sensor Ports Yes - All Doors a. Factory Supervision None b. Seismic Calcs None b. Factory Startup None c. Unit Testing None d. Witness Test No Printed: 11/23/2011 Job No: 12948 -004 Rev - 11555 SW Myslony St • Tualatin, OR 97062 Phone: 503-639-0113 • Fax: 503-639-1269 Huntair Submittal Data Sheet Page 1 of 5 eNUMUnil Project Name Job Number Sales Engineer Prepared by Model No. Boeing 9 -96 12948 -005 Darin Bennett Darin Bennett CSU -65K Date Revised Revision Tag Number Quantity Submittal Data Sheet 11/22/11 01/06/12 A AHU-5 1 1 Air Handler Summary imensrons /;Weights / Jobsite Elevation;'" a. Height 126.125 in d. Dry Weight 23432 lb b. Width 182.250 in e. Wet Weight 24338 lb c. Length 287.250 in f. Elevation 39 ft 12 -Notes % Features a. 2 Unit Construction `21 Gonstuctron Cab,net Material a. Type Indoor - Slab mounted a. Exterior 16 ga. G90 galv. b. Assembly Drive Screw b. Liner Solid Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) c. Panel Depth 2.125 in c. Liner Perf d. Liner S/S Perf 22 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) Solid 20 ga. 304SS (no paint) see drawing d. Panel Type Standard e. Liner Type Interior liners to be overlapped & drive screwed to the return breaks at the wall panel & water dam. Unit interior to be completely caulked. e. Blankoffs 16 ga. G90 galv. f. Caulk Sikaflex -1A 0., "i.ots.eq • y. %' `'err,'` t 'r 4 ;t .0 2.3 Insulation VNalls�8 Ceilm Yr a. o w•.. . .g ti.n"'C st. ✓ ar =x & $ ;: 2:4 UmttFmish� ... a �y �_ •t; a. Depth 2.000 in a. Exterior Powder Coat - White, Standard b. Type (Solid Liner) 3# Unfaced b. Interior No Paint c. Type (Perf Liner) 3# MWF d. Type (No Liner) 3# PSK 2.5 Access Doors 2.6. . Base Construction; a. Inner Panel G90 galv. 304 stainless in cooling coil section a. Type Structural Channel b. Material Steel b. Outer Panel G90 galv. w /powder coat _ c. Height d. Lifting Lugs 6.000 in Removable c. Construction Standard - Huntair d. Window Type Thermal Break - wire glass e. Base Finish Powder Coat - White e. Window Location All Doors f. Hardware SS hinges w/ non - lockable latches g. Mech. Latch Fan doors only 2 7 wBase =Skin ,. 2.8; Base'insulabon a. Material 0.188 in Treadplate w/ powder coat a. Type Polyurethane Foam b. Seams Solid welded b. Depth 2.125 in c. Floor Drains None c. Liner Material Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. - no paint r':"r"°�k°�•�rii k'.C3-,^S; of .a`n'n5rts+ : rw,` r tr, 2.9 Miscellaneous, } bn A. ..;1'%-': .�..� -^�i.l •y,.e m,: a�`d "yy'� ;.,. .'may ''�;"k 2'Job IteServlces . .. d: a. Sensor Ports Yes - All Doors a. Factory Supervision None b. Seismic Calcs None b. Factory Startup None c. Unit Testing None d. Witness Test No Printed: 1/6/2012 Job No: 12948 -005 Rev A 11555 SW Myslony St • Tualatin, OR 97062 Phone: 503-639-0113 • Fax: 503-639-1269 Huntair Submittal Data Sheet Page 1 of 6 Project Name Job Number Sales Engineer Prepared by Model No. Boeing 9 -96 12948 -006 Darin Bennett Darin Bennett CSU -32K Date Revised Revision Tag Number Quantity Submittal Data Sheet 11/22/11 AHU-6 1 1 Air Handler Summary '1' . 'Drmens,ons /;Weights /Jobsite Elevation =.; a. Height 115.125 in d. Dry Weight 10305 lb b. Width 102.000 in e. Wet Weight 10305 lb c. Length 241.250 in f. Elevation 39 ft Standard 1 2. Notes / Features a. e. Blankoffs 2 Unit Construction 2 1 -Construction : 2 2 Cabinet Material' a. Type Indoor - Slab mounted a. Exterior 16 ga. G90 galv. b. Assembly Drive Screw b. Liner Solid c. Liner Perf d. Liner S/S Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) Perf 22 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) None c. Panel Depth 2.125 in d. Panel Type Standard e. Liner Type Interior liners to be overlapped & drive screwed to the return breaks at the wall panel & water dam. Unit interior to be completely caulked. e. Blankoffs 16 ga. G90 galv. f. Caulk Sikaflex -1A Insuli ation Vals�$Cei inge sj U S•v Y 'h. xr t. a- { 24 UntFnis � ; a. Depth 2.000 in a. Exterior Powder Coat - White, Standard b. Type (Solid Liner) 3# Unfaced b. Interior No Paint c. Type (Perf Liner) 3# MWF d. Type (No Liner) 3# PSK 2.5 .Access Doors 2.6 Base Construction a. Inner Panel G90 galv. a. Type Structural Channel b. Outer Panel G90 galv. w /powder coat b. Material Steel c. Construction Standard - Huntair c. Height 6.000 in d. Window Type Thermal Break - wire glass d. Lifting Lugs Removable e. Window Location All Doors e. Base Finish Powder Coat - White f. Hardware SS hinges w/ non - lockable latches g. Mech. Latch Fan doors only 2 7-- Base `Skn , 2:8 Base: Insulation: a. Material 0.188 in Treadplate w/ powder coat a. Type Polyurethane Foam b. Seams Solid welded b. Depth 2.125 in c. Floor Drains None c. Liner Material Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. - no paint �, aic .- , c � Miscellaneous ° � ' ' ' 'i °' :+a¢e+ n s'' W `.R 4�t rJ ?; �`'� :.''. .a ,-,Y sc- - .ps,�it ak, °�..s tgF, ,', : °a 2ttO Alsrte4Servrces . , • _ .,. —�sg. au rs._ at.. i-aa f r.. .- _ ;"' .._ _.s. a. Sensor Ports Yes - All Doors a. Factory Supervision None b. Seismic Calcs None b. Factory Startup None c. Unit Testing None d. Witness Test No Printed: 11/23/2011 Job No: 12948 -006 Rev - 11555 SW Myslony St • Tualatin, OR 97062 Phone: 503-639-0113 • Fax: 503-639-1269 Huntair Submittal Data Sheet Page 1 of 5 eN UIRTMDI Project Name Job Number Sales Engineer Prepared by Model No. Boeing 9 -96 12948 -001 Darin Bennett Darin Bennett CSU -65K Date Revised Revision Tag Number Quantity Submittal Data Sheet 11/18/11 01/06/12 A AHU -1 1 Air Handler Summary '1 1 Dimensions / Weigh)ts'/ JotisrteyElevation a. Height 126.125 in d. Dry Weight 23432 lb b. Width 182.250 in e. Wet Weight 24338 lb c. Length 287.250 in f. Elevation 39 ft Perf 22 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) 12 .Notes /Features . . a. d. Liner S/S 2 Unit Construction 21 'Gonst uct,on .- ; . Cabinef Material 2:2 _ .. • a. Type Indoor - Slab mounted a. Exterior 16 ga. G90 galv. b. Assembly Drive Screw b. Liner Solid Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) c. Panel Depth 2.125 in c. Liner Perf Perf 22 ga. G90 galv. (see drawing) d. Panel Type Standard d. Liner S/S Solid 20 ga. 304SS (no paint) see drawing e. Liner Type Interior liners to be overlapped & drive screwed to the return breaks at the wall panel & water dam. Unit interior to be completely caulked. e. Blankoffs 16 ga. G90 galv. f. Caulk Sikaflex -1A .� 2a3insulation - Walls & Ceiling) b: ti�2,g4amt� tiN.. %n Jwarv=s..w. �. V:» = =Fns �sli' : r v i +- S : a. Depth 2.000 in a. Exterior Powder Coat - White, Standard b. Type (Solid Liner) 3# Unfaced b. Interior No Paint c. Type (Perf Liner) 3# MWF d. Type (No Liner) 3# PSK 2.5 • Access Doors 2.6,: Base .Construction - a. Inner Panel G90 galv. 304 stainless in cooling coil section a. Type Structural Channel b. Material Steel b. Outer Panel G90 galv. w /powder coat c. Height 6.000 in c. Construction Standard - Huntair d. Lifting Lugs Removable d. Window Type Thermal Break - wire glass e. Base Finish Powder Coat - White e. Window Location All Doors f. Hardware SS hinges w/ non - lockable latches g. Mech. Latch Fan doors only 2 7 'Base Skin 2 8 Base Insuolati n a. Material 0.188 in Treadplate w/ powder coat a. Type Polyurethane Foam b. Seams Solid welded b. Depth 2.125 in c. Floor Drains None c. Liner Material Solid 20 ga. G90 galv. - no paint '2:9 'Nlrsce ° � ` ; . • a =: r....,. .:. ' ? 10 Jobs t .S :s , `,. .61..u.,.... _. a. Sensor Ports Yes — All Doors a. Factory Supervision None b. Seismic Calcs None b. Factory Startup None c. Unit Testing Performance (volume, static, BHP) & Leak d. Witness Test No Printed: 1/6/2012 Job No: 12948 -001 Rev A 11555 SW Myslony St • Tualatin, OR 97062 Phone: 503-639-0113 • Fax: 503-639-1269 Huntair Submittal Data Sheet Page 1 of 6 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION BOEING AHU UPGRADE Tukwila, Washington Boeing Project No. 1 1094515 CE1 Project No. 10609 March 16, 2011 SEATTLE 1601 Fi6hAve, SuIte 900 Seatde,WA 98101 -1620 206.623.0717 ANCHORAGE HONOLULU 907.276.6664 808.687.8884 LOS ANGELES SPOKANE 818.285.2650 509.328.2994 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of BUILDING DlkVwila DIVISION CITY OF TUt MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER N ACOFFMAN N G I N E E R S LASTING c w. n.yt...wt.l reiaron.nq. • SECTION STRUCTURAL 032000 033000 055000 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE ARCHITECTURAL 088713 096723 099113 MECHANICAL 210500 210548 211000 220500 220529 220548 220553 220700 221123 223500 230500 230513 230516 230519 230523 230529 230548 230553 230593 230700 230800 230900 230915 232113 232123 232213 232215 232223 233113 233300 233400 233700 235700 235710 237323 TABLE OF CONTENTS Concrete Reinforcing Cast -In -Place Concrete Metal Fabrication Solar Control Films Resinous Flooring Exterior Painting Common Work Results for Fire Suppression Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment Water Based Fire Suppression Systems Common Work Requirements for Plumbing Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Plumbing Insulation Domestic Water Pumps Domestic Water Heat Exchangers Common Work Results for HVAC Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment Expansion Fittings and Loops Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC HVAC Insulation HVAC Systems Commissioning Instrumentation and Control for HVAC Variable Frequency Drives Hydronic Piping Hydronic Pumps Steam and Condensate Heating Piping Steam and condensate Heating Piping - Long Lead Items Procurements Steam Condensate Pumps Metal Ducts and Casings Air Duct Accessories HVAC Fans Air Inlets and Outlets Heat Exchangers for HVAC - Long Lead Item Procurement Heat Exchangers for HVAC Installation Custom Air Handling Units - Long Lead Item Procurement TOC- 1 • 237333 SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Custom Air Handling Units Installation TITLE ELECTRICAL 260500 Common Work Results 260519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding 260529 Hangers and Supports 260533 Raceway and Boxes 260548 Vibration and Seismic Controls 260553 Identification 262200 Low- Voltage Transformers 262416 Panelboards - Long Lead Item Procurement 262426 Panelboard Installation 262726 Wiring Devices 262813 Fuses 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 262913 Enclosed Controllers 265100 Interior Lighting 280500 Common Work Results for Electronic Safety and Security 283100 Fire Alarm and Detection TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC- 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Grout. 8. HVAC demolition. 9.. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 10. Painting and finishing. .. .11. Concrete bases. 12. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 • DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical 'equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. " B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected' from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases. • .. E. Concealed. Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene- propylene -diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile- butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Escutcheons. B. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications. "" 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for/Pressure' Piping: ".:•: r; 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests- foi welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical, Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory - applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris,'and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to`preventsagging and bending.: 1.7 COORDINATION A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for HVAC installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239 -inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast -iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. E. F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. G. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth -outer surface with nailing flange . for attaching to wooden forms. 2.2 ESCUTCHEONS A. General: Manufactured escutcheons with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. 1. One - Piece, Deep - Pattern Type: Deep- drawn, box - shaped brass with polished chrome - plated finish. 2. One- Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. Polished chrome - plated. 3. Split - Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. -Polished .chrome- plated. . 4. One- Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With spring clips and chrome-plated finish. 5. Split - Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With concealed hinge, spring clips and chrome - plated finish. 2.3 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic- cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post - hardening, volume - adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi (34.5 -MPa), 28 -day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HVAC DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and' cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 4. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with -'same or compatible ductwork material. 5. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services' and remove equipment.' 6. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall; reconnect, and make equipment operational. 7. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and • remove equipment and deliver to Owner. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is ,unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and ' quality. „ 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors where exposed to view front any location in a finished space, according to the following: - 1. New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: 'One- piece, deep - pattern type. b. Chrome - Plated Piping: One - piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome - plated finish. • c. Other Piping: One - piece, stamped -steel type with Spring clips. 2. Existing Piping: a. Chrome - Plated Piping: Split- casting, cast -brass type with chrome- plated finish: b. Other Piping: Split - plate, stamped -steel type with 'concealed hinge and spring clips. B. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level'.`' Extend cast -iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and. larger, penetrating gypsum -board partitions. c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors-With membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast -iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 3. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size,; depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. C. Fire - Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls; ;partitions, ceilings, and =floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop :materials. Refer, to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. D. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. E. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these. Specifications for requirements. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to .eachjvalve;and;atifinal :connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and larger ;,adjacent:to.flangedivalves and at:., . final connection to each piece of equipment. 3: Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and.flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and :nipple fittings :fo ?connect materials of dissimilar metals. 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other; building systems: and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated... C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of • components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at_required :slope. 3.5 PAINTING ,,. Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 09 Se ctions "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting." . COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory - painted finishes with materials a.nd procedures to match original factory finish. 3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.7 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and .other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.;_, Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface, for equipment..' Place grout around anchors. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single -phase and polyphase, general- purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel -cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.3 COORDINATION • A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1... Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load: 3. Ratings and characteristics, of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of 'installation location: PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in HVAC equipment schedules or Sections. B. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. 13. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT • . . 230513 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Energy efficient shall meet or exceed Washington State Energy Code. C. Service Factor: 1.15. D. Rotor: Random- wound, squirrel cage. E. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial-and thrust loading. F. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. G. Insulation: Class F H. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. 1. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS:,; Motors Used with Reduced- Voltage and Multispeed .Controllers: Match. wiring- connection, requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals;in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers`: ; 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture- resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. 2. Energy- and Premium- Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. 3. Inverter -Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. 2.5 SINGLE -PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the followirig, -'to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent -split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Multispeed Motors: Variable - torque, permanent- split- capacitor type. C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT . 230513.- 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded -pole type. E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated fo 'temperature `rating of :.motor insulation. Thermal - protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. 2.6 MOTORS /MOTOR BASES FOR EXISTING RETURN FANS' A. Where noted on the drawings to replace motors and /or motor ,bases at existing return fans, provide the products listed below. Order shall be placed through the current Boeing enterprise motor contract supplier Dykman Electrical Inc. (Telephone: 877 -267 -9900 or 360 - 896 =2688) B. Motors: 10 HP, 1800 RPM, 215T, TEFC, 460V /3PH, NEMA Premium, severe duty, all cast iron 1. Toshiba XS840, Part # 10F4XS B0104FLF I BSHD04. 2. Siemens SD100, Part # 10F4SD100 C. Motor Bases: Special heavy duty base, 215T frame. 1. Overly Hautz Co, Part # A 101706 -R PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 2305.13 3. • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including. General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. BR: Butyl rubber. B. Buna-N: Nitrile rubber. C. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber. D. CSM: Chlorosulfonyl- polyethylene rubber. E. EPDM: Ethylene- propylene -diene terpolymer rubber. F. NR: Natural rubber., G. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility: Products shall be suitable for piping system fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. B. Capability: Products shall absorb 200 percent of maximum axial movement between anchors. 1.4 SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated. B. Delegated- Design Submittal: Submit for each anchor and alignment guide indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and bends. 2. Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and methods of assembly and attachment to building structure. 3. Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 230516 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. D. E. 4. Schedule: Indicate type. manufacturer's number, connections, and location for each expansion joint. Welding certificates. 11094515 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION size, material, pressure rating, end Product Certificates: Submit for each type of pipe expansion joint, signed by product manufacturer. Maintenance Data: Submit for pipe expansion joints to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. Welding to Piping: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXPANSION JOINTS Flexible -Hose Expansion Joints: Manufactured` asseinbly with -two 'flexible -metal -hose legs joined by Tong- radius, 180 - degree return bend or center section of flexible hose; with inlet and outlet elbow fittings, corrugated -metal inner hoses, and 'braided outer' sheaths. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. b. Flexicraft Industries c. Metraflex, Inc. 2. Flexible -Hose Expansion Joints for Copper Piping: Copper -alloy fittings with solder joint end connections. a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze hoses and single -braid bronze sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F. and 340 psig at 450 deg F. ratings. b. NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: Stainless -steel hoses and single- braid, stainless -steel sheaths with 300 psig at 70 deg F and 225 psig at 450 deg F ratings. 3. Flexible -Hose Expansion Joints for Steel Piping: Carbon -steel fittings with threaded end connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller and flanged or weld end connections for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Stainless -steel hoses and single - braid, stainless -steel sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F and 325 psig at 600 deg F. ratings. b. NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 6: Stainless-steel' hoses and single- braid, stainless -steel sheaths with 200 psig at 70 deg F and 145 psig at 600 deg F ratings. , c. NPS 8 to NPS 12: Stainless -steel hoses and single- braid, stainless -steel sheaths with 165 psig at 70 deg F and 120 psig at 600 deg.F ratings. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 230516 - 2 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.2 ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Description: Steel, factory fabricated, with bolted two - section outer cylinder and base for alignment of piping and two - section guiding spider for bolting to pipe. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements; provide products by one of the following: a. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. b. Flexicraft Industries c. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. d. Metraflex, Inc. 2.3 MATERIALS FOR ANCHORS A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A 183, steel, hex head.' C. Washers: ASTM F 844, steel, plain, flat washers. D. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert- wedge -type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in hardened Portland cement concrete, and tension and shear capacities .appropriateffor.application. • 1. Stud: Threaded, zinc - coated carbon steel. 2. Expansion Plug: Zinc - coated steel. 3. Washer and Nut: Zinc- coated steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXPANSION -JOINT INSTALLATION A. Install manufactured, nonmetallic expansion joints according to FSA's "Technical Handbook: Non - Metallic Expansion Joints and Flexible Pipe Connectors." „ B. Install expansion joints of sizes matching size of piping in which they are installed. C. Install alignment guides to allow expansion and to avoid end- loading and torsional stress. 3.2 PIPE BEND AND LOOP INSTALLATION A. Install pipe bends and loops cold - sprung in tension or compression as required to partly absorb tension or compression produced during anticipated change in temperature. B. Attach pipe bends and loops to anchors. 1. Steel Anchors: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME B31.9 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 2. Concrete Anchors: Attach by fasteners. Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 230516 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.3 ALIGNMENT -GUIDE INSTALLATION A. Install guides on piping adjoining pipe expansion fittings and loops. B. Attach guides to pipe and secure to building structure. 3.4 ANCHOR INSTALLATION A. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. B. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars to piping and to structure. Comply with ASME B31.9 and AWS D1.I. C. Construct concrete anchors of poured -in -place concrete of dimensions indicated and include embedded fasteners. D. Install pipe anchors according to expansion -joint manufacturer's written :. instructions : if expansion joints or compensators are indicated. E. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for expansion fittings, guides, and anchors installed on or in concrete. . END OF SECTION 230516 • EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 230516 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including.. General and Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermometers. 2. Gages. 3. Test plugs. 4. Steam meter. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:. Submit for each type of product indicated; include performance curves. PART 2 -.PRODUCTS 2.1 BIMETALLIC - ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. B. Description: Direct - mounting, bimetallic- actuated dial thermometers complying with ASME B40.3. C. Case: Dry type, stainless steel with 5 -inch diameter. D. Element: Bimetal coil. E. Dial: Satin - faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. F. . Ring: Stainless steel. G. Connector: Adjustable angle type. H. Stem: Metal, for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.2 THERMOWELLS A. Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used. B. Description: Pressure - tight, socket -type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer. 2.3 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. B. Direct - Mounting, Dial -Type Pressure Gages: Indicating -dial type complying with ASME B40.100. 1. Case: Dry type, 4 -1/2 -inch diameter. 2. Pressure- Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise - indicated. 3. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4, bottom- outlet type unless back- outlet type is indicated. 4. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 5. Dial: Satin - faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently,etched scale markings. 6. Accuracy: plus or minus 2 percent of middle Iialf scale: 7. Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure. C. Pressure -Gage Fittings: 1. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless -steel needle type. 2. Syphons: NPS 1/4 coil of brass tubing with threaded ends.' 3. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with, cOrrosion-resistant, porous -metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure. 2.4 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements; provide products by one of the following: 1. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. 2. Trerice, H. O. Co. 3. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Description: Corrosion - resistant brass or stainless -steel body with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap, with extended stem for units to be installed in insulated piping. C. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F. D. Core Inserts: One or two self - sealing rubber valves. 1. Insert material for air, water, oil, or gas service at 20 to 200 deg F shall be CR. 2. Insert material for air or water service at minus 30 to plus 275 deg F shall be EPDM. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.5 STEAM METERS A. See Section 230900, Paragraph 2.13. 2.6 CHILLED WATER AND HOT WATER METERS A. See section 230900, Paragraph 2.13. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATIONS A. Install direct - mounting thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. B. Install remote - mounting dial thermometers on panel, with tubing connecting panel and thermometer bulb supported to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. C. Duct Thermometer Support Flanges: Install in wall of duct where duct thermometers . are indicated. Attach to duct with screws. E. Install direct - mounting pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located,on pipe at most readable position. Install needle -valve and snubber fitting in piping for each .pressure gage, for fluids. (except steam). F. Install needle -valve and siphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. G. Install flow indicators, in accessible positions for easy viewing, in piping systems. H. Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow-measuring elements and flowmeters as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems. .I. Install steam flow meter with at least minimum straight lengths of pipe upstream and downstream from element and as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. K. Install connection fittings for attachment to portable indicators in accessible locations. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance for meters, gages, machines, and equipment. 13. Connect flowmeter- system to DDC controls. END OF SECTION 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section: Refer to section 230900 Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC for control valves. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. The following are standard abbreviations for valves: 1. CWP: Cold working pressure. .. 2. EPDM: Ethylene - propylene -diene terpolymer rubber. 3. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic. 4. S W P: _. Steam working pressure. 5. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene plastic. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating, and trim ,.materials; valve design; pressure and temperature classifications;. end•connections 'arrangement;: < dimensions; and required clearances. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating "weights; .'furnished . ^specialties; and accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: ASME B31.9 for building services piping 'valves: B. ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASMEB16.10 and ASME B16.34 for" dimension and design criteria. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph »:titles below introduce{ lists, : the following requirements apply for product selection: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified ". General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping 230523 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.2 VALVES, GENERAL A. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves. B. Valve Manufacturer: Nibco, Inc. C. Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. D. Ferrous Valves: NPS 2 -1/2 and larger with flanged ends, unless otherwise indicated. E. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. G. Valve Actuators: 1. Chainwheel: For attachment to valves, of size and mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article in Part 3. 2. Gear Drive: For quarter -turn valves NPS 8 and larger. 3. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 4. Lever Handle: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller; except plug ,valves. H. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. 1. K. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast -iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves, and ASME B16.24 for bronze valves. Valve Grooved Ends: AWWA C606. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP -45. 2.3 COPPER -ALLOY BALL VALVES A. Copper -Alloy Ball. Valves, General: MSS SP -1 10. B. Two- Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: Bronze full -port, chrome - plated bronze ball; and 400 - psig minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. 2.4 FERROUS -ALLOY BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves, General: MSS SP -67, Type I, for tight shutoff, with disc and lining suitable for potable water, unless otherwise. indicated. B. Flangeless, 150 -psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer type. C. Single- Flange, 150 -psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer -lug type. D. Grooved -End, 175 -psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Ductile -iron or steel body with grooved or shouldered ends. General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping 230523 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.5 BRONZE CHECK VALVES A. Bronze Check Valves, General: MSS SP -80. B. Type 4, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body, with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. 2.6 GRAY -IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Gray -Iron Swing Check Valves, General: MSS SP -71. B. Type 11, Class 125, gray -iron, swing check valves with composition :to metal seats. C. 175 -psig CWP Rating, Grooved -End, Swing Check Valves: Ductile- iron.body• with grooved -or shouldered ends. 2.7 BRONZE GATE VALVES Bronze Gate Valves, General: MSS SP -80, with ferrous -alloy handwheel. B. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with risingstem :and bronze solid wedge and union -ring bonnet. 2.8 CAST -IRON GATE VALVES A Cast -Iron Gate Valves, General: MSS SP -70, Type 1. B. Class 250, OS &Y, Bronze- Mounted, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid -wedge disc. • 2.9 CHAINWHEEL ACTUATORS A. Manufacturers: I. Babbitt Steam Specialty Co. 2. Roto Hammer Industries, Inc. B. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, brackets; and chain: • 1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Type and size required for valve. 2. Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount actuator on valve.. 3. Chain: Hot -dip, of size required to fit sprocket rim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping 230523 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. C. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly, or gate valves. 2. Throttling Service: ball or butterfly valves. 3. Pump Discharge: Spring- loaded, lift -disc check valves.. B: If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Chilled -Water Piping: Use the following types of valves 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Two - piece, 400 -psig CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Flangeless or Single -flange (dead end service)',' 150 -psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. ' 3. Grooved -End, Ductile -Iron Butterfly Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: 175 -psig CWP rating. 4. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 5. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller:- Type 4, Class 125, bronze. 6. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type 11, Class 125, gray iron. 7. Grooved -End, Ductile -iron, Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 4/2 and Larger: 175 -psig CWP rating. D. Steam, and Condensate Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Two - piece, 400 -psig CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Class 150, bronze. 3. Gate Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type 1, Class 250, OS &Y, bronze- mounted cast iron. . 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping 230523 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. E. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. F. Install chainwheel operators on valves NPS 2.5 and larger and more than 84 inches above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor elevation. G. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level.. 2. Dual -Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between.flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC" for basic piping joint construction. B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing,- gasket, lubricant; and-.bolts . . according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water- flushable, lead -free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-free- , alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise.indicated. s.. 3.5 ADJUSTING Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been. tested, and:, put' into.` service. but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking-Occurs:, END OF SECTION 230523 General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping 230523 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and . Supplementary, • Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this. section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equipment: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal - hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems.. 6. Pipe stands. 7. Pipe positioning systems. 8' : Equipment supports. B. :Related Sections include the following: 1. ' Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structura1-steel .sliapesandplates -for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP -58 -2009, " Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. C. Design seismic- restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Hangers and supports will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product data, submit for the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Thermal- hanger shield inserts. 3. Pipe positioning systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components: 3. Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components. 4. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.6 DISALLOWED PRODUCTS A. Powder actuated fasteners and anchoring devices and systems are not allowed. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following as applicable: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." }•: 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum." 3. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory- fabricated .components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B. Manufacturers: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries 2. Grinnell Corp. 3. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 4. Tolco Inc. C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS . A. Description: MSS SP -69, Type 59, shop -.or field- fabricated pipe- support assembly made from structural -steel shapes with MSS SP -58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.3 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA -3, shop- or field - fabricated pipe- support assembly made of steel channels and other components. 13. Manufacturers: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries 2. ERICO /Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3. Power -Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. 4. Tolco Inc. 5. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish unless bare metal surfaces-are indicated. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.4 THERMAL - HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Description: 100 -psig- minimum, compressive - strength insulation insert; encased in sheet metal shield. 13. Manufacturers: 1. ERICO /Michigan Hanger Co. 2. PHS Industries, Inc. 3. Pipe Shields, Inc. 4. Value Engineered Products, Inc. C. _ Insulation- Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type 1I cellular' - glass withvapor.barrier. D. Insulation - Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type 1I cellular glass E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.5 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Mechanical- Expansion Anchors: Insert- wedge -type zinc - coated steel, for use in hardened Portland cement concrete with pull -out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries : • • - . b. Hilti, Inc. c. ITW Ramset /Red Head d. Powers Fasteners HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 3 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.6 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Description: Welded, shop- or field- fabricated equipment support made from structural -steel shapes. ... _ . . 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and - packaged, dry, hydraulic - cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. : 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. 2.8 MECHANICAL ANCHORS: Anchors shall be provided under this' section except where , anchors are specified (for seismic restraints) under section 230548. Genearal: l . Equipment and piping supports shall utilize wedge style :expansion: anchors in concrete;, manufactured from carbon steel, plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1, Type III or Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Carbon steel stud anchors shall be threaded type, rod hanger type, tie -wire type or rod coupling type 3: • .The carbon steel expansion anchors shall have a one- piece: :aiidhor. body with a length identification code. The anchors shall have an expansion mechanism; which.consists of a pair of interlocking independent wedges. 4. Pull -out and shear values shall conform to the standard test methods as outlined in latest edition of ASTM E488. 5. Approvals and Listings: a. b. c. d. ICBO ES Research Report. Factory Mutual J.I. OK4A9.AH, OH6A4.AH. Underwriters Laboratories File No. EX 1289(N). Federal Specification: Meets the descriptive requirements of FF- S -325C, Group 11, Type 4, Class I. 6. Manufacturer: Powers Fastening, Inc. "Power- Stud ", Hilti "Kwik -Bolt II ", ITW Ramset /Red Head "Trubolt" or CS "Wedge Anchors." B. Anchor Bolts: 1. Equipment anchor bolts in solid concrete shall be carbon steel''inachine bolt anchors. Anchors shall be plated in accordance with ASTM B633 -85, SC1, Type III. 2. Anchor bolts shall be self - drilling type, internal thread anchor, 'with a pre- assembled integral expander plug. 3. Approvals and Listings: a. ICBO ES Research Report. b. Factory Mutual J.I. OK4A9.AH. c. Underwriters Laboratories File No. EX 1289(N). d. Federal Specification: Meets the descriptive requirements of FF -S -325C, Group VIII, Type 1. 4. Pull -out and shear values shall conform to the standard test methods as outlined in latest edition of ASTM E488. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT .230529 .4, • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 5. Manufacturer: Powers Fasteners, Inc. "Steel Drop -In ", Hilti, Inc. "HDI ", ITW Ramset /Red Head "Multi -Set II" or CS "Drop -In Anchors." C. Expansion Shell Anchors: 1. Expansion shell anchors shall be used to anchor attachments to lightweight, low- density concrete or concrete block structure. Anchors shall be plated in accordance with ASTM B633 -85, SC2, Type III. a. Approvals and Listings: b. ICBO ES Research Report. c. Factory Mutual J.I. OJ8AI.AH. d.. Underwriters Laboratories File No. EX 1289(N). e. Federal Specification: Meets the descriptive requirements of FF -S -325, Group I1, Type 3, Class 3. 2. Manufacturer: Powers Fasteners, "Lok/Bolt" Inc., ITW Ramset /Red Head "Dynabolt Sleeve," or Hilti "Sleeve Anchor." D. Miscellaneous Attachments: 1. As required to suit the conditions, beam clamps, welded beam attachments, rod beam attachments, angle clips and angle brackets complying with MSS SP -69 or channels spanning between beam flanges may be used to support equipment, piping and ductwork. a. Manufacturer: Anvil, B -Line, Erico or PHD Manufacturing, Inc. Structural steel beam clamps, brackets, channel clamps, and bar joist clips shall be selected to suit structural systems and meet loading recommendations of manufacturer. All clamps shall be provided with retainingclips. • a: Manufacturer: Anvil, B -Line, Erico or PHD Manufacturing, Inc. Hanger attachments shall not be fastened to metal decking. Hanger Rods: Continuous threaded rod. G. Maximum Threaded Hanger Rod Loading: Rod Size Diameter in Inches Maximum Load Pounds 3/8 610 1/2 1130 5/8 1810 3/4 2710 7/8 . 3770 1 4960 Inserts: 1. Inserts for Rod Hangers: Malleable cast iron, modified for hot -dip galvanized steel. a. Manufacturer: Unistrut Cat. No. M24, B -Line B2500, PHD 950 or approved Hilti. 2 Steel Deck Inserts: Galvanized steel a. Manufacturer: ITW Ramset/Red Head Series SDI or approved Hilti 6r PHD. Hanger Attachment to Structure for Vibration- Isolated Piping: Refer to Section 15070. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J. Trapeze Pipe Racks: Fabricate from structural angles or hot - dipped galvanized steel channels to suit weight of piping to be supported. Size for a minimum safety factor of 5. K. Hangers for Horizontal Piping: 1. Hangers shall be UL listed and FM approved for 3/4 through 8" pipe. Hangers shall comply with MSS SP -69. 2. Steel Pipe and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Adjustable clevis. a. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. 260, PHD Fig. 450, B -Line No. B3100 or Erico Hanger No.400. 3. Copper Pipe 2 -inch and Smaller: Adjustable ring. a. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. CT -69, PHD Fig. 152, B -Line No. B3170 CT or Erico Hanger No. 101. 4. Copper Pipe 2 -1/2 -inch and Larger: Adjustable ring. a. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. CT -65, Fig. 442, B -Line No. B3104 CT or Erico Hanger No. 402. 5. Finish: Black steel for black steel pipe and cast iron pipe. Galvanized for galvanized steel pipe. Copper plated for copper pipe. 6. Application: Use only on piping systems where axial movement from thermal expansion is less than 1/2 -inch. L. Pipe Rolls: 1. Suspended Pipe: Adjustable clevis pipe rolls. a. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. 181, PHD Fig. 470, B -Line No. B3110, or Erico Hanger No. 610. 2. Racked Pipe: Pipe roll stand. a. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. 271, PHD Fig. 486, B -Line No. B3117 SL, or Erico Hanger No. 617. M. Pipe Clamps: 1. General: Use only on piping systems without any thermal expansion. Provide minimum four layers of black Scotch -Wrap tape between pipe and clamp. 2. Vertical Piping: Shelf bracket or channel type. Provide copper plated clamps for copper pipe. a. Manufacturer: Unistrut P -1332 or PHD 6101 -6122 or Unistrut P -1100 or PHD 7200 or approved Superstrut or OSTRUT. 3. Horizontal Racked Piping: Provide for manufactured channel pipe racks. a. Manufacturer: Unistrut P -1109 or P -2024C Series or PHD 2001 or PHD 2401 Series or approved Superstrut or OSTRUT. N. Pipe Anchors: 1. Structural steel with welded joints and connections, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. 2. Design anchor members and welds to constrain axial and rotational stresses in the piping, at the test temperatures and test pressures specified. 3. Where piping is required to be isolated in Section 15070, anchors shall be all- directional acoustical anchors, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/4" thickness of 60 durometer or softer neoprene. Anchors shall be equal to Mason ADA. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION O. Pipe Guides for Non - Isolated Piping: 1. .Select guides to accommodate insulation thickness specified, with a minimum of 1 /8 -inch clearance between the outside of the insulation and the inside of the guiding cylinder. 2. Pipe guides for steel pipe shall have 1 -inch guide traverse, unless shown otherwise indicated. 3. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. 255, B -Line No. B3281 through B3287, PHD 670 or 678 or Erico No. 650. P. Pipe Guides for Vibration - Isolated Piping: 1. Required where pipe vibration isolation is required in Section 15070. 2. Resilient guides shall be spaced and sized properly depending on the pipe diameter. Guides shall consist of a telescoping arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum'' Y2" thickness of 60 durometer or softer neoprene. The height of the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Pipe guides shall be equal to Mason type VSG. Q. Vertical Pipe Supports: Provide flexible (spring) support systems for risers where subject to thermal expansion as required in Section 15070. For other risers, provide as follows: 1. Riser clamp shall be carbon steel complying with MSS SP -69 (Type 8). 2. Steel and Iron Pipe: Galvanized. 3. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. 261, B -Line No. B3373 or PHD 550 or Erico No. 510. 2.9 ROOF - MOUNTED PIPE SUPPORTS: A. Manufactured pipe supports to support roof - mounted pipes shall be constructed from rigid polycarbonate resin and shall be UV resistant. Pipe supports shall be structurally sound for outdoor installations to 10 °F. Pipe supports shall be installed in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. For Pipes 1 -1/2" and Smaller O.D.: Vee cradle design. Manufacturer: Miro "Pillow Block Pipe Stand" Model No. 1.5. C. For Pipes Up to 4" O.D.: "U" cradle design with roller- bearing pipe support. Manufacturer: Miro "Pillow Block Pipe Stand" Model No. 4R. D. For Pipes Up to 6" O.D.: 12 -gauge steel construction, zinc - plated, with roller - bearing pipe support. Manufacturer: Miro "Pillow Block Pipe Stand" Model No. 6RAH. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP -69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field - applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. F. Horizontal- Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Carbon- or Alloy - Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required. 4. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 5. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 6. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 7. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 8. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2. 9. Split Pipe -Ring with or without Turnbuckle - Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 10. Extension Hinged or 2 -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 11. U -Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 12. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. G. Vertical- Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. 2. Carbon or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 8 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C- Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C- Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I- beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy Toads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 13. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 14. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe- Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal- Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -58 -2009. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -58 -2009. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field- fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field- assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal - Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Fastener System Installation: Install mechanical- expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded - structural -steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. M. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal - hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP -58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal- hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3 -1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. 4. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 5. Thermal - Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute Toads equally on attachments and to achieve appropriate slope of pipe. B. Trim excess Length of continuous - thread hanger and support rods to 1 -1/2 inches. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC -PA 1 requirements for touching up field- painted surfaces. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09 painting sections C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing- repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - I 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work under this section includes all labor, material, tools, equipment and special services necessary for the complete installation of the following for all Division 23 elements: 1. Vibration isolators. 2. Restraining braces and cables. B. Special services under this section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Engineering of seismic controls and vibration isolation. 2. Preparation of installation drawings, including plans and details. 3. Engineering supervision of installation. 4. Engineering certification of final installation. 1.3 EXTENT OF WORK A. Vibration Isolation: All HVAC equipment, piping, and ductwork as noted on the equipment schedule or in Part 3 of the specification shall be provided with vibration isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections. B. Seismic Restraints for New Construction and Remodeled Areas: 1. Provide seismic restraints for all new equipment, piping, ductwork and conduit specified in Division 23. 2. Provide restraints for all existing equipment, piping, . ductwork and conduit, that is normally provided under Division 23 and that will remain in place in areas where ceilings are being removed as part of this project. 3. Restraints may be omitted for smaller equipment, piping and ductwork only where specifically allowed by Code and specifically allowed by the Qualified Professional Engineer (specified below) and seismic restraint manufacture's guidelines. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. IBC: 2009International Building Code. B. ICC -ES: ICC - Evaluation Service. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 1 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Qualified Professional Engineer: 1. A qualified professional engineer (QPE) familiar with all of the applicable codes and design standards related to seismic protection of HVAC components and qualified in structural design of seismic protections and their interaction with building structures shall be responsible for execution of the work herein. The tasks of the QPE are as follows: a. Shall be responsible for the preparation of drawings, analysis, installation specifications, and final inspection of the seismic protections required by applicable codes. b. Shall coordinate with the Structural Engineer of Record on the project for the proper establishment of seismic conditions, applicable codes, and other requirements of the project related to seismic design. c. Shall determine locations where flexible connections in piping (that are not already shown on the Contract Documents) may reduce the amount of seismic bracing required, may reduce other work required of the HVAC Contractor, or may increase the overall seismic performance of the system. Such locations shall be submitted for review by the A/E and may be acceptable without change in cost. d. Shall determine the applicability of all codes and design standards for specification of seismic protections according to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. e. Shall coordinate with the Authority Having Jurisdiction where codes conflict or are open for interpretation for variances and clarifications. f. Shall acquire equipment certifications for seismic worthiness as required by applicable codes. g. Shall provide engineering calculations to evaluate seismic forces, adequacy of . components, adequacy of equipment anchorages, and component restraints. h. Shall develop drawings (bearing QPE seal) of seismic protections that document the seismic devices, their layout and the details for there installation. Where design standards apply, the drawings shall note the locations and identify the standard details that apply. B. Seismic- Restraint Loading: Engineering, selection and placement of seismic restraints shall be . determined by the QPE after reviewing the project with the Structural Engineer of Record (for the building structure). Obtain all needed parameters directly from that engineer and clearly document these parameters within the submittals. For the purpose of pricing only, use the following values: 1. Site Class as Defined in the IBC: E 2. Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Category as Defined in the IBC: I 3. Seismic Use Group: I 4. Seismic Design Category: D 5. SDs: 0.825g (82.5 %) 6. Sal: 0.783g (78.3 %) C. Importance Factor: Engineering, selection and placement of seismic restraints shall be determined by the QPE based on systems having the following Importance Factor: All Mechanical Systems: Ip = 1.0. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 2 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.6 RELATED WORK A. Housekeeping Pads: 1. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be provided as part of this work, if not already adequate as indicated in the documents of other Divisions. This requirement applies only to pads that receive seismic forces for equipment anchored under this Section. 2. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated by the seismic controls engineer to result in sizing such that a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters is provided all around the outermost anchor bolts to allow development of full drill -in wedge anchor ratings. If cast -in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Product data, submit for the following: 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic - restraint component used. a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an evaluation service member of ICC -ES or, where required, OSHPD. b. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. c. Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. B. Delegated- Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic- restraint details indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer (QPE) responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operation as well as seismic forces required to select vibration isolators, restraints, and for designing vibration isolation bases. Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment, and /or welded length. 2. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include spring hanger locations selections. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist. 3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail overall dimensions, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads. 4. Restraint Details: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic and, where applicable, wind restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 3 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c. Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: Show maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). 5. Upon completion of the work, the engineer shall review the installation to verify that all seismic controls have been properly installed. The engineer shall then submit a stamped and signed letter to the architect indicating that all seismic controls have been properly installed. C. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for HVAC piping, ductwork and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and seismic restraints. Plans shall utilize copies of the contractor's coordination plans and shall show all locations and types for the following. The registered professional engineer must stamp plans. 1. All seismic brace locations. 2. All anchorage connections to the structure. Quantity and Size 3. Brace reactions at all connection points to the structure for Structural Engineer of Record use in checking suitability of the building structure. 4. Total vertical load at seismic brace locations when utilizing rigid bracing. 5. Type and size of brace member. 6. Suspended utility max lbs per lineal foot or max pipe size at all seismic locations. 7. Minimum rod size at all seismic locations. 8. Vertical support anchors at non - seismic and seismic locations. 9. Horizontal members of all trapeze assemblies. D. Welding certificates. E. Qualification Data: Submit for professional engineer. F. Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. B. Comply with seismic - restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 4 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mason Industries products or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. California Dynamics Corporation. 2. Kinetics Noise Control. 13. Isolator Type 1: Two layers of 3/4" thick neoprene pad consisting of 2" square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 -gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type Super "W." C. Isolator Type 6: Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 11/4" thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability, the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers nor the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil- resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel- washer - reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Self - centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. 8. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "30N." D. Isolator Type 8: The horizontal thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene- molded cup. The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for thrust at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4" movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the suspended element and the structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached to the centerline of thrust and symmetrical on either side of the unit. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "WBI /WBD." 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES A. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mason Industries products or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. California Dynamics Corporation 2. Kinetics Noise Control VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 5 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Type B -2 Base: A welded structural steel base constructed of angle iron or channels, designed to spread base area of equipment to increase stability and permit suspension with hanger rods. 2.3 SEISMIC - RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mason Industries products or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. California Dynamics Corporation 2. Kinetics Noise Control B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in reports by an evaluation service member of ICC -ES or OSHPD. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. 2. Even though the project may not be located in the State of California, all isolators that provide seismic restraint shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD (of the State of California) verifying the maximum certified load ratings. 3. Provide hanger rod reinforcing to prevent buckling due to upward forces caused by restraints. C. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two and arranged to provide all- directional restraint. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall be ceiling and at the clevis bolt type, installed between the hanger rod nut and clevis or if clamped to a beam. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SCB" at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, Type "SCBH" between the hanger rod nut and clevis, or "SCBV" if clamped to a beam. D. Seismic Solid Braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SSB." E. Steel angle rod clamp assembly, sized to prevent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SRC." F. Pipe clevis cross -bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross brace shall be Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "CCB ". 2.4 SEISMIC - RESTRAINT ANCHORS A. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The drill -in stud wedge anchor shall also have a safety shoulder that fully supports the wedge ring under load. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc- coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. The stud VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 6 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SAS." B. Drill -in female wedge anchors may be used in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc - coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc., verifying to its allowable loads. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SAB." C. Housekeeping pad anchors shall consist of a ductile iron casing that is tapered and hexagonal, smaller at the base that at the top. The upper portion shall have holes for rebar to pass through. The anchor shall be continuously threaded from top to bottom for the attachment of soleplates. Housekeeping pad anchors shall be attached to the structural slab using a stud wedge anchor. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "HPA" housekeeping pad anchors and Type "SAS" stud wedge anchors. D. Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Drilled -in and capsule anchor system containing polyvinyl or urethane methacrylate -based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc - coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. E. Bushings for Floor- Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. F. Bushing Assemblies for Wall- Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of ' neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. G. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One - piece, molded, oil- and water - resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.5 FACTORY FINISHES A. All vibration isolation and seismic restraint hardware shall be designed or treated for corrosion resistance. B. Items exposed to the weather shall have steel parts zinc electroplated, PVC coated, plus a coating of neoprene or bitumastic paint. Aluminum components for outdoor installation shall be etched and painted with industrial enamel. C. Nuts, bolts, and washers shall be zinc electroplated. D. Structural steel bases shall be thoroughly cleaned of welding slag, primed with zinc chromate and finished with two coats of industrial enamel. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 7 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and restraint devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing -in of reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. B. Strength of Support and Seismic - Restraint Assemblies: Select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic Toads within specified loading limits. 3.3 SEISMIC - RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install seismic restraints for all equipment (including existing return fans), all sizes of piping, ductwork and conduit except where omission of bracing for smaller sizes is specifically allowed by Code and specifically allowed by the QPE and seismic restraint manufacture's guidelines. B. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. D. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor- mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. E. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall - mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment- mounting channels are attached to wall. F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. G. Drilled -in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 8 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy -duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 6. Install zinc - coated steel anchors for interior and stainless -steel anchors for exterior appl ications. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. 3.5 PLUMBING VIBRATION- CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE A. Provide equipment bases and vibration isolation for all equipment per the following schedule. Equipment bases shall be provided even if not indicated below if required to achieve adequate vibration isolation or seismic control. Thrust restraints shall be provided at duct connections to equipment where more than 1.0" static pressure is in the duct. Equipment Type Base Type Isolator Type Pumps None Type 1 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one week prior to start up of equipment. B. Submit to the Commissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre - functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR 230548 - 9 HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 3. Valve tags. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated. B. Valve numbering scheme. C. Valve Schedules: Submit for each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: White. 3. Background Color: Black. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2 -1/2 by 3/4 inch. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two - thirds to three- fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self - tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. 9. Penthouse AHUs: Provide 2 -1/2" lettering and comparable background sizes. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number. 2.2 PIPE LABELS A. See Boeing pipe labeling standards at the end of this specification. 2.3 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4 -inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2- inch numbers. 1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032 -inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass beaded chain; or S -hook. B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8- 1 /2 -by -11 -inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal- operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. Valve -tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. 3.4 VALVE -TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory- fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn - watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. END OF SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Testing, adjusting, and balancing for the following: 1. New Air Systems: Hot deck and cold deck supply air, exhausts fans. 2. Chilled water and hot water systems. 3. Steam systems. 4. Motors. 5. Supply air temperature measurements in the penthouse. 6. Energy meters. 7. Existing systems. B. Existing system testing shall be as follow: 1. Test existing total Exhaust air system from each exhaust fan. 2. Hydronic Systems: Test existing hot water for baseboard flow to each baseboard loop. 3. Supply air testing has already been performed By AMS (ask for documentation) 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent Qualifications: AABC certified. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Guarantee: AABC national project performance guarantee that a certified agent has performed TAB and optimum performance capabilities have been achieved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Examination: Contract Documents, approved submittal data, Project Record Documents, design data, equipment performance data, system and equipment installations, systems and equipment test reports, and automatic controls for deficiencies that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. 1. Deficiencies report. B. Testing, adjusting, and balancing plan. C. Systems readiness checks. D. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Procedures: AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems." Equipment settings marked to show final settings. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. HVAC Systems Airflow and Water Flow Rate Tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 5 percent to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3. Chilled -Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 5 percent. F. Reporting: 1. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents, on adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. 2. Status Reports: As Work progresses. 3. Final Report: Certification sheet with content and format according to AABC standard forms. G. Inspections: 1. Initial Inspections: Random checks by TAB firm to verify final TAB report. 2. Final Inspections: Random checks by Architect to verify final TAB report. END OF SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail application of field- applied jackets. 3. Detail field application for each equipment type. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23 Section, "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field- applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Calcium Silicate: 1. Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat -, curved -, and grooved -block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non - asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. 2. Flat -, curved -, and grooved -block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non - asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. 3. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. G. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory - applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory - Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I. 2. Special- Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III. 3. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. 4. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1. 5. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory - Applied: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. 6. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. H. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok. b. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. c. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory- applied ASJ or ASJ -SSL jacket. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type [I]. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. d. Owens Corning; All- Service Duct Wrap. J. Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory - applied ASJ. For equipment applications, provide insulation with factory- applied ASJ. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin -Glas. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION c. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. d. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL- C- 19565C, Type II. 2.4 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Description: Comply with MIL- A -3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. Fire - resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire - resistant lagging cloths over duct, equipment, and pipe insulation. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water - resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: Aluminum. C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water- resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 2.6 FIELD - APPLIED JACKETS A. Field - applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum - foil -face, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. Metal Jacket: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3105 or 5005, Temper H -14. a. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. b. Finish and thickness are indicated in field- applied jacket schedules. c. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil- thick, heat - bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. d. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -nail- thick, heat - bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. e. Factory- Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2) Preformed 2 -piece or gore, 45- and 90- degree, short- and long- radius elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory - fabricated fitting covers are not available. D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor- retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 2.7 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H -14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing or closed seal. 2. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor- barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor - barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory - applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1 -1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self - sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor- barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor- barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. O. For above ambient temperature services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration- control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. C. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" and fire- resistive joint sealers. D. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 3. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor- retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor- barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric - reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well- shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field- applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless - steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two -part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless -steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe . insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field- applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.6 CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on steam system condensate tank receiver: 1. Secure single -layer insulation with stainless -steel bands at 12-inch intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation material. 2. Install 2 -layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with wire spaced at 12 -inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless -steel bands at 12 -inch intervals. 3. On exposed applications without metal jacket, finish insulation surface with a skim coat of mineral - fiber, hydraulic- setting cement. When cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth. Overlap edges at least 1 inch. Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth, uniform finish. B. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure single -layer insulation with stainless -steel bands at 12 -inch intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Install 2 -layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with wire spaced at 12 -inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless -steel bands at 12 -inch intervals. 3. Apply a skim coat of mineral - fiber, hydraulic- setting cement to insulation surface. When . cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch. Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth, uniform finish. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 8 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Finish flange insulation same as pipe insulation. D. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed insulation sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of calcium silicate insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. 3. Finish fittings insulation same as pipe insulation. E. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install mitered segments of calcium silicate insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 2. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3. Finish valve and specialty insulation same as pipe insulation. 3.7 CELLULAR -GLASS INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor- barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor- barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular -glass block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular -glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of cellular -glass insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.8 MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor- barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor- barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. E. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Install either capacitor- discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not over compress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward - clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor - barrier mastic applied in a Z- shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface: Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6 -inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. F. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor- discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 11 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not over compress insulation during installation. e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward - clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor- barrier mastic applied in a Z- shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not Tess than 3 inches. 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6 -inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 3.9 FIELD - APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where glass -cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory - applied jackets. 1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2 -inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062 -inch- thick coats of lagging adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation. B. FSK jackets, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1 -1/2 -inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3 -inch- wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor- retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor- barrier mastic. C. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 12 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless -steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.10 FINISHES A. Duct, Equipment, and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass - Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex - emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless -steel jackets. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect field- insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field - applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. 2. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field- applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to two locations of straight pipe, two locations of threaded fittings, two locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, two locations of threaded valves, and two locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. 3.12 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Indoor exhaust ductwork between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. R -7 minimum. B. Plenums and Ducts inside penthouse: Insulate using Mineral Fiber insulation board ( R -3.3 minimum) for all supply ducting. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 13 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.13 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. System MINIMUM THICKNESS FOR PIPE INSULATION Nominal Pipe Size ** 1 " and >1" >2" Material less to 2" to 4" 251 -350 Mineral -Fiber 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 Calcium silicate 3.5 4.0 3.5 4.5 5.0 Operating Temp. ( °F) Medium pressure steam Low pressure 201 -250 steam Steam condensate any and feedwater Chilled water 40-55 Chilled water ** 40 -55 Mineral -Fiber Calcium silicate Mineral -Fiber Calcium silicate Mineral -Fiber Cellular glass * *For piping exposed to outdoor air. 3.14 OUTDOOR, FIELD- APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. B. >4" 8 " and to 6" Larger 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 5.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.5 1.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 5.0 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.0 2.0 Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory - applied jacket, install the field- applied jacket over the factory - applied jacket. All insulated outdoor pipe: Aluminum, with Z- Shaped Locking Seam: 0.024 inch thick. END OF SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 14 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230800 HVAC SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Division 23 specifications including 230593 and 23900 and 230915. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The commissioning authority (CxA) for this project shall not be an employee of the mechanical contractor firm. However the commissioning approach shall be a "commissioning light" approach where the CxA witness the various commissioning procedures developed by the mechanical contractor. The intent is for the contractor to not have to duplicate his commissioning effort. Good communication should occur between the contractor and the CxA. B. Requirements for commissioning the HVAC system and its subsystems and equipment. Commissioning shall meet the minimum requirements of the Washington State Energy Code Section 1416. C. Mechanical Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Attend commissioning meetings. 2. Coordinate work of TAB Contractor and Control contractor. 3. Communicate progress of work with CxA. D. Electrical Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Coordinate installations and connections between and among electrical and HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment. E. CxA. Responsibilities: 1. Lead commissioning meetings. 2. Review BoD -HVAC documents, prepared by Engineer. 3. Review functional performance testing procedures. 4. Attend testing procedures when contractor schedule them. 5. Issue draft of commissioning report and final commission report. 6. Write Commissioning compliance check list (Figure 14B form 2009 WA energy code). F. Equipment to be commissioned: Air handler units, airflow measuring stations, exhaust fans, heat exchanger packages, heating pumps, domestic hot water heaters, energy meters and heating system equipment. G. Submittals: 1. Testing procedures. 2. Certificate of Readiness. HVAC SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING 230800- 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Certificate of completion of installation, prestart, and startup. 4. Certified piping cleaning and flushing report. 5. Test and inspection reports. 6. Corrective action documents. 7. Certified TAB reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (N /A) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND PROCEDURES — A. Review and Complete Systems Readiness Checklists in accordance with Section 230800. B. Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall verify completion of all items, sign and return the checklist to the Commissioning Authority as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. C. The initial Systems Readiness Checklists are provided elsewhere in this section of the contract documents. The final checklists may be modifications of the initial checklists, and checklists may be added; modifications and additions to be made by the Commissioning Authority after equipment submittals have been accepted. D. The Systems Readiness Checklists do not represent all the contract documents for the associated equipment. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the contractor from requirements specified elsewhere. 3.2 SYSTEMS READINESS PLAN A. The Contractor shall provide a system readiness manual, which shall include the following: 1. Systems Readiness Checklists — provided by CxA and completed by the Contractor. 2. Startup and testing procedures and data forms, in accordance with the project specifications, for all equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work. 3. Piping and duct testing reports, to be approved by the AE. 4. Water treatment reports to be approved by the AE. 3.3 TAB REVIEW A. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing (TAB): TAB shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the project specifications. The TAB contractor shall support commissioning by submitting the preliminary TAB data for CxA review and participating on the Commissioning TAB Field Review, in which the TAB Contractor demonstrates specified results to the CxA after completion of final TAB. B. Demonstrate: 1. Determination of the final setpoints for pump speed and fan speed control per the project specifications and AABC standards. Demonstrate for all setpoints. HVAC SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING 230800- 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Airflow rates are balanced and adjusted per the project specifications and AABC standards a. Demonstrate minimum outside airflow rates for all air handling equipment. b. Demonstrate maximum supply airflow rates for all air handling equipment. 3. Hydronic system flow rates are balanced and adjusted per the project specifications and AABC standards. a. Demonstrate for all distribution pumps 4. Verify TAB of circulating domestic hot water system per the project specifications and AABC standards. 3.4 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. The Functional Performance Test (FPT) Procedures shall be developed, performed, and demonstrated in accordance with Section 230900 and the sequence of operation indicated on the drawings. B. At a minimum, the contractors and equipment suppliers listed in the FPTs Minimum Participants Table in this section of the specifications are required to participate in developing, performing, and demonstrating the indicated FPTs. C. The Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall coordinate the subcontractors, with the Commissioning Authority's input, in developing, performing, and demonstrating the Working FPT. D. Functional testing shall consist of the following phases: 1. Component testing: a. Component testing applies to all control input and output devices, including those provided by the equipment suppliers and those provide with the Energy Management and Control System (EMCS). Examples include but are not limited to: sensor assemblies, detectors, relays and switches, valves, dampers, and actuators. b. Component testing applies to thermometers, gauges: c. Component testing consists of demonstrating field I/O calibration and operation including but not limited to: 1) Accuracy of sensors is within design temperature range as specified. 2) Alarmed points report correctly to operator work station. 3) Accuracy and settings of binary switches and alarms is as specified, within design temperature range. 4) Actuators operate smoothly in a linear relationship with the signal they receive over the full range of operation. 5) Fail safe operation of components and controllers is as specified for loss of control signal, electric power, and network communications. 6) All components, values and alarms are correctly mapped to operator interface station. 2. Systems Testing; Operational Verification: After demonstrating acceptable component functionality, a sequence of operation test shall demonstrate that the programming used for each type of equipment acceptably implements the specified sequence of operation. END OF SECTION 230800 HVAC SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING 230800- 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 230500 (Common Work Result for HVAC) is directly related to work included in this section. Other sections are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. C. Division 230800 (Commissioning of HVAC) is directly related. 1.2 SUMMARY A. A complete Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) shall be provided to control and /or to monitor building systems as outlined in the sequences of operation, mechanical drawings and this specification. The EMCS shall employ direct digital control (DDC). 1. Provide all software, hardware and cabling necessary for communication between operator stations, controllers, sensors, actuators and other devices.. 2. Provide all miscellaneous software, wiring, parts and labor required in establishing a complete and working system that is an interoperable network capable of communicating with the existing EMCS. • 3. Building 9 -96 terminal air boxes are still controlled by pneumatic actuators and therefore the building will have electronic and pneumatic devices after completion of the new work. 1.3 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Provide an HVAC control system with distributed processing units, input /output units, firmware and standard operating software provided by Invensys. 1. Design, component selection, installation, custom programming, documentation, testing, training and warranty service shall be the direct responsibility of the manufacturer or their local representative. 2. New equipment and software shall be selected for compatibility with systems that might be presently installed at the site. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct digital control. B. EMCS: Energy Management and Control System C. I /O: Input /output. D. LonWorks: A control network technology platform for designing and implementing interoperable control devices and networks. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. MS /TP: Master slave /token passing. F. PC: Personal computer. G. PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative. H. RTD: Resistance temperature detector. 1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Comply with the following performance requirements: 1. Graphic Display: Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds. 2. Graphic Refresh: Update graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 8 seconds. 3. Object Command: Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator command of a binary object and device reaction. 4. Object Scan: Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control units or workstation within six seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds. Multiple workstations must receive alarms within five seconds of each other. 6. Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five seconds, but selected consistent with mechanical process under control. 7. Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops, and scan and update process values and outputs at least once per second. 8. Reporting Accuracy and Stability of Control: Report values and maintain measured variables within tolerances as follows: : a. Water Temperature: Plus or minus 1 F. b. Water Flow: Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. c. Water Pressure: Plus or minus 2 percent of full scale. d. Space Temperature: Plus or minus 1 F. e. Ducted Air Temperature: Plus or minus 1 F. f. Outside Air Temperature: Plus or minus 2 F. g. Dew Point Temperature: Plus or minus 3 F. h. Temperature Differential: Plus or minus 0.25 F. i. Relative Humidity: Plus or minus 5 percent. j. Airflow (Pressurized Spaces): Plus or minus 3 percent of full scale. k. Airflow (Measuring Stations): Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. 1. Airflow (Terminal): Plus or minus 10 percent of full scale. m. Air Pressure (Space): Plus or minus 0.01 -inch wg. n. Air Pressure (Ducts): Plus or minus 0.1 -inch wg. o. Carbon Monoxide: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. p. Carbon Dioxide: Plus or minus 50 ppm. q. Electrical: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Provide a complete set of reproducible control drawings using computer aided design and drafting (CADD) technology. Include the following information: 1. Show general physical arrangement of component devices installed in the panels. Indicate applicable detailed drawing reference. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Provide a typical schematic drawing of each control circuit. 3. Identify equipment and devices by the reference designations shown on the drawings and by unique point identification used in system software. Provide material list with or on each drawing. 4. Supply block diagrams and schematics showing riser diagrams, the layout of equipment, communication cabling, and wire type. 5. Provide system diagrams showing the general mechanical system layout with all sensors /devices of each mechanical system. 6. Supply floor plan drawings showing the location of all controlled equipment and devices used for sensing and control. 7. Provide a schematic drawing of each control circuit, complete with individual wire identifications. Typical drawings are acceptable. 8. Provide LAN truck riser diagram showing cable routing and location of all repeaters. B. Provide sequences of operation detailing all control strategies, including initial setpoints and referencing all points by the point name used in the EMCS programming. These sequences of operation shall also be provided in the record drawings. C. Provide DDC programming logic for the air handler units in the penthouse and a typical terminal box with CO2 sensor and occupancy sensor. This is to verify that the sequence of operations are fully understood. D. Provide a complete list of equipment to be furnished, which includes a manufacturer's catalog' sheet for each item on the material list. 1. DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, control units, transducers /transmitters,, • sensors, actuators, valves, relays /switches, control panels, and operator interface equipment. 2. Control System Software: Include technical data for operating system software, operator interface, color graphics, and other third -party applications. 3. Controlled Systems: Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data. Include written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram. 4. Provide a damper schedule with one line per damper. Provide for each damper: The project TAG, the size, the model of the damper, the type and model of the actuator, and whether the damper fails open, closed, or in place. 5. Provide a valve schedule with one line per valve. Provide for each valve: The project TAG, the size, the model of the valve, the pressure rating, the model and type of the actuator, the valve Cv, and whether the valve fails open, closed, or in place. E. Provide a detailed test plan describing the specific procedures used to complete and document the "Owner- witnessed Testing" described in the Final Acceptance requirement. 1. Test plans shall include a complete schedule for tracking each phase of the testing, e.g. zone testing by floor, fan testing by system, chiller interface testing, heating system testing, etc. 2. The vendor is required to supplement the planned work effort to meet the progress dates given in the schedule. 3. Provide printout of programming code. 4. Show initial setpoints. 5. Provide all documentation necessary to interpret programming related submittals. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. As part of the submittal process, the vendors shall meet with representatives of the Owner's engineering and operations divisions, giving them a thorough briefing on the EMCS programming design. This briefing shall describe in detail the methods the control programmer has used to meet the requirements of the sequence of operations. G. Submit the point -to -point (PTP) and sequence -of- operation verification test plans at least 30 days prior to the scheduled beginning of testing. PTP testing shall be part of the construction schedule. H. Asbestos -Free Materials: The contractor shall submit asbestos -free documents (MSDS and /or, manufacturer certification) to certify that all suspect asbestos containing materials as defined in the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency, Regulation III, Article 4 to be used in construction are asbestos -free. I. Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certify that each proposed DDC system component complies with ASHRAE 135. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials and equipment used shall be new, standard components, regularly manufactured and not custom - designed or fabricated specifically for this project. B. All components and software shall have been previously tested and proven in regular use. Minimum in -use requirements are 24 months for hardware and 12 months for major software (whole number revision) releases. C. Modularity. The HVAC control system shall possess a modular architecture, permitting expansion through the addition of more distributed processing units, input /output units, sensors, actuators and operator stations. D. Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project. E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. F. Comply with ASHRAE 135 for DDC system components. G. System Software: Update to latest version of software at Project completion. H. Approval - Vendor shall submit and receive approval for all submittals including materials, floor plan, schematics and programming prior to installation. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate location of thermostats, carbon dioxide sensors, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. B. Coordinate equipment with Division 28 Section "Fire Detection and Alarm" to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator workstation. D. Coordinate equipment with Division 26 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control" to achieve compatibility of communication interfaces. E. Coordinate equipment with Division 26 Section "Panelboards" to achieve compatibility with starter coils and annunciation devices. F. Coordinate equipment with Division 26 Section "Motor- Control Centers" to achieve compatibility with motor starters and annunciation devices. 1.9 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide corrected documentation to show changes made to correct deficiencies discovered during commissioning tests. Reassemble manuals and drawing packages to reflect corrected documentation records. B. Drawings and software 1. Submit shop drawings reflecting final "as- built" condition. a. Provide record drawings on AutoCAD 2005. Deliver two copies of data on two CDs without compression. b. Provide 3 copies of reproducible record drawings. c. These record drawings shall accurately depict the final as -built conditions and shall be on Architectural /Mechanical backgrounds provided by the A /E. d. These drawings shall include accurate depiction of location of sensors and controlled equipment (motor starters, valves, chillers, dampers, AHUs, etc.) e. Insert one copy of applicable shop drawings, panel layout drawing, and points list at each enclosure's documentation holder. f. Furnish one original set of application software on CDs. Disks shall bear the manufacturer's label. Field copies are not acceptable. Application software includes operating system, controls application generation, graphic support, maintenance support and all other utilities provided in support of the installed system. 2. Operation and Maintenance (O &M) Manuals: Provide two paper copies of material required and five copies on CDs in MS Word format. Describe operation, maintenance and servicing requirements of the HVAC control system and associated equipment. Provide the following information in separate sections, each with an index. a. Technical literature for all equipment, including catalog sheets, calibration, adjustments and operation instructions, and installation instructions b. Hardware and software manuals, including information supplied by the original product developer, on the application programs and on the computers and controllers provided by vendor c. System description and complete sequence of operation d. Reduced size (11" x 17 ") copies of record drawings e. Input /Output (I /O) summary forms for the system, listing all connected analog and binary input and output functions and the number and types of points. Indicate spare input/output capacity f. Control programs specific to this system g. Completed point -to -point checkout plan used in Owner - witnessed testing, and the completed data sheets showing the results of the point -to -point testing. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Owner- witnessed testing: All parts of the testing described in this section are to be performed as point -to -point tests and control sequence verification. The Owner may choose to have this testing witnessed by a member of the Owner's staff, by an independent commissioning agent, by a member of the A/E team, or otherwise. a. One copy of the preliminary as -built documents shall be provided to support this testing. b. After receipt of all system documentation by the Owner, notify Owner 10 working days before testing begins. c. Testing shall be performed by the manufacturer or its local representative. The procedure for the test must provide a format for documenting the results, comments, vendor repair activity, vendor's initials, and retest witnessing. Provide data sheets with one line for each physical point on the system, and columns to record the results, dates, and initials of witnesses for both pretests and witness tests. d. The Contractor shall perform point -to -point pretests before the witnessed tests, and shall fill out data sheets during pretests to demonstrate successful performance prior to witnessed tests. 4. Installation verification tests a. Verify operation, location and identification of power sources, including circuit breakers and control power transformers. b. Start/stop points: Issue start and stop commands from an operator station. Verify that controlled equipment responds appropriately and that the start/stop status is accurately reflected at the operator station. c. Analog points: Analog inputs and outputs shall be verified at both extremes of their ranges and at the midpoint. Verify tight shutoff and full opening of dampers and valves. d. Binary points: Verify that both commanded conditions (on/off, open/closed, etc.) are accurately reflected at the operator station. e. Test fan and pump failure alarms by turning off the motor at the HOA switch and observing the run -state indication at the operator station. f. Temperature points: Verify calibration of sensors by comparing displayed temperature values with the reading of an independent measuring device located in the same flow. Test liquid temperature sensors as installed in piping thermowells to verify effectiveness of heat conducting compound. g. Pressure points: Verify calibration of sensors by comparing displayed pressure with the reading of an independent measuring device located in the same flow stream. Retain the services of the balancer as required to confirm readings. h. Control valves: Verify tight shutoff by comparing water or air temperatures entering and leaving the heat transfer device. i. Operator response and sequencing: Demonstrate that sequenced or modulated valves and dampers position accurately in response to posit multiple operators to provide simultaneous modulation of parallel dampers or valve assemblies. j. Control signal stability, general: Demonstrate that control loops are tuned so that the output does not change until the controlled system has had time to respond to the last output signal. k. Control signal stability, response to step input: Demonstrate that control loops are tuned so that they are stable without excessive hunting following a step input of not less than 20% of the operating/reset range of the controlled variable. 1. Control signal stability, floating point devices: Verify that minimum pulse output duration is no less than the value required to assure repositioning of the controlled device. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION m. Demonstrate the capability of the controls system to execute the complete sequence of operation as given in the mechanical design documents. n. Verify tight shut -off of all actuated control valves (for 3 -way valves, demonstrate capacity for 100% by -pass of coil). 5. Operator station tests a. Override test: Verify manual override capability for start/stop and modulated point types. b. Control logic 1) Exercise all control logic packages. 2) Check response to upset, change in setpoint. c. Supervisory function 1) Verify content of time clock schedules. 2) Verify alarm's reporting capabilities. d. Failure modes 1) Verify all stand -alone operation by disconnecting communication lines between stand -alone control units and verifying continued operation. 2) Disconnect and reconnect controller power to confirm proper recovery from power failure (sample). 6. Other software tests a. Trend logging b. Report generation c. Remote access d. Test the ability of the control system to automatically restart all of the connected systems following a power restoration and fire alarm recovery. 1.10 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE A. The complete control system shall be warranted to be free of defects in manufacturing, workmanship and materials for one year. Temperature sensor accuracy shall be warranted for 3 years. Software and documentation shall be revised to reflect system changes required to meet warranty obligations. B. During the warranty period, provide a 24 -hour emergency service telephone number where a qualified service technician, familiar with the installed system, may be reached. 1. This technician shall have the capability of remote communication with the control system for troubleshooting and program alterations. 2. The vendor shall pay all costs to provide communications for remote access. 3. A fully equipped, qualified repair technician shall be at the job site within 4 hours of a request for emergency service. C. All replacement parts must be available on site within 48 hours during the term of the warranty. D. Provide free of charge during the warranty period four (4) DDC software sequence modifications (up to 16 hours engineering time) as instructed by the Owner. Modification shall be in software only. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.11 POST - INSTALLATION TRAINING AND MATERIALS A. The manufacturer and control contractor shall train operating personnel (FOMs) in the operation and maintenance of the system as follows: 1. The controls subcontractor shall provide the Owner's system operators training for proper control of the system under all modes of operation. These modes shall include but not be limited to summer /winter, energy management and alarm event sequences. The training shall be conducted during normal working hours, Monday through Friday at the job site. Training shall consist of both classroom and hands -on training. Provide a minimum of 16 hours of on -site training for a total of 3 people. Provide each trainee with a copy of the sequence of operations and the graphics during each training session. Training will be refined based on the successful bidder and may address the following subjects: 1.12 SYSTEM COMMISSIONING A. Provide assistance, staff and materials to support the commissioning activities. 1. This includes all testing apparatus in use by the EMCS contractor to test and calibrate or verify calibration of the control system. 2. Assistance includes but is not limited to reviewing test procedures and providing software enhancements to accommodate testing methods. B. Provide staff and materials to support the point -to -point testing, also referred to as Owner - witnessed Testing and described under Final Acceptance Requirements. C. Operate the control system for any commissioning tests specified in other specification sections. 1.13 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. See drawings M310 and M311. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide as required for a complete and operating building automation system, all software, hardware, input/output devices, wiring and control power not shown in electrical bid documents, actuated dampers, actuated valves, actuators, operation and maintenance training, special maintenance tools and aids, supervision of labor, and warranty. B. The system shall be built only of standard components kept in stock by the supplier. 1. All replacement parts shall be available on site within 48 hours. 2. The components shall not require customizing other than setting jumpers and switches, or adding firmware or software modules, or on -site software programming to do required functions. C. System display should meet the following requirements: 1. The system is to be fully menu - driven. 2. All system titles, prompts, and instructions are to be in the English language. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 8 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. All entries to be in natural units, i.e., a setpoint value shall be entered in its actual control unit of value, such as 74° F. 4. The primary means of information display and system management shall be by graphic display. Use the same style of display as is currently used throughout the facility. 5. Each display will contain comment sections to indicate area served (if area - specific) and also contain a graphical presentation for all other interlocked systems. 2.2 BASIC SYSTEM FEATURES A. Zone -by -zone control of space temperature, usage scheduling, and equipment failure reporting (A zone is the area served by one HVAC terminal unit, fan coil, heat pump, air terminal, etc.) B. For all controllers and other devices that do not automatically and immediately resume normal operation after loss of power and then restoration of power, provide APC UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) model ES 8 outlets, 200 Watts (or approved equal having 5 year battery life and battery hot swappable capability) for all cabinets having a mounting area over 120 square inches and containing controllers. These cabinets shall be provided with a fused duplex receptacle to be used a source for UPS power. Cabinet shall draw power from the UPS. Provide shelf for UPS. C. All control power shall be provided from 120 VAC emergency power sources located in the "low voltage" closets on each floor and in the mechanical rooms. D. Tamper -proof room wall mounted sensors installed with Allen, Bristol or similar hardware with local temperature setpoint adjustment (limited range). The maximum allowed temperature range shall be set from an operator's station. Program the local control ranges as follows: 1. Standard thermostats - 68 °F to 74 °F 2. Mechanical and electrical rooms - 50 °F to 85 °F E. Space temperature control in specifically identified locations will use return/exhaust duct mounted sensors and setpoint will be adjusted with computer interface. F. Individually assignable priority password security system to prevent unauthorized use. Provide at least 4 levels including the following: Information only, change of setpoint & ON /OFF, programmer, and a fourth master level for assigning appropriate local access. G. Equipment monitoring and alarm function including information for diagnosing equipment problems. 1. All system points shall be programmed to report alarm conditions by fully expanded point names that are tailored and specific to this project. 2. Assign alarm limits at 10% above highest expected level and at 10% below lowest expected level (subject to control sequence design) or as requested by Owner. 3. Interlock all alarm points to system status so as to lock out alarms when the system is not operational by schedule or operator command. H. Auto - restart, without operator intervention, the operator stations and all controlled equipment to the control state that would be in effect if the power failure or fire alarm event had not occurred. Start/stop outputs shall continue to command the affected device while motor power is unavailable and allow for equipment restart, as previously commanded or scheduled, upon restoration of motor power. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I. Equipment run -time totalization of motor driven equipment. J. Interactive displays of all input and output points: As a minimum, each of 200 screens on the monitor shall be able to display 25 interactive points and custom text. K. Operator shall be able to, through keyboard interface, disable any control logic for any output or setpoint, temporarily substitute the value for any input/output, and introduce a different value or state for all inputs, outputs and setpoints. L. Individual controllers shall be programmed with nonvolatile stand -alone control logic necessary to maintain appropriate HVAC equipment operation. While in temporary stand -alone mode, energy efficiency can be sacrificed to maintain temperature control and operational conditions that will not damage equipment or compromise health and safety. M. Controllers shall, upon loss of valid programming, be capable of requesting and receiving a programming download of all required program code from the system management server. N. Owner personnel shall be able to create and modify control software in any facility computer utilizing menu - driven programming. Owner personnel shall, be able to store the programming on a removable computer disk and preprogram a nonvolatile, transportable memory storage device, which can be used for replacement of the programming in system controllers. 2.3 GRAPHICS A. General: Provide complete graphics for all systems. Graphic completeness, appearance . and quality shall be the best available from the approved manufacturer. All system: shall be diagrammed in the graphics with measured values indicated at the appropriate location on the diagrammatic graphic. Setpoint, on- off -auto and similar adjustable shall be at the appropriate location on the diagrammatic graphic. B. Graphic display requirements: 1. Provide a Microsoft Windows -based software package for the preparation of system graphics. 2. Include with this software a library of HVAC symbols such as fans, pumps, chillers, etc. 3. This section establishes standards for graphic displays as follows: a. All operator stations shall be programmed to display dynamic color graphic representations of the mechanical systems and floor areas for which this system has control. b. Systems to be displayed include the air handlers (including all monitored and controlled components), air terminal units, fans, chillers and towers, heat converters and exchangers, pumping systems and similar mechanical devices. c. Show the mechanical equipment components on a single graphic. Example: Chilled and condenser water pumps, cooling towers, chillers, differential pressure control valves, etc. d. Displays shall automatically update with current real time data. e. Room floor plan displays are required and shall indicate the approximate positions of controlled mechanical system elements. f. All displays shall show real time data to include temperatures, actuator positions, and motor run status. g. All system input, output and setpoint points shall be displayed on an appropriate graphic. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.4 DDC EQUIPMENT A. OPERATOR STATIONS 1. Local Access: Operator interface with the installed EMCS equipment and the entire campus EMCS shall be performed with portable computers and desktop computers using site licensed software. 2. WEB Access: It shall be possible to interface with the EMCS from remote computers equipped with Microsoft Internet Explorer (web browser) via the Internet. a. Operators shall be able to access information through user interfaces at the application controller and the plant controller levels, as well as at the master display. b. System shall be an open, interoperable system supporting LonWorks ®, BACnet® and /or other protocols. 3. Operator interface with the EMCS includes the ability to operate and program all campus EMCS equipment. The ability to look, adjust/override and program will be controlled using access levels. 4. Overall management of the EMCS, storage of programs, data, trends, access control, graphics. 5. Application Software: a. I/O capability from operator station. b. System security for each operator via software password and access levels. c. Automatic system diagnostics; monitor system and report failures. d. Database creation and support. e. Automatic and manual database save and restore. f. Dynamic color graphic displays with up to 10 screen displays at once. g. Custom graphics generation and graphics library of HVAC equipment and symbols. h. Alarm processing, messages, and reactions. i. Trend logs retrievable in spreadsheets and database programs. j. Alarm and event processing. k. Object and property status and control. 1. Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power. m. Data collection, reports, and logs. Include standard reports for the following: 1) Current values of all objects. 2) Current alarm summary. 3) Disabled objects. 4) Alarm lockout objects. 5) Logs. n. Custom report development. o. Utility and weather reports. p. Workstation application editors for controllers and schedules. q. Maintenance management. 6. Custom Application Software: a. English language oriented. b. Full- screen character editor /programming environment. c. Allow development of independently executing program modules with debugging/simulation capability. d. Support conditional statements. e. Support floating -point arithmetic with mathematic functions. f. Contains predefined time variables. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 11 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random - access memory; local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each I/O point; process information; execute commands from other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand -alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete /digital, analog, and pulse I /O. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. d. Software applications, scheduling, and alarm processing. e. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled environment. 3. Standard Application Programs: a. Coordinate 4. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. C. Local Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with electronically programmable, nonvolatile, read -only memory; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each I/O point, process information, and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand -alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete /digital, analog, and pulse I /O. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. 3. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. D. I/O Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that shorting will cause no damage to controllers. 1. Binary Inputs: Allow monitoring of on -off signals without external power. 2. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 3. Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low- voltage (0- to 10 -V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals. 4. Binary Outputs: Provide on -off or pulsed low- voltage signal, selectable for normally open or normally closed operation. 5. Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10 -V dc) or current (4 to 20 Ma). 6. Tri -State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three - point, floating -type electronic actuators. 7. Universal I /Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs. E. Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current- limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full -wave rectifier type with the following: 1. Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 2. Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100 - mic.sec. response time for 50 percent load changes. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 12 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Built -in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure. F. Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or controllers with the following: 1. Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V. 2. Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds. 3. Minimum transverse -mode noise attenuation of 65 dB. 4. Minimum common -mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz. 2.5 UNITARY CONTROLLERS A. Each controller shall operate as part of the control system and as an independent unit when not in communication with other controllers or an operator station. Global controllers shall be able to share Global information on a peer -to -peer basis without relying on an operator station. B. It shall be possible to define control strategies at each controller from any operator station. Each controller shall be able to interface directly with an operator station. C. Each controller shall include its own microprocessor, power supply, and, if necessary, battery with automatic charger. Upon loss of system power, the controller memory shall be maintained for a minimum of 72 hours with no external source of power. Upon restoration of system power, the control unit shall resume full operation without operator intervention. D. Provide control programming logic at each controller for proportional and /or proportional plus integral control capabilities as necessary to assure complete and stable control of each controlled variable. E. Each controller shall maintain and perform its own stand -alone control strategy upon communications failure. The controller stand -alone control program shall be adequate to maintain the basic control function and provide protection from inappropriate equipment operation. The controller shall retain its programming during a power failure and resume operation without program reloading from another device. F. The controllers shall be powered by 24 VAC. G. Each controller shall be isolated (optically or by other means) from communication trunk and have fuse or overload protection. H. The controller point monitoring and control capabilities shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Binary inputs (contact closures) 2. Analog inputs (use only resistive, 0 -10 volt, and 4 -20 ma. inputs; provide A/D conversion of 10 bits, minimum) 3. Binary output (start/stop or latching and momentary contacts) 4. Floating point control 5. Analog outputs (must include 4 -20 ma. @ 10 VDC minimum, 0 -10 VDC; provide A/D conversion of 12 bits, minimum). INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 13 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Communicate using read (execute and initiate) and write (execute and initiate) property services defined in ASHRAE 135. Reside on network using MS /TP datalink/physical layer protocol and have service communication port for connection to diagnostic terminal unit. 2.6 ALARM PROGRAM A. For each alarm input, provide the following assignable alarm responses: 1. Display English language point description in addition to system point identification. 2. Print out alarm description and operator- created alarm message. 3. Require acknowledgment by operator and print occurrence if directed by Owner. 2.7 LOGS A. Trend log: As a minimum, provide capacity for 50 trend logs. Provide for review of data on monitor and printer. Each trend log shall have assignable start/stop times /dates. B. Current alarm log: Display all points currently in alarm. 1. Operator activity log: Record operator activity by operator account identification and work performed during a minimum of the last 10 log -in sessions or last 20 commands. 2.8 FAILURE MODE A. Upon failure of any global controller, the operator station shall display off -line occurrence for each affected point, and provide communication verification to each controller for each I/O channel. B. In the event of communication failure, controller shall continue to operate equipment using appropriate backup values for missing global information. If sensor information is necessary for proper stand -alone function, then that sensor shall be attached directly to the appropriate controller. Provide failure mode programming to accomplish safe operation of equipment in case of communications failure on local trunk. C. Upon return of primary power after a power failure of up to 72 hours, the system shall automatically return to completely normal operation with no action required from operating personnel. D. Unless otherwise indicated in the design documents, provide the following failure modes, (that is, the position that the controlled device attains under failure due to loss of power, loss of air pressure, or loss of communications) for valves and dampers: 1. All Fan cooling water valves shall fail closed. 2. All central cooling water differential pressure control valves shall fail closed. 3. All fan exhaust air and outside air dampers shall fail closed. 4. All fan recirculation dampers shall fail open. 5. Zone -level air terminal unit dampers may fail in place. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 14 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.9 ENERGY REDUCTION AND SPECIAL OPERATION SOFTWARE A. The system shall be designed to control energy- consuming loads. Provide engineering, consulting, and programming to develop and set up the following energy reduction software: 1. Time schedules: Software should provide at least 16 time schedules. Each schedule is to be an 8 -day type, capable of 6 entries minimum per day. Time program shall provide ON /OFF commands, and reset SETPOINT capabilities. 2. Holiday time programs: Provide a holiday time schedule capability. 3. Optimal start/stop: Provide the ability to optimize start/stop times to attain and maintain temperature setpoint only during occupied times. The system shall be self tuning, with compensation for weekends and holidays. 4. Setpoint reset: Provide a means of automatically resetting heating water, chilled water and ventilation air temperatures, volumes and pressures. 5. Provide a program to automatically restart all DDC controlled equipment upon the resumption of power or return from fire alarm condition. Equipment shall be restarted according to a prearranged, prioritized and staggered restart schedule. 6. For loads that have been turned off at the Motor Control Center, either by positioning of the HOA switch or the line disconnect; provide a restart strategy that automatically restarts load upon the reset of switches to their normal on -line positions. 7. Provide capability to adjust the setpoints of main mechanical systems from an operator station using simple `point and click' command windows. 2.10 DIGITAL ENERGY MONITORS A. Chilled Water Flow Meters: Provide BTU and flow meters on the chilled water mains at the two locations shown on the drawings. Integral LCD readout screen, RTD temperature sensors and turbines sized for piping where shown on drawings. 1. EMCO Flow Systems SonoTrak flow meter model ST- 30 -A -N -250- 1 -25 -12 with a 4 -20 mA output, 25' sensor cables, and pipe clamps for up to 12" pipe. Provide also and RS- 232 communication interface to CMCS for BTU calculation. B. Water Flow Meters: See plumbing specification 220500. The Control contactor is responsible for connecting the water meter to CMCS. C. Steam Meters: 1. Manufacturer: Spirax Sarco S -PhD in -line vortex 2. Description: Vortex flow meter for installation in piping; with calibrated flow - measuring element, tubing, flange, and conversion chart compatible with flow- measuring element, flowmeter, and system fluid. 3. Construction: 316 L stainless steel. 4. Pressure Rating: 300 prig. 5. Fluid Temperature Rating: 400 deg F. 6. Range: Flowmeter shall cover operating range of equipment or system served. 7. DDC output signal: 4 -20mA. D. Electrical Metering: By electrical scope. Metering will not be connected to the CMCS system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 15 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.11 ELECTRONIC SENSORS A. Temperature sensors: 1. Sensors shall be completely precalibrated with no electrical adjustments or calibration required for standard installation conditions. 2. The temperature displayed at an operator station shall be accurate to within 1° F. This accuracy shall be warranted (parts and labor) for a minimum of 3 years. 3. Wall mounted sensors shall be tamperproof. Wall mounted sensors for zone controls shall provide jack for operations laptop connection. That connection shall allow communication with system for monitoring and adjusting at least the zone -level equipment serving that zone. Manufacturer Invensys Micronet. 4. Freeze protection sensors shall be non - averaging. 5. Thermowells shall be bronze, brass, or stainless steel with 1 -inch NPT threads. 6. Install piping temperature sensors adjacent to temperature gauge or test port. a. Use heat - conducting compound in thermowells. b. Strap -on fluid temperature sensors will not be allowed. 7. Mount outside air sensors inside the outside air intake as to avoid solar influence and directly sense the average temperature of the air entering the air handling unit(s). B. Air velocity transmitter: Shall provide air velocity information independent of the effects of static pressure. Transmitter shall operate at rated accuracy from 0° F to 120° F. The minimum accuracy of displayed value at an operator station shall be 95% through the range of 20% to 100% of sensed airflow, with a drift rate no greater than I% per year. The proportional output shall be 4 to 20 ma. C. Differential and static pressure transmitter: Transmitter shall operate from 50% of minimum to 150% of maximum anticipated pressure. The maximum error of displayed value at an operator station shall be 2% through the range of 20% to 150% of the intended maximum setpoint. Minimum pressure tolerance shall be 150% of the maximum pressure expected in normal operation. The maximum drift rate shall be no greater than 1% per year. The proportional output shall be 4 to 20 ma. Provide designed pressure pitot sensor Dwyer type A -301 /A 302 or approved equal. D. Current sensors shall convert AC to proportional DC (4 to 20 ma). Response time: 300 milliseconds to 99% of final value. Manufacturer: Neilson - Kuljian or approved equal. Controls will be programmed to indicate equipment failure if motor current goes above or below normal conditions. E. Averaging elements shall be mounted so as to cross a minimum of 80% of the plenum width and shall be located to provide an indication of temperature within +/- 1° F. Provide support at 36 inches maximum such that there will be no metal to metal contact between the sensing element and other equipment. F. Outside air sensors shall be a waterproof assembly protected from solar radiation. Span shall cover the range of 0° F to 100° F or better and not exceed a 150° F span. Typically, mount sensor inside an outside air intake that draws air 24/7. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 16 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION G. Pressure Transmitters /Transducers: 1. Static- Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for expected input, and temperature compensated. a. Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent. b. Output: 4 to 20 mA. c. Building Static- Pressure Range: 0- to 0.25 -inch wg (0 to 62 Pa). d. Duct Static - Pressure Range: 0- to 5 -inch wg (0 to 1240 Pa). e. Manufacturer: 1) Tek -air Systems Inc., Ultra low series 2) Setra Systems 3) Veltron 4) Modus "low flow T" series 5) Ultratech Inc. 2. Water Pressure Transducers: Stainless -steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150 -psig (1034 -kPa) operating pressure; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 3. Differential- Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot -duty rating and with suitable scale range and differential. Manufacturer: a. Tek -air Systems Inc., Ultra low series b. Veltron c. Modus 'low flow T' series d. Ultratech Inc 4. Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service; range suitable for system; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 2.12 STATUS SENSORS A. Status Inputs for Fans: Differential - pressure switch with pilot -duty rating and with adjustable range of 0- to 5 -inch wg. B. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current - sensing fixed- or split - core transformers with self - powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. C. Voltage Transmitter: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single -loop, self - powered transmitter, adjustable, with suitable range and 1 percent full -scale accuracy. D. Power Monitor: 3 -phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20 -mA kW output, with maximum 2 percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor. E. Current Switches: Self- powered, solid -state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements. F. Electronic Valve /Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10 -V dc, feedback signal. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 17 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.13 FLOW MEASURING STATIONS A. Manufacturers: EBTRON, Inc. Model GTx1 16 -P and GTxI 16 -F. B. Provide airflow /temperature measurement devices (ATMD) where indicated on the plans. Fan inlet measurement devices shall not be substituted for duct or plenum measurement devices indicated on the plans. C. Each ATMD shall consist of one or more sensor probes and a single, remotely mounted, microprocessor -based transmitter capable of independently processing up to 16 independently wired sensor assemblies. Each transmitter shall have a 16- character alpha - numeric display capable of displaying airflow, temperature, system status, configuration settings and diagnostics. Pitot tubes and arrays are not acceptable. D. All Sensor Probes: 1. Each sensor assembly shall be calibrated at a minimum of 16 airflow rates and 3 temperatures to standards that are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 2. Airflow accuracy shall be +/ -2% of reading over the entire operating airflow range. Devices whose accuracy is the combined accuracy of the transmitter and sensor probes must demonstrate that the total accuracy meets the performance requirements of this specification throughout the measurement range. 3. Temperature accuracy shall be +1-0.15° F over the entire operating temperature range of - 20° F to 160° F. 4. The operating humidity range for each sensor probe shall be 0 -99% RH (non - condensing). 5. Each sensor probe shall have an integral, U.L. listed, plenum rated cable and terminal plug for connection to the remotely mounted transmitter. All terminal plug interconnecting pins shall be gold plated. E. Duct and Plenum Probes: 1. Probes shall be constructed of extruded, gold anodized, 6063 aluminum tube. All wires within the aluminum tube shall be Kynar coated. 2. Probe assembly mounting brackets shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. Probe assemblies shall be mounted using one of the following options: a. Insertion mounted through the side or top of the duct b. Internally mounted inside the duct or plenum c. Standoff mounted inside the plenum 3. The number of sensor housings provided for each location shall be as follows: a. Area (sq.ft.) Sensors 2to <4 6 4to <8 8 8 to <16 12 > =16 16 F. Transmitters: 1. The transmitter shall have an integral LCD display capable of simultaneously displaying airflow and temperature. The LCD display shall be capable of displaying individual airflow and temperature readings of each independent sensor assembly. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 18 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics using an on -board pushbutton interface and LCD display. 3. The transmitter shall have a power switch and operate on 24 VAC (isolation not required). The transmitter shall use a switching power supply fused and protected from transients and power surges. The transmitter shall use "watch -dog" circuitry to assure reset after power disruption, transients and brown -outs. 4. All interconnecting pins, headers and connections on the main circuit board, option cards and cable receptacles shall be gold plated. 5. The transmitter shall be capable of communicating with other devices using one of the following interface options: a. Linear analog output signals for airflow and temperature: Field selectable, fuse protected and isolated, 0- 10VDC /4 -20mA (4 -wire) b. RS -485: Field selectable BACnet - ARCNET, BACnet- MS /TP, ModBus -RTU or Johnson Controls N2 -Bus c. BACnet devices shall provide analog variables for airflow and temperature containing individual sensor airflow rate and temperature data. d. 10 Base -T Ethernet: Field selectable BACnet Ethernet, BACnet -IP, ModBus -TCP and TCP /IP e. Provide dynamic link libraries and VBA functions to interface Ethernet devices to Microsoft Excel for remote monitoring of airflow and temperature using a Windows 2000 or Windows XP based PC. 6. The transmitter shall be capable of accepting an infra -red interface card for downloading airflow and temperature data or uploading transmitter configuration data using a handheld PDA (Palm or Microsoft Windows Mobile operating systems). a. Provide PDA upload /download software. Download software shall be capable of displaying and saving individual sensor airflow rates, the average airflow rate, individual sensor temperatures and the average temperature received from the transmitter. Upload software shall be capable of displaying and saving all setup parameters that can be configured using the on -board pushbutton interface and LCD display. b. Provide a Microsoft Excel file capable of creating balance reports from PDA data files transferred to a Windows 98 or higher based PC. c. Provide a Microsoft Excel file to create configuration data files that can be transferred from a Windows 98 or higher based PC to a PDA for upload to one or more transmitters. G. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall review and approve placement and operating airflow rates for each measurement location indicated on the plans. A written report shall be submitted to the consulting mechanical engineer if any measurement locations do not meet the manufacturer's placement requirements. 2.14 THERMOSTATS A. Low- Voltage, On -Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24 -V, bimetal- operated, mercury- switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed set -point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set -point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 19 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.15 ACTUATORS A. Actuator Type: Electronic actuators shall be used for all water control valves and air dampers. B. Electronic actuators shall be Belimo, Delta, or approved equal selected from the vendor `s standard product line. 1. All electronic actuators shall be powered by 24 VAC. 2. Direct - coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full- stroke cycles at rated torque. 3. Proportional electronic actuators shall use 0 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 ma. or floating point control. 4. Floating point actuators shall have position indicated by potentiometer so control system will know exact position at all times. 5. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F, (Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F for smoke dampers). 6. Multiple electronic actuators may be powered by one separately fused 24 VAC transformer, providing the transformer size does not exceed 100 VA. 7. No more than 2 electronic actuators may drive a common shaft. 8. All electronic actuators shall have field manual positioning capability to allow manual positioning of valve or damper in absence of control power. C. Provide end switches as called for on the sequences. D. Actuators shall be capable of providing 150% of the minimum valve or damper manufacturer's published torque requirements for complete shutoff. E. Actuators shall `Fail in Last Position' unless otherwise noted. F. Valve actuators shall have clutch and manual positioning handle /wheel at all locations where a separate isolation valve is not provided immediately adjacent to the controlled valve. 2.16 CONTROL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hydronic Control Valves -Delta P Valve, Model EDP. 2. Steam Control Valves - Belimo, Model MVF. B. Control valves shall be selected to meet CV and pressure requirements. 1. 2 -way pressure independent water control valves shall be sized for a pressure drop of approximately 3 psi. Higher pressure drop shall be provided if allowed or directed by the A/E (during shop drawing review) where branch pressure to a controlled equipment is felt to be significantly more than the equipment pressure drop. 2. Steam valves for equipment having condensate draining to near - atmospheric pressure shall be sized for a pressure drop of approximately 50% of the normal steam supply pressure. 3. Valve body and actuator selection shall be sufficient to handle system pressure, and shall close against the system differential pressures. 4. Valve service rating shall be 125 psig. or greater. 5. The shafts to which the actuators are coupled shall be square or hexagonal or round with one side flattened to insure tight coupling. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 20 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. Install valves in the orientation recommended, or stated as preferred, in manufacturer's 1 iterature. C. Provide valves with rotating control stems except where "lift and lay" valves are specifically identified. Use the following valves unless they are unsuited for a specific application: 1. Use Belimo or Delta characterized ball valves with actuators for sizes ranging from '/" to 2" full port. Where valves are for open -close application only, the "characterized" feature shall not be provided, provide full port size. 2. Zone valves: Valves shall be constructed with a cast brass body and stainless steel balls. The valve shall provide for 100% shut -off and silent operation. D. Use butterfly valves when characterized ball valves do not provide necessary CV. Butterfly valves with disks attached to the stem with screws, bolts or rivets are not acceptable. Use Demco, Victaulic or approved equal. 1. Butterfly Valves: 150 -psig maximum pressure differential, ASTM A 126 cast -iron or ASTM A 536 ductile -iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless -steel stem, field - replaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals. E. Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. 2. NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Class 125 iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug -type disc, flanged ends, and renewable seat and disc. 3. Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and stainless -steel or brass seats. a. Single- Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom. b. Double - Seated Valves: Balanced plug; cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plugs on top and bottom. 4. Sizing: 5 -prig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate or the following: a. Two Position: Line size. b. Two -Way Modulating: Either the value specified above or twice the load pressure drop, whichever is more. c. Three -Way Modulating: Twice the load pressure drop, but not more than value specified above. 5. Flow Characteristics: Two -way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three - way valves shall have linear characteristics. 6. Close -Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close -off pressure rating of 150 percent of total system (pump) head for two - way valves and 100 percent of pressure differential across valve or 100 percent of total system (pump) head. F. Steam system globe valves shall have the following characteristics: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. 2. NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Class 125 iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug -type disc, flanged ends, and renewable seat and disc. 3. Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and stainless -steel seats. a. Single- Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom of guided plugs. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 21 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Sizing: For pressure drop based on the following services: a. Two Position: 20 percent of inlet pressure. b. Modulating 15 -prig Steam: 80 percent of inlet steam pressure. c. Modulating 16- to 50 -psig Steam: 50 percent of inlet steam pressure. d. Modulating More Than 50 -psig Steam: As indicated. 5. Flow Characteristics: Modified linear characteristics. 6. Close -Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close -off pressure rating of 150 percent of operating (inlet) pressure. G. Self - Contained Control Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, two or three ports as indicated, replaceable plugs and seats, and union and threaded ends. 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 deg F operating conditions. 2. Thermostatic Operator: Liquid filled remote sensor with integral adjustable dial. 2.17 ENCLOSURES A. All enclosures to be NEMA 1, unless otherwise required for intended service. All controls and instruments shall be logically assembled at one or more panels, have hinged doors and be marked with engraved melamine labels. B. All enclosures used as a mounting site for control devices shall also contain a documentation holder located on the inside of the door. C. All enclosures shall be provided with locks. D. Label each equipment panel furnished with 120 VAC power with power source label showing identification of power panel and breaker. 2.18 WIRING AND CONDUIT A. Install wiring and conduit in accordance with Division 16 requirements. B. Minimum wire size shall be based on the manufacturer's recommendations based on the specific application. Single conductor wire insulation shall be THHN. All wires shall be sized in accordance with the NEC for the load serviced. A single conductor shall not be used for more than one leg of an input or output device circuit (no "common" conductors) unless approved by Owner. C. All wiring shall be stranded. Exceptions will be made for wiring used in preassembled factory crimped cables, 20 g and smaller, where connectors provide support to the insulated cable jacket at the point of connection. D. All low voltage energy limited wiring (except 24 VAC power), installed in open tray or installed as open wiring, shall be in jacketed cables dedicated to individual devices. E. Junction box covers shall be labeled "DDC" or show the vendor logo. F. Splicing shall be minimized and shall be done only in accessible outlet, junction, or cabinet boxes that are clearly shown on the "as- built" record drawings. Splicing shall be made with 3M "Scotchloc" spring connectors with steel cap and PVC insulation, Thomas & Betts, or a crimp on butt - splice, or approved equal. When splicing is necessary, the insulation colors shall match INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 22 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION and the conductors shall be mechanically secured to each other so that no stress is applied to the splice. Splicing of long runs shall be accomplished by means of a fully insulated crimped barrel connector. G. Wire pulls by powered mechanical means will not be permitted. Conduit shall be cleaned of foreign material just before pulling the wire or cable. Lubricants shall be compounds specifically prepared for cable pulling and shall not contain petroleum or other products that will affect cable insulation. H. Wire that has scrapes, nicks, gouges, or crushed insulation shall not be used and shall be removed when present. I. Groups of conductors, where installed in cabinets and wire trays, shall be neatly grouped with wire ties or equal. J. All wiring contained in metal wireways shall be in wireways dedicated to low voltage service. K. Low voltage energy- limited wiring shall not be run in the same wireways with, or closely parallel to, high voltage or switched power wiring. Interposing relays shall be used for all switched power loads and shall be located so that the switched power conductors do not run in the same wireway as the interposing relay coil power or any other energy- limited low voltage conductors. L. Aluminum wire is prohibited. M. No conduit shall be filled so that the maximum bundled cross sectional dimension exceeds 40 % of conduit inside diameter. No raceway shall be filled to more than 40% and maximum fill for "wiremold" (surface raceway) shall be 20 %. N. No wire run or circuit shall be longer than 80% of the maximum allowable length or power consumption for the wire size and application. No output circuit shall exceed 80% of the maximum load capacity specified by the manufacturer. O. Wiring and conduit shall comply with Division 16 specifications. 1. The basic wiring method shall be in conduit unless otherwise permitted in this section. 2. Where conduit direct connection is not possible, all permitted open wiring shall be plenum rated. 3. Permitted open wiring is limited to the following applications: a. Wiring from a zone airflow control unit to a nearby temperature sensor not to exceed 50 feet b. Wiring from a zone airflow terminal control unit to a nearby water control valve not to exceed 6 feet P. Wiring from any controller to a device which has otherwise been approved for installation and cannot accept conduit connection shall meet the following requirements: 1. Conduit shall be used to within 12 inches of the device. 2. Install in wireway all trunk communication wiring between the operator station and the controllers, and between controllers. Open wiring is not otherwise permitted. Q. Conduits shall be provided with appropriate bushings and end fittings to protect cabling from sharp conduit edges. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 23 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION R. Conduit size shall be' /4 -inch minimum for all wiring groups consisting of 6 or more conductors. NEC requirements shall apply as though conductors were used to their full current carrying and thermal capacity. S. Wireway runs shall be level, plumb, parallel or perpendicular to walls, pipes and sides of openings. Wireways shall follow the contours of the support surface. Passageways for access and servicing shall not be blocked. T. Wires shall be labeled with mechanically prepared labels at their connection point to each apparatus point of connection. U. UL /ULC Listed Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for vibration isolation and shall be limited to 3 feet in length when terminating to vibrating equipment. Flexible Metal Conduit may be used within partition walls and for final connection to equipment. V. Open wiring, when permitted, shall be installed in compliance with WAC 296 -46 -725 with reference to NEC 336 -15 and shall also be installed as follows: 1. All open wiring that penetrates through walls and crosses structural ceilings shall do so within 18 inches of the structural ceiling surface. 2. Wiring shall be attached to vertical supports at attachment points prepared by a protective wrap of electrical tape around the support. This wrap shall create a surface free of sharp edges. 3. Absolutely no wire is to be attached to pipe work or conduit of any kind. 4. Wire ties, if used, shall be trimmed so as to reduce sharp edges. 5. The vendor shall provide required cabling attachment points for control's use if the ceiling structure does not provide acceptable attachment points. 2.19 TRANSFORMERS A. 120V AC to 24V AC transformers shall be supplied to provide control voltage to the control system. The incoming 120V AC power shall be fused. Transformers shall be supplied with suitable mounting plates and mounted in separate electrical panel boxes with hinged covers adjacent to control system panels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General: All work under this section shall be a subcontract by an authorized agent of the manufacturer. B. Install software in control units and operator workstation(s). Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation. C. Notations at Instruments: A typewritten notation shall be provided at each instrument stating its use; at thermostats, the proper setting. In finished spaces these notations shall be secured to the inside of the case; in other areas, shall be secured by adhesive to the duct or other adjacent surface and shellacked over. Instruments and equipment whose use is self - evident, such as ordinary room thermostats, radiator valves, or similar unitary equipment valves, will not require such notations. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 24 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Penetrations of Ducts: All penetrations shall be properly sealed to prevent leakage around the opening; shall include a stuffing box type of closure or similar approved method. E. Pipe Wells: Provide pipe wells for insertion of temperature sensors in water lines. Temperature sensing wells shall be of sufficient length to reach midway into pipe, with extension necks where installed or insulated piping. Wells shall be brass or stainless steel; installed in lines using tees or thread -o -lets. F. Insertion Thermostats: Provide for all duct and water temperature sensing; capillary connected if averaging bulb type; capillary or rod and tube type for other units; nonbleed; throttling range as required for service; on water circuits, separable socket type; remote readjusting type where specified, adjustable ratio, straight line action, adjustable limit stops. G. The freezestats used on fan shut -down control shall be wired to stop the fan in both the Auto and Hand positions of the HOA switch. Freezestats shall be overridden by the fire alarm controls. H. Wall mounted temperature sensors shall be mounted on electrical boxes, and all wire penetrations shall be sealed to prevent thermal convection. It is the responsibility of the controls vendor to ensure that all sensors are placed in the measurable flow path so as to accurately measure the sensed variable. As a minimum, water flow sensors shall be installed with a straight section of piping 10 diameters upstream and 4 diameters downstream. J. Sensors installed for outside air measurement and pressurization shall be located to optimize the accuracy of the measurement. Coordinate with Mechanical Consultant. K. Valve operators shall be installed directly above the controlled valve whenever possible (with the exception of steam control valves where actuator is rotated to about 30 degrees to avoid hot zone directly above valve) unless rotation is needed to permit maintenance access. However, in no case shall the operator be rotated to or beyond horizontal. L. Freezestats shall be installed with capillaries supported by non - metallic standoffs. No part of the capillary shall otherwise touch the coil or frame. 1. Provide mounting support for the capillary at least every 36 inches and at the capillary end, within 6 inches. 2. Freezestats shall be mounted to the upstream face of the first coil that they are designed to protect, usually the cooling coil. 3. Locate reset head on outside of plenum wall. 4. Install such that the temperature- sensing element is sloped continuously downward from the sensing head. M. Freezestats' capillary length shall provide 1 foot of capillary for each 4 square feet of coil surface (by multiple freezestat units if necessary to meet this requirement). In all cases the coil face shall be completely crossed from corner to corner, with the freezestat control head mounted at the highest capillary point to maintain calibration. N. Dual Duct Terminal unit discharge temperature sensor shall be mounted a minimum of 36 inches downstream from the unit. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 25 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION O. All devices shall be mounted within enclosures. Cable trays and external cabinet surfaces shall not be used as mounting surfaces. Proof of run for both fans and pumps shall be by current sensing devices rather than differential pressure switches. P. All pressure indicating/measuring devices shall be installed with capped tee devices to permit attachment of test meters. Q. Controls Mounting: Controls shall be grouped by systems, areas, or other appropriate basis concealed in locking -type wall- mounted cabinets, with proper labeling as to functions and settings marked on the front thereof, located no more than 6' -0" above the floor unless specifically approved by Owner. Control cabinets shall not be installed on ductwork or plenum walls. Mount all relays, switches, contacts, etc., in common panels. Tag each instrument by use of approved labels corresponding to symbols used on control drawings. R. Install automatic dampers according to Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." S. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures. T. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." U. Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping." 3.2 CONTROL SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING A. Control of equipment as described in the sequence of operations and shall include: 1. Time and holiday schedules 2. Optimum Start Control as per Washington Energy Code 1412.4.2. 3. Alarm limits and histories 4. Summary of data for each zone 5. Trend logs and historical data 6. All setpoints 7. Master menu 8. Dynamic color graphic Interface B. The following Points Descriptions and Sequences of Operation shall be enhanced as necessary and included as part of the control drawings to expand and clarify information shown in the drawings. 1. Points information shall be displayed and organized by system in dynamic graphic form at the operator stations. 2. The energy reduction software and miscellaneous functions shall manage all points. 3. It shall be possible to "disconnect" any output or setpoint from the AUTOMATIC control logic and enter a MANUAL value or state from any Operator Station. 4. It shall be possible to replace any input with a MANUAL value from any Operator Station. 5. All control loop parameters for each loop shall be displayed on one display. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 26 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Where a point or device is indicated on a drawing, it shall be provided even if not required in a sequence of operation (sequence). Where a point or device is required for a sequence, it shall be provided even if it is not shown on a diagram or plan. D. All setpoints indicated in the sequences are suggested initial setpoints. Actual setpoints shall be determined and programmed during system balancing and commissioning process. If actual setpoint determined during this process is substantially different from the initial suggested setpoint, request confirmation of acceptability from the A /E. E. All setpoints and values indicated in the sequences shall be adjustable with authorized access. Owner shall determine /confirm the appropriate access level during Owner training. It shall be possible to have multiple access levels with limited range of adjustability for each level. F. All sequences shall apply when the Operator (with proper access) allows automatic control via an Operators Station. It shall be possible to override to prevent automatic operation and take manual control of any system or equipment item. If automatic start -stop operation is not discussed in sequence for a particular device, then there shall be a manual "on-off" command feature at the Operators Station. G. Displays: Every control device indicated on the drawings or specifications and every point required in the sequences of operation shall have information displayed at the Operators Station(s). All information displayed shall have a simple and concise description of what the information is and means. Certain display requirements are indicated in the sequences. To avoid unnecessary duplication, other more typical display requirements are not indicated in every sequence but shall be provided for every device or point as follows: 1. Every device or equipment item that has a start-stop, open - closed, on -off or similar binary output from the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include multiple pieces of information, as follows: a. Current "on-off' command from EMCS b. Current "on -off' condition as sensed by proof switch (where available). c. Virtual "on -off' condition if a proof switch is not available, but other sensors can provide a reasonable verification of equipment operation. For example, such a reasonable verification may include using an analog pressure sensor downstream of a fan where a sensed value above a certain level could only occur if the fan was in operation. d. Indication as to if control is in automatic mode (controlled per sequence) or in manual mode. 2. Every device or equipment item that has a binary (open - closed contact) input to the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include: 3. Current condition. 4. Every device or equipment item that has an analog control output from the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include multiple pieces of information, as follows: a. Current setpoint. b. Commanded output (percent of maximum). c. Display of the measured value at the controlling sensor or VFD. d. Indication as to if control is in automatic mode (controlled per sequence) or in manual (override) mode. 5. Every device or equipment item that has an analog input to the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include: a. Current measured condition. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 27 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. Whether alarm feature is active. c. Current setpoint for high and low alarm conditions. 6. Unless indicated otherwise in the sequences, all stated values shall be assumed to use units of measurement displayed (at operator workstations) as follows: a. Temperature in degree F. b. Humidity in relative humidity (percent). c. Air pressure (and differential pressure) in inches water column. d. Water or steam pressure (and differential pressure) in PSIG. e. Water flow rate in GPM. f. Air flow rate in CFM. g. Speed as percent of maximum RPM (when motor is driven at 60 hertz by VFD). 7. The following points shall be displayed using calculated values based upon commanded position unless exact values, as indicated by a feedback signal, are required by control strategy: a. Fan speed (per cent of full speed) b. Damper positions (per cent of full open) c. Heating and cooling valve position (per cent of full open) H. Trend Logs: Provide trend log programming and setup for individual points as requested by the Owner up to a maximum of 3% of all inputs provided on the project. Alarms: Certain special alarm requirements are indicated in the sequences. To avoid unnecessary duplication, all necessary alarm requirements are not indicated in every sequence. In addition to the listed alarms, every point shall be equipped to (potentially) have the following alarms. Each alarm shall include specific text (on screen) describing the nature of the alarm, and the source of the alarm information (such as "current sensing relay ", "differential pressure switch ", etc.) Each point shall be capable (with only programming and setup required) to alarm as follows: 1. Every device or equipment item that has a start-stop, open - closed, on -off or similar command from the BAS shall have an alarm to identify failure to operate as commanded. This alarm shall use available proof switches or other sensors that can be used as a "virtual proof". Provide suitable delays to accommodate equipment startup times, etc. 2. Every device that has a binary (open - closed) input to the BAS that would normally be used as an alarm or service - requirement indicator (such as a differential pressure switch at a filter) shall provide suitable alarm annunciation. 3. Every device or equipment item that has an analog control output from the BAS shall have an alarm to identify failure of system to maintain setpoint at the controlling sensor. Provide suitable delays to accommodate equipment startup times, etc. Establish reasonable high and low condition alarm trigger points to accommodate normal and reasonable variations in system output. 4. Every VFD shall have an alarm contact monitored by the EMCS to acknowledge any faults. It shall also have an additional alarm contact monitored by the BAS to acknowledge if it is in the bypass mode. J. Alarm Programming: Provide alarm programming and setup for all alarms specifically indicated in the sequences of operation, and at additional points as requested by the Owner up to a maximum of 20% of all inputs provided on the project. Assign operator high and low alarm limits according to design data or as Owner requests. 1. It is assumed that Owner will want alarms to be set up for all filter switches and at all inputs indicated, but not addressed in the sequences. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 28 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION K. Additional Control Requirements: 1. Auxiliary Air Conditioning Units: Provide all control work required for all auxiliary air conditioning units. Include field wiring for any remote devices provided with each unit. Systems shall be controlled per manufacturers recommendations and as follows: a. Provide DDC temperature sensor except where sensors are furnished with equipment. 3.3 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. All electrical control wiring and terminations for the control system shall be provided by the controls subcontractor, B. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." C. Install building wire and cable according to Division 26 Section "Low- Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." D. Install signal and communication cable according to Division 27 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling." 1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. 2. Install exposed cable in raceway. 3. Install concealed cable in raceway. 4. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. 5. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 6. Number -code or color -code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables. 7. Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. E. Connect manual -reset limit controls independent of manual- control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers. F. Connect hand - off -auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. 3.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. The mechanical subcontractor shall install all wells, pressure tappings for flow sensors, etc., and shall set all control valves in place under the manufacturer's supervision. Pressure taps shall include service valves and calibration taps. B. The sheet metal subcontractor shall approve or correct the submitted schedule of required control damper quantities and sizes before dampers are ordered from the factory. Sheet metal Contractor shall receive dampers at the job site, set dampers in place under the manufacturer's supervision and provide an access door for each damper. Dampers shall be mounted square within the duct without twisting or distortion to insure proper damper operation. The damper shaft shall be extended at a location that provides space for the actuator. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 29 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Patching and painting required for the control system installation will be accomplished by the General Contractor. D. All line voltage wiring required for control panels, alternators, motor starters are to be furnished and installed by the electrical subcontractor. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect test, and adjust field- assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 3. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Pressure test control air piping at 30 psig or 1.5 times the operating pressure for 24 hours, with maximum 5 -psig loss. 5. Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. 6. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PID actions. 7. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 8. Test software and hardware interlocks. C. DDC Verification: 1. Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks. 2. Check instruments for proper location and accessibility. 3. Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and other applicable considerations. 4. Check instrument tubing for proper fittings, slope, material, and support. 5. Check installation of air supply for each instrument. 6. Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore size, and verify that inlet side is identified and that meters are installed correctly. 7. Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self - contained pressure regulators. 8. Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements. 9. Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction. 10. Check air - operated dampers. Verify that pressure gages are provided and that proper blade alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided. 11. Check DDC system as follows: a. Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable. b. Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging system. c. Verify that spare I/O capacity has been provided. d. Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges. D. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 30 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Calibrating and Adjusting: 1. Calibrate instruments. 2. Make three -point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog instrument. 3. Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument being calibrated. 4. Control System Inputs and Outputs: a. Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. b. Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent output. c. Check digital inputs using jumper wire. d. Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking. e. Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision- resistant source. 5. Flow: a. Set differential pressure flow transmitters for 0 and 100 percent values with 3 -point calibration accomplished at 50, 90, and 100 percent of span. b. Manually operate flow switches to verify that they make or break contact. 6. Pressure: a. Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. b. Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable differential set at minimum. 7. Temperature: a. Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision- resistance source. b. Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts. 8. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers without positioners, following the manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent open and closed. 9. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers with positioners, following manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 0, 50, and 100 percent closed. 10. Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system. 11. Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument. Submit procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures. B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. END OF SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 31 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 230500 (Common Work Result for HVAC) is directly related to work included in this section. Other sections are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. C. Division 230800 (Commissioning of HVAC) is directly related. 1.2 SUMMARY A. A complete Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) shall be provided to control and /or to monitor building systems as outlined in the sequences of operation, mechanical drawings and this specification. The EMCS shall employ direct digital control (DDC). 1. Provide all software, hardware and cabling necessary for communication between operator stations, controllers, sensors, actuators and other devices. 2. Provide all miscellaneous software, wiring, parts and labor required in establishing a complete and working system that is an interoperable network capable of communicating with the existing EMCS. 3. Building 9 -96 terminal air boxes are still controlled by pneumatic actuators and therefore the building will have electronic and pneumatic devices after completion of the new work. 1.3 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Provide an HVAC control system with distributed processing units, input /output units, firmware and standard operating software provided by Invensys. 1. Design, component selection, installation, custom programming, documentation, testing, training and warranty service shall be the direct responsibility of the manufacturer or their local representative. 2. New equipment and software shall be selected for compatibility with systems that might be presently installed at the site. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct digital control. B. EMCS: Energy Management and Control System C. I /O: Input /output. D. LonWorks: A control network technology platform for designing and implementing interoperable control devices and networks. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. MS/TP: Master slave /token passing. F. PC: Personal computer. G. PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative. H. RTD: Resistance temperature detector. 1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Comply with the following performance requirements: 1. Graphic Display: Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds. 2. Graphic Refresh: Update graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 8 seconds. 3. Object Command: Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator command of a binary object and device reaction. 4. Object Scan: Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control units or workstation within six seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds. Multiple workstations must receive alarms within five seconds of each other. 6. Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five seconds, but selected consistent with mechanical process under control. 7. Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops, and scan and update process values and outputs at least once per second. 8. Reporting Accuracy and Stability of Control: Report values and maintain measured variables within tolerances as follows: a. Water Temperature: Plus or minus 1 F. b. Water Flow: Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. c. Water Pressure: Plus or minus 2 percent of full scale. d. Space Temperature: Plus or minus 1 F. e. Ducted Air Temperature: Plus or minus 1 F. f. Outside Air Temperature: Plus or minus 2 F. g. Dew Point Temperature: Plus or minus 3 F. h. Temperature Differential: Plus or minus 0.25 F. i. Relative Humidity: Plus or minus 5 percent. j. Airflow (Pressurized Spaces): Plus or minus 3 percent of full scale. k. Airflow (Measuring Stations): Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. 1. Airflow (Terminal): Plus or minus 10 percent of full scale. m. Air Pressure (Space): Plus or minus 0.01 -inch wg. n. Air Pressure (Ducts): Plus or minus 0.1 -inch wg. o. Carbon Monoxide: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. P. Carbon Dioxide: Plus or minus 50 ppm. q. Electrical: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Provide a complete set of reproducible control drawings using computer aided design and drafting (CADD) technology. Include the following information: 1. Show general physical arrangement of component devices installed in the panels. Indicate applicable detailed drawing reference. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Provide a typical schematic drawing of each control circuit. 3. Identify equipment and devices by the reference designations shown on the drawings and by unique point identification used in system software. Provide material list with or on each drawing. 4. Supply block diagrams and schematics showing riser diagrams, the layout of equipment, communication cabling, and wire type. 5. Provide system diagrams showing the general mechanical system layout with all sensors /devices of each mechanical system. 6. Supply floor plan drawings showing the location of all controlled equipment and devices used for sensing and control. 7. Provide a schematic drawing of each control circuit, complete with individual wire identifications. Typical drawings are acceptable. 8. Provide LAN truck riser diagram showing cable routing and location of all repeaters. B. Provide sequences of operation detailing all control strategies, including initial setpoints and referencing all points by the point name used in the EMCS programming. These sequences of operation shall also be provided in the record drawings. C. Provide DDC programming logic for the air handler units in the penthouse and a typical terminal box with CO2 sensor and occupancy sensor. This is to verify that the sequence of operations are fully understood. D. Provide a complete list of equipment to be furnished, which includes a manufacturer's catalog sheet for each item on the material list. 1. DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, control units, transducers /transmitters, sensors, actuators, valves, relays /switches, control panels, and operator interface equipment. 2. Control System Software: Include technical data for operating system software, operator interface, color graphics, and other third -party applications. 3. Controlled Systems: Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data. Include written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram. 4. Provide a damper schedule with one line per damper. Provide for each damper: The project TAG, the size, the model of the damper, the type and model of the actuator, and whether the damper fails open, closed, or in place. 5. Provide a valve schedule with one line per valve. Provide for each valve: The project TAG, the size, the model of the valve, the pressure rating, the model and type of the actuator, the valve Cv, and whether the valve fails open, closed, or in place. E. Provide a detailed test plan describing the specific procedures used to complete and document the "Owner- witnessed Testing" described in the Final Acceptance requirement. 1. Test plans shall include a complete schedule for tracking each phase of the testing, e.g. zone testing by floor, fan testing by system, chiller interface testing, heating system testing, etc. 2. The vendor is required to supplement the planned work effort to meet the progress dates given in the schedule. 3. Provide printout of programming code. 4. Show initial setpoints. 5. Provide all documentation necessary to interpret programming related submittals. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. As part of the submittal process, the vendors shall meet with representatives of the Owner's engineering and operations divisions, giving them a thorough briefing on the EMCS programming design. This briefing shall describe in detail the methods the control programmer has used to meet the requirements of the sequence of operations. G. Submit the point -to -point (PTP) and sequence -of- operation verification test plans at least 30 days prior to the scheduled beginning of testing. PTP testing shall be part of the construction schedule. H. Asbestos -Free Materials: The contractor shall submit asbestos -free documents (MSDS and /or, manufacturer certification,) to certify that all suspect asbestos containing materials as defined in the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency, Regulation III, Article 4 to be used in construction are asbestos -free. 1. Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certify that each proposed DDC system component complies with ASHRAE 135. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials and equipment used shall be new, standard components, regularly manufactured and not custom - designed or fabricated specifically for this project. B. All components and software shall have been previously tested and proven in regular use. Minimum in -use requirements are 24 months for hardware and 12 months for major software (whole number revision) releases. C. Modularity. The HVAC control system shall possess a modular architecture, permitting expansion through the addition of more distributed processing units, input /output units, sensors, actuators and operator stations. D. Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project. E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. F. Comply with ASHRAE 135 for DDC system components. G. System Software: Update to latest version of software at Project completion. H. Approval - Vendor shall submit and receive approval for all submittals including materials, floor plan, schematics and programming prior to installation. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate location of thermostats, carbon dioxide sensors, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. B. Coordinate equipment with Division 28 Section "Fire Detection and Alarm" to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator workstation. D. Coordinate equipment with Division 26 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control" to achieve compatibility of communication interfaces. E. Coordinate equipment with Division 26 Section "Panelboards" to achieve compatibility with starter coils and annunciation devices. F. Coordinate equipment with Division 26 Section "Motor - Control Centers" to achieve compatibility with motor starters and annunciation devices. 1.9 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide corrected documentation to show changes made to correct deficiencies discovered during commissioning tests. Reassemble manuals and drawing packages to reflect corrected documentation records. B. Drawings and software 1. Submit shop drawings reflecting final "as- built" condition. a. Provide record drawings on AutoCAD 2005. Deliver two copies of data on two CDs without compression. b. Provide 3 copies of reproducible record drawings. c. These record drawings shall accurately depict the final as -built conditions and shall be on Architectural /Mechanical backgrounds provided by the A/E. d. These drawings shall include accurate depiction of location of sensors and controlled equipment (motor starters, valves, chillers, dampers, AHUs, etc.) e. Insert one copy of applicable shop drawings, panel layout drawing, and points list at each enclosure's documentation holder. f. Furnish one original set of application software on CDs. Disks shall bear the manufacturer's label. Field copies are not acceptable. Application software includes operating system, controls application generation, graphic support, maintenance support and all other utilities provided in support of the installed system. 2. Operation and Maintenance (O &M) Manuals: Provide two paper copies of material required and five copies on CDs in MS Word format. Describe operation, maintenance and servicing requirements of the HVAC control system and associated equipment. Provide the following information in separate sections, each with an index. a. Technical literature for all equipment, including catalog sheets, calibration, adjustments and operation instructions, and installation instructions b. Hardware and software manuals, including information supplied by the original product developer, on the application programs and on the computers and controllers provided by vendor c. System description and complete sequence of operation d. Reduced size (11" x 17 ") copies of record drawings e. Input /Output (I /O) summary forms for the system, listing all connected analog and binary input and output functions and the number and types of points. Indicate spare input/output capacity f. Control programs specific to this system g. Completed point -to -point checkout plan used in Owner- witnessed testing, and the completed data sheets showing the results of the point -to -point testing. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Owner- witnessed testing: All parts of the testing described in this section are to be performed as point -to -point tests and control sequence verification. The Owner may choose to have this testing witnessed by a member of the Owner's staff, by an independent commissioning agent, by a member of the A/E team, or otherwise. a. One copy of the preliminary as -built documents shall be provided to support this testing. b. After receipt of all system documentation by the Owner, notify Owner 10 working days before testing begins. c. Testing shall be performed by the manufacturer or its local representative. The procedure for the test must provide a format for documenting the results, comments, vendor repair activity, vendor's initials, and retest witnessing. Provide data sheets with one line for each physical point on the system, and columns to record the results, dates, and initials of witnesses for both pretests and witness tests. d. The Contractor shall perform point -to -point pretests before the witnessed tests, and shall fill out data sheets during pretests to demonstrate successful performance prior to witnessed tests. 4. Installation verification tests a. Verify operation, location and identification of power sources, including circuit breakers and control power transformers. b. Start/stop points: Issue start and stop commands from an operator station. Verify that controlled equipment responds appropriately and that the start/stop status is accurately reflected at the operator station. c. Analog points: Analog inputs and outputs shall be verified at both extremes of their ranges and at the midpoint. Verify tight shutoff and full opening of dampers and valves. d. Binary points: Verify that both commanded conditions (on /off, open/closed, etc.) are accurately reflected at the operator station. e. Test fan and pump failure alarms by turning off the motor at the HOA switch and observing the run -state indication at the operator station. f. Temperature points: Verify calibration of sensors by comparing displayed temperature values with the reading of an independent measuring device located in the same flow. Test liquid temperature sensors as installed in piping thermowells to verify effectiveness of heat conducting compound. g. Pressure points: Verify calibration of sensors by comparing displayed pressure with the reading of an independent measuring device located in the same flow stream. Retain the services of the balancer as required to confirm readings. h. Control valves: Verify tight shutoff by comparing water or air temperatures entering and leaving the heat transfer device. i. Operator response and sequencing: Demonstrate that sequenced or modulated valves and dampers position accurately in response to posit multiple operators to provide simultaneous modulation of parallel dampers or valve assemblies. j. Control signal stability, general: Demonstrate that control loops are tuned so that the output does not change until the controlled system has had time to respond to the last output signal. k. Control signal stability, response to step input: Demonstrate that control loops are tuned so that they are stable without excessive hunting following a step input of not less than 20% of the operating/reset range of the controlled variable. I. Control signal stability, floating point devices: Verify that minimum pulse output duration is no less than the value required to assure repositioning of the controlled device. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 1 1094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION m. Demonstrate the capability of the controls system to execute the complete sequence of operation as given in the mechanical design documents. n. Verify tight shut -off of all actuated control valves (for 3 -way valves, demonstrate capacity for 100% by -pass of coil). 5. Operator station tests a. Override test: Verify manual override capability for start/stop and modulated point types. b. Control logic 1) Exercise all control logic packages. 2) Check response to upset, change in setpoint. c. Supervisory function 1) Verify content of time clock schedules. 2) Verify alarm's reporting capabilities. d. Failure modes 1) Verify all stand -alone operation by disconnecting communication lines between stand -alone control units and verifying continued operation. 2) Disconnect and reconnect controller power to confirm proper recovery from power failure (sample). 6. Other software tests a. Trend logging b. Report generation c. Remote access d. Test the ability of the control system to automatically restart all of the connected systems following a power restoration and fire alarm recovery. 1.10 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE A. The complete control system shall be warranted to be free of defects in manufacturing, workmanship and materials for one year. Temperature sensor accuracy shall be warranted for 3 years. Software and documentation shall be revised to reflect system changes required to meet warranty obligations. B. During the warranty period, provide a 24 -hour emergency service telephone number where a qualified service technician, familiar with the installed system, may be reached. 1. This technician shall have the capability of remote communication with the control system for troubleshooting and program alterations. 2. The vendor shall pay all costs to provide communications for remote access. 3. A fully equipped, qualified repair technician shall be at the job site within 4 hours of a request for emergency service. C. All replacement parts must be available on site within 48 hours during the term of the warranty. D. Provide free of charge during the warranty period four (4) DDC software sequence modifications (up to 16 hours engineering time) as instructed by the Owner. Modification shall be in software only. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.11 POST - INSTALLATION TRAINING AND MATERIALS A. The manufacturer and control contractor shall train operating personnel (FOMs) in the operation and maintenance of the system as follows: 1. The controls subcontractor shall provide the Owner's system operators training for proper control of the system under all modes of operation. These modes shall include but not be limited to summer /winter, energy management and alarm event sequences. The training shall be conducted during normal working hours, Monday through Friday at the job site. Training shall consist of both classroom and hands -on training. Provide a minimum of 16 hours of on -site training for a total of 3 people. Provide each trainee with a copy of the sequence of operations and the graphics during each training session. Training will be refined based on the successful bidder and may address the following subjects: 1.12 SYSTEM COMMISSIONING A. Provide assistance, staff and materials to support the commissioning activities. 1. This includes all testing apparatus in use by the EMCS contractor to test and calibrate or verify calibration of the control system. 2. Assistance includes but is not limited to reviewing test procedures and providing software enhancements to accommodate testing methods. B. Provide staff and materials to support the point -to -point testing, also referred to as Owner- witnessed Testing and described under Final Acceptance Requirements. C. Operate the control system for any commissioning tests specified in other specification sections. 1.13 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. See drawings M310 and M311. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide as required for a complete and operating building automation system, all software, hardware, input/output devices, wiring and control power not shown in electrical bid documents, actuated dampers, actuated valves, actuators, operation and maintenance training, special maintenance tools and aids, supervision of labor, and warranty. B. The system shall be built only of standard components kept in stock by the supplier. 1. All replacement parts shall be available on site within 48 hours. 2. The components shall not require customizing other than setting jumpers and switches, or adding firmware or software modules, or on -site software programming to do required functions. C. System display should meet the following requirements: 1. The system is to be fully menu - driven. 2. All system titles, prompts, and instructions are to be in the English language. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 8 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. All entries to be in natural units, i.e., a setpoint value shall be entered in its actual control unit of value, such as 74° F. 4. The primary means of information display and system management shall be by graphic display. Use the same style of display as is currently used throughout the facility. 5. Each display will contain comment sections to indicate area served (if area - specific) and also contain a graphical presentation for all other interlocked systems. 2.2 BASIC SYSTEM FEATURES A. Zone -by -zone control of space temperature, usage scheduling, and equipment failure reporting (A zone is the area served by one HVAC terminal unit, fan coil, heat pump, air terminal, etc.) B. For all controllers and other devices that do not automatically and immediately resume normal operation after loss of power and then restoration of power, provide APC UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) model ES 8 outlets, 200 Watts (or approved equal having 5 year battery life and battery hot swappable capability) for all cabinets having a mounting area over 120 square inches and containing controllers. These cabinets shall be provided with a fused duplex receptacle to be used a source for UPS power. Cabinet shall draw power from the UPS. Provide shelf for UPS. C. All control power shall be provided from 120 VAC emergency power sources located in the "low voltage" closets on each floor and in the mechanical rooms. D. Tamper -proof room wall mounted sensors installed with Allen, Bristol or similar hardware with local temperature setpoint adjustment (limited range). The maximum allowed temperature range shall be set frc}!R"an operator's station. Program the local control ranges as follows: 1. Standard thermostats - 68 °F to 74 °F 2. Mechanical and electrical rooms - 50 °F to 85 °F E. Space temperature control in specifically identified locations will use return /exhaust duct mounted sensors and setpoint will be adjusted with computer interface. F. Individually assignable priority password security system to prevent unauthorized use. Provide at least 4 levels including the following: Information only, change of setpoint & ON /OFF, programmer, and a fourth master level for assigning appropriate local access. G. Equipment monitoring and alarm function including information for diagnosing equipment problems. 1. All system points shall be programmed to report alarm conditions by fully expanded point names that are tailored and specific to this project. 2. Assign alarm limits at 10% above highest expected level and at 10% below lowest expected level (subject to control sequence design) or as requested by Owner. 3. Interlock all alarm points to system status so as to lock out alarms when the system is not operational by schedule or operator command. H. Auto - restart, without operator intervention, the operator stations and all controlled equipment to the control state that would be in effect if the power failure or fire alarm event had not occurred. Start/stop outputs shall continue to command the affected device while motor power is unavailable and allow for equipment restart, as previously commanded or scheduled, upon restoration of motor power. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Equipment run -time totalization of motor driven equipment. J. Interactive displays of all input and output points: As a minimum, each of 200 screens on the monitor shall be able to display 25 interactive points and custom text. K. Operator shall be able to, through keyboard interface, disable any control logic for any output or setpoint, temporarily substitute the value for any input /output, and introduce a different value or state for all inputs, outputs and setpoints. L. Individual controllers shall be programmed with nonvolatile stand -alone control logic necessary to maintain appropriate HVAC equipment operation. While in temporary stand -alone mode, energy efficiency can be sacrificed to maintain temperature control and operational conditions that will not damage equipment or compromise health and safety. M. Controllers shall, upon loss of valid programming, be capable of requesting and receiving a programming download of all required program code from the system management server. N. Owner personnel shall be able to create and modify control software in any facility computer utilizing menu - driven programming. Owner personnel shall be able to store the programming on a removable computer disk and preprogram a nonvolatile, transportable memory storage device, which can be used for replacement of the programming in system controllers. 2.3 GRAPHICS A. General: Provide complete graphics for all systems. Graphic completeness, appearance and quality shall ..be the best available from the approved manufacturer. All system shall be diagrammed in the graphics with measured values indicated at the appropriate location on the diagrammatic graphic. Setpoint, on- off -auto and similar adjustable shall be at the appropriate location on the diagrammatic graphic. B. Graphic display requirements: 1 Provide a Microsoft Windows -based software package for the preparation of system graphics. 2. Include with this software a library of HVAC symbols such as fans, pumps, chillers, etc. 3. This section establishes standards for graphic displays as follows: a. All operator stations shall be programmed to display dynamic color graphic representations of the mechanical systems and floor areas for which this system has control. b. Systems to be displayed include the air handlers (including all monitored and controlled components), air terminal units, fans, chillers and towers, heat converters and exchangers, pumping systems and similar mechanical devices. c. Show the mechanical equipment components on a single graphic. Example: Chilled and condenser water pumps, cooling towers, chillers, differential pressure control valves, etc. d. Displays shall automatically update with current real time data. e. Room floor plan displays are required and shall indicate the approximate positions of controlled mechanical system elements. f. All displays shall show real time data to include temperatures, actuator positions, and motor run status. g. All system input, output and setpoint points shall be displayed on an appropriate graphic. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.4 DDC EQUIPMENT A. OPERATOR STATIONS 1. Local Access: Operator interface with the installed EMCS equipment and the entire campus EMCS shall be performed with portable computers and desktop computers using site licensed software. 2. WEB Access: It shall be possible to interface with the EMCS from remote computers equipped with Microsoft Internet Explorer (web browser) via the Internet. a. Operators shall be able to access information through user interfaces at the application controller and the plant controller levels, as well as at the master display. b. System shall be an open, interoperable system supporting LonWorks ®, BACnet® and /or other protocols. 3. Operator interface with the EMCS includes the ability to operate and program all campus EMCS equipment. The ability to look, adjust/override and program will be controlled using access levels. 4. Overall management of the EMCS, storage of programs, data, trends, access control, graphics. 5. Application Software: a. UO capability from operator station. b. System security for each operator via software password and access levels. c. Automatic system diagnostics; monitor system and report failures. d. Database creation and support. e. Automatic and manual database save and restore. f. Dynamic color graphic displays with up to 10 screen displays at once. g. Custom graphics generation and graphics library of HVAC equipment and symbols. h. Alarm processing, messages, and reactions. i. Trend logs retrievable in spreadsheets and database programs. j. Alarm and event processing. k. Object and property status and control. 1. Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power. m. Data collection, reports, and logs. Include standard reports for the following: 1) Current values of all objects. 2) Current alarm summary. 3) Disabled objects. 4) Alarm lockout objects. 5) Logs. n. Custom report development. o. Utility and weather reports. p. Workstation application editors for controllers and schedules. q. Maintenance management. 6. Custom Application Software: a. English language oriented. b. Full- screen character editor /programming environment. c. Allow development of independently executing program modules with debugging/simulation capability. d. Support conditional statements. e. Support floating -point arithmetic with mathematic functions. f. Contains predefined time variables. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 11 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random - access memory; local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each I/O point; process information; execute commands from other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand -alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete /digital, analog, and pulse I /O. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. d. Software applications, scheduling, and alarm processing. e. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled environment. 3. Standard Application Programs: a. Coordinate 4. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. C. Local Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with electronically programmable, nonvolatile, read -only memory; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each I/O point, process information, and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand -alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete /digital, analog, and pulse I /O. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. 3. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. D. I/O Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that shorting will cause no damage to controllers. 1. Binary Inputs: Allow monitoring of on -off signals without external power. 2. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 3. Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low- voltage (0- to 10 -V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals. 4. Binary Outputs: Provide on -off or pulsed low- voltage signal, selectable for normally open or normally closed operation. 5. Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10 -V dc) or current (4 to 20 Ma). 6. Tri -State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three - point, floating -type electronic actuators. 7. Universal I /Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs. E. Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current - limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full -wave rectifier type with the following: 1. Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 2. Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100 - mic.sec. response time for 50 percent load changes. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 12 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Built -in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure. F. Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or controllers with the following: 1. Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V. 2. Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds. 3. Minimum transverse -mode noise attenuation of 65 dB. 4. Minimum common -mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz. 2.5 UNITARY CONTROLLERS A. Each controller shall operate as part of the control system and as an independent unit when not in communication with other controllers or an operator station. Global controllers shall be able to share Global information on a peer -to -peer basis without relying on an operator station. B. It shall be possible to define control strategies at each controller from any operator station. Each controller shall be able to interface directly with an operator station. C. Each controller shall include its own microprocessor, power supply, and, if necessary, battery with automatic charger. Upon loss of system power, the controller memory shall be maintained for a minimum of 72 hours with no external source of power. Upon restoration of system power, the control unit shall resume full operation without operator intervention. D. Provide control programming logic at each controller for proportional and /or proportional plus integral control capabilities as necessary to assure complete and stable control of each controlled variable. E. Each controller shall maintain and perform its own stand -alone control strategy upon communications failure. The controller stand -alone control program shall be adequate to maintain the basic control function and provide protection from inappropriate equipment operation. The controller shall retain its programming during a power failure and resume operation without program reloading from another device. F. The controllers shall be powered by 24 VAC. G. Each controller shall be isolated (optically or by other means) from communication trunk and have fuse or overload protection. H. The controller point monitoring and control capabilities shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Binary inputs (contact closures) 2. Analog inputs (use only resistive, 0 -10 volt, and 4 -20 ma. inputs; provide A/D conversion of 10 bits, minimum) 3. Binary output (start/stop or latching and momentary contacts) 4. Floating point control 5. Analog outputs (must include 4 -20 ma. @ 10 VDC minimum, 0 -10 VDC; provide A/D conversion of 12 bits, minimum). INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 13 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Communicate using read (execute and initiate) and write (execute and initiate) property services defined in ASHRAE 135. Reside on network using MS /TP datalink/physical layer protocol and have service communication port for connection to diagnostic terminal unit. 2.6 ALARM PROGRAM A. For each alarm input, provide the following assignable alarm responses: 1. Display English language point description in addition to system point identification. 2. Print out alarm description and operator- created alarm message. 3. Require acknowledgment by operator and print occurrence if directed by Owner. 2.7 LOGS A. Trend log: As a minimum, provide capacity for 50 trend logs. Provide for review of data on monitor and printer. Each trend log shall have assignable start /stop times /dates. B. Current alarm log: Display all points currently in alarm. 1. Operator activity log: Record operator activity by operator account identification and work performed during a minimum of the last 10 log -in sessions or last 20 commands. 2.8 FAILURE MODE A. Upon failure of any global controller, the operator station shall display off -line occurrence for each affected point, and provide communication verification to each controller for each I/O channel. B. In the event of communication failure, controller shall continue to operate equipment using appropriate backup values for missing global information. If sensor information is necessary for proper stand -alone function, then that sensor shall be attached directly to the appropriate controller. Provide failure mode programming to accomplish safe operation of equipment in case of communications failure on local trunk. C. Upon return of primary power after a power failure of up to 72 hours, the system shall automatically return to completely normal operation with no action required from operating personnel. D. Unless otherwise indicated in the design documents, provide the following failure modes, (that is, the position that the controlled device attains under failure due to loss of power, loss of air pressure, or loss of communications) for valves and dampers: 1. All Fan cooling water valves shall fail closed. 2. All central cooling water differential pressure control valves shall fail closed. 3. All fan exhaust air and outside air dampers shall fail closed. 4. All fan recirculation dampers shall fail open. 5. Zone -level air terminal unit dampers may fail in place. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 14 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.9 ENERGY REDUCTION AND SPECIAL OPERATION SOFTWARE A. The system shall be designed to control energy- consuming loads. Provide engineering, consulting, and programming to develop and set up the following energy reduction software: 1. Time schedules: Software should provide at least 16 time schedules. Each schedule is to be an 8 -day type, capable of 6 entries minimum per day. Time program shall provide ON /OFF commands, and reset SETPOINT capabilities. 2. Holiday time programs: Provide a holiday time schedule capability. 3. Optimal start/stop: Provide the ability to optimize start/stop times to attain and maintain temperature setpoint only during occupied times. The system shall be self tuning, with compensation for weekends and holidays. 4. Setpoint reset: Provide a means of automatically resetting heating water, chilled water and ventilation air temperatures, volumes and pressures. 5. Provide a program to automatically restart all DDC controlled equipment upon the resumption of power or return from fire alarm condition. Equipment shall be restarted according to a prearranged, prioritized and staggered restart schedule. 6. For loads that have been turned off at the Motor Control Center, either by positioning of the HOA switch or the line disconnect; provide a restart strategy that automatically restarts load upon the reset of switches to their normal on -line positions. 7. Provide capability to adjust the setpoints of main mechanical systems from an operator station using simple `point and click' command windows. 2.10 DIGITAL ENERGY MONITORS A. Chilled Water Flow Meters: Provide BTU and flow meters on the chilled water mains at the two locations shown on the drawings. Integral LCD readout screen, RTD temperature sensors and turbines sized for piping where shown on drawings. 1. EMCO Flow Systems SonoTrak flow meter model ST- 30 -A -N- 250- 1 -25 -12 with a 4 -20 mA output, 25' sensor cables, and pipe clamps for up to 12" pipe. Provide also and RS- 232 communication interface to CMCS for BTU calculation. B. Water Flow Meters: See plumbing specification 220500. The Control contactor is responsible for connecting the water meter to CMCS. C. Steam Meters: 1. Manufacturer: Spirax Sarco S -PhD in -line vortex 2. Description: Vortex flow meter for installation in piping; with calibrated flow- measuring element, tubing, flange, and conversion chart compatible with flow - measuring element, flowmeter, and system fluid. 3. Construction: 316 L stainless steel. 4. Pressure Rating: 300 psig. 5. Fluid Temperature Rating: 400 deg F. 6. Range: Flowmeter shall cover operating range of equipment or system served. 7. DDC output signal: 4 -20mA. D. Electrical Metering: By electrical scope. Metering will not be connected to the CMCS system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 15 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.11 ELECTRONIC SENSORS A. Temperature sensors: 1. Sensors shall be completely precalibrated with no electrical adjustments or calibration required for standard installation conditions. 2. The temperature displayed at an operator station shall be accurate to within 1° F. This accuracy shall be warranted (parts and labor) for a minimum of 3 years. 3. Wall mounted sensors shall be tamperproof. Wall mounted sensors for zone controls shall provide jack for operations laptop connection. That connection shall allow communication with system for monitoring and adjusting at least the zone -level equipment serving that zone. Manufacturer lnvensys Micronet. 4. Freeze protection sensors shall be non- averaging. 5. Thermowells shall be bronze, brass, or stainless steel with 1 -inch NPT threads. 6. Install piping temperature sensors adjacent to temperature gauge or test port. a. Use heat - conducting compound in thermowells. b. Strap -on fluid temperature sensors will not be allowed. 7. Mount outside air sensors inside the outside air intake as to avoid solar influence and directly sense the average temperature of the air entering the air handling unit(s). B. Air velocity transmitter: Shall provide air velocity information independent of the effects of static pressure. Transmitter shall operate at rated accuracy from 0° F to 120° F. The minimum accuracy of displayed value at an operator station shall be 95% through the range of 20% to 100% of sensed airflow, with a drift rate no greater than 1% per year. The proportional output shall be 4 to 20 ma. C. Differential and static pressure transmitter: Transmitter shall operate from 50% of minimum to 150% of maximum anticipated pressure. The maximum error of displayed value at an operator station shall be 2% through the range of 20% to 150% of the intended maximum setpoint. Minimum pressure tolerance shall be 150% of the maximum pressure expected in normal operation. The maximum drift rate shall be no greater than 1% per year. The proportional output shall be 4 to 20 ma. Provide designed pressure pitot sensor Dwyer type A -301 /A 302 or approved equal. D. Current sensors shall convert AC to proportional DC (4 to 20 ma). Response time: 300 milliseconds to 99% of final value. Manufacturer: Neilson - Kuljian or approved equal. Controls will be programmed to indicate equipment failure if motor current goes above or below normal conditions. E. Averaging elements shall be mounted so as to cross a minimum of 80% of the plenum width and shall be located to provide an indication of temperature within +/- 1° F. Provide support at 36 inches maximum such that there will be no metal to metal contact between the sensing element and other equipment. F. Outside air sensors shall be a waterproof assembly protected from solar radiation. Span shall cover the range of 0° F to 100° F or better and not exceed a 150° F span. Typically, mount sensor inside an outside air intake that draws air 24/7. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 16 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION G. Pressure Transmitters /Transducers: 1. Static - Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for expected input, and temperature compensated. a. Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent. b. Output: 4 to 20 mA. c. Building Static- Pressure Range: 0- to 0.25 -inch wg (0 to 62 Pa). d. Duct Static - Pressure Range: 0- to 5 -inch wg (0 to 1240 Pa). e. Manufacturer: 1) Tek -air Systems Inc., Ultra low series 2) Setra Systems 3) Veltron 4) Modus "low flow T" series 5) Ultratech Inc. 2. Water Pressure Transducers: Stainless -steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150 -psig (1034 -kPa) operating pressure; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 3. Differential - Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot -duty rating and with suitable scale range and differential. Manufacturer: a. Tek -air Systems Inc., Ultra low series b. Veltron c. Modus 'low flow T' series d. Ultratech Inc 4. Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service; range suitable for system; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 2.12 STATUS SENSORS A. Status Inputs for Fans: Differential - pressure switch with pilot -duty rating and with adjustable range of 0- to 5 -inch wg. B. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current - sensing fixed- or split - core transformers with self - powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. C. Voltage Transmitter: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single -loop, self - powered transmitter, adjustable, with suitable range and 1 percent full -scale accuracy. D. Power Monitor: 3 -phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20 -mA kW output, with maximum 2 percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor. E. Current Switches: Self- powered, solid -state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements. F. Electronic Valve/Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10 -V dc, feedback signal. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 17 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.13 FLOW MEASURING STATIONS A. Manufacturers: EBTRON, Inc. Model GTx116 -P and GTxI 16 -F. B. Provide airflow /temperature measurement devices (ATMD) where indicated on the plans. Fan inlet measurement devices shall not be substituted for duct or plenum measurement devices indicated on the plans. C. Each ATMD shall consist of one or more sensor probes and a single, remotely mounted, microprocessor -based transmitter capable of independently processing up to 16 independently wired sensor assemblies. Each transmitter shall have a 16- character alpha- numeric display capable of displaying airflow, temperature, system status, configuration settings and diagnostics. Pitot tubes and arrays are not acceptable. D. All Sensor Probes: 1. Each sensor assembly shall be calibrated at a minimum of 16 airflow rates and 3 temperatures to standards that are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 2. Airflow accuracy shall be +/ -2% of reading over the entire operating airflow range. Devices whose accuracy is the combined accuracy of the transmitter and sensor probes must demonstrate that the total accuracy meets the performance requirements of this specification throughout the measurement range. 3. Temperature accuracy shall be +/ -0.15° F over the entire operating temperature range of - 20° F to 160° F. 4. The operating humidity range for each sensor probe shall be 0 -99% RH (non - condensing). 5. Each sensor probe shall have an integral, U.L. listed, plenum rated cable and terminal plug for connection to the remotely mounted transmitter. All terminal plug interconnecting pins shall be gold plated. E. Duct and Plenum Probes: 1. Probes shall be constructed of extruded, gold anodized, 6063 aluminum tube. All wires within the aluminum tube shall be Kynar coated. 2. Probe assembly mounting brackets shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. Probe assemblies shall be mounted using one of the following options: a. Insertion mounted through the side or top of the duct b. Internally mounted inside the duct or plenum c. Standoff mounted inside the plenum 3. The number of sensor housings provided for each location shall be as follows: a. Area (sq.ft.) Sensors 2to<4 6 4 to <8 8 8 to <16 12 > =16 16 F. Transmitters: 1. The transmitter shall have an integral LCD display capable of simultaneously displaying airflow and temperature. The LCD display shall be capable of displaying individual airflow and temperature readings of each independent sensor assembly. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 18 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics using an on -board pushbutton interface and LCD display. 3. The transmitter shall have a power switch and operate on 24 VAC (isolation not required). The transmitter shall use a switching power supply fused and protected from transients and power surges. The transmitter shall use "watch -dog" circuitry to assure reset after power disruption, transients and brown -outs. 4. All interconnecting pins, headers and connections on the main circuit board, option cards and cable receptacles shall be gold plated. 5. The transmitter shall be capable of communicating with other devices using one of the following interface options: a. Linear analog output signals for airflow and temperature: Field selectable, fuse protected and isolated, 0- 10VDC /4 -20mA (4 -wire) b. RS -485: Field selectable BACnet - ARCNET, BACnet- MS /TP, ModBus -RTU or Johnson Controls N2 -Bus c. BACnet devices shall provide analog variables for airflow and temperature containing individual sensor airflow rate and temperature data. d. 10 Base -T Ethernet: Field selectable BACnet Ethernet, BACnet -IP, ModBus -TCP and TCP /IP e. Provide dynamic link libraries and VBA functions to interface Ethernet devices to Microsoft Excel for remote monitoring of airflow and temperature using a Windows 2000 or Windows XP based PC. 6. The transmitter shall be capable of accepting an infra -red interface card for downloading airflow and temperature data or uploading transmitter configuration data using a handheld PDA (Palm or Microsoft Windows Mobile operating systems). a. Provide PDA upload /download software. Download software shall be capable of displaying and saving individual sensor airflow rates, the average airflow rate, individual sensor temperatures and the average temperature received from the transmitter. Upload software shall be capable of displaying and saving all setup parameters that can be configured using the on -board pushbutton interface and LCD display. b. Provide a Microsoft Excel file capable of creating balance reports from PDA data files transferred to a Windows 98 or higher based PC. c. Provide a Microsoft Excel file to create configuration data files that can be transferred from a Windows 98 or higher based PC to a PDA for upload to one or more transmitters. G. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall review and approve placement and operating airflow rates for each measurement location indicated on the plans. A written report shall be submitted to the consulting mechanical engineer if any measurement locations do not meet the manufacturer's placement requirements. 2.14 THERMOSTATS A. Low - Voltage, On -Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24 -V, bimetal - operated, mercury- switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed set -point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set -point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 19 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.15 ACTUATORS A. Actuator Type: Electronic actuators shall be used for all water control valves and air dampers. B. Electronic actuators shall be Belimo, Delta, or approved equal selected from the vendor `s standard product line. 1. All electronic actuators shall be powered by 24 VAC. 2. Direct - coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full- stroke cycles at rated torque. 3. Proportional electronic actuators shall use 0 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 ma. or floating point control. 4. Floating point actuators shall have position indicated by potentiometer so control system will know exact position at all times. 5. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F, (Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F for smoke dampers). 6. Multiple electronic actuators may be powered by one separately fused 24 VAC transformer, providing the transformer size does not exceed 100 VA. 7. No more than 2 electronic actuators may drive a common shaft. 8. All electronic actuators shall have field manual positioning capability to allow manual positioning of valve or damper in absence of control power. C. Provide end switches as called for on the sequences. D. Actuators shall be capable of providing 150% of the minimum valve or damper manufacturer's published torque requirements for complete shutoff. E. Actuators shall `Fail in Last Position' unless otherwise noted. F. Valve actuators shall have clutch and manual positioning handle /wheel at all locations where a separate isolation valve is not provided immediately adjacent to the controlled valve. 2.16 CONTROL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hydronic Control Valves -Delta P Valve, Model EDP. 2. Steam Control Valves - Belimo, Model MVF. B. Control valves shall be selected to meet CV and pressure requirements. 1. 2 -way pressure independent water control valves shall be sized for a pressure drop of approximately 3 psi. Higher pressure drop shall be provided if allowed or directed by the A/E (during shop drawing review) where branch pressure to a controlled equipment is felt to be significantly more than the equipment pressure drop. 2. Steam valves for equipment having condensate draining to near- atmospheric pressure shall be sized for a pressure drop of approximately 50% of the normal steam supply pressure. 3. Valve body and actuator selection shall be sufficient to handle system pressure, and shall close against the system differential pressures. 4. Valve service rating shall be 125 psig. or greater. 5. The shafts to which the actuators are coupled shall be square or hexagonal or round with one side flattened to insure tight coupling. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 20 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. Install valves in the orientation recommended, or stated as preferred, in manufacturer's literature. C. Provide valves with rotating control stems except where "lift and lay" valves are specifically identified. Use the following valves unless they are unsuited for a specific application: 1. Use Belimo or Delta characterized ball valves with actuators for sizes ranging from ''A" to 2" full port. Where valves are for open -close application only, the "characterized" feature shall not be provided, provide full port size. 2. Zone valves: Valves shall be constructed with a cast brass body and stainless steel balls. The valve shall provide for 100% shut -off and silent operation. D. Use butterfly valves when characterized ball valves do not provide necessary CV. Butterfly valves with disks attached to the stem with screws, bolts or rivets are not acceptable. Use Demco, Victaulic or approved equal. 1. Butterfly Valves: 150 -psig maximum pressure differential, ASTM A 126 cast -iron or ASTM A 536 ductile -iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless -steel stem, field - replaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals. E. Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. 2. NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Class 125 iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug -type disc, flanged ends, and renewable seat and disc. 3. Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and stainless -steel or brass seats. a. Single- Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom. b. Double- Seated Valves: Balanced plug; cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plugs on top and bottom. 4. Sizing: 5 -psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate or the following: a. Two Position: Line size. b. Two -Way Modulating: Either the value specified above or twice the load pressure drop, whichever is more. c. Three -Way Modulating: Twice the load pressure drop, but not more than value specified above. 5. Flow Characteristics: Two -way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three - way valves shall have linear characteristics. 6. Close -Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close -off pressure rating of 150 percent of total system (pump) head for two - way valves and 100 percent of pressure differential across valve or 100 percent of total system (pump) head. F. Steam system globe valves shall have the following characteristics: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. 2. NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Class 125 iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug -type disc, flanged ends, and renewable seat and disc. 3. Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and stainless -steel seats. a. Single- Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom of guided plugs. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 21 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Sizing: For pressure drop based on the following services: a. Two Position: 20 percent of inlet pressure. b. Modulating 15 -psig Steam: 80 percent of inlet steam pressure. c. Modulating 16- to 50 -psig Steam: 50 percent of inlet steam pressure. d. Modulating More Than 50 -psig Steam: As indicated. 5. Flow Characteristics: Modified linear characteristics. 6. Close -Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close -off pressure rating of 150 percent of operating (inlet) pressure. G. Self - Contained Control Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, two or three ports as indicated, replaceable plugs and seats, and union and threaded ends. 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 deg F operating conditions. 2. Thermostatic Operator: Liquid filled remote sensor with integral adjustable dial. 2.17 ENCLOSURES A. All enclosures to be NEMA 1, unless otherwise required for intended service. All controls and instruments shall be logically assembled at one or more panels, have hinged doors and be marked with engraved melamine labels. B. All enclosures used as a mounting site for control devices shall also contain a documentation holder located on the inside of the door. C. All enclosures shall be provided with locks. D. Label each equipment panel furnished with 120 VAC power with power source label showing identification of power panel and breaker. 2.18 WIRING AND CONDUIT A. Install wiring and conduit in accordance with Division 16 requirements. B. Minimum wire size shall be based on the manufacturer's recommendations based on the specific application. Single conductor wire insulation shall be THHN. All wires shall be sized in accordance with the NEC for the load serviced. A single conductor shall not be used for more than one leg of an input or output device circuit (no "common" conductors) unless approved by Owner. C. All wiring shall be stranded. Exceptions will be made for wiring used in preassembled factory crimped cables, 20 g and smaller, where connectors provide support to the insulated cable jacket at the point of connection. D. All low voltage energy limited wiring (except 24 VAC power), installed in open tray or installed as open wiring, shall be in jacketed cables dedicated to individual devices. E. Junction box covers shall be labeled "DDC" or show the vendor logo. F. Splicing shall be minimized and shall be done only in accessible outlet, junction, or cabinet boxes that are clearly shown on the "as- built" record drawings. Splicing shall be made with 3M "Scotchloc" spring connectors with steel cap and PVC insulation, Thomas & Betts, or a crimp on butt- splice, or approved equal. When splicing is necessary, the insulation colors shall match INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 22 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION and the conductors shall be mechanically secured to each other so that no stress is applied to the splice. Splicing of long runs shall be accomplished by means of a fully insulated crimped barrel connector. G. Wire pulls by powered mechanical means will not be permitted. Conduit shall be cleaned of foreign material just before pulling the wire or cable. Lubricants shall be compounds specifically prepared for cable pulling and shall not contain petroleum or other products that will affect cable insulation. H. Wire that has scrapes, nicks, gouges, or crushed insulation shall not be used and shall be removed when present. I. Groups of conductors, where installed in cabinets and wire trays, shall be neatly grouped with wire ties or equal. J. All wiring contained in metal wireways shall be in wireways dedicated to low voltage service. K. Low voltage energy- limited wiring shall not be run in the same wireways with, or closely parallel to, high voltage or switched power wiring. Interposing relays shall be used for all switched power Toads and shall be located so that the switched power conductors do not run in the same wireway as the interposing relay coil power or any other energy- limited low voltage conductors. L. Aluminum wire is prohibited. M. No conduit shall be filled so that the maximum bundled cross sectional dimension exceeds 40 % of conduit inside diameter. No raceway shall be filled to more than 40% and maximum fill for "wiremold" (surface raceway) shall be 20 %. N. No wire run or circuit shall be longer than 80% of the maximum allowable length or power consumption for the wire size and application. No output circuit shall exceed 80% of the maximum load capacity specified by the manufacturer. O. Wiring and conduit shall comply with Division 16 specifications. 1. The basic wiring method shall be in conduit unless otherwise permitted in this section. 2. Where conduit direct connection is not possible, all permitted open wiring shall be plenum rated. 3. Permitted open wiring is limited to the following applications: a. Wiring from a zone airflow control unit to a nearby temperature sensor not to exceed 50 feet b. Wiring from a zone airflow terminal control unit to a nearby water control valve not to exceed 6 feet P. Wiring from any controller to a device which has otherwise been approved for installation and cannot accept conduit connection shall meet the following requirements: 1. Conduit shall be used to within 12 inches of the device. 2. Install in wireway all trunk communication wiring between the operator station and the controllers, and between controllers. Open wiring is not otherwise permitted. Q. Conduits shall be provided with appropriate bushings and end fittings to protect cabling from sharp conduit edges. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 23 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION R. Conduit size shall be 3/4 -inch minimum for all wiring groups consisting of 6 or more conductors. NEC requirements shall apply as though conductors were used to their full current carrying and thermal capacity. S. Wireway runs shall be level, plumb, parallel or perpendicular to walls, pipes and sides of openings. Wireways shall follow the contours of the support surface. Passageways for access and servicing shall not be blocked. T. Wires shall be labeled with mechanically prepared labels at their connection point to each apparatus point of connection. U. UL /ULC Listed Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for vibration isolation and shall be limited to 3 feet in length when terminating to vibrating equipment. Flexible Metal Conduit may be used within partition walls and for final connection to equipment. V. Open wiring, when permitted, shall be installed in compliance with WAC 296 -46 -725 with reference to NEC 336 -15 and shall also be installed as follows: 1. All open wiring that penetrates through walls and crosses structural ceilings shall do so within 18 inches of the structural ceiling surface. 2. Wiring shall be attached to vertical supports at attachment points prepared by a protective wrap of electrical tape around the support. This wrap shall create a surface free of sharp edges. 3. Absolutely no wire is to be attached to pipe work or conduit of any kind. 4. Wire ties, if used, shall be trimmed so as to reduce sharp edges. 5. The vendor shall provide required cabling attachment points for control's use if the ceiling structure does not provide acceptable attachment points. 2.19 TRANSFORMERS A. 120V AC to 24V AC transformers shall be supplied to provide control voltage to the control system. The incoming 120V AC power shall be fused. Transformers shall be supplied with suitable mounting plates and mounted in separate electrical panel boxes with hinged covers adjacent to control system panels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General: All work under this section shall be a subcontract by an authorized agent of the manufacturer. B. Install software in control units and operator workstation(s). Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation. C. Notations at Instruments: A typewritten notation shall be provided at each instrument stating its use; at thermostats, the proper setting. In finished spaces these notations shall be secured to the inside of the case; in other areas, shall be secured by adhesive to the duct or other adjacent surface and shellacked over. Instruments and equipment whose use is self - evident, such as ordinary room thermostats, radiator valves, or similar unitary equipment valves, will not require such notations. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 24 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Penetrations of Ducts: All penetrations shall be properly sealed to prevent leakage around the opening; shall include a stuffing box type of closure or similar approved method. E. Pipe Wells: Provide pipe wells for insertion of temperature sensors in water lines. Temperature sensing wells shall be of sufficient length to reach midway into pipe, with extension necks where installed or insulated piping. Wells shall be brass or stainless steel; installed in lines using tees or thread -o -lets. F. Insertion Thermostats: Provide for all duct and water temperature sensing; capillary connected if averaging bulb type; capillary or rod and tube type for other units; nonbleed; throttling range as required for service; on water circuits, separable socket type; remote readjusting type where specified, adjustable ratio, straight line action, adjustable limit stops. G. The freezestats used on fan shut -down control shall be wired to stop the fan in both the Auto and Hand positions of the HOA switch. Freezestats shall be overridden by the fire alarm controls. H. Wall mounted temperature sensors shall be mounted on electrical boxes, and all wire penetrations shall be sealed to prevent thermal convection. It is the responsibility of the controls vendor to ensure that all sensors are placed in the measurable flow path so as to accurately measure the sensed variable. As a minimum, water flow sensors shall be installed with a straight section of piping 10 diameters upstream and 4 diameters downstream. J. Sensors installed for outside air measurement and pressurization shall be located to optimize the accuracy of the measurement. Coordinate with Mechanical Consultant. K. Valve operators shall be installed directly above the controlled valve whenever possible (with the exception of steam control valves where actuator is rotated to about 30 degrees to avoid hot zone directly above valve) unless rotation is needed to permit maintenance access. However, in no case shall the operator be rotated to or beyond horizontal. L. Freezestats shall be installed with capillaries supported by non - metallic standoffs. No part of the capillary shall otherwise touch the coil or frame. 1. Provide mounting support for the capillary at least every 36 inches and at the capillary end, within 6 inches. 2. Freezestats shall be mounted to the upstream face of the first coil that they are designed to protect, usually the cooling coil. 3. Locate reset head on outside of plenum wall. 4. Install such that the temperature- sensing element is sloped continuously downward from the sensing head. M. Freezestats' capillary length shall provide 1 foot of capillary for each 4 square feet of coil surface (by multiple freezestat units if necessary to meet this requirement). In all cases the coil face shall be completely crossed from corner to corner, with the freezestat control head mounted at the highest capillary point to maintain calibration. N. Dual Duct Terminal unit discharge temperature sensor shall be mounted a minimum of 36 inches downstream from the unit. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 25 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION O. All devices shall be mounted within enclosures. Cable trays and external cabinet surfaces shall not be used as mounting surfaces. Proof of run for both fans and pumps shall be by current sensing devices rather than differential pressure switches. P. All pressure indicating/measuring devices shall be installed with capped tee devices to permit attachment of test meters. Q. Controls Mounting: Controls shall be grouped by systems, areas, or other appropriate basis concealed in locking -type wall- mounted cabinets, with proper labeling as to functions and settings marked on the front thereof, located no more than 6' -0" above the floor unless specifically approved by Owner. Control cabinets shall not be installed on ductwork or plenum walls. Mount all relays, switches, contacts, etc., in common panels. Tag each instrument by use of approved labels corresponding to symbols used on control drawings. R. Install automatic dampers according to Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." S. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures. T. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." U. Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping." 3.2 CONTROL SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING A. Control of equipment as described in the sequence of operations and shall include: 1. Time and holiday schedules 2. Optimum Start Control as per Washington Energy Code 1412.4.2. 3. Alarm limits and histories 4. Summary of data for each zone 5. Trend logs and historical data 6. All setpoints 7. Master menu 8. Dynamic color graphic Interface B. The following Points Descriptions and Sequences of Operation shall be enhanced as necessary and included as part of the control drawings to expand and clarify information shown in the drawings. 1. Points information shall be displayed and organized by system in dynamic graphic form at the operator stations. 2. The energy reduction software and miscellaneous functions shall manage all points. 3. It shall be possible to "disconnect" any output or setpoint from the AUTOMATIC control logic and enter a MANUAL value or state from any Operator Station. 4. It shall be possible to replace any input with a MANUAL value from any Operator Station. 5. All control loop parameters for each loop shall be displayed on one display. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 26 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Where a point or device is indicated on a drawing, it shall be provided even if not required in a sequence of operation (sequence). Where a point or device is required for a sequence, it shall be provided even if it is not shown on a diagram or plan. D. All setpoints indicated in the sequences are suggested initial setpoints. Actual setpoints shall be determined and programmed during system balancing and commissioning process. If actual setpoint determined during this process is substantially different from the initial suggested setpoint, request confirmation of acceptability from the A /E. E. All setpoints and values indicated in the sequences shall be adjustable with authorized access. Owner shall determine /confirm the appropriate access level during Owner training. It shall be possible to have multiple access levels with limited range of adjustability for each level. F. All sequences shall apply when the Operator (with proper access) allows automatic control via an Operators Station. It shall be possible to override to prevent automatic operation and take manual control of any system or equipment item. If automatic start-stop operation is not discussed in sequence for a particular device, then there shall be a manual "on -off' command feature at the Operators Station. G. Displays: Every control device indicated on the drawings or specifications and every point required in the sequences of operation shall have information displayed at the Operators Station(s). All information displayed shall have a simple and concise description of what the information is and means. Certain display requirements are indicated in the sequences. To avoid unnecessary duplication, other more typical display requirements are not indicated in every sequence but shall be provided for every device or point as follows: 1. Every device or equipment item that has a start- stop, open - closed, on -off or similar binary output from the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include multiple pieces of information, as follows: a. Current "on -off' command from EMCS b. Current "on -off' condition as sensed by proof switch (where available). c. Virtual "on -off' condition if a proof switch is not available, but other sensors can provide a reasonable verification of equipment operation. For example, such a reasonable verification may include using an analog pressure sensor downstream of a fan where a sensed value above a certain level could only occur if the fan was in operation. d. Indication as to if control is in automatic mode (controlled per sequence) or in manual mode. 2. Every device or equipment item that has a binary (open- closed contact) input to the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include: 3. Current condition. 4. Every device or equipment item that has an analog control output from the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include multiple pieces of information, as follows: a. Current setpoint. b. Commanded output (percent of maximum). c. Display of the measured value at the controlling sensor or VFD. d. Indication as to if control is in automatic mode (controlled per sequence) or in manual (override) mode. 5. Every device or equipment item that has an analog input to the BAS shall have an operational status display. Display shall include: a. Current measured condition. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 27 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. Whether alarm feature is active. c. Current setpoint for high and low alarm conditions. 6. Unless indicated otherwise in the sequences, all stated values shall be assumed to use units of measurement displayed (at operator workstations) as follows: a. Temperature in degree F. b. Humidity in relative humidity (percent). c. Air pressure (and differential pressure) in inches water column. d. Water or steam pressure (and differential pressure) in PSIG. e. Water flow rate in GPM. f. Air flow rate in CFM. g. Speed as percent of maximum RPM (when motor is driven at 60 hertz by VFD). 7. The following points shall be displayed using calculated values based upon commanded position unless exact values, as indicated by a feedback signal, are required by control strategy: a. Fan speed (per cent of full speed) b. Damper positions (per cent of full open) c. Heating and cooling valve position (per cent of full open) H. Trend Logs: Provide trend log programming and setup for individual points as requested by the Owner up to a maximum of 3% of all inputs provided on the project. Alarms: Certain special alarm requirements are indicated in the sequences. To avoid unnecessary duplication, all necessary alarm requirements are not indicated in every sequence. In addition to the listed alarms, every point shall be equipped to (potentially) have the following alarms. Each alarm shall include specific text (on screen) describing the nature of the alarm, and the source of the alarm information (such as "current sensing relay ", "differential pressure switch ", etc.) Each point shall be capable (with only programming and setup required) to alarm as follows: I. Every device or equipment item that has a start-stop, open - closed, on -off or similar command from the BAS shall have an alarm to identify failure to operate as commanded. This alarm shall use available proof switches or other sensors that can be used as a "virtual proof'. Provide suitable delays to accommodate equipment startup times, etc. 2. Every device that has a binary (open- closed) input to the BAS that would normally be used as an alarm or service - requirement indicator (such as a differential pressure switch at a filter) shall provide suitable alarm annunciation. 3. Every device or equipment item that has an analog control output from the BAS shall have an alarm to identify failure of system to maintain setpoint at the controlling sensor. Provide suitable delays to accommodate equipment startup times, etc. Establish reasonable high and low condition alarm trigger points to accommodate normal and reasonable variations in system output. 4. Every VFD shall have an alarm contact monitored by the EMCS to acknowledge any faults. It shall also have an additional alarm contact monitored by the BAS to acknowledge if it is in the bypass mode. J. Alarm Programming: Provide alarm programming and setup for all alarms specifically indicated in the sequences of operation, and at additional points as requested by the Owner up to a maximum of 20% of all inputs provided on the project. Assign operator high and low alarm limits according to design data or as Owner requests. 1. It is assumed that Owner will want alarms to be set up for all filter switches and at all inputs indicated, but not addressed in the sequences. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 28 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION K. Additional Control Requirements: 1. Auxiliary Air Conditioning Units: Provide all control work required for all auxiliary air conditioning units. Include field wiring for any remote devices provided with each unit. Systems shall be controlled per manufacturers recommendations and as follows: a. Provide DDC temperature sensor except where sensors are furnished with equipment. 3.3 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. All electrical control wiring and terminations for the control system shall be provided by the controls subcontractor, 13. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." C. Install building wire and cable according to Division 26 Section "Low- Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." D. Install signal and communication cable according to Division 27 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling." 1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. 2. Install exposed cable in raceway. 3. Install concealed cable in raceway. 4. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. 5. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 6. Number -code or color -code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables. 7. Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. E. Connect manual -reset limit controls independent of manual - control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers. F. Connect hand - off -auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. 3.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. The mechanical subcontractor shall install all wells, pressure tappings for flow sensors, etc., and shall set all control valves in place under the manufacturer's supervision. Pressure taps shall include service valves and calibration taps. B. The sheet metal subcontractor shall approve or correct the submitted schedule of required control damper quantities and sizes before dampers are ordered from the factory. Sheet metal Contractor shall receive dampers at the job site, set dampers in place under the manufacturer's supervision and provide an access door for each damper. Dampers shall be mounted square within the duct without twisting or distortion to insure proper damper operation. The damper shaft shall be extended at a location that provides space for the actuator. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 29 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Patching and painting required for the control system installation will be accomplished by the General Contractor. D. All line voltage wiring required for control panels, alternators, motor starters are to be furnished and installed by the electrical subcontractor. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect test, and adjust field- assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 3. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Pressure test control air piping at 30 prig or 1.5 times the operating pressure for 24 hours, with maximum 5 -psig loss. 5. Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. 6. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PID actions. 7. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 8. Test software and hardware interlocks. C. DDC Verification: 1. Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks. 2. Check instruments for proper location and accessibility. 3. Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and other applicable considerations. 4. Check instrument tubing for proper fittings, slope, material, and support. 5. Check installation of air supply for each instrument. 6. Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore size, and verify that inlet side is identified and that meters are installed correctly. 7. Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self - contained pressure regulators. 8. Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements. 9. Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction. 10. Check air - operated dampers. Verify that pressure gages are provided and that proper blade alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided. 11. Check DDC system as follows: a. Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable. b. Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging system. c. Verify that spare I/O capacity has been provided. d. Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges. D. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 30 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Calibrating and Adjusting: 1. Calibrate instruments. 2. Make three -point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog instrument. 3. Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument being calibrated. 4. Control System Inputs and Outputs: a. Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. b. Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent output. c. Check digital inputs using jumper wire. d. Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking. e. Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision- resistant source. 5. Flow: a. Set differential pressure flow transmitters for 0 and 100 percent values with 3 -point calibration accomplished at 50, 90, and 100 percent of span. b. Manually operate flow switches to verify that they make or break contact. 6. Pressure: a. Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. b. Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable differential set at minimum. 7. Temperature: a. Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision- resistance source. b. Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts. 8. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers without positioners, following the manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent open and closed. 9. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers with positioners, following manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 0, 50, and 100 percent closed. 10. Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system. 11. Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument. Submit procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures. B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. END OF SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900 - 31 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230915 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Variable frequency drives (VFD) for Division 23 equipment shall be provided by the controls system subcontractor specified in Section 230900. The controls system subcontractor shall provide control wiring for VFDs. B. Division 26 contractor shall install field mounted VFDs and provide power wiring to the VFDs and from the VFDs to their controlled motors. C. For custom air handling units the controls system subcontractor shall provide VFDs to the respective manufacturers specified in Section 237323 for installation and wiring at the factory. Division 26 contractor shall provide power to factory- mounted VFDs once they are installed in the field. D. Contract Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes, Standards and References. 1. IEEE 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 3. UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. C. After factory assembly, test each VFD using a dynamometer to cycle from minimum to full load, including features and accessories. Include test report for each VFD in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. D. Installer Qualifications: Installing contractor shall have successfully installed VFDs in at least 10 facilities. Installations shall be similar in configuration to this project. E. Manufacturer shall maintain a service center or service representative within 50 miles of the project site. This center shall be capable of the following services: 1. Factory coordinated start-up service. 2. Emergency service calls, including replacement parts, within 24 hours. 3. Service agreements. 4. Training of customer personnel in operation and basic troubleshooting. F. Provide all VFDs from a single VFD manufacturer. All VFDs shall have the same customer interface. The keypad and display shall be identical and interchangeable for all sizes of VFDs. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 230915 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each VFD. B. Shop Drawings. Submit control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. C. Total harmonic voltage distortion and total harmonic current distortion. Provide calculations, specific to this installation, showing total harmonic voltage distortion is less than 5% at the point of common coupling as described in IEEE -519. The manufacturer shall submit calculated line distortion percentages in accordance with IEEE -519, based upon the total connected horsepower and source kilovolt- amperes of the utility and emergency power distribution system. Use electrical data (transformer KvA and impedance) from the electrical drawings. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Warrant VFD for 18 months from date of shipment. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: ABB ACH550. 2.2 COMPONENTS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Description: 1. General: Variable torque type. 2. The VFD shall convert incoming fixed frequency three -phase AC power into an adjustable frequency and voltage for controlling the speed of three -phase AC motors. The motor current shall closely approximate a sine wave. Obtain input power voltage from the mechanical equipment schedules. 3. Capable of starting, stopping, and driving an AC variable output from 0 to 60 Hz while maintaining a constant volts /hertz ratio. 4. Sized as required by motors as indicated on the Drawings. Where motor full load amps are not shown, use NEC Table 430 -150 for sizing. B. Construction: 1. UL listed and labeled assembly including specified options. 2. Separate terminal blocks for control and power wiring. C. Enclosure: UL listed and labeled. NEMA 1 surface mounted cabinet with hinged front door, top or bottom conduit entry. D. VFDs shall be UL listed for a short circuit current rating (SCCR) of 100kA and labeled with this rating. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 230915 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Components and Requirements: 1. Electric disconnect lockable in OFF position with padlock. 2. Defeatable door interlock to prevent door from being opened when operating handle is in ON position. 3. Internal control power circuit with transformer and protective fuses. 4. Full load output current rating shall meet or exceed NEC Table 430 -150. The VFD shall be able to provide full rated output current continuously, 110% of rated current for 60 seconds and 120% of rated torque for up to 0.5 seconds while starting. 5. The VFD shall have a dual 5% impedance DC link reactor on the positive and negative rails of the DC bus to minimize power line harmonics and protect the VFD from power line transients. The chokes shall be non- saturating. Swinging chokes that do not provide full harmonic filtering throughout the entire load range are not acceptable. VFDs with saturating (non- linear) DC link reactors shall require an additional 3% AC line reactor to provide acceptable harmonic performance at full load. 6. Limit motor noise as result of VFD to 3dB over line operation, measured at 3 feet from motor center line. 7. Adjustable acceleration and deceleration, commonly or separately, from 10 to 600 seconds. 8. Automatic adjustment of volts -to -hertz ratio to motor in proportion to load without changing speed. 9. Low frequency /low voltage starts with linear adjustable ramp up to pre- selected speed. 10. Status Indicators: Front - mounted graphical display to indicate the following conditions: a. Power on and run status b. Over voltage and over current. c. Line fault and external fault. 11. Front panel operator interface with keypad and alphanumeric display for parameter setting and monitoring of: a. Output frequency and RPM. b. Output voltage and output current. c. Faults (including memory of last 3 received faults). d. DC bus voltage. e. Calculated motor torque and calculated motor power (kW). f. Parameters set via keypad without removing drive cover. 12. Front panel operator interface to read in English words without use of codes. 13. Manual speed setting on local control panel. 14. Hand - off -auto keys on the keypad. In HAND position, speed is adjusted by up and down keys. In OFF position, VFD cannot be started. In AUTO position, speed is controlled by remote signal and VFD can receive remote start command. Stop command in AUTO position can be either remote, integral, or from door mounted HOA switch. 15. Fused main disconnect, lockable in open position. 16. Start into spinning motor protection. Motor may be turning in either direction. 17. Input power dip ride - through and automatic restart after power interruption and after brownout. Automatic restart selectable via software programming. 18. Critical frequency range lockout, minimum of four critical frequency ranges. 19. Output filter designed for constant duty with VFD operating at full rated load to keep rate of rise for each pulse in output below 1,000 Volts per microsecond up to 160 feet cable length. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 230915 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20. Output circuitry designed for constant duty with VFD operating at full rated Toad to prevent peak output voltage from reaching 1,000 Volts to ground at motor up to 160 feet of cable length for VFDs up to 60HP and up to 45 feet of cable length for VFDs 75HP and larger. 21. USB and /or RS -232 Port for local communications with laptop PC for VFD setup and programming with Windows -based software. 22. Real time clock with timed action functionality. 23. Six programmable digital inputs. Two terminals shall be programmable to act as either as digital outputs or additional digital inputs. 24. Two programmable relay outputs, Form C 240VAC, 2A, for remote indication of VFD status. Each relay shall have an adjustable on delay /off delay time. 25. Two programmable analog inputs that can be either direct -or- reverse acting. a. Each independently selectable to be used with either an analog voltage or current signal. b. Each independently scalable from 0 -10VDC and 4 -20mA. c. The VFD shall provide front panel meter displays programmable to show the value of each analog input signal for system set -up and troubleshooting. 26. One programmable, scalable analog current output (4 -20mA) for indication of VFD status. This output shall be programmable to show the reference or feedback signal supplied to the VFD and for VFD output frequency, current and power. It shall be possible to scale the minimum and maximum values of this output. F. Optional Control and Monitoring Inputs and Outputs 1. Modules may include such items as: a. Additional digital outputs, including relay outputs b. Additional digital inputs c. Additional analog outputs d. Additional analog inputs, including Ni or Pt temperature sensor inputs G. Serial Communications: 1. It shall be possible through serial bus communications to read the status of all analog and digital inputs of the VFD. 2. It shall be possible to command all digital and analog output through the serial communication bus. 3. The VFD shall have an RS -485 port or USB port as standard. The standard protocols included in the VFD shall be Modbus RTU, Johnson Controls N2, and Siemens FLN. 4. Optional protocols that must be available are BACnet MS /TP and LON. 5. When BACnet is specified: a. The VFD must be BTL listed as an Application Specific Controller (B -ASC). b. If the VFD does not support Change -Of -Value (COV) capabilities or Read - Property- Multiple (RPM) BACnet properties, the Controls Contractor must provide separate, dedicated MS /TP networks for VFDs. 6. Coordinate serial communication requirements with Controls Contractor. H. Fire Alarm System Interface: 1. Include dry contact override input to stop motor under any operating condition. 2. Include dry contact override input to allow motor to operate at a speed predetermined by VFD programming. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 230915 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Include summary alarm dry contact for connection to fire alarm system indicating that VFD is not operable. 4. Include a Fire Fighter Override Mode for "Run to destruction" 2.3 OPERATING CONDITIONS A. Displacement Power Factor: Minimum 95% at any speed. B. Efficiency: Minimum 95% at rated load and frequency. C. AC Line Frequency Variation: ±2Hz. D. AC Line Voltage Variation: ±10 %. E. Capacity: 100% continuous, 110% for 60 seconds. F. Input Power: Limited to 110% of motor load. G. Ambient Operating Temperature: 14- 104 °F. H. Relative Humidity: 0 -95 %, non - condensing. 1. Elevation: Up to 3,300 feet without derating output power capability. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION AND INSTALLATION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Do not install VFDs until building environment can be maintained within conditions required by manufacturer. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Before and during installation, protect VFD from site contaminants. C. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with other Divisions as required. D. Power Wiring: Comply with requirements in Division 26. E. Control Wiring: Comply with requirements in Section 230900. 3.2 START -UP SERVICES A. Manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform the following services: 1. Verify installation connections and controls. Test continuity of each circuit. 2. Adjust safety controls. 3. Demonstrate satisfactory operation including line reactor during test run. 4. Program VFD to automatically reapply power and drive motor to control set point upon resumption of power following power failure. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 230915 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 5. Program VFD to attempt up to three automatic restarts within one hour after shutdown due to input power failure. 6. Perform field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to drive operation. 7. Include field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to VFD operation. 8. Include start-up reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.3 TRAINING A. Provide one two -hour training session to the owner's representative during normal business hours. B. Training to include: 1. Demonstrate operation of operator keypads for viewing data and setting parameters. 2. Demonstrate operation in manual mode, including setting of specific speeds. 3. Explain the drive parameters that might require operator adjustment. 4. Demonstrate operation of door - mounted disconnect switches, if included in this project. END OF SECTION 230915 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 230915 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special -duty valves, and specialties for the following: 1. Chilled -water piping. 2. Hot water piping 3 Condensate -drain piping. 4. Air -vent piping. 5. Safety- valve -inlet and - outlet piping. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressures and Temperatures: 1. Chilled -Water Piping: 125 psig at 100 deg F. 2. Hot -Water Piping: 125 psig at 200 deg F. 3. Condensate -Drain Piping: 100 deg F 4. Air -Vent Piping: 250 deg F 5. Safety- Valve -Inlet and - Outlet Piping: Equal to the pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data, submit for each type of the following: 1. Piping and fitting. 2. Air control devices. 3. Hydronic specialties. B. Shop Drawings: Detail, at 1/4 scale, the piping layout, fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. C. Welding certificates. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Field quality- control test reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and special -duty valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1 /D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. D. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 01. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn - Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L B. Annealed - Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K. C. DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV. D. Wrought- Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. 1. Grooved -End Copper Fittings: ASTM B 75, copper tube or ASTM B 584, bronze casting. 2. Grooved - End -Tube Couplings: Rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting. Ductile -iron housing with keys matching pipe and fitting grooves, EPDM gasket rated for minimum 230 deg F for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts. 3. Manufacturer: Victaulic. E. Wrought- Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. C. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. E. Cast -Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. F. Wrought -Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. G. Wrought Cast- and Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. H. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are installed. Grooved Mechanical -Joint Fittings and Couplings: 1. Joint Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65 -45 -12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510 malleable iron; ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F, E, or S, Grade B fabricated steel; or ASTM A 106, Grade B steel fittings with grooves or shoulders constructed to accept grooved -end couplings; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. 2. Couplings: Ductile- or malleable -iron housing and synthetic rubber gasket of central cavity pressure- responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. 3. Manufacturer: Victaulic. J. Steel Pressure -Seal Fittings: 1. Manufacturer: Victaulic. 2. Housing: Steel. 3. O -Rings and Pipe Stop: EPDM. 4. Tools: Manufacturer's special tool. 5. Minimum 300 -psig working - pressure rating at 230 deg F. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe - Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8 -inch (3.2 -mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. 1. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast -iron and cast - bronze flanges. 2. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast -iron and steel flanges. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead -free alloys. Include water- flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper - phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg -1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 /D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. F. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working temperatures and pressures. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper -alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory- fabricated union assembly, for 250 -psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory- fabricated companion -flange assembly, for 150 -psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. E. Dielectric - Flange Kits: 1. Companion -flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full -face- or ring -type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150 -psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300 -psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.5 AIR CONTROL DEVICES A. Manufacturer: Hoffman B. Manual Air Vents: 1. Body: Bronze. 2. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 3. Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew. 4. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2. 5. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8. 6. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F. C. Automatic Air Vents: 1. Body: Bronze or cast iron. 2. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 3. Operator: Noncorrosive metal float. 4. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2. 5. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. 2.6 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Y- Pattern Strainers: 1 Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 40 -mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Chilled water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Type L drawn - temper copper tubing, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. 2. Schedule 5 steel pipe; steel, pressure -seal couplings and fittings; and pressure -seal joints. B. Chilled water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger shall be the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical joints. C. Hot water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Type L drawn - temper copper tubing, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. D. Hot water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger shall be the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. E. Condensate -Drain Piping: Type M, drawn - temper copper tubing, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. F. Blowdown -Drain Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which blowdown drain is installed. G. Air -Vent Piping: 1. Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal -to- plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Outlet: Type K (A), annealed- temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints. H. Safety- Valve -Inlet and - Outlet Piping for Water Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed with metal -to- plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.2 PIPING CLEANING AND PASSIVATION (WITHOUT HEAT LOAD) A. General: The mechanical contractor shall provide chemicals and labor for the pre - operational cleaning of all chilled related equipment piping systems. This cleaning method is not intended for potable water systems. The cleaning chemicals shall be provided by: Nalco Company B. PREPARATION FOR CLEAN -OUT C. All systems must be prepared prior to the introduction of the chemical cleaner. I. The Mechanical Contractor shall flush all systems, including mud from drop legs. Remove, clean and replace all strainers. All systems shall contain the highest quality of water available. 2. Complete circulation must be achieved during the cleaning procedure. A minimum flow rate of 3 ft /sec. needs to be maintained to insure that the cleaning chemicals will work properly. All manual, electrical, air and thermostatic operated valves must be open. All dead end runs must be looped together with piping not less than 1/3 the size of the run. This piping is to remain in place until cleaning is complete. 3. A minimum of 1 -1/2" ball or gate valve is to be permanently installed in the low point of each system for the purpose of draining each system. D. CHEMICALS The cleaning solution shall be formulated to remove light grease, cutting oils, loose mill scale, organics and extraneous construction debris. The cleaner shall contain corrosion inhibitor, a dispersant and an oil emulsifier. The recommended cleaner shall be Nalco 2578, or approved equal with a procedure dosage of 2.7 gallons of chemical per 1000 gallons of water. Enough cleaner should be used to treat all of the piping to remove oil and grease to permit a uniform passivating film to form. This aids in the prevention of flash corrosion when the system is most vulnerable to corrosive attack. The Mechanical Contractor will provide the water treatment vendor with an estimate of system volume for proper dosage of cleaner. E. PRE - OPERATIONAL CLEANING 1. Closed System — maintain lowest water level possible in cooling tower sump or basin. 2. Add recommended quantity of passivation chemical directly into the closed loop system before the recirculating pumps to ensure rapid mixing and distribution throughout the system. A small amount of antifoam (Nalco 2508 Plus or approved equal) may be added to prevent excessive foaming. Refer to MSDS sheets for safety information. Add biocide Nalco 7339 at a dosage of 0.5 per 1000 gallons of water. 3. For ideal metal passivation, maintain the pH from 6.5 to 7.5 with a small amount of sulfuric acid during the entire cleaning process. 4. Recirculate the system for 48 -72 hours. 5. Open and drain mud legs and low points periodically during the cleaning process. 6. Drain system completely paying particular attention to mud from drop legs and all low points. 7. Refill the system with clean, potable water, check all strainers, recirculate and drain completely. 8. Refill the system again. The length of time between the completion of the cleaning procedure and addition of the corrosion inhibitor shall not exceed twenty -four (24) hours. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 9. Product Dosage Chart: 11094515 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION System Volume 2578 Product Dosage 7339 Product Dosage 1000 2.7 0.5 2000 5.4 1.0 3000 8.1 1.5 4000 10.8 2.0 5000 13.5 2.5 6000 16.2 3.0 7000 18.9 3.5 8000 21.6 4.0 9000 24.3 4.5 10,000 27 5.0 15,000 40.5 7.5 20,000 54 10 F. Inhibitor: 1. After the Cleaning and Passivation is completed, the inhibitor used to treat the loop should be TRAC 107. This is the newest and most cost effective product for closed loop application. Dosage for Trac107 is approximately 2 gallons of TRAC107 / 1,000 gallons of System Volume. Note: Minimum flow should be 1 fps but 2 -3 fps is better for optimum cleaning action. 2. A service report will be generated on -site by the water treatment representative certifying that the system has been cleaned in accordance with the above procedures. A copy shall be sent to the Mechanical Contractor and the Consulting Engineer (as requested). Chemical test parameters shall include onsite testing of pH, conductivity, phosphate, total iron, ferrous iron, and copper after the preclean is completed to verify all cleaner is removed and iron and copper levels are low. Total iron must be < 5 ppm, Ferrous Iron < 2 ppm, and Copper < 0.5 ppm. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. C. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. D. Install piping to permit valve servicing. E. Install piping free of sags and bends. F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. G. Install piping to allow application of insulation. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION H. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. 1. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. J. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. K. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. L. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. M. Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up -feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe. N. Install valves according to Division 23 Section "General -Duty Valves for HVAC Piping." O. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. P. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. Q. Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2. R. Install expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides as specified in Division 23 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping." S. Identify piping as specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water- flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead -free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper - phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 8 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12 /D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Cut or roll grooves in ends of pipe based on pipe and coupling manufacturer's written instructions for pipe wall thickness. Use grooved -end fittings and rigid, grooved- end -pipe couplings. J. Mechanically Formed, Copper- Tube - Outlet Joints: Use manufacturer- recommended tool and procedure, and brazed joints. K. Pressure - Sealed Joints: Use manufacturer - recommended tool and procedure. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. 3.5 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat - transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. B. Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment rooms only. Manual vents at heat - transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting. 3.6 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections according to Division 23, Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. 3. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one -third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. 3. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping." 4. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 5. Prepare written report of testing. C. Perform the following before operating the system: 1. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 3. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow:' END OF SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113- 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following categories of hydronic pumps for hydronic systems: 1 In -line circulators. 2. Vertical in -line pumps. 3. Automatic condensate (cooling) pump units. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 230915 Section "Variable Frequency Drives" for variable frequency drive requirements. 2. Division 23 Section "Motors for HVAC" for general motor requirements. 3. Division 23 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC" for inertia pads, isolation pads, spring supports, and spring hangers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities including pump efficiency, BHP, RPM, Head, GPM; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; final impeller dimensions; motor specifications; and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. B. Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include Setting Drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiate between manufacturer - installed and field- installed wiring. C. Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. D. Provide pump alignment report that documents, as a minimum, the initial and final shaft orientations, and the changes made. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Fabricate and label pumps to comply with UL 778, "Motor- Operated Water Pumps," for construction requirements. B. Product Options: Provide pumps based on the specific types and models indicated. C. Regulatory Requirements: Fabricate "Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation," and HI 1.6, "Centrifugal Pump Tests." D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC (NFPA 70), Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to University's Representative. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed -in plugs. B. Store pumps in dry location. C. Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage. D. Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter. E. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Mechanical Seals: One entirely complete mechanical seal kit for each pump. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL PUMP REQUIREMENTS A. Pump Units: Factory assembled and tested. B. Motors: Refer to Section "Motors for HVAC" in Division 23. Select each motor to be nonoverloading over full range of pump performance curve. 2.2 VERTICAL IN -LINE PUMPS A. Description: Factory - assembled and - tested, centrifugal, overhung - impeller, separately coupled, in -line pump as defined in HI 1.1 -1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with pump and motor shafts mounted vertically. Rate pump for 125 -psig minimum working pressure and a continuous water temperature of 250 deg F. B. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with replaceable bronze wear rings, threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, and threaded companion -flange connections. 2. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze, fully enclosed type; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. 3. Pump Shaft: Stainless steel. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Mechanical Seal: Stainless steel multi - spring outside balanced type with Viton secondary seal, carbon rotating face and silicon carbide stationary seat. Provide 316 stainless steel gland plate. Provide factory installed flush line with manual vent. Provide with a lower seal chamber throttle bushing to ensure seals maintain positively cooling and lubrication. D. Coupling: Axially split spacer coupling. Rigid spacer type of high tensile aluminum alloy. Coupling to be designed to be easily removed on site to reveal a space between the pump and motor shafts sufficient to remove all mechanical seal components for servicing and to be replaced without disturbing the pump or motor. E. Motor: Rigidly mounted to pump casing with lifting eye and supporting lugs in top of motor enclosure. Inverter duty capability. F. Manufacturer: Grundfos Model Versaflo UPS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor -bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation. 1. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. 2. Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Install pumps according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install pumps according to HI 1.1 -1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation." B. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance, including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps, and loads are not transferred to pump flanges. Adjust pipe hangers so that flange gaskets require only slight moderate force to overcome frictional resistance when slip into place. D. Install pumps according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Suspend in -line pumps using continuous - thread hanger rod and vibration- isolation hangers. Install seismic bracing as required by IBC. F. Provide base, pad, isolators, flexible connectors, inertia bases, and other sound treatment devices. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION G. Set base- mounted pumps on concrete foundation. Disconnect coupling halves before setting. Do not reconnect couplings until alignment operations have been completed. 1. Support pump baseplate on rectangular metal blocks and shims, or on metal wedges with small taper, at points near foundation bolts to provide a gap of 3/4 to 1 -1/2 inches between pump base and foundation for grouting. 2. Adjust metal supports or wedges until pump and driver shafts are level. Check coupling faces and suction and discharge flanges of pump to verify that they are level and plumb. H. Automatic Condensate Pump Units: Install units for collecting condensate and extend to open drain. 3.3 ALIGNMENT A. A millwright shall align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting them on foundations, after grout has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and after piping connections have been made. B. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. C. Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment by methods specified in HI 1.1- 1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation." 1. Alignment shall be reverse dial indicator or laser method. 2. Indicated run -out shall not exceed 0.001 inches. 3. Angular and offset misalignment shall be as followed: D. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Shop drawings show specific locations. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance and shall is no case cause a tripping hazard. C. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are the same size as piping connected to pumps. D. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. E. Install isolation valves on suction and discharge sides of pump. F. Strainers: Install pipe strainer, or suction diffuser with strainer on floor - mounted pumps. Exception: Basket strainer shall be used on the suction of condenser water pumps. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 4 Maximum Angularity Maximum Offset 1200 rpm 0.0015" 0.003" 1800 rpm 0.0010" 0.002" 3600 rpm 0.0005" 0.001" D. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Shop drawings show specific locations. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance and shall is no case cause a tripping hazard. C. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are the same size as piping connected to pumps. D. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. E. Install isolation valves on suction and discharge sides of pump. F. Strainers: Install pipe strainer, or suction diffuser with strainer on floor - mounted pumps. Exception: Basket strainer shall be used on the suction of condenser water pumps. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION G. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base - mounted pumps between pump casing and valves. H. Check Valves: Install non -slam check valves on pump discharge line. I. Install inertia base and vibration isolation when not installed on slab on grade. J. Install temperature and pressure gages on pump suction and discharge. Install at integral pressure -gage tappings where provided. K. Install check valve and gate or ball valve on each condensate pump unit discharge. L. Install electrical connections for power, controls, and devices. M. Electrical power and control wiring and connections are specified in Division 26 Sections. Rotate junction box on pump motor to provide the most direct power wiring connection from the source. N. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. Verify that pumps are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. B. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written instructions and the Contract Documents. C. Perform the following preventive maintenance operations and checks before starting: 1. Lubricate bearings. 2. Remove grease- lubricated bearing covers, flush bearings with kerosene, and clean thoroughly. Fill with new lubricant according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Disconnect coupling and check motor for proper rotation that matches direction marked on pump casing. 4. Verify that pumps are free to rotate by hand and that pumps for handling hot liquids are free to rotate with pumps hot and cold. Do not operate pumps if they are bound or drag, until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. 5. Check suction piping connections for tightness to avoid drawing air into pumps. 6. Clean strainers. 7. Verify that pump controls are correct for required application. D. Starting procedure for pumps with shutoff power not exceeding safe motor power is as follows: 1. Prime pumps by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pumps for operation. 2. Open discharge valves, pumps should not be operated against dead shutoff. 3. Start motors. 4. Open discharge valves slowly. 5. Check general mechanical operation of pumps and motors. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for detailed requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing hydronic systems and Division 23 Section "Commissioning of HVAC ". 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps as specified below: 1. Train owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining pumps. 2. Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." END OF SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 232213 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following for steam and condensate piping: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Strainers. 3. Safety valves. 4. Pressure - reducing valves. 5. Steam traps. 6. Thermostatic air vents and vacuum breakers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPS Systems: Medium pressure piping operating at more than 15 psig as required by ASME B31.1. B. LP Systems: Low - pressure piping operating at 15 psig or less as required by ASME B31.9. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressures and temperatures: 1. MPS Steam Piping: 125 psig at 353 deg F. 2. LP Steam Piping: 15 psig at 250 deg F. 3. Medium pressure condensate piping: 25 psig at 353 deg F. 4. Low pressure Condensate Piping: 15 psig at 250 deg F. 5. Air -Vent and Vacuum - Breaker Piping: Equal to pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 6. Safety -Valve -Inlet and - Outlet Piping: Equal to pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product data, submit for each type of the following: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Strainers. 3. Safety valves. 4. Pressure - reducing valves. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 5. Steam traps. 6. Thermostatic air vents and vacuum breakers B. Shop Drawings: Detail, 1/4 inch equals 1 foot scale, flash tank assemblies and fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, pipe, multiple pipes, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops and their attachment to the building structure. Detail locations of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. C. Qualification Data: Submit for Installer. D. Welding certificates. E. Field quality - control test reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for valves, safety valves, pressure- reducing valves, steam traps, air vents, vacuum breakers, and meters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to the following: 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. D. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.1, "Power Piping" and ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping" for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp flash tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, plain ends, Type, Grade, and Schedule as indicated in Part 3 piping applications articles. B. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125, 150, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 piping applications articles. C. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3; Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3 piping applications articles. D. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 piping applications articles. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Cast -Iron Threaded Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in Part 3 piping applications articles; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced. F. Wrought -Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. G. Wrought -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. H. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel of same Type, Grade, and Schedule as pipe in which installed. I. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. J. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. K. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical analysis of pipe being welded. 2.2 STRAINERS A. Y -Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B cast iron, with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for strainers NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for strainers NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 0.45 —inch stainless steel perforated mesh strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. Tapped blow off plug. 5. CWP Rating: 250 -prig working steam pressure. 2.3 SAFETY VALVES A. Cast -Iron Safety Valves: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide: Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2. Disc Material: Forged copper alloy with bronze nozzle. 3. End Connections: Raised -face flanged inlet and threaded or flanged outlet connections. 4. Spring: Fully enclosed cadmium - plated steel spring with adjustable pressure range and positive shutoff, factory set and sealed. 5. Pressure Class: 250. 6. Exhaust Head: Cast iron and having threaded inlet and drain, with threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 7. Size and Capacity: As required for equipment according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 8. Set pressures as indicated on drawings. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Drip -Pan Elbow: Cast iron and having threaded inlet and outlet with threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. Manufacturer Crane NO. 1100 or approved. 2.4 PRESSURE - REDUCING VALVES A. Manufacturer: Spirax Sarco, Inc. B. Size, Capacity, and Pressure Rating: Factory set for inlet and outlet pressures indicated. Steam velocities not to exceed 10,000 fpm on the inlet and 30,00fpm on the outlet. Valve rating: 250 lbs. SWP. C. Description: Pilot- actuated, diaphragm operated, packless, single seat, with adjustable pressure range and positive shutoff. D. Body: Cast iron with stainless trim, spring and diaphragm. E. End Connections: Threaded connections for valves NPS 2 and smaller and flanged connections for valves NPS 2- 1 /2and larger. F. Trim: Hardened stainless steel. G. Head and Seat: Replaceable, main head stem guide fitted with flushing and pressure - arresting device cover over pilot diaphragm. 2.5 FLOAT AND THERMOSTATIC TRAPS: A. Manufacturer: Spirax Sarco, Inc. B. Body and Bolted Cap: ASTM A 126, cast iron. C. End Connections: Threaded. D. Float Mechanism: Replaceable, stainless steel. E. Head and Seat: Hardened stainless steel. F. Trap Type: Balanced pressure. G. Thermostatic Bellows: Stainless steel or monel. H. Thermostatic air vent capable of withstanding 45 deg F of superheat and resisting water hammer without sustaining damage. I. Vacuum Breaker: Thermostatic with phosphor bronze bellows and stainless steel cage, valve, and seat. J. Maximum Operating Pressure: 125 psig. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.6 THERMODYNAMIC TRAPS: A. Manufacturer: Spirax Sarco, Inc. B. Body: Stainless steel with screw -in cap. C. End Connections: Threaded. D. Disc and Seat: Stainless steel. E. Maximum Operating Pressure: 600 psig. 2.7 THERMOSTATIC AIR VENTS AND VACUUM BREAKERS A. Thermostatic Air Vents: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2. End Connections: Threaded. 3. Float, Valve, and Seat: Stainless steel. 4. Thermostatic Element: Phosphor bronze bellows in a stainless -steel cage. 5. Pressure Rating: 300 psig. 6. Maximum Temperature Rating: 350 deg F. B. Vacuum Breakers: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2. Body: Cast iron, bronze, or stainless steel. 3. End Connections: Threaded. 4. Sealing Ball, Retainer, Spring, and Screen: 5. 0-ring Seal: EPR. 6. Pressure Rating: 300 psig. 7. Maximum Temperature Rating: 350 deg F. 2.8 ANCILLARY PIPING APPLICATIONS Stainless steel. A. Air -Vent Piping: 1. Inlet: Same as service where installed. 2. Outlet: Type K annealed- temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints. B. Vacuum - Breaker Piping: Outlet, same as service where installed. C. Safety -Valve -Inlet and - Outlet Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LP STEAM PIPING APPLICATIONS ( LESS THAN 25 PSI) A. LP Steam Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Schedule 40, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. LP Steam Piping, NPS 2 -1/2 through NPS 12: Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. C. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. D. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. E. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. F. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. 3.2 MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM PIPING APPLICATIONS (25 TO 75 PSI) A. MP Steam Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Schedule 40, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. B. MP Steam Piping, NPS 2 -1/2 through NPS 6: Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. C. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. D. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. E. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. F. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, shall be the following: Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. 3.3 ANCILLARY PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Air -Vent Piping: 1. Inlet: Same as service where installed. 2. Outlet: Type K annealed - temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints. B. Vacuum - Breaker Piping: Outlet, same as service where installed. C. Safety -Valve -Inlet and - Outlet Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.4 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Install shutoff duty valves at branch connections to steam supply mains, at steam supply connections to equipment, and at the outlet of steam traps. B. Install safety valves on pressure- reducing stations and elsewhere as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Install safety -valve discharge piping, without valves, to nearest floor drain or as indicated on Drawings. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, for installation requirements. 3.5 STEAM -TRAP APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Steam Traps on LPS (15 psig and below): 1. Equipment or Process (with modulating control valve) Use F & T type rated for 15 psi working pressure. Each trap shall be sized using 1 psi differential pressure at 2 times scheduled flow rate of equipment, based on a condensate leg of 18 inches at trap inlet and gravity flow to the main return line or receiver. 2. Main Line drips: Use F & T type rated for 15 psi working pressure. Main line drip traps shall be selected using 70 percent of design differential pressure at required flow. Provide trap sets at all low points and at 200 foot intervals on the horizontal main lines. Condensate may be lifted to the return line. B. Steam Traps on MPS (over 15 psig ): 1. Equipment or Process (with modulating control valve): Use F & T type rated for working pressure. Traps on equipment using 60 psig steam and above shall be sized for 2 times scheduled flow rate of equipment at 5 psig differential pressure. 2. Main Line drips: Use Thermodynamic (Inverted Bucket traps) type on 15 psig and above. Traps shall be sized as indicated on plans. Main line drip traps shall be selected using 70 percent of design differential pressure. Provide drip trap sets at all low points and natural drainage points such as, ends of mains, bottoms of risers, and ahead of pressure regulators, control valves, isolation valves, expansion joints. On straight runs of pipe with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at 200 foot intervals on the horizontal main lines. Condensate may be lifted to the return line. C. Install steam traps in accessible locations as close as possible to connected equipment. D. Install full -port ball valve, strainer, and union upstream from trap; install union, check valve, and full -port ball valve downstream from trap unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 PRESSURE - REDUCING VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install pressure- reducing valves in accessible location for maintenance and inspection. B. Install gate valves on both sides of pressure- reducing valves. C. Install unions or flanges on both sides of pressure- reducing valves having threaded- or flanged - end connections respectively. D. Install pressure gages on low - pressure side of pressure- reducing valves after the bypass connection according to Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Install strainers upstream for pressure- reducing valve. F. Install safety valve downstream from pressure- reducing valve station. G. Steam pressure- reducing stations shall be factory assembled by manufacturer as per scope noted on mechanical drawing details. 3.7 STEAM METER INSTALLATION A. Install meters with lengths of straight pipe upstream and downstream according to steam meter manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide data acquisition wiring. Refer to Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC. 3.8 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install hangers and supports according to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Seismic restraints are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet long. 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP -58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. D. Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10 -foot intervals between floors. 3.9 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Use indicated piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 8 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Install piping to allow application of insulation. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. K. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 full port-ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. L. Install steam supply piping at a minimum uniform grade of 0.2 percent downward in direction of steam flow. M. Install condensate return piping at a minimum uniform grade of 0.4 percent downward in direction of condensate flow. N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side down. O. Install branch connections to mains using mechanically formed tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to top of main pipe. P. Install valves according to Division 23, Section "General -Duty Valves for HVAC Piping." Q. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. R. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. S. Install strainers on supply side of control valves, pressure- reducing valves, traps, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and full port ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blow off connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2. T. Install expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides as specified in Division 23, Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping." U. Identify piping as specified in Division 23, Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." V. Install drip legs at low points and natural drainage points such as ends of mains, bottoms of risers, and ahead of pressure regulators, and control valves. 1. On straight runs with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at intervals not exceeding 150 feet. 2. Size drip legs same size as main. In steam mains NPS 6 and larger, drip leg size can be reduced, but to no less than NPS 4. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION W. Install unions or flanges on both sides of pressure- reducing valves having threaded- or flanged - end connections respectively. X. Install pressure gages on low - pressure side of pressure - reducing valves after the bypass connection according to Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." Y. Install strainers upstream for pressure- reducing valve. Z. Install safety valve downstream from pressure- reducing valve station. 3.10 SAFETY VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install safety valves according to ASME B31.1, "Power Piping" and ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping." B. Pipe safety -valve discharge without valves to atmosphere outside the building. C. Install drip -pan elbow fitting adjacent to safety valve and pipe drain connection to nearest floor drain. 3.11 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. E. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.12 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Install traps and control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. B. Install vacuum breakers downstream from control valve, close to coil inlet connection. C. Install a drip leg at coil outlet. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare steam and condensate piping according to ASME B31.1, "Power Piping" and ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. B. Perform the following tests on steam and condensate piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength. 3. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. C. Prepare written report of testing. END OF SECTION 232213 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232213 - 11 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 232215 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following for steam and condensate piping: 1. Steam pressure- reducing valve stations. 2. Steam meter stations. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPS Systems: Medium pressure piping operating at more than 15 psig as required by ASME B31.1. B. LP Systems: Low - pressure piping operating at 15 psig or less as required by ASME B31.9. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressures and temperatures: 1. MPS Steam Piping: 125 psig at 353 deg F. 2. LP Steam Piping: 15 psig at 250 deg F. 3. Medium pressure condensate piping: 25 psig at 353 deg F. 4. Low pressure Condensate Piping: 15 psig at 250 deg F. 5. Air -Vent and Vacuum - Breaker Piping: Equal to pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 6. Safety- Valve -Inlet and - Outlet Piping: Equal to pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product data, submit for each type of the following: 1. Steam pressure- reducing valve stations. 2. Steam meter stations. B. Shop Drawings: Detail, 1/4 inch equals 1 foot scale, flash tank assemblies and fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, pipe, multiple pipes, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops and their attachment to the building structure. Detail locations of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. C. Qualification Data: Submit for Installer. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232215 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON D. Welding certificates. E. Field quality- control test reports. 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for valves, safety valves, pressure- reducing valves, steam traps, air vents, vacuum breakers, and meters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to the following: 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. D. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.1, "Power Piping" and ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping" for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp flash tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PACKAGED PILOT OPERATED PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE STATION (PENTHOUSE #4) A. General: The Pressure Reducing unit shall be completely factory fabricated, Hydrotested to 188 psig and Coated with Industrial Black Enamel Paint. Station to consist of a 1/3 Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve and a 2/3 Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve, Inlet and Outlet Isolation Valves (4 Gate) Inlet Strainers (2), Upstream and Downstream 4" Face Stainless Steel Pressure Gauges (3) to be shipped loose and installed in the field, Inlet Steam Separator with Steam Trap Detail and a Safety Relief Valve with Drip Pan Elbow. The steam trap detail to include Universal Steam Trap Station including USTSII Connector with Strainer, Upstream and Downstream Isolation Valves, Atmospheric Test Port, Strainer and UFT Universal F &T Trap. The 1/3 (smaller) Pressure Reducing Valve is to be set at 15 psig and handle the running load in the Spring and Fall. The 2/3 Valve will open and maintain a set pressure during peak seasonal loads. B. Strainer: The Strainers will be installed with the flow direction as indicated on the body on their sides to avoid accumulation of water upstream of the Pressure Reducing Valve. The strainer must be accessible for periodic removal of accumulated debris, by either blowing down or removal and cleaning of the screen. Strainer shall be constructed of Cast Iron with a 60/100 mesh Stainless Steel Screen. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232215 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) C. Pressure Regulators: The pressure regulators shall be of the pilot- actuated diaphragm operated type. The main valve shall be single- seated with hardened stainless steel trim; the regulator body shall be cast iron. The pilot shall be bolted directly to the regulator body. The regulator shall be capable of dead -end shut -off. D. Safety Valve: The safety relief valve shall be constructed of Cast Iron, with Stainless Steel Trim and will be constructed and sized in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII. The set pressure for the Safety on this Fabricated Pressure Reducing Valve Station shall be 20 psig. Drip Pan Elbows for use with safety relief valves shall be ASTM A126 CL B Cast Iron, and be of the same size as the valve outlet or larger. E. Steam Separator: Moisture Separator shall be of the high efficiency internal baffle type having a pressure drop that does not exceed an equivalent length of pipe. Body shall be iron with flanged connections, A screwed bottom drain shall be provided for the installation of a trap to discharge any accumulated liquid. Trap Station to be included. F. Drip Trap: The Universal Steam Trap Station to be manufactured of all stainless steel construction. The station will have two isolation valves, one trap test valve and one strainer blowdown valve. The test valve is on the discharge side of the trap to test trap function: to depressurize that area, or to check the condensate return lines for plugging. The inlet isolation valve blocks the trap inlet while the outlet valves block the outlet to the condensate return line downstream of the test valve. The station is supplied with an integral inlet strainer with a blowdown valve for clean out and depressurized mode so the trap or strainer can be repaired or replaced. The station will accept all Spirax Sarco universal traps. This installation will be supplied with a UFT F &T Steam trap. 2.2 STEAM METER STATION (PENTHOUSE #3, PENTHOUSE #4, & PENTHOUSE #5) A. General: Meter Station shall be completely factory assembled and hydrotested prior to shipment @ 188 psig for steam service. Fabricated Station shall consist of Inlet and Outlet Isolate Valves (Gate), Inlet Steam Separator with steam trap detail, PhD Inline Vortex Meter with temperature and /or pressure compensation sensors shipped loose for field installation. The steam trap detail to include Universal Steam Trap Station including USTSII Connector with Strainer, Upstream and Downstream Isolation Valves, Atmospheric Test Port, Strainer and UFT Universal F &T Trap. B. Steam Meter: The flowmeter shall be an inline style Vortex Flowmeter and shall be suitable for use in steam, gas, or liquid applications with line sizes ranging from 1" to 12 ". C. Sensor: 1. Sensor shall have no moving parts. 2. The sensor shall utilize a separated vortex bluff body and a sensor wing with a dual piezoelectric sensing technology to ensure maximum signal to noise rejection. 3. The flowmeter body, bluff body and the sensor wing shall be of a fully welded design with no gaskets or leak paths. 4. The piezoelectric sensor shall be removable under process pressures of up to 750 psig without process shutdown. 5. Installation of bypass piping shall not be necessary to access the piezoelectric sensor. 6. The wetted parts shall be constructed of 316L stainless steel or Carbon Steel in accordance with application suitability. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232215 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) 7. The flowmeter shall be available in wafer style for sizes 1" to 4 ", or ANSI flanged 150 #, 300# or 600# in sizes 1" to 12 ". D. Electronics: 1. The flowmeter electronics shall be microprocessor based with full programming capability via the key pad interface and local display. 2. The local display shall provide display of rate and total with full diagnostic capability and provide digital filtering of mechanical and electrical noise. 3. The flowmeter shall be capable of providing a field selectable loop powered 4 -20 ma or a 3 wire frequency /pulse output option. 4. Meter shall be able to operate from a power source of 18 -40 VDC. E. Performance: 1. The accuracy of the flowmeter shall be +/- 0.7% of rate for liquids, +/- 1.0% of rate for gas and steam with a minimum turndown of 10:1 and repeatable to 0.15% of rate. 2. The flowmeter shall have a temperature rating of-40 to 750 Deg F. 3. The flowmeter shall have a pressure rating dependent on the flange rating being used. 4. The flowmeter shall be manufactured under an ISO -9001 certified quality system. 5. The flowmeter shall be the Spirax Sarco model PhD Vortex Flowmeter. END OF SECTION 232215 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232215 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 232223 STEAM CONDENSATE PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes pressure - powered steam condensate pumps. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. Include receiver capacity and material. B. Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for pumps to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain steam condensate pumps through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of steam condensate pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label steam condensate pumps to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed -in plugs. B. Store steam condensate pumps in dry location. STEAM CONDENSATE PUMPS 232223 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage. D. Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter. E. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDENSATE RETURN MODULES (INCORPORATING AUTOMATIC PUMP /TRAPS): A. Manufacturer: Spirax/Sarco SPT4 B. Description: Factory fabricated pressure powered pump /trap module - skid mounted - consisting of pumping trap, receiver tank, isolation valve and strainer on suction piping, and isolation valve on pump discharge. C. The module shall be factory tested as a complete unit. Pumping trap shall be operated by steam to 65 psig and be fully prepiped to receiver with motive /vent piping and drip trap station. D. Condensate receiver shall be fabricated steel with flanged connections and provided with insulation cover, and gauge glass. Dimension: 6" diameter x 12". E. Pump: Spirax Sarco APT: 1. SG iron body and cover, with a swing type inlet check valve and ball type outlet check valve. The internal trap mechanism shall contain stainless steel float(s) connected with a single or two stage trap. 2. The internal pump mechanism shall be a stainless steel single tension spring snap- action device. 3. The pump, trap, and check valve mechanisms shall be incorporated within the same body envelope with no external seals or packing, and shall be capable of operating with a minimum of 8" installation head from the base of unit. 4. Pumping trap shall be operated by steam or compressed air — max. 200 psig. Device shall be provided with insulation cover and pressure gauge. F. Module shall include thermostatic trap, thermostatic air vent, check valves, strainer and ball valves (2). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor -bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Examine rough installation of steam condensate piping. STEAM CONDENSATE PUMPS 232223 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. B. Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps. C. Install pumps on concrete bases. Anchor pumps to bases using inserts or anchor bolts. D. Install thermometers and pressure gages. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Install steam supply for pressure - powered pumps as required by Division 23, Section "Steam and Condensate Heating Piping." D. Install gate and check valves on inlet and outlet of pressure - powered pumps. E. Pipe drain to nearest floor drain for overflow and drain piping connections. F. Install full -size vent piping to outdoors, terminating in 180- degree elbow at point above highest steam system connection or as indicated. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Verify that steam condensate pumps are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Clean strainers. D. Set steam condensate pump controls. E. Perform the following preventive maintenance operations and checks before starting: 1. Set float switches to operate at proper levels. 2. Set throttling valves on pump discharge for specified flow. 3. Replace damaged or malfunctioning pump controls and equipment. F. Start steam condensate pumps according to manufacturer's written startup instructions. STEAM CONDENSATE PUMPS 232223 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain steam condensate pumps. Refer to Division 01 Section, "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 232223 STEAM CONDENSATE PUMPS 232223 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 233113 METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal ducts for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air - distribution systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 10 -inch wg and metal casings. Metal ducts include the following: I. Rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single -wall, round, and flat -oval spiral -seam ducts and formed fittings. 3. Duct liner( close cell type only) 4. Turning vanes. B. Related Sections includeDivision 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound - control devices, duct - mounting access doors and panels, and flexible ducts. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. NUSIG: National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air - moving and - distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop standard for ductwork construction utilized on this project. Include proposed duct gage, reinforcement interval, seam and joint construction for all sizes and pressure classes of rectangular, round, and oval ductwork. Submit construction standard for all plenums and fittings. B. Shop Drawings: CAD - generated and drawn to scale. Show fabrication and installation details for metal ducts. 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Duct layout indicating sizes and pressure classes. 3. Elevations of top and bottom of ducts. METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 5. Fittings. 6. Reinforcement and spacing. 7. Seam and joint construction. 8. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions. 9. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 10. Duct accessories, including access doors and panels. 11. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, vibration isolation, and seismic restraints. C. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Other systems installed in same space as ducts including lighting fixtures, grilles, hydronic piping, sprinklers pipes. D. Submit Welding Procedure Specification, Procedure Qualification Test Record, and Welder and Welding Operator Qualification Test Record. E. Field quality - control test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel," for hangers and supports, AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code -- Aluminum," for aluminum supporting members, and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. B. NFPA Compliance: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." C. Duct Protection, Cleaning, and Cleanliness Testing: Comply with requirements in Part 3 of this specification for protection, cleaning, and cleanliness testing of ductwork. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS — DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS A. Construction: Primary air duct construction, fittings, reinforcements, pressure and seal classifications and metal gauges shall conform to SMACNA /ANSI, third edition 2005, HVAC Duct Construction Standards and NFPA90A unless noted otherwise. B. Ducts and accessories shall not pulsate or vibrate when in operation. C. Test Ports: Provide instrument test holes with screw cap and gasket. Instrument test holes shall be attached to ducts and plenums with bolts. Seal around bolt head with duct sealant. Provide gasket to fit duct shape (rectangular or round) as needed. Provide all such test holes in ducts with instrument adapter as required for static pressure readings; exact location to be coordinated with air balancing contractor. 1. Available Manufacturer: Ventfabrics No. 699 METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Stuffing Boxes: Provide airtight stuffing boxes at all penetrations for instrumentation, such as sensors, thermostats, thermometers, pipes, etc.; use rubber grommets or U- channel rubber extrusions to create airtight seal. 1. Available Manufacturer: "Rubbercraft ". E. At connections to building construction, use steel angles fastened to the sheet metal by sheet metal screws, attached using anchor bolts embedded in the wall or slab, with sealant under the angle, angles 2 "x2 "x3/16" minimum. 2.2 SHEETMETAL DUCTWORK A. General: All ductwork shall be of sheet metal construction. B. Pressure and Seal Classification: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the following: 1. Supply ducts from outlet of air handlers and fans to terminal units: +4 -in wg Seal Class A. 2. Return ducts: Negative 2 -in wg Seal class B. 3. Exhaust ducts: negative 2 -in wg Seal Class B. 4. Any ductwork upstream of any fire, smoke or combination fire /smoke damper conveying more than half of the total terminal airflow: +4 -in wg. Seal Class A. C. Leakage Class and Tests: Refer to Article 3.5 of this Section. D. Material: All ducts shall be constructed of G -60 or better. galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A653/A653M unless specified or indicated on the drawings. E. Flat oval ductwork is not permitted on exhaust systems. F. Pressure classes refer to both positive and negative ducts in absolute numbers unless noted otherwise. G. Round or Oval Elbow Construction: Round or oval segmented or mitered elbows shall be minimum 3 -gore for 45 °, 4 -gore for 60 °, and 5 -gore for 90 °. Adjustable round elbows are not permitted. H. Rectangular Elbow Construction: Rectangular elbows shall be radius, unless specifically shown with turning vanes or space does not permit a radius elbow. Curved elbows shall have a centerline radius not less than 1 -1/2 times the width of ducts. For ducts 2 -in wg pressure class and lower, curved elbows may have a centerline radius not less than the width of ducts. Rectangular 90° (only) elbows with the same entry and exit elbow duct sizes may be square with turning vanes and runners constructed as noted. Where vanes are indicated on the drawings or required due to space constraints, they shall be utilized as follows: 1. Turning vanes shall be welded to runners at velocities exceeding 2,500 fpm. 2. All sheet metal duct pressure classes and velocities: Airfoil Turning Vane is acceptable. a. Non - adjustable, double wall 26 -gauge hot dipped galvanized steel, true airfoil type air turning vanes at square duct elbows. Factory runner, 24- gauge, with vanes 2.4 "o.c. The turning vane shall have smooth - rounded entry nose with extended trailing edge. Available Manufacturer: "Aero Dyne Company ", Model HEP. METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. 2" wg. Pressure Class ducts or lower with velocities at or below 1500 fpm: 2" single width vanes, spaced 1.5 "o.c. may be used when spanned lengths are 36" or less. a. Non - adjustable, single wall 24 -gauge vane per SMACNA Fig. 2 -3 and Fig. 2 -4. Rail shall be 24- gauge. Available Manufacturer: "Duro Dyne ", "Ductmate" Monorail. 4. 3" wg. Pressure Class or higher ducts at any velocity and where duct velocities in any pressure class exceed 1500 fpm: 2" double width vanes, spaced 2.125 "o.c. shall be used when spanned lengths are 48" or less. This vane is acceptable at lower pressure classes and velocities. a. Non- adjustable, double wall 26 -gauge vane per SMACNA Fig. 2 -3 and 2 -4. The 22 -gauge vane runner shall be of the tabbed style and shall have bent, or winged tabs. Straight tabs are not permitted. Available Manufacturer: "C.L. Ward & Family Inc." Turning Vane and Speedy Rail, "Ductmate" Turning Vane and PROrail. Seams: All seams shall conform to SMACNA standards for the corresponding pressure and seal class and to the requirements in this specification. 1. Round and oval duct seams shall be spiral seam or continuous butt weld construction only. 2. Rectangular seams for 3 -in wg pressure class or higher shall be SMACNA L -1 Pittsburgh Lock or continuous butt weld only. 3. Rectangular seams for 2 -in wg pressure class or lower shall be continuous butt weld, SMACNA L -1 Pittsburgh Lock, or SMACNA L -2 Button Punch Snap Lock. 4. Do not use standing seams for ducts other than plenums J. Joints: All joints shall conform to SMACNA standards for the corresponding pressure and seal class and to the requirements in this specification. K. Rectangular Joints: Provide prefabricated slide -on transverse duct connectors and components. Install per manufacturer guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement(s). 1. Rectangular joints for 2 -in wg pressure class or lower may also be SMACNA T -24 flanged, with gasket or SMACNA T -1 Drive Slip. L. Round Joints: Factory fabricated transverse spiral and round duct joints conforming to SMACNA standards RT -1 through RT -6 are acceptable for ducts 20" in diameter and under. Prefabricated connectors for duct joints are permitted as noted below. Install per manufacturer guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement(s). 1. 3 " -14" Diameter: Install duct with a one piece round duct connector that includes a polyethylene gasket liner and single bolt closure. "Ductmate Industries" Quick - Sleeve Round Duct Connector, "Ward Industries" Quick Connect Model QCC (up to 12" only), or approved equal. 2. 6 " -60" Diameter: Install duct with a one -piece round duct connector that includes a polyethylene gasket on each side of the connector and a single bolt closure that expands the connector to the interior of the round duct. "Ductmate Industries" Bullet Band Connector or approved equal. 3. 14 " -72" Diameter: Install duct using a three - piece, gasket flanged joint consisting of two internal flanges, with integral mastic sealant and one external closure band, which compresses the gasket between the internal flanges. "Ductmate Industries" Spiralmate or approved equal. METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION M. Flat Oval Joints: Factory fabricated transverse flat oval duct joints conforming to SMACNA standards are acceptable for ducts with a major axis of 20" or under. Prefabricated connectors for duct joints are permitted as noted below. Install per manufacturer guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement(s). 1. Roll formed minor axis (semicircular) flanges with integral sealant. Straight roll- formed flange with integral sealant cut to length for major axis sizes. Precision stamped connector pieces. Extruded Butyl or Neoprene gasket applied to the face of the mating flanges and screw -type cleats at manufacturer - specified intervals around perimeter of the connection. Approved manufacturers: "Ductmate Industries" Ovalmate Flat Oval Duct Connection System. N. Diagonal Creasing for ducts 3 -in wg or lower: Provide on all panels wider than 18 ". At Contractor's option, in place of diagonal creasing required for panels wider than 18 ", all such panels may have machine - formed transverse ribbed stiffening on 12" centers, provided such stiffening accomplishes stiffness and freedom from buckling or breathing, and does not lessen airtightness at seams and joints. O. Joint Sealant, up to 6 -in wg pressure class ducts: Fire retardant, high bonding type sealer, ANSI /UL723 and ASTM E84. Flame spread rating not to exceed 5 and smoke developed rating not to exceed 20 when applied to 18 -gauge galvanized steel. Composition shall be polymeric rubber with hydrocarbon resins and inert reinforcing material dispersed in solvent or equal. Oil based caulking and glazing compounds are not acceptable because they do not retain elasticity and bond. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: McGill Airseal Corporation "United Duct Sealer ", Ductmate Industries "Pro - Seal ", Foster "High Velocity Duct Sealant 32 -14 ". P. Gaskets in Flanged Ducts: Use soft neoprene or extruded butyl. Q. Safety Relief Access Doors: Provide positive and /or negative pressure safety relief access doors in ducts to prevent blowout or duct collapse. Provide at locations indicated on the drawings. 1. Acceptable Manufacturer: United McGill Airflow Corporation ARR or ASR or approved SMACNA design. 2.3 SHEETMETAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: Steel sheets, G -60 zinc - coated (galvanized) or zinc -iron alloy coated (galvannealed) by the hot dip process, conforming ASTM A653 unless noted otherwise. B. Aluminum: Type 3003-H14. Comply with requirements of ASTM B209. 1. Rectangular Ductwork: Aluminum ductwork shall comply with the requirements of low pressure galvanized steel ductwork. Thickness adjustments of aluminum, including dimension adjustments and reinforcements needed to meet the construction requirement thickness of steel ducts, shall comply with SMACNA 2005 HVAC /DCS, Article 1.12.1, "Conversion of Steel Tables to Aluminum ". 2. Round Ductwork: Construction of aluminum duct and fittings shall otherwise correspond in the same relationship as for steel duct. Conform to SMACNA 1995 HVAC/DCS, Table 3 -3, "Aluminum Round Duct Gage Schedule ". Aluminum fasteners shall be used. Structural members shall be alloy 6061 -T6 or galvanized steel as related in SMACNA Table 1 -16 for rectangular duct. Hangers in contact with the duct shall be galvanized steel or aluminum. METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.4 CASING AND PLENUMS A. Sheet metal for casings and plenums less than 10 feet height or width shall be 18 -gauge galvanized steel. Casings and plenums 10 feet or greater width or height shall be 16- gauge. Provide continuous 2 "x2 "x3/16" steel angle framing on 18" centers to support the sheet metal work. Fasten lapped type seams to framing on 4" centers or standing type seams to framing on 12" centers. Provide supplementary continuous 2 "x2 "x3/16" steel angle bracing on horizontal surfaces to prevent deformation under system operating and "upset" pressures. Fasten sheet metal to backup angle framing and bracing with No. 8 minimum size hardened steel sheet metal screws. B. In outdoor intake plenums or ducts, sheet metal shall be G90 coated galvanized steel unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. C. Where system pressures may exceed the capabilities of the construction noted above, notify the A/E prior to fabrication. Casings and plenums shall be constructed to withstand not less than 133% of the rated pressure without structural failure. Wall and roof deflections at the rated pressure shall not exceed 1/8" per foot of width. D. Pipe penetrations of casings and plenums shall be sealed to prevent air leakage and condensation movement through the seal. E. Joint Sealant: Fire retardant, high bonding type sealer, UL723/E84, Class 1 flame spread rating. Adhesive - backed cloth or metallic furnace tape will not be, acceptable. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Foster "Safetee Duct Sealant 32 -17 ", Duct Mate Industries "Pro- Seal ", or approved McGill Air Seal Corp. or Mon -Eco Industries. F. Existing mixing plenums and return plenums in the penthouse: Replace door knobs or door latches the system can be fully operational. Provide insulation as indicated on drawings. 2.5 DUCT LINER( please note that no fiber glass liner will be accepted on this job) A. Provide at locations shown on drawings. B. Flexible Elastomeric Duct Liner: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1. Manufacturer: Armaflex AP 2. Acoustical Properties: The material shall be tested by an independent testing laboratory to determine the sound absorption coefficient in accordance with ASTM C 423 with ASTM E 795 Type A mounting. The sound absorption coefficients shall meet or exceed the following values: Octave Band Center Fre uency Hz Thickness 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 1" 0.00 0.08 0.32 0.55 0.23 0.21 METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Fabricate and install ductwork and accessories in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. 1. Drawings show the general layout of ductwork and accessories but do not show all required fittings and offsets that may be necessary to connect ducts to equipment, terminal units, diffusers, grilles, etc., and to coordinate with other trades. Fabricate ductwork based on field measurements. Provide necessary fittings and offsets at no additional cost to the owner. Coordinate with other trades for space available and relative location of HVAC equipment and accessories on ceiling grid. Duct sizes on the drawings are inside dimensions, which shall be altered by the contractor to other dimensions with the same air handling characteristics (not less than same free area and pressure drop) where necessary to avoid interferences and clearance difficulties. 2. Comply with the requirements of Section 230500, "Transitions and Offsets Beyond the Scope of Work ". B. Provide Duct transitions, offsets and connections to dampers, coils, and other equipment in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible and with Duct Fitting Requirements detail on drawings. 1. When an obstruction cannot be avoided and must be taken in by the duct, comply with SMACNA, "Obstructions ". Repair galvanized areas with galvanizing repair compound. 2. Construct casings, plenums, eliminators, and pipe penetrations in accordance with SMACNA Standards. Install plenum access doors to swing against air pressure so that pressure helps to maintain a tight seal. C. Install round and flat -oval ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet unless interrupted by fittings. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Provide test holes at fan inlets and outlets, where required for balancing, and elsewhere as indicated. F. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections. G. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling. H. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. I. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. J. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. K. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated. METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION L. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke - control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. M. Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws. N. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. O. Non - Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1 -1/2 inches. P. Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Q. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to withstand, without damage to equipment, seismic force required by applicable building codes. Refer to specification 230529 Hangers Supports & Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment. R. New Ductwork Cleanliness: 1. Clear debris from work area. Leave work clean, and in first -class condition. 2. Wipe or wash clean air surfaces of coils, fan housings, fan wheels, fan motors, and air unit plenums, on job completion. 3. Provide temporary filters for air - handling systems operated during construction. install new filters after construction dirt has been removed from the building. temporary filters to be throwaway type. Maintain the systems in clean condition until final acceptance. 4. Do not apply ductwork identification labels or similar materials to ductwork interiors, unless thoroughly removed during installation. 5. Notify Engineer and owner when the majority of new ductwork has been installed, but before terminal units are connected and again before flexible ducts and diffusers are connected. The Owner or their designated representative will visually observe the metal ducts for oil residue and contaminants. Where contaminants are discovered visually the contractor is responsible for re- cleaning the ductwork. S. Existing Ductwork Cleaning - Penthouse: Clean the mixing plenum and the return air plenum in the return fan section. 3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- - Metal and Flexible" for duct pressure class indicated. 1. For pressure classes lower than 2 -inch wg, transverse joints and wall penetrations must also be sealed. B. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied. METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 8 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 3.4 APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. B. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. C. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary. D. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: 1. Fan discharges. 2. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. 3. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are greater than 2500 fpm (12.7 m /s) or where indicated. E. Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform distance from outer shell without compressing insulation. 1. Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: 3/32 -inch diameter, with an overall open area of 23 percent. F. Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire- damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Air Supply and Distribution Systems: The air supply and distribution system and its components shall be given an operational test two of the four air handler units supply ductwork. B. Leakage Testing of Ductwork: Perform the following field test and inspections according to SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual ", prepare test reports, and submit for approval. Include final reports in the O &M Manual: 1. Perform duct leakage test of the supply ducts from the air - handling units to the last air terminals on the First Floor as per the procedure below. Do not include air terminals. If taps are made before the test, cap and seal them before performing the test. a. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. b. Measure air leakage at test pressure by calibrated orifice type flow meter. Allowable leakage of the system not to exceed 1% of the design air handling capacity. METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION c. If the system is tested in sections, add leakage rates to give the performance of the system. d. Inspect each joint for audible leaks. Correct objectionable noise leaks to be corrected to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager. e. Calibrate the orifice flow meter against a primary standard. Attach calibrated curve permanently to the meter. f. Test in accordance with approved procedure. g. Repair leaks, defects, or deficiencies. Repeat test if requested by the Construction Manager. h. Remake leaking joints and retest until leakage is equal to or less than minimum allowable. END OF SECTION 233113 METAL DUCTS AND CASINGS 233113 - 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Motorized control dampers. 2. Fire dampers. 3. Smoke dampers. 4. Duct - mounting access doors 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Air blender for outside air intake. 7. Duct accessory hardware. B. Related Sections include the following: Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" for electric damper actuators. I.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for the following: 1. Motorized control dampers. 2. Fire dampers. 3. Smoke dampers. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Duct - mounting access doors 6. Air blender for outside air intake. 7. Duct accessory hardware. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Special fittings. 2. Motorized - control damper installations. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling- mounting items. Show ceiling- mounting access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock - forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G90 coating designation; ducts shall have mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless -steel ducts. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8- inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 MOTORIZED DAMPERS A. Manufacturer: Ruskin Industries Model CD50. B. Control Dampers: AMCA- rated, opposed blade design; 0.108 -inch minimum thick, galvanized -steel or 0.125 -inch minimum thick, extruded - aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064 -inch thick galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches. 1. Secure blades to 1/2 -inch diameter, zinc - plated axles using zinc - plated hardware, blade - linkage hardware of zinc - plated steel and brass, ends sealed against spring - stainless -steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 3. Edge Seals, Low - Leakage: Use inflatable blade edging or replaceable rubber blade seals and spring - loaded stainless -steel side seals, rated for leakage at less than 6 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at differential pressure of 4 -inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in. x lbf when tested according to AMCA 500D. C. Large damper assemblies shall be made of individually driven segments that are small enough to ensure reliable operation and uniform closure across the entire damper assembly. Actuators shall be operated independently so that if one damper segment or actuator becomes inoperable, the others remain operable (provide multiple end switches wired together so if a section fails, end switch will acknowledge). Jack shafts and linkages should not be necessary and can only be used if approved by Owner. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. See the failure mode section above for actuator responses under failure due to loss of power, loss of control air, or loss of communication. Where an actuator is to fail open or fail closed, provide spring return. Actuators shall not be dependent on batteries or capacitors to stroke to the power fail position upon loss of power. E. Permanently stamp or scribe position indication on the end of driven shaft unless damper is visible from same location as end of shaft. F. Install actuators in the orientation recommended, or stated as preferred, in manufacturer's literature. 2.3 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturer: Ruskin or Greenheck B. Fire dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555, and NFPA 90 -A. Dampers shall be factory fabricated and rated for 1-1/2 hours. C. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll- formed, 22 -Ga. galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. Horizontal damper mullions and head boxes are not permitted. D. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field- installed, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch thick as required for listing and of length to suit application. 2. Exceptions: Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor, and thickness of damper frame complies with sleeve requirements. E. Blades: Roll - formed, interlocking, 22 -Ga. thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full- length, 22 Ga. thick, galvanized -steel blade connectors. F. Horizontal Dampers: Include stainless steel closure spring. G. Fusible Links: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated. H. Dampers shall have not less than 90% free area for rectangular ducts and 100% free area for round and flat oval ducts. Manufacturer shall coordinate with contractor as to whether the height and /or width will be increased beyond the duct size to meet this requirement. See table below for dampers up to 1450 fpm. 2.4 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Manufacturer: Ruskin or Greenheck B. Dampers shall be Leakage Class I. C. Frame: Min. 16 Ga. thick galvanized hat channel or min. 13 Ga. galvanized channel. D. Blades: Min. 14 -Ga thick, galvanized sheet steel, horizontal, airfoil style. Provide silicone edge seal, mechanically locked to blade edge. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Bearings: Self - lubricating stainless steel sleeve turning in an extruded frame hole. F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- installed, 0.052 -inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application. G. Dampers shall have not Tess than 90% free area for rectangular ducts and 100% free area for round and flat oval ducts. Manufacturer shall coordinate with contractor as to whether the height and /or width will be increased beyond the duct size to meet this requirement. See table below for dampers up to 1450 fpm. H. Electric Actuators: 1. Manufacturer: Belimo (no substitution). 2. Two - position, 120 VAC, for tie in to smoke detection system shall be installed by the damper manufacturer at time of damper fabrication. Damper and actuator shall be supplied as a single entity that meets all applicable UL555 and UL555S qualifications for both dampers and actuators. Damper and actuator assembly shall be factory cycled 10 times to assure operation. Provide with integrated end switches. 3. Actuators shall always move toward the full -open position when energized and always move toward the full - closed position when not energized. This requirement shall not be compromised by any combination of short-term power pulses. 2.5 DUCT - MOUNTING ACCESS DOORS A. General Description: Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. B. Door: Double wall, duct mounting, and rectangular; fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. Include 1 -by -1 -inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. 1. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. 2. Provide number of hinges and locks as follows: a. Up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. b. Up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. C. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber. D. Insulation: 1 -inch- thick, fibrous -glass or polystyrene -foam board. 2.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General Description: Flame- retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. B. Metal -Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3 -1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 2 -3/4- inch -wide, 0.028- inch - thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032- inch -thick aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with ducts. C. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz. /sq. yd. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf /inch in the warp and 360 Ibf /inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.7 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. 2.8 AIR BLENDER A. General Description: Factory- fabricated air blender with physical requirements as indicated on drawings. B. Rectangular Units: Fabricate casings with solid galvanized sheet metal of 22 -gauge minimum securely fastened together by tek- screws, rivets and or spot welding. C. Complete air mixing shall be achieved in a short distance using heat transfer and effective mixing mechanisms. D. Air pressure drop shall not be higher than 0.2 -inch wg. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized - steel. C. Install duct access doors to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units as follows: 1. Downstream from equipment. 2. On sides of ducts where adequate clearance is available. D. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section, "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." E. Install flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment supported by vibration isolators. F. For fans developing static pressures of 5 -inch wg and higher, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. G. Install duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. END OF SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 233400 HVAC FANS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated. Submit product information on all air handling units, including fan curves, motor data, coil data, filter data, control damper data, pressure drops for individual components /sections, total static pressure drop, vibration transmission data, and sound power levels in all octave bands at midfrequencies. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for each fan, Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, methods of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Submit for power, signal, and control wiring. 3. Operation and maintenance data: 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in. NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Criteria: 1. Performance data for all fans shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of AMCA Standard 210. 2. Unit construction shall conform to applicable standards contained in AMCA Standard Handbook Publications and to requirements specified herein. B. Safety: Safety provisions for power transmission equipment and non - ducted fan inlets and outlets shall include guards and screens, unless other provisions are required, and constructed in accordance with applicable provisions of ANSI /ASME B15.1, the recommendations of the National Safety Council and requirements specified herein. C. Nameplate: Provide a metallic, corrosion - resistant, embossed or stamped nameplate for each fan. Nameplate data shall include selection point capacity conditions, rpm and bhp. Permanently affix in a conspicuous location. HVAC FANS 233400 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Horsepower: Motor brake horsepower input to each proposed fan shall not exceed scheduled brake horsepower. E. Alignment: All fan wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fans shall be properly protected during shipment so that bearings are not damaged. F. Rigging: Field- rigging methods shall not negate balancing. Lifting eyes shall be used. Shafts shall not be bent. G. Bearings: 1. Bearings shall be heavy -duty self - aligning foot - mounted ball or roller pillow block type. Bearings shall have a certified ANSI /AFBMA L10 minimum rated life of 80,000 hours unless otherwise specified. Bearings shall have dust -tight seals suitable for lubricant pressures encountered. Housings shall be cast iron, unless otherwise specified or approved. 2. Bearings shall be grease lubricated. Lubrication provisions shall be such as to preclude overheating due to excess lubricant or seal blowout due to excess pressure. Grease supply fittings shall be surface ball check type. Provide manual or automatic grease pressure relief fittings as necessary to comply with specified requirements. Bearing and seal construction permitting, relief fittings shall be located on the side opposite to the supply fitting. Relief shall be visible from normal maintenance locations. 3. Permanently sealed pre - lubricated antifriction bearings, which conform to above - specified materials and ANSI /AFBMA L10 life requirements, may be provided for air moving equipment with nameplate horsepower requirements less than 1/2 in lieu of relubricable bearings. 2.2 FAN DRIVES AND GUARDS A. Drives: Provide a V -belt drive, with guard, for each fan except direct- driven type fans. B. Replacement of Existing Drives: Provide all fan drive changes at existing fans to accommodate the revisions to existing air quantities as required by the alteration work and as shown. Drive changes shall be closely coordinated with air balancing work specified in Section 2305, "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ". C. Horsepower Ratings of Drives: Select drives in accordance with the following except the minimum drive rating shall be 140% of the motor rating, unless specified otherwise. 1. Motors 5 HP and Smaller: Adjustable motor sheave, drive 150% of fan brake horsepower at design. D. Drive Sheaves: 1. Sheaves shall be cast iron, groove pattern suitable for belts selected. Sheaves for two -belt drives on motors 5 hp and smaller shall be adjustable pitch type. Manufacturer: Fort Worth, T.B. Woods Sons, Dodge, Browning, or Worthington. 2. Minimum Pitch of Motor Sheaves: 4.0" for Type A belts; 6.0" for Type B; 10.0" for Type C; 4.5" for 3/8" width, 9.0" for 5/8" width. 3. Balancing: For supply fans, fan and motor sheaves shall be balanced both statically and dynamically at full speed at the factory. 4. Drive ratio shall give the required CFM at the static pressure of the system. In case the static pressure in any system is found to differ from that shown, change the ratio as required. Actual drives shall be to the present capacities shown. HVAC FANS 233400 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Drive Belts: Select for A, B or C cross - section series, or 3/8 ", 5/8" or 1" width series. Belts shall be imprinted with the manufacturer's name and number identification. Minimum quantity of belts: two per drive. Manufacturer: Uniroyal, Dodge, Dayco, Goodyear, or Gates. F. Setting of Belt Tension: Adjust belt tensions according to belt manufacturer's recommendations. When adjusted, there shall not be any audible belt slippage during fan acceleration from standstill to operating rpm, or during running of fan. G. Guards: 1. Guards for each fan drive, except utility set type fans for which the guards are specified with the fan, shall be four -sided guards and shall also cover exposed parts of fan shafts. Size of guards shall also accommodate ultimate capacities shown. 2. Guards shall meet safety standards of AMCA 410, OSHA. Guards shall be provide with 1/2" mesh No. 14 -gauge screen in steel angle frame; removable by unbolting sections of the guard for ease of belt replacement; supported on upper isolated base, or from the fan; shall not transmit vibration from fan or motor to the building structure. 2.3 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven loads will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. 2.4 MIXED FLOW IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS (EF -1, EF -2,& EF -3) A. General: Provide the inline centrifugal fans where shown on the drawings; size, arrangement, and capacity as indicated. Motor horsepower and outlet velocity shall not be exceeded. Fans shall be AMCA Certified for both Air and Sound Performance. Only AMCA Certified fans are acceptable. Manufacturer: Greenheck Model QEI -24 or Cook Model QMX. B. Performance: Fan performance shall be based on tests conducted in accordance with AMCA Standard Test Code for Air Moving Devices. Fans shall be non- overloading and shall have a sharply rising pressure characteristic extending through the operating range and continuing to rise well beyond the efficiency peak to assure quiet and stable operation under all conditions. Horsepower characteristics shall be truly non - overloading and shall reach a peak in the normal selection area. Fan manufacturer shall provide sound power ratings in the eight octave bands that shall be based on AMCA Standard 300, test set up No. 1. Sound power ratings shall be in decibels referenced 10 -12 watts. C. Wheels: All wheels shall be mixed flow type. The blades shall be continuously welded to the backplate and wheel cone. Wheel diameters shall be in accordance with the standard sizes adopted by AMCA for mixed flow fans. D. Housings: Housings shall be heavy gauge steel, structurally reinforced and suitable braced to prevent vibration and pulsation. Housings shall be arc welded throughout. Lifting lugs shall be welded to the housing to facilitate handling of the fans. Straightening vanes shall be standard construction to assure maximum efficiency and lowest noise levels. HVAC FANS 233400 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Shaft and Bearings: The first critical shaft speed shall be at least 142% of the fan's maximum operating speed. This critical speed will refer to the top of the speed range for the fan's AMCA class. Bearings shall be designed for heavy duty service with a minimum L50 life of 200,000 hours. Bearings ratings shall be based on the fan's maximum cataloged operating speed. Bearings shall be heavy duty, either single row ball or double row spherical roller type in a one - piece cast iron housing, or a double row spherical roller type in a split cast iron pillowblock. F. Balancing: A factory dynamic balance shall be made on all fans after their assembly. An IRD or PMC analyzer shall be used to measure velocity, and the final reading shall not exceed 0.1 inches per second. The exact level of vibration shall be recorded on the fan as proof of the final dynamic balance at the factory. G. Accessories: Accessories shall include: Motor cover, belt guard, hinged access door, discharge flange, inlet flange, companion flanges, mounting rails for horizontal ceiling hung mount, spring isolators, shaft seal, and extended grease fittings. H. Motor: Motor shall be mounted under the fan in the "E" position as per the manufacturer's installation guidelines. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fans before installation. Reject fans that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 3.2 INSTALLATION - FANS A. General: The installation of the fans shall conform to local codes and ordinances, NFPA 90A, and SMACNA. Mounting and supporting of all equipment including accessories and appurtenances shall be provided, including but not limited to structural supports, hangers, vibration isolators, stands, clamps, and brackets. B. Installation of Equipment: Installation shall conform to equipment manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Equipment shall be installed, leveled and located so that working clearance is available under overhead lines and so that working space is available for all necessary servicing such as shaft removal, replacing or adjusting drives and motors, lubrication, and access to automatic controls. C. Provide spring isolators for fan hangers. 3.3 ELECTRICAL WORK A. General: Electric motor - driven equipment specified in this section shall be provided complete with motors and controls. Electric equipment and wiring shall comply with requirements of NFPA 70 and Division 26, "Electrical Work ". B. Starters: Motor starters and disconnects, unless otherwise specified or indicated shall be furnished and installed by Division 26 Contractor. HVAC FANS 233400 - 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section, "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one week prior to start up of equipment. B. Submit to the Commissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre- functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 233400 HVAC FANS 233400 - 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 233700 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes grilles. B. Related Sections include the following: Division 23 Section, "Air Duct Accessories" for fire dampers and volume - control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static - pressure drop, and noise ratings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRILLES A. General: Grilles and registers shall be sizes and mounting types shown on drawings and as scheduled. B. Steel Supply Grilles: 1. Grilles shall be double deflection type unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Exposed deflection blades shall be horizontal when viewed from the room (typically, the first dimension indicated is the horizontal dimension). 2. Grilles shall be steel construction with a 1 -1/4" wide border on all sides, having a minimum thickness of 20- gauge. Screw holes shall be countersunk. Corners shall be welded with full penetration resistance welds with a reinforcing steel patch for extra strength. 3. Deflection blades shall be constructed of heavy -duty aluminum spaced on 3/4" centers. Blades shall extend completely through the side frame on each side to provide stability throughout the complete CFM operating range of the grille. Blades shall be individually adjustable without loosening or rattling, and shall be held in place with tension wire. C. Manufacturer: Titus or Price Industries, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install grilles level and plumb in accordance with the details and notes indicated and the recommendations and printed instructions of the manufacturer for each item. If conflicts occur between the documents and manufacturer recommendations, provide installation as directed by A /E. AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS 233700 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Install grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. END OF SECTION 233700 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS 233700 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 235700 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plate heat exchangers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints and for designing bases. 2. Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that heat exchanger, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For heat exchangers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC 235700 - 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, performance, and dimensional requirements of heat exchangers and are based on the specific equipment indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PACKAGED STEAM TO WATER PLATE AND FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER (C -1, C -2, AND C -3) A. General: The heat transfer unit shall be completely factory fabricated, consisting of a bolted plate & frame heat exchanger, automatic APT 14 pump /trap modules for complete condensate removal as a closed loop system, temperature control valve assembly, strainer(s), temperature and pressure gauges, circulating pumps (2) — see Specification Section 232123, makeup condensate PHE (C -3 only),and all interconnecting steam and hot water piping contained in an angle iron frame as supplied by manufacturer. Entire package shall be factory painted with high -grade machinery enamel. Heat transfer package shall include single loop controller with 7.5" HMI VGA touch - screen and include control modules for receiving 4 -20 mA input from BACNET or compatible system. Heater will deliver a constant outlet temperature of +/- 2 deg.F under stable Toad conditions. Heater will provide outlet temperatures within +/- 8 deg.F set point when subject to sudden changes in demand. Buffer tank or mixing valves shall not be permitted. Packaged system shall be designed, manufactured and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII on the primary and secondary side for 150 psig @ 350 deg.F. B. Plate & Frame Heat Exchanger(s): The heat exchanger(s) shall be the bolted plate and frame type so the unit can be serviced without having to disturb any connections on the steam or waterside. Heat exchanger shall have the capacity to be expanded by the addition of plates without removal of the heater from its installed position. All heat transfer surfaces in contact with heating water shall be 316L stainless steel. Gaskets shall be fluorocarbon type rated for 135 psig steam pressure and temperature and shall be clip on or snap on type, no glued types are allowed. Copper or non - metallic liners shall not be acceptable. Hydronic piping on the package shall be schedule 40 carbon steel. C. Pump /Trap for Complete Condensate Removal: Steam pressure powered pump /trap module consisting of pump /trap(s), receiver tank, isolation valve and strainer on suction piping, and isolation valve on pump discharge. Pump /trap(s) shall be operated by steam and rated to 200 psig and be fully pre -piped to receiver with motive /vent piping, gauge glass assembly and drip trap assembly on pump motive steam line. Condensate receiver shall be fabricated steel with NPT connections. Pump /trap(s) shall be ductile iron body and cover, with a swing type inlet check valve and ball type outlet check valve. The internal trap mechanism shall contain dual stainless steel floats connected with a two stage trap. The internal pump mechanism shall be a stainless steel single tension spring snap- action device. The pump, trap, and check valve mechanisms shall be incorporated within the same body envelope with no external seals or packing and shall be capable of removing condensate from heat exchanger under all conditions HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC 235700 - 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) (even vacuum) with (1) pressure gauge on condensate return outlet. Pump /trap shall be operated by steam (200 psig max.). Pump shall be provided with insulation cover, pressure gauge and 1/2" pressure reducing valve (40 - 150 psig range) on motive steam line with (2) pressure gauges. Pumping trap shall be Spirax/Sarco APT14 series D. Steam Control Valve Assembly: Temperature control valves shall be two port ductile iron single seat globe style conforming to ANSI /ASTM standards. Valves shall be electrically actuated to provide modulating flow control and be provided with positioner card to accept a 4- 20mA signal for control response. The steam control valve assembly shall consist of (1) control valve appropriately sized for required flow -rate with (2) isolation valves, (1) strainers, and (1) pressure gauges. Control Valves shall be Spirax Sarco "K" E. Frame and Inter - connecting Piping: The frame shall be heavy -duty carbon steel channel and angle iron construction. The frame material shall be ASTM A36 structural steel. The inter- connecting piping shall be all ferrous schedule 40 steel for steam piping, and schedule 80 steel for condensate piping. Heat exchanger shall be secured to the frame. Piping shall be arranged to permit easy removal and servicing of heat exchanger plates. F. Warranty: The packaged heating system shall be warranted for 1 year from the date of shipment against failure due to defects in material or workmanship. G. Manufacturer: Spirax Sarco EasiHeat 2.2 START UP OF HEAT EXCHANGER PACKAGES (BY FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE) A. The factory representative shall provide supervised start up. Supervised start up will consist of one or more factory- trained service personnel who will observe the physical start up of each of the heat exchanger package. All labor and technical work will be performed by the mechanical subcontractor. B. Start-up procedure will include a visual inspection as well as various technical, mechanical, chemical, and electrical tests as deemed necessary by the factory technician. The factory representative shall coordinate the start-up time with the mechanical subcontractor and the Architect. C. The factory technician shall ensure that all heat exchanger packages are fully operational and arrange repairs if any start-up problems concerning the equipment are evident. END OF SECTION 235700 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC 235700 - 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 235710 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC INSTALLATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plate heat exchanger packages. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints and for designing bases. 2. Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that heat exchanger, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For heat exchangers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC INSTALLATION 235710- 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, performance, and dimensional requirements of heat exchangers and are based on the specific equipment indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (See Specification 235700) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and for structural rigidity, strength, anchors, and other conditions affecting performance of heat exchangers. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 HEAT - EXCHANGER INSTALLATION A. Install shell- and -tube heat exchangers on saddle supports. B. Install shell- and -tube heat exchangers on concrete base. Concrete base is specified in Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 03. C. Concrete Bases: Anchor heat exchanger to concrete base. 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18 -inch centers around full perimeter of base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy- coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 5. Cast -in -place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 03. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. B. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. Install piping connections to allow service and maintenance of heat exchangers. C. Install shutoff valves at heat - exchanger inlet and outlet connections. HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC INSTALLATION 235710- 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Install relief valves on heat - exchanger heated -fluid connection and install pipe relief valves, full size of valve connection, to floor drain. E. Install vacuum breaker at heat - exchanger steam inlet connection. F. Install hose end valve to drain shell. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.5 CLEANING A. After completing system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain heat exchangers. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one -week prior to start up of equipment. B. Submit to the Commissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre - functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 235700 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC INSTALLATION 235710- 3 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 237323 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work under this section shall include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the complete installation of the custom air handling units, complete with accessories, all connected and ready for use. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product information on the custom air handling unit, including fan curves, motor data, filter data, control - damper data, pressure drops for individual components /sections, total static pressure drop, vibration transmission and sound data, seismic controls, and factory test data. Submit complete performance curves and sound power level data in all standard octave bands at mid - frequencies for fan performance curve application area. 1. Fan curves with specified operating points clearly plotted shall be provided. 2. Submit sound power levels for fan inlet, outlet, and air handling casing radiation at rated capacity. 3. Submit product data for filter media, filter performance data, filter assembly, and filter frames. 4. Submit product data for air flow measurement instrumentation with interface to building automation system. 5. Submit electrical requirements for power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring, clearly indicating factory- installed wiring. B. Shop drawings: Provide 1/4 -inch scale shop drawings, Auto CAD 2006 - generated. Indicate each component of the unit, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, and field connection details, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Include plan, elevation, an end view of air handling units, and longitudinal and lateral sections. C. Submit product data for all materials and equipment in the AHU to demonstrate compliance with each requirement of the schedules and specifications. When product data is insufficient to demonstrate compliance, provide information typewritten on the manufacturer's letterhead. 1.4 TESTING AND START -UP A. All air handling units shall be fully assembled and completely run tested at the factory. Manufacturer shall submit copies of factory run -test reports for each unit. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) B. One person from Engineer's office and one person from Owner's facility shall travel by commercial air between lam and 6pm on normal business days, at AHU manufacturer's expense, to the factory to witness tests on the first assembled unit of each type (cold deck and hot deck) for acceptance prior to shipping. Witness Testing shall be scheduled with three weeks notice. C. Airflow tests shall be conducted on both the supply and return air streams at the rated design conditions (cfm /static pressure) under normal loads. Test procedures for airflow shall be conducted in accordance with the recommendations of ANSI /AMCA Standard 210. D. An air pressure test shall be conducted with the fans operating to insure tight housing construction and integrity. The positive pressure side of the unit casing shall be pressurized to the shutoff head capacity of the supply fans or 8 inches water gauge, which ever is greater, and shall be inspected for leaks or distortion. Visible distortion shall be corrected and leakage detected shall be stopped by sealing. The negative side casing shall be tested at 120% of the design negative pressure or 3 inches water gauge, which ever is greater, and shall be inspected for leaks and distortion. E. Unit shall be installed according to the plans and specifications. Unit shall have single -point power, with transformer to serve 120V for lights, receptacles and the humidifier. F. Manufacturer shall provide factory- trained service personnel for installation checkout and start- up of each air - handling unit at the job site as coordinated by the installing contractor. Any defects in factory - installed components shall be corrected at the manufacturer's expense. Manufacturer's service representative shall submit a complete report documenting startup service performed including a checklist of the following: 1. Fan rotation, precision balance and vibration isolation. 2. Control damper operation. 3. Physical integrity of filter banks to guarantee no leakage of air at seals. 4. Physical integrity of all components of unit casing/access doors. 5. Check all motors with an ammeter and compare the reading with motor rating. Do not run the equipment in an overload condition. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Product Data: Include a final corrected version of the product submittal data with the O &M instructions. B. Operation and Maintenance Manual: 1. Submit three copies of manufacturer's operation and maintenance data as applicable to the installed system. Include manufacturer's service requirements for all equipment to be installed, parts list, and certificates of guarantee. 2. Provide one electronic copy of the documents listed above. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) A. The custom air handling unit shall have the approval of one of the following agencies: Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL). The air handler shall bear an appropriate label certifying that the unit has been designed and manufactured in strict accordance with ANSI /UL 1995 Standard for Air Handling Equipment. If the manufacturer cannot provide an ETL /UL label on the air handler, it will be the sole responsibility of the contractor to arrange for local ETL or UL approval and labeling. B. Single Source Responsibility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division 01 Section, "Materials and Equipment ". The manufacturer shall provide single source responsibility for all components for the unit whether specifically manufactured by the unit manufacturer or obtained outside and installed in the equipment, with the exception of consumable items such as filters, fan belts, etc., or as specifically warranted by the product manufacturer, such as motors, VFDs, etc. C. The unit electrical panel(s) shall be built in strict accordance to NEC Standards and shall bear an appropriate label certifying compliance with ANSI /UL Standard 508A. D. Contractor shall provide travel and lodging expenses for one Owner's representative to make a factory pre- shipment inspection trip. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Warranty unit and factory packaged controls for eighteen months from date of shipment or 12 month after start up. Warranty shall include parts (18 mo.) and labor (12 mo.) during this period. B. Provide a 2 -year extended written warranty on the fan motors and drives commencing on the date of initial start up. The Warranty shall cover against motor failures caused by the variable frequency drive. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to job site in factory- fabricated protective containers, with factory - installed shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage. B. Unit shall be shipped with all openings securely covered with wood and /or nylon reinforced plastic wrap and be watertight. Each unit shall be covered with tarp and securely strapped down on an open flatbed truck and /or barge. C. The unit, after being assembled and placed in designated location, shall be totally wrapped and sealed until the building is enclosed and temporary heat available. Once the enclosure has been completed and temporary heat is available, the unit may then be unwrapped and installation may proceed. D. Follow manufacturer's rigging guidelines for movement and installation of equipment. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 3 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) E. The units should be carefully checked on arrival to insure that there has been no damage in transit. Storage must be in a dry area and protection afforded against mechanical abuse. F. Storage and protection of products after delivery will be responsibility of the Contractor. 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Deliver one, new, completely filled one - gallon can of paint, properly labeled, for touching up damaged surfaces. This paint sample shall also be used by the mechanical contractor to replicate the paint color for the existing sections of the air handlers that are not removed and that should be painted the same color as the new AHU. 1.10 COORDINATION A. The contractor shall coordinate exact size and configuration of unit support frames with the structural supports shown on the Drawings. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of electrical, piping, ductwork and temperature controls for each air handling unit. C. The contractor shall be responsible for any coordination that must take place to prevent moisture from entering or condensing in the air handling units while the penthouse is exposed to the weather and before the penthouse itself is fully enclosed and heated. Units found to show evidence of condensation on the interior lining of the walls of the units or any damage from moisture will be rejected and returned to the manufacturer for replacement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER 1. Huntair, Inc (Portland factory) 2. Manufacturer representative: Michael Hawkins, Washington Air Reps, Inc. 3290 146th Place SE, Suite A, Bellevue, WA 98007, Tel 425 213 1154, CEL, michael @airreps.com, 2.2 AIR HANDLING UNITS (AHU) A. Type: commercial quality equipment shall be furnished and installed. Unit shall be completely factory assembled and tested. The equipment's air handling and conditioning capacity and performance shall meet or exceed that shown on the schedules. Tags and decals to aid in service or indicate caution areas shall be provided. Electrical wiring diagrams shall be attached to the control panel access doors. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be furnished with each unit. 2.3 AHU CABINET CONSTRUCTION A. Cabinets shall be constructed in a watertight and airtight manner. The manufacturer's standard cabinet construction shall result in an ASHRAE Standard 111 Leakage Class of less than nine (9) for single piece units and less than 12 for demount units as measured in accordance with ANSI /AMCA Standard 210. Unit serial numbers shall be permanently welded into the base frame at a location easily visible after installation. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 4 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) B. Perimeter Base and Upper Frame: The unit shall be constructed on a base steel frame. The upper frame will be built according to the standard practice of each approved manufacturer, as described in their bid documents. Floors and walls shall be designed to deflect no more than 1/200 of span at unit operating pressures. The perimeter base frame shall have welded integral lifting lugs. The lifting lugs shall be fabricated from structural steel with an appropriate rigging hole. The lifting lug shall be removable. Lifting lugs shall be located and sized to allow rigging and handling of the unit. Equipment shall have an angle welded to the internal perimeter base frame /steel cross member joint support surface. Steel internal base frame cross - members shall be internally recessed so the perimeter base can overhang the curb. After fabrication and welding, the base frame shall be coated with 1.5 mils of corrosion resistant epoxy primer. This coating shall exhibit the following characteristics: Pencil hardness of B. Sixty degree gloss of less than or equal to 40 for proper finish adhesion. Adhesion on the actual metal substrate shall comply with ASTM D- 3359 -B with no lifting. Unit serial number shall be welded on the unit's base in a location accessible after the unit is in its final configuration on site. C. Multi Section Units: Units shipped in multiple sections shall be engineered for field assembly. Demount sealing gasket shall be required and provided. Internal lifting eyes shall be provided so that mating sections can be set together in their proper location by the crane without dragging or pushing them together. The mating upper frame of each section shall also be fabricated with a flanged perimeter. The flanged perimeter shall be drilled with assembly clearance holes and be continuously gasketed. Demount gasket supplied with the unit shall be a high quality weather resistant closed cell neoprene sponge rubber. Assembly lugs, fabricated from structural steel with appropriate assembly clearance holes, shall be electrically welded to the base frame. All gasket and necessary assembly hardware shall ship loose with unit. D. Floor Construction: All floor sheets shall be welded tread plate, fabricated of commercial quality hot rolled 3/16 in. sheet steel tread plate complying with ASTM A -569. All joints shall be sealed with an industrial neoprene gasket or full welded to ensure a water and air tight seal. The floor shall be completely coated with a 1.5 mils of corrosion resistant epoxy primer after fabrication and welding. Floors shall be insulated with minimum of 4," 3 -lb density fiberglass insulation having an insulating value of no less than R -11. Bottom of floor shall have a galvanized steel liner. E. Panel Construction, Double Wall Bright Liner: All panels shall be fabricated of 16 gauge sheet steel outer shell with a 20 gauge solid sheet steel inner liner. Liners in cooling coil sections and humidifier sections shall be 20 gauge solid sheet stainless steel. All sheet steel shall be continuously hot dipped coated with a durable protective coating of zinc. The steel shall conform to ASTM A -527 for lock- former quality. Zinc coating weight shall be G -90 as per ASTM A -525. Prior to fabrication, the outer sheet steel skin will be submerged in a heated phosphoric acid bath to remove all oil and mill scale. Inner liner shall be bright galvanized and remain unpainted. All panel corners will be caulked with sealant. After insulation, liners shall be permanently attached to the outer shell. Panels shall be flange type with a minimum 1" flange sealed. Panels shall not exceed 48" without a structural steel support member in at least one axis. Panel joints shall be recessed and shall have a mastic coating, insulated and covered with a removable trim strip. Supply fans section shall have perforated panels with a Mylar film covering the fiberglass duct board insulation. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 5 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) F. Panel Insulation, Double Wall Cabinet: All exterior panels, roof and floor shall be insulated with 2" — 3 lb. rigid board fiberglass insulation fill between the shell and liner. Insulation shall not exceed 25 flame spread, 50 fuel contribution, or 50 smoke generation when tested under ASTM E -84 and UL 723. The minimum R factor at 75 °F shall be 4.3 per 1". G. Access Doors: Durable access doors shall be provided into all sections of the air handling equipment for easy access to all components, 24 inch width, 66" H. The doors shall be of the same gauge and thickness as the unit cabinet. Access doors shall be double wall and completely insulated between the interior and exterior sheet metal of the door. Insulation shall be the same as that of the unit cabinet. Each door shall have three (3) - 6" heavy -duty 302 stainless steel hinges. Alegis high compression latches shall be used on outward and inward opening access doors. All access doors shall be gasketed around the complete perimeter. The gasket shall be a neoprene/EPDM rubber bulb type. All bulb door gaskets shall have internal aluminum clips. The bulb gasket shall be rated by the manufacturer for a constant exposure temperature range of -20 °F to 160 °F. Gasket shall exhibit excellent compression characteristics. Doors shall swing open against the static pressure unless obstructed by internal components. All doors with access to moving parts shall have provisions for padlocking and meet UL 1995 mechanical protection guidelines. The safety "Lockout" provision shall allow the owner the opportunity to provide padlocks to lock doors in the closed position. Doors shall have door tie backs. All doors shall have 112 "x12" (minimum) viewing windows, double -paned wire reinforced type, located 4' -9" to bottom of window above unit floor. All windows shall be fabricated with an integral desiccant between the hermetically sealed panes. H. Finish Coating: The finish coat on the exterior of the unit shall be high -gloss alkyd powder coat specially formulated for its weathering characteristics. The total coating thickness shall not be less than 1.5 mils. Color shall be selected by the Architect. Pencil hardness shall be B or greater. Direct impact resistance shall be 30 or greater as per ASTM D -2794. Adhesion on the actual metal substrate shall comply with ASTM D- 3359 -B with no lifting. Sixty degree gloss retention after six (6) months weathering shall not decrease by more than 5 %. I. Where interior partitions inside the casing connect to the casing walls and ceiling, (i.e., at fan septums, coil banks, etc.), the casing construction shall incorporate provisions to prevent air from entering into the casing wall on the other side of the partition. J. All pipe and conduit penetrations in the casing shall be thoroughly sealed and caulked to prevent air leakage. K. Penetrations through the unit for the sprinkler piping that need to be installed in the air handler unit shall be done and sealed properly at the factory. Mechanical contractor shall coordinate with fire protection contractor. L. Provide instrument test hole at each compartment to facilitate taking static pressure and air flow readings. Pipe shall penetrate casing and shall be caulked to prevent air leakage. Provide threaded cap on pipe at casing exterior. M. Rectangular and bell mouth duct connection collars shall be factory installed. N. Shipping Splits: Provide bolting flanges, gasket material, sealant and fasteners for units shipped in multiple pieces. The joining system used shall accommodate an installation on a base that is CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 6 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) not perfectly level. Raised bolting flanges may be provided at the floor where the angles are not located at access walkways which would cause a tripping hazard. Where angles are located in the access walkways such as the service corridor and the outside air plenum, the shipping split joints in the floor shall be continuously welded in the field. O. Unit Labeling: Each end and side of each unit shall be labeled withl inch minimum height black painted letters on white background behind the letters, stating unit number and area served per contract documents. Each access door shall be labeled with 1 inch minimum height black painted letters on white background behind the letters, stating what is behind the door (e.g., "SUPPLY FANS ", "PREFILTERS ", etc.). P. Piping Penetrations of Floor: 1. Piping penetrations areas shall be as indicated on drawings. The base structural components shall be located in a manner not to pass beneath these areas. 2. The base floor shall be broken up 1" around all sides of the penetration area, or a 1" angle shall be added to isolate this area from possible migration of condensate. 3. The area shall be marked on the top of the base floor with yellow tape and a yellow warning label shall be centered in the area inscribed "Piping Penetration Area ". 4. Piping sleeves shall be provided for each penetration through the base floor. The sleeve shall be adequately sized to follow the passage of the pipe, as well as clearance for a sealant to be field applied. The sleeve shall be a minimum of 2" tall and continuously welded to a flat mounting plate. All sleeves shall be packaged and shipped loose for field installation by contractor. Q. Drain Pans: 1. Drain pans at cooling coils shall be double wall constructed from Type 304 stainless steel with solid welded seams for complete water capture and containment. Pans shall be insulated between the liner and the main pan. Pans shall be double sloping to a single drain. Drain connection shall be 1 -1/4" MIPS thread extending out through the channel base the same side as the coil connection, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Pans under coils shall extend a minimum 10" beyond the leaving air edge of the coil. Pans shall be provided for cooling coils and heat recovery coils. Mastic coated drain pans are not acceptable. 2. The drains shall be constructed so as to permit being trapped by the installing contractor at the job site on the exterior of the unit. The trap shall be adequate to maintain a water seal while the equipment is in operation. R. Rail System to Remove Fans: Provide the standard manufacturer's rail /channel located above the fanwall to remove the fans and bring them to the access door. 2.4 AHU FANS (FAN WALL TECHNOLOGY) A. The Fan Wall system shall consist of multiple, direct driven, arrangement 4 plenum fans constructed per AMCA requirements for the duty specified. All fans shall be selected to deliver the specified airflow quantity at the specified operating Total Static Pressure and specified fan/motor speed. B. Each fan/motor "cube" shall include an 11 gauge, A60 Galvanized steel intake wall, 14 gauge spun steel inlet funnel, and an 11 gauge G90 Galvanized steel motor support plate and structure. All motors shall be standard pedestal mounted type, T -frame motors selected at the specified CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 7 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) operating voltage, RPM, and efficiency as specified or as scheduled elsewhere. All motors shall include isolated bearings or shaft grounding. Each fan/motor cartridge shall be dynamically balanced to meet AMCA standard 204 -96, category BV -5, to meet or exceed Grade 2.5 residual unbalance. C. The Fan wall array shall be provided with acoustical silencers that reduce the bare fan discharge sound power levels by a minimum of 15 db re 10 ^ -12 watts throughout the eight octave bands with center frequencies of 125, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, and 8000 HZ when compared to the same unit without the silencers. The silencers shall not increase the fan total static pressure, nor shall it increase the airway tunnel length of the Air Handling Unit when compared to the same FWT unit without the silencer array. D. The fan array shall consist of multiple fan and motor "cubes ", spaced in the air way tunnel cross section to provide a uniform air flow and velocity profile across the entire air way tunnel cross section and components contained therein. Each fan cube shall be (individually wired to a single VFD). Half of the supply fans will be connected the same VFD, the other half will be connected to a second VFD. Fan arrays shall be arranged in a checker type pattern so if one VFD were to fail, the fans on the second VFD will provide a more uniform air flow and velocity profile across the entire air way tunnel cross section and components contained therein. E. The Fan Wall array shall produce a uniform air flow profile and velocity profile within the airway tunnel of the air handling unit not to exceed the specified cooling coil and /or filter bank face velocity when measured at a point 12" from the intake side of the Fan Wall array intake plenum wall, and at a distance of 48" from the discharge side of the Fan Wall intake plenum wall. F. Each fan/motor assembly shall be removable through access door located on the side of the fan wall array. G. Each fan/motor shall be supplied with an individual back -draft damper similar to Ruskin BD6 Heavy Duty 6063T5 extruded aluminum frame. 2.5 FLOW MEASUREMENT STATION A. The flow measuring system shall consist of a differential pressure transducer system array located at the fans inlet. B. Each FanWall air handler shall be supplied with two complete flow measuring systems, Huntair Flow -Cone, which indicates airflow in Cubic Feet per Minute, one for each set of fan driven by a VFD. The flow measuring system shall consist of a flow measuring station with four static pressure taps and four total pressure tubes located at the throat of the fan inlet cone. The flow measuring station shall not obstruct the inlet of the fan and shall have no effect on fan performance (flow or static) or sound power levels. A surface mounted indicator, located on the unit exterior, shall provide a CFM readout, and a (0 -10 volt) output control signal for use in the BAS as specified elsewhere. A flow measuring system is provided for each of the fan system connected to the same variable speed drive. Therefore there will be two sensors for a two VFD air handler system. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 8 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.6 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) A. See Section 230915; Variable frequency drives (VFD) for Division 23 equipment. B. Each air handler shall have two VFDs driving each half of the fans. Therefore the 6 air handlers shall have a total of 12 VFDs. 2.7 MOTORS A. See Section 230513; CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS for motor requirements. B. Motors shall be TEFC, inverter duty type. C. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40° C environment, continuous duty at full load Class F insulation. D. Phases and Current Characteristics: Squirrel -cage induction polyphase motors. Current characteristics as indicated on equipment schedules. E. Service Factor: 1.15 F. Overload Protection: Provided by at VFD. G. Nameplate: Indicate full identification of manufacturer, ratings, characteristics, construction, special features and similar information. H. Efficiency: Motors shall be premium efficiency and shall have a minimum full load efficiency in accordance with the Washington state Energy code. Submit efficiency data for full load and half load. I. Manufacturer: Siemens or Toshiba. J. Warranty: Provide a three -year warrantee commencing on the date of equipment startup. 2.8 CHILLED WATER COILS A. Chilled coils shall be 0.008" thickness aluminum plate ripple fin, extended surface rated in accordance with ARI 410 for water or propylene glycol water mixture. The tubes shall have a minimum 0.025" wall thickness of seamless copper expanded into the fin collars to provide a permanent mechanical bond. No metallic or thermal bonding material is acceptable. Return bends shall be minimum 0.049" brazed replaceable copper and have 6 " -5" clearance as installed. "U" shaped type tubes are not acceptable. Coil headers shall be non - ferrous seamless copper (cast iron headers are not acceptable), and provided with brass or copper male pipe connections. Pipe connections shall be same end connections. Each coil's supply and return connection shall be raised /lowered a minimum 6" from the bottom /top of the coil to allow room for piping connection hookup especially between stacked coils, coils near floors, and coils near roofs. Each coil shall be provided with capped vent and drain connections extended to the exterior of the cabinet. All coils shall be fully drainable with no trapped tubes. Coils shall be counterflow design with connections either left or right hand as specified or shown. The use of CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 9 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) internal restrictive devices such as turbolater springs or ribbons to obtain turbulent action is not acceptable. B. Coil casings shall be minimum 16 gauge stainless steel with formed 1 -1/2" flanges on all sides of the coil with the tube sheets having pressed or extruded tube holes. The coil casing shall be reinforced so that the maximum unsupported length is 60 ". The reinforcements shall be of the same material as the casing. Both ends of the coil shall be sealed off from the main air stream by full height blankoffs on both the entering and leaving air sides. Blankoffs shall be the 304 stainless steel. Headers and return bends shall be insulated with a closed cell neoprene gasket the full height and width of the coil casing to reduce condensation. C. All coils shall be tested and rated in accordance with ANSI /ARI Standard 410 and certified in accordance with the ARI Certification Program. All tubes shall be tested at a minimum of 1500 PSIG and all assemblies tested under water at 350 PSIG and rated for 250 PSIG working pressures. Individual tube tests and core tests before installation of header is not considered satisfactory. Hydrostatic tests alone will not be acceptable. D. Stacked coils shall be mounted in a 12 gauge 304 stainless steel racks to allow individual coil removal without interference to other coils. Each coil of each supply coil bank shall be installed in such a way that it can be readily removed through the downstream access door. Each coil of each exhaust coil bank shall be installed in such a way that it can be readily removed through the upstream access door. Coils will NOT be removed through access panels on the side of the unit. E. Cooling coil banks shall be sized so that maximum face velocity shall not exceed 515 fpm. Heating coils shall be sized to that maximum face velocity shall not exceed 790 fpm. F. Each coil shall be individually pressure tested for leaks after installation in the air handling unit. A copy of the test results shall be available upon request. 1. Manufacturer: Heatcraft, Colmac or Temtrol. 2.9 HEATING COILS A. Aluminum plate fin and copper tube type with G90 galvanized steel casing; cooling coils enclosed in insulated coil section. Coils shall be continuous 5/8" o.d. tube type, 300 -psig proof tested, number of rows and capacity as shown. Fins shall be 0.0075" thickness aluminum plate ripple fin, extended surface rated in accordance with ARI 410 for water or propylene glycol water mixture. The tubes shall have a minimum 0.025" wall thickness of seamless copper expanded into the fin collars to provide a permanent mechanical bond. No metallic or thermal bonding material is acceptable. All coils shall be fully drainable with no trapped tubes. B. Coils shall be counterflow design with connections either left or right hand as specified or shown. Coils shall be factory tested. Cooling coils shall be ARI certified and labeled. 2.10 AIR FILTERS A. General Requirements: 1. Filter frames and all other accessories shall be furnished with the air handlers under this section. Filters at each supply air handling unit shall include the following: a. Prefilters. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 10 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) b. High efficiency filter racks. 2. Each filter shall be provided with an identification plate, visibly mounted after construction showing serial number, model number, and all other data necessary for ordering renewable media. 3. Provide walk -in filter access sections at each filter rack with adequate space for filter service. Provide 36" minimum access aisle at filters. 4. Filter banks shall be sized so maximum filter face velocity does not exceed 450 fpm. 5. Filter shall be changed upstream of the airflow. B. Pre Filters: 1. General: Provide the air filters, complete with filter cartridges and holding frames. Filter banks shall be field erected, size and arrangement as shown on the drawings. Filters shall be rated in resistance to airflow, arrestance, efficiency and dust - holding capacity. Each filter shall be provided with an identification plate, visibly mounted after construction showing serial number, model number and all other data necessary for ordering renewable media. a. Manufacturer: 3M Filtrete Commercial High Performance Utility Filter (E76). 2. Filter Media: Synthetic, electrostatically charged media. The filter media shall have an average efficiency of MERV 14 as per ASHRAE Test Standard 52.2 -1999. Filters shall be UL Class 1. 3. Effective Filter Media 2" Thick: Initial resistance at 520 fpm approach velocity shall not exceed 0.4" w.g. 4. Enclosing Frame: Frame enclosing the air filter shall be constructed of synthetic materials. C. High Performance Rigid Type Air Filters (Final Filters): 1. Design the final filter rack based on the filter product listed below. However, do not supply final filters with the unit. 2. General: Filters shall be high performance, deep pleated, totally rigid and totally disposable type. Each filter shall consist of high- lofted, depth - loading microfine glass for longer service life and uniform low resistance to airflow. 3. Efficiency: Filters shall have a MERV14 efficiency based on performance test in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 52.2. 4. Effective Filter Media 12" Thick: The initial pressure drop of each clean filter cartridge, when operated at 500 fpm, shall not exceed 0.60" w.g.; final pressure drop shall not exceed 1.4" w.g. Filter media area shall be not less than 58 sq. ft. a. Manufacturer: Farr Company RigaFlo E series, or approved equivalent. 5. Media Support: Media support s has a laminated media backing to maintain fiber blanket uniformity, preclude media migration, maintain tapered radial pleats, and support media through varying system airflows 6. Continuous adhesive bond around the inside of the enclosing frame to eliminate air bypass with enclosing frame of environmentally - friendly composite laminate layers providing structural rigidity and ease of handling. the dura -ply frame is bonded between individual layers of moisture resistant film 7. Polymeric methylene disocyanate contour stabilizers for pleat stabilization and media support with medium- impact plastic face grilles on the air entering and air exiting sides to assure structural integrity and protect the filter during installation and handling. The filter does not contain any metal components yet it is capable of withstanding up to 10" w.g. without failure of the media pack. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 11 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.11 FILTER HOLDING FRAMES 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) A. Holding frames shall be factory fabricated of 16 -gauge galvanized steel equipped with gaskets and four heavy-duly positive- sealing fasteners. Each fastener shall be capable of withstanding 25 lbs. pressure without deflection and shall be capable of being attached or removed without the use of tools. 1. Manufacturer: Flanders or Farr Company Type 8. 2.12 FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES A. Magnehelic Type Gauge: Provide flush mounted differential pressure gauge to measure filter resistance across each filter bank. Gauge shall be the diaphragm- actuated dial type, 4 -3/4" O.D. with white dial, black figures and graduations and pointer zero adjustment. Gauges shall include all air filter gauge accessory mounting and connection fittings. 1. Manufacturer: Dwyer "Magnehelic" Series 2000. 2.13 LIGHTING A. Wiring shall be installed in strict accordance with NEC and the provisions of Division 26 Electrical Work. B. Unit lighting shall be fed from a lighting and power service panel. Provide one 20 amp, hospital grade GFI duplex receptacle near light switch as required for maintenance. Provide switch as shown on drawings PM517 and PM518. C. Lights shall be specification- grade, outdoor wet location, lensed and gasketed utility strip. Fixtures shall be 60W, compact fluorescent. Provide light fixtures in mechanical equipment vestibules and in each accessible section as per the drawings PM517 and PM518. All Lights for an AHU shall be wired to one common switch mounted in a weatherproof box adjacent to the fan access door. D. All wiring to lights shall be in conduit and internal to the unit. No external conduit runs for lights will be allowed. E. Convenience Receptacles: Provide specification- grade, heavy -duty weatherproof, 20 amp, 125 volt, class A, 5- milliampere sensitivity, GFI, hospital grade receptacles. GFI receptacles shall have their own circuit breaker disconnect. Receptacles shall be Hubbell No. GF 8300. F. If the AHU requires splitting, junction boxes shall be furnished at each section to allow the electrical contractor to make final connections in the field. Wiring shall be clearly labeled at junction points to facilitate reconnection. G. Provisions for Wiring Provided Under other Sections of Work: 1. Air handler manufacturer shall provide a minimum of 1.5" clearance above entire width of each interior bulkhead (filter, coil, fan, etc.). In addition, provide a minimum of 3 knockouts for 0.5" conduit in this 1.5" electrical clearance area. This will allow wiring 110V or 24V to be run internally and help prevent controls contractor from penetrating exterior panels multiple times with conduit. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 12 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.14 AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPERS 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) A. Provide the air control dampers at locations shown. Damper actuators will be sized and located for serviceability. Proposed locations of actuators will be indicated on submittal accompanying actuator selections for each damper. B. Dampers shall be low leakage type design with published leakage data certified under the AMCA Certified Ratings Program showing leakage through a 48" x 48" damper at 4" w.g. pressure difference to be less than 6.2 cfm per square foot. Same published leakage data shall also include leakage information for all available damper sizes at pressure differences from 1" w.g. through 13" w.g. Low leakage dampers shall meet the following minimum construction standards: 1. Frames shall be heavy duty 6063T5 extruded aluminum hat channel with hat mounting frames on both sides of the frame with reinforced corners. 2. Blades shall be airfoil type extruded aluminum (maximum 6" depth) with integral structural reinforcing tube running full length of each blade. 3. Blade edge seals shall be extruded vinyl double edge design, mechanically locked in extruded blade slots, easily replaceable in field. 4. Bearings shall be non - corrosive molded synthetic. Axles shall be square or hexagonal (round not acceptable) to provide positive locking connection to the blades and linkage. Linkage shall be concealed in the damper frame. 5. Damper manufacturer's literature shall include performance data developed from testing in accordance with AMCA Standard 500 in an AMCA registered laboratory showing pressure drop for all sizes of dampers at all anticipated air flow rates. 6. Manufacturer: Ruskin CD50 or Huntair. 2.15 AIR HANDLING UNITS ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE: A. Air handling unit sound power level data shall be submitted to the acoustical engineers for approval. The submitted data shall be based on sound power measurements on similar units. The submittal shall include a complete description of the methods and procedures used to develop the sound power levels being submitted and the submitted sound power level shall be verified. B. All sound power level measurements and calculations shall be in complete accordance with the latest (at time of bid) version of AMCA Standard 300, Test Code for Sound Rating and AMCA Standard 301, Method for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data. Test and calculation procedures based on sound intensity measurements may be substituted for the above procedures, if approved in advance by the acoustical engineer. C. In the event the sound power level data measured or being submitted exceeds the specified level shown on the schedule, the contractor shall provide, if approved by the A /E, additional sound traps or other sound attenuating devices to supplement the design in order to comply with sound power level specifications. The cost for the additional noise control and any increase in motors and increase in electrical service shall be borne by the contractor. Calculations or measurement results will be submitted to the A/E and acoustical engineer, which substantiate that sound power level produced by the submitted equipment and any required sound attenuating devices do not exceed the specified sound power levels. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 13 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 11094515 LONG LEAD ITEMS PROCUREMENTS (Reference Only - Purchase by Boeing) D. Perform vibration analysis of the air handler unit for the entire frequency range of the VFD at intervals of 5Hz. E. Fan Sound -Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Fans shall bear AMCA - certified sound ratings seal. 1. Fan Sound Performance: The maximal fan noise shall be as follow for each supply fan (inlet /outlet): Octave Band Sound Power Levels (dB Re. 1 picowatt) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dBA Ducted Return Air 94 89 86 91 86 83 83 76 Ducted Discharge 79 75 85 81 78 77 74 69 2.16 VIBRATION TEST PROCEDURE A. A balance test shall be performed at the factory on each fan assembly for each custom air handling unit to certify that the fan meets the following values: Rotational Speed Vibration Amplitude (Peak -to -Peak) Up to and including 2000 rpm 0.50 mils 2000 + rpm 0.25 mils 2.17 START UP OF AIR HANDING UNITS (BY FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE) A. The factory representative shall provide supervised start up. Supervised start up will consist of one or more factory- trained service personnel who will observe the physical start up of each of the air handling units. All labor and technical work will be performed by the mechanical subcontractor. B. Start-up procedure will include a visual inspection as well as various technical, mechanical, chemical, and electrical tests as deemed necessary by the factory technician. The factory representative shall coordinate the start -up time with the mechanical subcontractor and the Architect. C. The factory technician shall ensure that all air handling units are fully operational and arrange repairs if any start -up problems concerning the equipment are evident. END OF SECTION 237323 CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS 237323- 14 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 237333 CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS INSTALLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Work under this section shall only include furnishing all labor necessary for the complete installation of the custom air - handling units that have been pre - purchased by Boeing, complete with accessories, controls and all connected and ready for use. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit layout drawings of the four air handling units in the penthouse. The layout drawings shall include a plan and elevations of the air handling units together with duct and piping connections to establish that the equipment will fit the allotted spaces with clearance for installation and maintenance. If deviations from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such deviations, including changes in related portions of the project and the reasons for deviations, shall be submitted with the drawings. Where such deviations require ducts, piping or equipment to be supported otherwise than as shown or specified, the details submitted shall include loadings and type and kind of frames, brackets, stanchions or other supports necessary. Approved deviations shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The air handler units after being assembled and placed in designated location, shall be totally wrapped and sealed until the building is enclosed and temporary heat available. Once the enclosure has been completed and temporary heat is available, the unit may then be unwrapped and installation may proceed. B. Follow manufacturer's rigging guidelines for movement and installation of equipment. 1.4 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of electrical, piping, ductwork and temperature controls for each air - handling unit. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for any coordination that must take place to prevent moisture from entering or condensing in the air - handling units while the penthouse is exposed to the weather and before the penthouse itself is fully enclosed and heated. 1.5 AIR HANDLER FILTERS A. Deliver 1 set of spare final filters delivered to the owner at the time of AHU start up. B. Manufacturer: 3M Filtrete Commercial High Performance Utility Filter (E76). C. Filter Media: Synthetic, electrostatically charged media. The filter media shall have an average efficiency of MERV 14 as per ASHRAE Test Standard 52.2 -1999. Filters shall be UL Class 1. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS INSTALLATION 237333 -1 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Effective Filter Media 2" Thick: Initial resistance at 492 fpm approach velocity shall not exceed 0.37" w.g. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (See Specification 237323) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS A. General: 1. The installation of the custom air - handling units shall be coordinated with the manufacturer's factory authorized representative. Installation shall conform to local codes and ordinances, NFPA 90A, and SMACNA. Mounting and supporting of all equipment including accessories and appurtenances shall be provided, including but not limited to structural supports, hangers, vibration isolators, stands, clamps, and brackets. 2. Contractor shall make an immediate and careful inspection of all parts of the air handling units received from the transporting agent in order to avoid or minimize delays due to shipping damage and missing parts. B. Installation of Equipment: 1. Follow manufacturer's rigging guidelines for movement and installation of equipment. Installation shall conform to equipment manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Equipment shall be installed, leveled, and located so that working clearance is available for all necessary access for servicing of fan, motor and drives, and access to automatic controls. Equipment shall be installed to facilitate the removal of motors. 2. Units will arrive split for shipment and /or handling and must be reassembled at the job site. Adequate supplies of screws, nuts, bolts, and caulking will be supplied with the unit to facilitate reconnection. The contractor shall caulk all seams, in compliance with manufacturer's instructions, prior to assembly. Excess caulking shall be removed from the unit which has squeezed out from between the joints during assembly. 3. Connection Hookup: Prior to start-up, all external hookups to the unit shall be made to include power, water supply, chilled water and heating water to coils, and condensate drain piping. All piping shall be leak tested. All controls shall be provided, including wiring, actuators, sensors, and all other contractor supplied services. 4. Wall and Roof Piping Penetrations: Penetrations of panels shall be made with a hole saw. The hole diameter shall be approximately 1.5" larger than the insulated pipe diameter. Avoid all panel seams, doors, structural supports, or unit accessories. In order to prevent damage to paint and insulation, do not use torch to create opening. Provide a sleeve assembly at each penetration consisting of a 14 -gauge sleeve with integral outer escutcheon plate and an inner escutcheon plate. Extend sleeve past inner panel liner a minimum of 1". Secure escutcheon plate to panels with self - tapping screws. Provide continuous bead of caulk at escutcheon plate and panel wall for airtight seal. 5. Wall and Roof Electrical Penetrations: Penetrations of unit panels shall be made similar to piping penetrations. Coordinate manufacturer's requirements with electrical contractor. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS INSTALLATION 237333 -2 • BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. Fans: Fans assembly shall be standing free on the spring isolators, with no obstructions to impair the isolation. The seismic restraints shall be set up according to the manufacturer's instructions. The fan wheel shall be check visibly for any damage or obstructions. Wheel shall be rotated by hand to insure that it is spinning freely. The airflow device at each fan wheel inlet shall be visibly checked for damage and to verify all tubing is properly connected. 7. Filters: Check to ensure filters have been installed properly, in the correct sequence with all retaining clips in place. Verify that all blank -offs and seals are in place to prevent air bypass. Inspect doors to verify proper closure and no air bypass on any side of load housings. Check installation of all air filter gauges and verify static pressure tips are not blocked. 8. Coils: Visibly check coils for obvious damage such as punctures, smashed fins surfaces, etc. Verify that there is no air bypass at coil blank -offs. All piping penetrations through the unit cabinet wall or roof shall be properly sealed and gasketed. When piping to the coils has been completed, a standard pressure test shall be applied. 9. Insulation: All insulation around piping inside the air handling units shall be installed and inspected to insure no hindrance to access or control apparatus. 10. Drain pans shall be inspected, any trash removed, and the drain connections cleared. Standard traps suitable for the cabinet's internal static differential shall be installed at each drain. Each drain connection shall be provided with a properly sized P -trap. Provide union to allow for trap removal. 11. Dampers: Visibly check for damage. Replace damaged blades, seals or linkage. Manually operate each damper through its entire range to insure ease of operation and closure. All blades should fully close. Actuators shall be installed and hand operated through the entire cycle to confirm proper alignment. Each operator should be individually run to confirm proper operation. 12. General Cabinet: Make an overall check of the cabinet. All access doors shall be opened and checked for free operation. All seams and cabinet penetrations such as fan discharges, return or supply ducts, piping or electrical connections, etc., shall be checked for proper sealing. The cabinet shall be inspected for damage, scratches, etc., and necessary repairs and touch up paint completed. 3.2 START UP OF AIR HANDLING UNITS A. Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's start-up procedure checklist. Check unit immediately to be sure of smooth operation. Check all motors with an ammeter and compare the reading with the motor rating. Do not run the equipment in an overload condition. B. All labor and technical work will be performed by the mechanical subcontractor. C. Start-up procedure will include a visual inspection as well as various technical, mechanical, chemical, and electrical tests as deemed necessary by the factory technician. The factory representative shall coordinate the start-up time with the mechanical subcontractor and the Architect. 3.3 COMMISSIONING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one -week prior to start up of equipment. B. Submit to the Commissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre - functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS INSTALLATION 237333 -3 BOEING 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 237333 CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS INSTALLATION 237333 -4 April 4, 2012 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Daniel Ma Shinn Mechanical 18802 80 Avenue S Kent, WA 98032 RE: Correction Letter #1 Mechanical Permit Application Number M12 -039 Boeing #9 -96 — 9725 East Marginal Wy S Dear Mr. Ma, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your mechanical permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and be reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. The Fire Department has no corrections at this time. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, 4` j A fer hall ch cian encl File: M12 -039 W:\Permit Center \Correction Letters\2012\M12 -039 Correction Letter #1.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: March 30, 2012 Project Name: Boeing #9 -96 Permit #: M12 -039 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Please provide structural justification for the buildings support of the 6 new units replacing 3 existing HVAC units. 2. Please provide anchorage details for the new HVAC units and the 8 x 8 sleeper connection to the roof and equipment connection to the sleepers. 3. Please provide a structural engineers list of items requiring special inspection per section 1705 of the 2009 IBC. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. OPERMITCOORDCOPO PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: PROJECT NAME: SITE ADDRESS: M12 -039 BOEING #9 -96 9725 EAST MARGINAL WY S DATE: 05/07/12 Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 114, Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural n Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete DUE DATE: 05/08/12 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route ki Structural Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 06/05/12 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 02/29/12 "PERMIT COORD COPY. PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: PROJECT NAME: M12 -039 BOEING #9 -96 DATE: 03/26/12 SITE ADDRESS: 9725 EAST MARGINAL WY S X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 1110-4 Ar►G 04'02'�t Buildingision Fire Prevention III Public Works ' Structural Planning Division n ElPermit Coordinator El DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete DUE DATE: 03/27/12 Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INI IALS: DATE: Structural Review Required n No further Review Required n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 04/24/12 Approved n Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) 0 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 02/29/12 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Plan Check/Permit Number: M12-039 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # • Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Boeing #9-96 Project Address: 9725 East Marginal Wy S REcED Clio Oc 4LA MAY •0.7 2012/ Contact Person: DA-Ni AI— MA Phone Number: ♦ZS= 204.395-4 Summary of Revision: THE A/07aS dcow GO.€/t-C,S/'o/rp To rkic- igC-in EGri MGMo I) DC—Si6itd CAL Gt/[.H z/d/IJ.S A,t6 14771+Lkc L . DWLI P3 10 l5 IvK KEr6/LCtivc6, TNG SuPPo/CT Pc-s/6/1/ oa /I4X'l AM ) R eVIj C-Q bf /}w 1/i/63 ft/GG fl-T i / /fGO 3) 5/'c i/-tt- //li S /GG T I ON HAS 66 /, -ODe/7 IA) Ti- e At7719-Cki p DtPrWtNGS, H A3 13c 1u' /21J V/,5 Gp, Sheet Number(s): P3 6 D/ R F5,3 RP S 4- "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: / Entered in Permits Plus on Cc 'L \applications \forms - applications on line \revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople Pf er Friendly Page General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with LEI to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company SHINN MECHANICAL INC 4252039800 18802 80 Th Ave South Kent WA 98032 King Corporation UBI No. Status License No. License Type Effective Date Expiration Date Suspend Date Specialty 1 Specialty 2 601585839 Active SHINNMI060QP Construction Contractor 11/17/1994 11/4/2013 General Unused ther Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status JEMCOI *984CF JEM CONTRACTORS INC Construction Contractor General Unused 2/6/2002 2/11/2014 Active AYATCCL905C3 AYAT CONSTRUCTION LLC Construction Contractor General Unused 2/23/2010 2/23/2012 Out Of Business Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date SHINN, MICHAEL D President 11/17/1994 Amount MOE, JENNIFERT Secretary 12/19/2011 CWP2913785 GILMORE, DONALD J Vice President 11/23/2011 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 6 HARTFORD CAS INS CO 52BSBDN1736 11/17/2005 Until Cancelled 512,000.00 11/03/2005 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 4 Continental Western Ins Co CWP2913785 11/21/2011 11/21/2012 $1,000,000.00 11/18/2011 3 Continental Western Ins Co CWP2913785 11/21/2010 11/21/2011 $1,000,000.0011 /19/2010 2 PHOENIX INS CO DTC08070M469PHX09 11/21/2009 11/21/2010 $1,000,000.00 11/17/2009 1 ALASKA NATIONAL INS CO 08KLS31184 11/21/2008 11/21/2009 51,000,000.00 12/01/2008 Summons /Complaint Information Cause County Complaint Judgment Status Payment Paid By 09 -2- 32209 -1SEA PARAMOUNT SUPPLY CO KING Date: 09/02/2009 Amount: $5,934.00 Date: Amount: $0.00 Dismissed Date: Amount: https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /Print.aspx 05/23/2012 VICINITY MAP PROJECT SITE BOEING 9-96 AHU UPGRADE BOEI 9/25 TU \G E EAST KWLA, AREA MAP BLDG. ADDRESS: 9725 E. NARGI \AL WAY S. TU <WILA,WASHI \ GTCN VLOR VAPC WASH FROM DOWNTOWN SEATTLE 14 -01 EXIT EXIT 158 158 EXIT 13 -01 EXIT EAST MARGINAL WAY CORPORATE PARK FROM KENT & AUBURN 900 FROM SEATTLE— TACOMA AIRPORT NO SCALE DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: ❑ Mechanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila B UI!OING DIVISION NO SCALE 9 -96 BUILDING LOCATION #11094515 F\AL CF\FR AL WAY SOUTH CW\ 98108 GE \ERAL \OTES DEMOLITION SET OF DOCUMENTS, REVIEWED AND STAMPED BY CITY OF TUKWILA MUST BE ON SITE DURING DEMOLITION. DO NOT PROCEED WITH DEMOLITION WITHOUT ABOVE MENTIONED SET OF DOCUMENTS. 1. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK. 2. NOTIFY FACILITY ENGINEERS SHOULD EXISTING CONDITIONS REQUIRE DESIGN REVISIONS. 3. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER CRAFTS. 4. RETURN THIS SAME SET TO GARY TALLER AT BUILDING 9 -51..2 COLUMN N /1, AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. PROJECT CHEC <LIST CHECK BOX THESE DRAWINGS CONFORM TO THE I.B.C., I.F.C., I.M.C., U.P.C., N.E.C. AND THE WAC 51 -20 AS ADOPTED OR AMENDED BY LOCAL ORDINANCES AND COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ZONING. ❑ ROOMS LABELED PER OCCUPANCY PER I.B.C. TABLE 1004.1.2. ® BUILDING FLOOR NUMBER ON PRINT FOR AREA OF CONSTRUCTION. ® NUMBER OF PRINTS REQUIRED FOR PACKAGE: ® 1. MECHANICAL, 3 COMPLETE SETS. ® 2. ELECTRICAL, 3 COMPLETE SETS. • 4 FIRE PROTECTION /SPRINKLERS, 3 COMPLETE SETS. ® 5. ARCHITECTURAL, 3 COMPLETE SETS REVISIONS No changes shah be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. ® BRIEF PROJECT NARRATIVE: REPLACEMENT OF AIR HANDLER UNITS & MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN THE THREE PENTHOUSES OF THE BUILDING. • REMOVING SOLAR SUN SCREEN ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING ON WEST SIDE. SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM 'REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A B -B1 MIC/VCT ROOM J #790921 -00 TWH 04.21.99 B UPGRADE ABL LAB TWH 12.20.99 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN /DLR MS /VW 03.16.11 Q� BOE /NG' rr'- • REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tu iia BUILDING VISION CODE SUv v ARY LAND USE CODE BUILDING CODES OCCUPANCY GROUP CONSTRUCTION TYPE FLOOR AREAS: BUILDING FOOTPRINT BUILDING GROSS FIRST FLOOR SECOND FLOOR PENTHOUSE BUILDING HEIGHT STORIES OCCUPANT LOAD: HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS FIRE PROTECTION CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON * 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) * 2009 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) * 2009 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) * 2008 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) * 2009 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) * 2009 STATE OF WASHINGTON ENERGY CODE * STATE OF WASHINGTON BARRIER FREE CODE WITH ICC A117.1 * CITY OF TUKWILA, WA. AMENDMENTS GROUP B, OFFICE TYPE II -B, NON — COMBUSTIBLE 101,717 S.F. 218,847 S.F. 101,717 S.F. 101,717 S.F. 14,413 S.F. 44 FT. 2 NO CHANGES SEISMIC: ZONE: BARRIER FREE FULLY AUTOMATIC, F/S CLASS 1 SPRINKLERS THROUGHOUT 3 FILE COPY Pena No. Plan review approval Is subject to errors and omiesionx Approval of construction documents does not autheri' the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt . of approved F Coy and conditions is a mowled d 23 / City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REC�$VE , CITY OF TU K . LA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER MI2.-031 CONFORMED SET COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY TI-HS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED, DRAWN DATE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE TITLE SHEET CURRENT REVISION 1109451.5 SYMBOL DATE 02.01.12 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 8 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 DEV CENTER,WA SHEET GO JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -GO LEGEND/SYMBOLS MATERIAL SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES SECTION /DETAIL DESIGNATION ��k BUILDING, WALL SECTIONS & AND JT JOINT ® AT K KIP(S) AC. ANCHOR AL C ACP ACOUSTI CAL CEILING PANEL KO KNOCK OUT ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE L LENGTH ADJ ADJACENT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LEN LENGTH AGG AGGREGATE AL ALUMINUM LF LINEAL FEET ALT ALTERNATE LL LIVE LOAD ALUM ALUMINUM LWR LOWER ANCH ANCHOR, ANCHORAGE APA AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOC. MATL MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM APPD APPROVED APPROX APPROXIMATE MB MACHINE BOLT ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MBR MEMBER TESTING MATERIALS MTL METAL MFR MANUFACTURE(R) BTWN BETWEEN MIN MINIMUM BLDG BUILDING MISC MISCELLANEOUS BLKG BLOCKING MO MASONRY OPENING BOT BOTTOM MT MOUNT(ED) (ING) MTL METAL C CHANNEL CB CATCH BASIN N NORTH (COORDINATE) CC CENTER TO CENTER NF NEAR FACE CEM CEMENT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT CF CUBIC FEET NO. NUMBER CJ CONTROL JOINT NOM NOMINAL CENTER LINE NTS NOT TO SCALE CLG CEILING CLR CLEARANCE) i OA OVERALL COL COLUMN 0/C ON CENTER COMP COMPRESS(ED) (ION) OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER CONC CONCRETE OF OUTSIDE FACE CONN CONNECTION OFCI OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OPG OPENING CONST CONSTRUCTION OPP OPPOSITE, OPPOSITE HAND CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE CONTR CONTRACT(OR) CT CERAMIC TILE PAR PARALLEL CTSK COUNTERSUNK PCC PRECAST CONCRETE CY CUBIC YARD(S) PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PERF PERFORATE D (D) 0, DIA DIAMETER PERIM PERIMETER DBL DOUBLE PL PLATE DEMOL DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE DEP DEPRESSED PLYWD PLYWOOD DIA DIAMETER PNL PANEL DIAG DIAGONAL PREST PRESTRESS(ED) DIM DIMENSION PRF PREFORMED DL DEAD LOAD PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT DN DOWN PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH DS DOWNSPOUT PT POINT, PAINT DWG DRAWING PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE E EAST (COORDINATE) R RADIUS (CURVATURE) 1. OBTAIN & POST REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PERMITS FROM THE CITY OF TUKWILA PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. 2. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE BOEING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHOULD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM DESIGN DOCUMENTS. 3. THE SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES ALL WORK WITHIN THE CURRENT REVISION CLOUDS ON EACH SHEET. IF THERE IS NO CLOUD ON A SHEET THE ENTIRE SHEET IS IN THE SCOPE OF WORK. INFORMATION OR WORK (WHETHER CLOUDED OR NOT) REFERRED TO FROM WITHIN A CLOUD IS INCLUDED IN THE SCOPE OF WORK (LE. - A SECTION OR DETAIL SYMBOL THAT LIES WITHIN A CLOUD ON A PLAN VIEW SHEET IS INCLUDED IN THE SCOPE EVEN WHEN THE ACTUAL SECTION OR DETAIL DRAWN ON THE DETAIL SHEET IS NOT CLOUDED.) 4. KEEP ALL AREAS UNDER CONSTRUCTION CLEAR OF DEBRIS CAUSED BY THIS SCOPE OF WORK. STORE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IN AREA DESIGNATED BY THE BOEING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 5. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND ENSURE THAT THE JOINING OF THE WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES MEETS APPROPRIATELY. BRING DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN SPECIFICATIONS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE BOEING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY UPON DISCOVERY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE BOEING, SUMMARIZE THE SITUATION AND PROVIDE RECOMMENDATIONS TO RESOLVING POTENTIAL CONFLICTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING ANY REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs). 6. CONFORM ALL WORK TO APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS. 7. COMPLY WITH THE BOEING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR CONSTRUCTION AREA AND SECURITY REGULATIONS. 8. PROVIDE, AS IF DRAWN IN FULL, REPETITIVE FEATURES NOT FULLY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 9. DIMENSIONS ON DRAWINGS ARE TAKEN TO THE FACE OF MASONRY AND /OR CONCRETE WALLS, METAL STUDS, AND TO THE CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. "BACKGROUNDS" 10. PLANS WHICH APPEAR AS BACKGROUNDS ON CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING, HVAC, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ETC., ARE FOR THE PURPOSE ONLY OF ILLUSTRATING GENERAL PLAN CONFIGURATION. SUCH BACKGROUNDS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK OTHER THAN THAT PERTAINING TO THE TITLE OF EACH SHEET. REFER TO THE APPROPRIATE SHEET FOR EACH SPECIFIC PORTION OF THE WORK. 11. COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL TRADES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS IN DETAIL FOR COORDINATION OF SPECIFIC TRADE REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE ALL ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY OTHERS FOR THIS PROJECT. 12. PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TO THE BOEING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WHENEVER SUCH INSTRUCTIONS ARE REFERENCED IN THE CONSTRUCTION NOTES. 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE BOEING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR STAGING AREAS WHERE CONTRACTOR MAY STORE NEW AND SALVAGED MATERIALS TO BE REUSED IN LATER PARTS OF THIS PROJECT, WHERE MATERIALS TO BE STAGED BY BOEING ARE TO BE LOCATED, AND WHERE JOBSITE OFFICE CAN BE LOCATED. 14. SYMBOLS SHOWN ON MATERIALS LIST ARE NOT ALWAYS USED IN DRAWINGS. VERIFY EXISTING MATERIAL AND SEE CONSTRUCTION NOTES FOR MATERIAL CALLOUTS. 15. WHERE EXISTING WORK IS DAMAGED, CUT OR DEFACED AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION OR PERFORMANCE OF NEW WORK, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PATCH AND REPAIR THE EXISTING TO MATCH ADJOINING SURFACES. REPAIRED FINISHES SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE NEAREST VISUAL BREAK LINES SUCH AS CORNERS, CEILING LINES, TOP OF BASE, CHANGE IN MATERIAL OR SIMILAR. 16. ALL RECESSES III— IJ -�-W— I I—i i I—ITI —I i I —I i I� EARTH, DIRT, COMPACTED #X.# X.# AND DETAIL REFERENCES ' �°$ °a'''• :�'• �, STONE, GRAVEL, POROUS FILL ` SHEET NUMBER WHERE DETAILED ��������������� BRICK, COMMON SHEET NUMBER REFERENCED FROM CERAMIC TILE INTERIOR ELEVATION REFERENCE CONCRETE I ••:' •': .! ..' . •' ? ':l #X # X # .'• VjtlijniaWlTjVO INSULATION: BATT, LOOSE FILL, BLANKET SHEET NUMBER WHERE DETAILED EARTH, DIRT, UNDISTURBED INSULATION: RIGID ALUMINUM BRASS, BRONZE, COPPER METAL, STEEL, IRON . ,.,�.,�.,�.,v,.,v,�.,�.,�.,�.,� % `% `% `%�`�.�`%�`%�`%�`%°�.�`%�`�.�`� SHEET NUMBER REFERENCED FROM .... ........................... REFERENCE TO DETAIL /ENLARGED PLAN #X . # X; # ' A AIM , DETAIL DESIGNATION �,D��.��.�.��.�'.��. Mi7 SHE SAME AS WHERE (IF REFERENCED D II FROM gift SECTION /DETAIL DESIGNATION ��������� ` '` PLASTER: SAND, CEMENT, GROUT XXXXX XXXXX SHEET NUMBER WHERE DETAILED SHEET NUMBER REFERENCED FROM 'f ' ' ' ' '`' PLASTER; GYPSUM WALL BOARD WOOD: FINISH WOOD: ROUGH CONTINUOUS IIIMM" NORTH ARROW ELEVATION DATUM r _ WOOD: INTERRUPTED BLOCKING OR SPOT ELEVATION PLYWOOD: SMALL SCALE PLYWOOD: LARGE SCALE WALL TYPE: CONCRETE MASONRY (CMU) (X' -x', CEILING HEIGHT A.F.F. .......... XXXXXX ROOM NAME ; I—M�, XXXX ROOM NUMBER A ® DOOR NUMBER - - - - GRID /GRID BUBBLE AND CENTERLINE Pr A 1\/0 WALL TYPE: STEEL STUD ITEMS TO BE REMOVED CONSTRUCTION "FLAG" NOTE FOR SPECIFIC 31===> CONSTRUCTION DIRECTIVE GENERAL "BOAT" NOTE FOR EACH R RISER EB EXPANSION BOLT RB RESILIENT BASE EF EACH FACE REF REFERENCE, REFER TO EJ EXPANSION JOINT REINF REINFORCE(D) (ING) EL ELEVATION REQ REQUIRE(D) (ING) ELEV ELEVATION REV REVISION(S), REVISED EQ EQUAL RH RIGHT HAND EW EACH WAY RO ROUGH OPENING EXIST EXISTING S SOUTH (COORDINATE) REV) CODE APPROVED MAY City BUILDI EWED FOR COMPLIANCE 2 1 2012 of Tukwila 'IG DIVISION LOCATED WITHIN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING OF THE PARTITION. 17. PROVIDE CLOSURE, MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING FIRE AUTHORITIES, BETWEEN ALL FIRE RATED FLOORS, SHAFTS AND BUILDING PARTITIONS AND ALL PENETRATING DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER ITEMS. 18. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEW OF THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING WORK WITHIN THE BUILDING. 19. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AS INDICATED OR AS NECESSARY AND VERIFY WITH MECHANICAL I—o WALL TYPE: WOOD STUD SPECIFIC OR EXISTING HISTORICAL WALL TYPE: EXISTING INFORMATION. WINDOW FRAME TYPE 0 WALL TYPE: REMOVAL EXPOSED EXT EXTERIOR SECT SECTION SF SQUARE FEET FAS FASTENER) SHT SHEET FF FINISHED CEILING SIM SIMILAR FF FACTORY FINISH SQ SQUARE FF FINISHED FLOOR SS SOLID SURFACING FGR FINISH GRADE SST STAINLESS STEEL FH FIRE HYDRANT ST STRUCTURAL TEE FIN FINISH(ED) STD STANDARD FND FOUNDATION STL STEEL FOC FACE OF CONCRETE STR STRUCTURAL FOF FACE OF FINISH SYM SYMMETRY,SYMMETRICAL SYS SYSTEM FDIC FURNISHED OWNER/ T &B TOP AND BOTTOM INSTALLED BY Y CONTRACTOR T &G TONGUE AND GROOVE FO FINISHED OPENING TEMP TEMPORARY FRO FOR REFERENCE ONLY THK THICK(NESS) FT FOOT TOC TOP OF CURB FTG FOOTING TOC TOP OF CONCRETE FUT FUTURE TOL TOLERANCE FV FIELD VERIFY TOS TOP OF STEEL GA GAGE TS CRFG GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM TYP STRUCTURAL TUBE GALV GALVANIZED GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR UBC UNIFORM BUILDING CODE UL UNDERWRITERS' LABEL GI GALVANIZED IRON UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE G GRADE UPR UPPER GT GROUT GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD VB VAPOR BARRIER VC VINYL COMP. TILE HDNR HARDENER T HDWD HARDWOOD VIF VERIFY A N FIELD HDWR HARDWARE W WEST (COORDINATE) HG HIGH GRADE W WIDE FLANGE HM HOLLOW METAL W WIDTH, WIDE HORZ HORIZONTAL WC WOOD HS HIGH STRENGTH WD WITH HT HEIGHT W/ WITH W/0 WITHOUT IBC INTERNATIONAL BLDG. CODE WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC ID INSIDE DIAMETER ID INSIDE DIMENSION NOTE: REFER TO THE COLOR AND MATERIAL IF INSIDE FACE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISH AND IN INCH DESIGNATIONS /ABBREVIATIONS INCL INCLUDED(D) (ING) AND ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS EXACT LOCATIONS OF ACCESS REQUIRED BY THEIR WORK. ACCESS MUST BE PROVIDED FOR ALL CONCEALED VALVES, DAMPER CONTROLS, FIRE DAMPER LINKAGES, CONCEALED JUNCTION BOXES, AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES OR ACCESSORIES. LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF EXPOSED ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY IN THE AREA OF WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL SAFETY CODES, REGUALTIONS AND BOEING REQUIREMENTS. 21. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN A FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON TO DETERMINE /DESIGN THE MODIFIED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM LAYOUT WITHIN THE AREA OF WORK. SAID ENGINEER SHALL STAMP, SEAL AND CERTIFY THAT HIS /HER DESIGN IS IN COMPLIANCE W /ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS AS A RESULT OF SAID ENGINEER'S DESIGN. 22. AT LOCATIONS WHERE STRUCTURE, PIPING, DUCTWORK, CABLETRAY, OR CONDUIT PENETRATES WALLS AND ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW, CONTRACTOR, SHALL COPE AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE TO THE MEMBER AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING AROUND MEMBER EXCEPT PROVIDE FIRE -RATED WHEN THROUGH RATED ASSEMBLIES AND PAINT OR PROVIDE -ESCUTCHEONS' MATCHING WALL COLOR AT PENETRATIONS. ROF TUKI CITY OF LA MAR 2 b 2012 Fit PERMIT CENTER ITION /WALL TYPE © PARTITION /WALL in END WALL GUARD 3 8 WALL TYPE: PARTITION (7' -0" HIGH) I i i i WALL TYPE: GLASS CORNER GUARD ( CPT -1 FINISH DESIGNATION VCT� REVISION CLOUD WITH REVISION LETTER "BEAK" Q CPT FLOOR MAT'L TRANSITION FEO- FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER & CABINET 0 © ® SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER :::::. :::: RETURN AIR GRILLE 1 1 FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE (PENDANT MOUNTED) K FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE (PENDANT MOUNTED) FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY NIGHT LIGHT (NL) CIRCUIT 0 RECESSED OR PENDANT LIGHTING FIXTURE o RECESSED OR PENDANT LIGHTING FIXTURE FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY NIGHT LIGHT (NL) CIRCUIT MO= WALL SCONCE 1 a WALL SCONCE 2 ® EXIT SIGN (CEILING UNIT) 1-0 EXIT SIGN (WALL MOUNT) CONFORMED SET OFFIV1AIS1 AF OF I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ® �0A,�� L s ®r �, o WASrj ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /oR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE LEGEND, MATERIALS, ABBREVIATIONS & GEN'L NOTES CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL — DATE 03.16.11 - - 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTUR A 03.16.11 CHECKED SHEET G1 ��® ENGINEER TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA ��� , ? APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE r Tyr CHECKED APPROVED JOB NO COMP N0. - i$6611 0, r IsTE0 �;� 'oNAL��' APPROVED DWG N0. 09 -096 - G1 a cc 4 c r INC IN LUDED SET DRAWING NO SHEET NO. DRAWING SUBTITLE REV DATE GE \ERAL • • • 09- 096 -GO 09- 096 -GI 09- 096 -GI. GO TITLE SHEET GI GI.1 LEGEND, MATERIALS, ABBREV'S & GEN'L NOTES SHEET INDEX 03.16. 11 03.16.11 03.16.11 vECHA\ 1 CAL REVOVAL • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 09- 096- 2MIIOR 09- 096 - 2MIIIR 2MIIOR SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN 09- 096- 2M113R 2MIIIR 2M113R 09- 096- 2M114R 09- 096- PMIIOR 09- 096- PM26OR 09- 096- PM45OR 09- 096- PM451R 2M114R PMIIOR PM26OR PM45OR SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN PENTHOUSE PLUMBING REMOVAL PLANS PENTHOUSE FIRE PROTECTION REMOVAL PLANS 09 -096- PM452R 09- 096- PM453R 09- 096 -RFM3R 09- 096- PM500R 09- 096- PM503R 09- 096- PM504R 09- 096- PM505R 09- 096- PM509R PM45IR PM452R PM453R RFM3R. PENTHOUSE #5 REMOVAL PLAN PENTHOUSE #4 REMOVAL PLAN PENTHOUSE #4 REMOVAL PLAN PM500R PM503R PM504R PENTHOUSE #3 REMOVAL PLAN ROOF REMOVAL PLAN PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS A A B A A A B PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS 09- 096- PM5IIR 09- 096- PM512R 09- 096- PM514R PM505R PM509R PM5IIR PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PM5I2R PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PM5I4R PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS B A A A A B 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03,16.11 03.16.11 03.16,11 03.16.11 03.16,11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16,1I 03.16.1I 03,16 11 03,16.II 03.16.II MECHA \ICAL • •. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 09- 096 -M2A 09- 096 -M2B 09- 096 -2M1I0 09- 096 -2MIII 09- 096 -2M112 09- 096 -2M113 09- 096 -2M1I4 09- 096 -PMI10 09- 096 -PM260 09- 096 -PM450 09- 096 -PM451 09- 096 -PM452 M2A M2B 2M110 2M111 2M1I2 2M1I3 2M1I4 PMII0 PM260 PM450 PM451 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES MECHANICAL SCHEDULES SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN B SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN PENTHOUSE PLUMBING PLANS PENTHOUSE FIRE PROTECTION PLANS 09 -096 -PM453 09- 096 -RFM3 09- 096 -RFM4 PM452 PM453 RFM3 RFM4 09- 096 -310 09- 096 -311 M310 PENTHOUSE # 5 PLAN PENTHOUSE #4 PLAN PENTHOUSE #4 PLAN PENTHOUSE #3 PLAN ROOF PLAN PENTHOUSE SLAB PENETRATIONS & ROOF PLAN CONTROL DIAGRAMS A B A A M311 09- 096 -PM500 09- 096 -PM503 PM500 PM503 • • • • • •, • • • 09- 096 -PM504 09- 096 -PM505 09- 096 -PM5I1 09- 096 -PM512 09- 096 -PM5I4 09- 096 -PM515 09- 096 -PM5I6 09- 096 -PM517 09- 096 -PM5I8 PM504 PM505 PM51I PM512 PM514 PM5I5 PM5I6 PM5I7 PM5I8 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS A B B A A A B 03.16.11 03.16,11 03.16.11 03.16 .1 03 16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16,11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03 16.11 03,16 11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16,11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03 16.11 03.16.11 03.16.1I 03.16.11 INC IN LUDED SET DRAWING NO. SHEET NO. DRAWING SUBTITLE REV DATE ELECTRICAL RE vOVAL • • • • • • • • • 09- 096 -2EIOR 09- 096 -2EIIR 09- 096 -2EI3R 09- 096 -2EI4R 09- 096 - PEIOR 09- 096- PEI.IOR 09- 096- PE26OR 09- 096- RFEIIOR 09- 096 -E501R 2EIOR 2E1IR 2E13R 2EI4R PEIOR PEIIOR. PE26OR RFEIIOR E5OIR LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN LIGHTING'REMOVAL PLAN PENTHOUSE LIGHTING AND POWER REMOVAL PLAN PENT, 480/277, 208 /120 POWER REMOVAL PLAN PENTHOUSE FIRE ALARM REMOVAL PLAN ROOF 480/277, 208 /120 POWER REMOVAL PLAN REMOVAL DETAILS K C P P C 03.16.11 03,16.11 03.16.11 03.16,11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03,16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 ELECTRICAL • • • • • • • • • • 09- 096 -E4S52 09- 096 -E4S53 09- 096 -E4S54 09- 096 -E8 09- 096 -1E260 09 -096 -1E263 09- 096 -1E264 09- 096 -PE10 09- 096 -PEI10 09- 096 -PE260 09- 096- RFEI10 E4S52 E4S53 E4S54 E8 1E260. 1E263 1E264 PEIO PEI10 PE260 RFEI10 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM - SUBSTATION #52 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM - SUBSTATION #53 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM - SUBSTATION #54 OUTDOOR LIGHTING FIRE ALARM PLAN FIRE ALARM PLAN FIRE ALARM PLAN PENTHOUSE LIGHTING AND POWER PLAN PENTHOUSE 48OY/277V, 208Y/120V POWER PLAN PENTHOUSE FIRE ALARM PLAN ROOF 480Y/277V, 208Y/12OV POWER PLAN D D C C 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.)6.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03,16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 03,16.11 STRUCTURAL • • • 09- 096 -PS60 09- 096 -RFM3 09- 096 -RFM4 PS60 RFS3 RFS4 PENTHOUSE STRUCTURAL PLAN ROOF STRUCTURAL PLAN SECTIONS & DETAILS 03,16.11 03.16.11 03.16.11 SYM A B C D E REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM. REVISION BY BUILDING 9 -98 STRUCTURAL UPGRADE 703445 -03 DLR GROUP GM 04 24 01 F T.I. CONSOLIDATION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP BUILDING 09 -096 T.I. #1 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP G.M. 06.29.01 G BUILDING 09 -096 T.I. #4 REVISION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP BUILDING 09 -096 T.I. #2 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP G.M. 07.27.01 H SE SECURE AREA REVISION J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP BUILDING 09 -096 T.I. #3 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP G.M. 07.27.01 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN APPROVED DATE G.M. 09.07.01 G.M. 10.05.01 G.M. 01.16.02 M. SOTURA 03.16.11 BUILDING 09 -096 T.I. #4 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP G.M. 08.10.01 g)LArierezAwe INCLUDED IN SET DRAWING NO. SHEET NO. DRAWING SUBTITLE REV DATE ARCHITECTURAL RENOVAL • 09- 096- RFAOIR RFAOIR ROOF PLAN (REMOVAL) 03.16.11 ARCHITECTURAL 09- 096 -PA01 PA01 • 09- 096 -RFA01 RFAOI PENTHOUSE PLAN ROOF PLAN A 03.16.11 03.16.11 • 09- 096 -A201 A201 WALL SECTIONS A 03.16.11 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN C Ih ECKED DATE ISSUE LEGEND 0 • PREL ORIG A NOT YET ISSUED PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION PREVIOUSLY ISSUED, BUT NOT IN THIS ISSUE INCLUDED IN THIS ISSUE PRELIMINARY ISSUE FOR REVIEW OR INFORMATION ONLY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION ORIGINAL ISSUE FOR PERMIT, BID, PROCUREMENT OR CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVISION - SEE SPECIFIC DRAWING FOR NATURE OF REVISION REVIEWED F COECMPIJNCE APPROVED MAY 2 1 2012 City of BIJIL NGrukWrla DIVISION I2o3q CONFORMED SET CITY RE OCEIVE F TULA MAR 2 to 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SUBTITLE SHEET INDEX CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 02.01.12 PROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED. APPROVED TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 DEV, CENTER, WA SHEET G1.1 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -G1.1 OFFICE 201B01 OFFICE 201C01 OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFi FICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE 201D01 202D01 202F01 201001 202001 201J01 201K01 202K01 201L01 202L01 201M01 DATA WORK ROOM 201F02 201002 STAIR J 201004 OPEN OFFIC 201J03 CUSTO 1/2" N OPEN OFFICE 201A03 LOUNGE 201 F042 20200 1/2' DN 2 CW ABOVE CEILING ICE SINK Y) It EN ' S 201005 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1/2 DN_ TO DF LEGE \D GE RD W V \ERAL ROOF DRAIN PIPING SANITARY WASTE VENT EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY OTES REFERE \CE DRAWI GS 5;) ► _ 1 "CW 1 1/4" CW 1 1/2" CW 1 2" HW DN 1 1/ " CW DN 201E05 3 /4 "HW DOWN 1" HW, 1" CW & 3/4" UP TO PENTHOUSE SEE DWG 4-006-M120 HWC CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES REMOVE WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE (TYP) REMOVE VENT PIPE (TYP) REMOVE WASTE PIPE (TYP) wink 2 "V UP MEETING 201C06 1 CEIL " ABOVE L G� MEETING 201J06 1 /2 "" DN TO 1ST F 201007 FLOOR PLA SCALE: 1/8"= 0" REMOVAL CONFORMED SET REVISION APPROVED SYM REVISION APPROVED A UPGRADE HOT WATER LOOP J #420139 -00 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 5.1.02 03.16.11 prArEvirAir,a ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR PECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN C. HARRAH CHECKED DATE 4.12.02 SUBTITLE COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN Mo3? O 2M112R 2M113R 2M114R 2M115R KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE N DATE TITLE CHECKED APPROVED 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 8' RECEIIVE ���11 CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER 16 SCALE: 1/8" 1 0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SHEET 2MIIOR JOB NO. SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 COMP NO. APPROVED MECHANICAL MASTER COL. A -N/1 -7 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096- 2M11OR HARRAHC: 05/02/02 09!59 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM COF ?E' PP 201D07 4 "W UP TO FD- 4 "V UP 1" COMPRESSED AIR U 1K EEfi 201D08 OFFICE 20ID11 4 "W DN- 4 4 "W UP TO FD 4 "W UP TO FD MEETING 202D11 REVISION 201G10 FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" BY MEETING 202F10 i MEETING 201J08 ck APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Qi BOE /A/G' fr'- OPEN OFFICE 201J09 10 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1'1112z-03ff REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED DATE SUBTITLE $ $ 96 SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 8 -8 -96 LEGE \D RD ROOF DRAIN PIPING W SANITARY WASTE V VENT 04— EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY GENERAL \OTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES REMOVE WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE REMOVE VENT PIPE (TYP) 2M11 OR M111R/� ////// 2M112R 2M113R 2M114R 2M115R KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE N 4' 0 0 12 RECI=IV CITY OF TUKLA MAID 2 b 2012 PERMIT I% LATER SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 COL. A- N/7 -12 SEA 2M111.R JOB NO. COMP NO. KAP 22O1 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09 -096 2M111R U\ RFP 13 SEE DETAI 2M113 4010 —M6 - SEE DETAIL 2M113 4010 —M6 RFP SEE DETAIL (Sc & P FP 12 2M113 4010 —M6 2M11 SEE DETAIL 2M113 4010 —N6 2"V UP- 4 "W UP �0 FD. 3/8 "BALL VALVE 1/2" Ai or v ORPIDOR 20162KR SEE DETAIL 2M113 4010 —M6 CA „ 4 "W DN- 2 "V UP 4 "W UP TO FD - 2 "V UP - V 4 "W UP TO FD `tITAIR E 201F20 V Lit 4 "W UP TO FD 4 "W UP TO FD 4 "W UP TO FD 4 "W UP TO FD SEE DETAIL O SEE DETAIL 2M113 4010 -M6 2M113 4010 —M6 RFP FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ,, HW ABOVE CEILING 3/4" HW RECIRC. ABOVE CEI LING OPEN OFFICE 201J14 MEETING 201J19 —1/2"cw UP MEETING 201K19 COFFEE ROOM 201J20 1" HW ABOVE CEILING 3/4" HW RECIRC. ABOVE CEI ING —1 /2 "CW UP MEETING 201J21 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ASDL LAB RELOe WALL 55653800 9 -96 AHU UPGRAf —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 HARR COFFMAN M. SOTURA 08/10/05 03.16.11 .BOE /NG' ft REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. HARRAH CHECKED ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED DATE 4.18.02 SUBTITLE COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1 625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN LEGE \D RD W V GENERAL ROOF DRAIN PIPING SANITARY WASTE VENT EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY CTES REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS CO \STRUCTIO \OTES REMOVE WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE REMOVE VENT PIPE (TYP) REMOVE WASTE PIPE (TYP) 2M11 OR 2M111R 2M112R /2M113R� 2M114R 2M115R, KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE N 0 0 RECklVE CITY OF TULA MAR 2 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER 16' =I NE MI NM SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 COL. A— N/17/22 DEV. CENTER, ` WA _HEEF 2M113R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- 2M113R CU OFF CE 201A23 OFFICE 202A23 OFFICE 201C23 OFFICE 201A24 OFFICE 202C23 0 FEE 201 D23 201F22 71 4 "W UP TO FD c) 1' HW fBOVE CEILING 3/4" HNC ABOVE CEILING 1"COMP AIR UP TO PENTHOUSE W /MOISTURE 1/2 ABOVE , CEILING 3/4 "x 1 /2" R J COFFEE 201D26 H 3/4" AB CEILING 201 WOMEN'S 2'2'10[2.6 1/2" CORRIDOR 201Hi 29 OPEN OFFICE 201J14 L MEETING 201J26 MOISTURE DRAIN SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A UPGRADE HOT WATER LOOP J #420139 -00 CH 5.1.02 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Q - BOE /NG' A REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Oct REMOVAL CONFORMED SET .COFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206.623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LECE\D RD ROOF DRAIN PIPING W SANITARY WASTE V VENT GE EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY FERAL \OTES REFERENCE DRAWI \GS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES REMOVE WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE REMOVE VENT PIPE (TYP) REMOVE WASTE PIPE (TYP) 2M11OR 2M111 R 2M112R 2M113R / / /� // 2M115R , KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE N 8' 0 CITY OF TUKILA MAR 2 d 2012 PERMIT CENTER 16' SCALE: 1/8"= 1 '-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN C. HARRAH CHECKED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER DATE 4.18.02 SUBTITLE SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL 11094515 B DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 COL A— N/12 -17 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET 2M114R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- 2M114R 1 "COMP. AIR - 4 "RD DN /i Ty' 2 "V DN 2 "V DN 4 "VTR & DN 4 "VTR & DN 2 "V DN 2 "VTR 2 "V DN 2 "V DN 4 "RD DN -� 4 "VTR & DN 2 "V DN 2" VTR & DN 2 "V DN 4 "VTR 2 "V DN & DN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN EXISTING SHEET METAL WALL 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 1 "CW TO EXPANSION & MAKE -UP TANK 4 "ROOF DRAIN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4" "ROOF DRAIN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4" "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 1- 1 /2 "CW TO COOLING TOWER 1- 1 /2 "CW TO MAKE -UP TANK 1 -1 /2 "HW 1 1 /2 "CW & 3/4 "HWC DN 3 PE \THOUSE #3 PLUVBI SCALE: 1/8 ' =1' -0" G RENOVAL PENTHOUSE #4 PLU SCALE: 1/8 '=1'-0" DOMESTIC WATER H EATER v BING REV OVAL PLA\ 1 "CW TO EXPANSION & MAKE -UP TANK 4 "RD UP TO ROOF DRAIN — 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 0 1 "COMP. AIR 4 "VTR & DN EXISTING SHEET METAL WALL 2 "V DN 2"V DN 2 "VTR & DN n c 4 "VTR & DN 1- 1 /2 "CW DN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4" "FLOOR DRAIN 4 FLOORJV DRAIN X x X 1 "HW 1 "CW & 3/4 "HWC DN PE \THOUSE #5 PLU SCALE: 1/8 '-1' VBI\ G REMOVAL PLA\ DOMESTIC WATER HEATER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REMOVAL CONFORMED SET REVISION APPROVED DATE SYM. REVISION APPROVED DATE. 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 BOE /NG° ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN COFFMAN CC l ECKED M. SOTURA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 APPROVED BY DEPT. SUBTITLE LEGE \J RD ROOF DRAIN PIPING W SANITARY WASTE V VENT 0 EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY FLOOR OR ROOF DRAIN GE \ERAL \GTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES REMOVE DOMESTIC WATER HEATER (STEAM FIRED), HWC PUMP, PIPING, ACCESSORIES AND CONTROLS. REMOVE FLOOR DRAIN, PATCH FLOOR. REMOVE STORAGE TANK & ASSOCIATED PIPING. PROVIDE PLUG FOR DRAIN TO COVER THE DRAIN. FIELD VERIFY IF TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION IS INSTALLED FOR EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN. IF TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION IS NOT INSTALLED, PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER LINE. EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR PIPING, HEADER, VALVES TO REMAIN. REMOVE COMPRESSED AIR PIPING CONNECTED TO EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNIT. HANDLE PIPING CONNECTED TO 1ST AND 2ND FLOOR WITH CARE SINCE TERMINAL BOX PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS WILL BE KEPT. COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PENTHOUSE PLUMBING REMOVAL PLANS DATE TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE RECEIVP CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER 16' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED BUILDING 09 -096.P JOB NO. COMP NO. APPROVED MECHANICAL MASTER COLE- J /5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09 -096 PM11OR DiJARTFF! 4/14/900g 6 34:34 AM X OSY VALVES, TAMPER SWITCHES, AND DRY PIPE VALVE TO REMAIN 3 "F DN THRU FLR TO REMAIN - I-- - - - -F- -) X -s X REMOVE SPRINKLER HEADS, PIPING, HANGERS, AND ACCESSORIES THROUGH OUT EXISTING SHEET METAL WALL - PE \THOUSE # 3 FIRE PROTECTIC SCALE: 1/8' =1' -0" \ RE v OVAL PLA\ EXISTING SHEET N ETAL WALL X x 3 "F DN THRU FLR TO REMAIN X REMOVE SPRINKLER HEADS, PIPING, HANGERS, AND ACCESSORIES THROUGH OUT r —n REMOVE SPRINKLER HEADS, PIPING, HANGERS, AND ACCESSORIES THROUGH OUT PENTHOUSE #5 FIRE PROTECTIO SCALE: 1/8 '=1'-0" REIV OVAL PLA OSY VALVES, TAMPER SWITCHES, AND DRY PIPE VALVE TO REMAIN PE\THOUSE #4 FIRE PROTECTIO\ SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 411094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 QBOE /A/G' REMOVAL PLA\ OSY VALVES, TAMPER SWITCHES, AND DRY PIPE VALVE TO REMAIN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REMOVAL CONFORMED SET LEGEND: F FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING EXISTING TO BE REMOVED CH— PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY DRY PIPE VALVE GENERAL NOTES: SEE SPECIFICATION 210500 FOR FIRE PROTECTION WORK. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEADS TO REMAIN IN THIS AREA ACOFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 KEY PAN SCALE: NONE 8' 4' RECEIVE ""J CITY OF TUKWLA MAR 2 b 2012 ERMIT CENTER 4' 8' 16' MN= MI MN- EN SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED M. SOTURA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE= PENTHOUSE FIRE PROTECTION REMOVAL PLANS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHRiNICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COLE-J/5-27 DEV. CENTER, WA '� PM26OR JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- PM260R PM450 PM511 PM450 PM511 COMPRESSION TANK 5" -STM TO /1 "CW HE-6 �6" RELIEF THRU ROOF EXPANSION EXPANSION TANK -- CHAMBER -. CONTROL PANEL �- 4'- 0 "x5' -0" EXHAUST Al LOUVERS -BY BUILDER NON AIR TIGHT SIDING PE \THOUSE #5 REVOVAL PLA SCALE: 1/4 '=1' -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 411094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 - �BOE /NG° o� ANCHOR BOTH LINE AT COL LINE 6 r FOR .IANCE ED 012 wila VISION LEGE \D CHWS CHWR HWS HWR CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GE \ERAL \OTES 1 EXISTING CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER, DOMESTIC WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN, CW MAKE -UP & COMPRESSED AIR AT FLOOR TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW WORK. 2. WORK SHALL BE PHASED IN ORDER TO KEEP BUILDING OPERATIONAL EXCEPT FOR SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN. REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS RFM4 (FOR PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR TO BE KEPT) CO \STRUCTIO\ \ OYES REMOVE AHU FILTERS REMOVE AHU SUPPLY FANS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE HEATING COILS AND COOLIING COILS CAREFULLY REMOVE RETURN AIR, EXHAUST AIR AND OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITHOUT DAMAGING THE PLENUM WALL REMOVE RETURN FAN MOTOR AND VFD AND SALVAGE TO OWNER (SALVAGE MOTOR ONLY IF NEW). REMOVE TOILET EXHAUST FAN KEEP MIXING PLENUM CASING REMOVE AHU SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK REMOVE MIXING AIR PLENUM CASING AT AIR FILTERS REMOVE AHU WALL AND DOORS AS INDICATED DASHED REMOVE CASING AT SUPPLY FAN DO NOT REMOVE RETURN FAN DO NOT REMOVE EXHAUST AIR DUCT AND LOUVERS REMOVE TEMPERATURE CONROL PANELS (CMCS) AND. SALVAGE TO OWNER. REMOVE EXPANSION TANK & ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE COOLING TOWER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE CHILLED WATER PIPING IN A SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN, TO MAINTAIN CHILLED WATER TO CRAC UNITS AFTER TEMPORARY SHUT DOWN. \EEDS TO BE REVISED REMOVAL CONFORMED SET I?O3'1 COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PM450R: ' PM451R PM452R PM453R 0 12 KEY PLAN RECEIVE V CITY DF TUILA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #5 REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM45OR JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- PM45OR a c c C\ CC c °PRV r-- L - --j 1" 2 -- P�41 a P�41 b I- - _ ►� " 1 1/2 "PRV 5 " -12STM /�\\ "HWS 2 HWR ^� -HOSE BIBB 8 -12STM -- L OFD < _ <��\� \ _ __ 4 -�- - - _ + - - - ;; �l- - TT I r — r_,- L_ L — - �'�a - - ` -`� �'r>1- - L �E�`> �il I- - -� - - - - -4,-1-z 4 "HWR FD - -- ---4-----4----- / P„ J/ I 12 HWS n oo - L _ - -- - - -1 + I � oo I P-22 P 39 P- j 40 5- (2.-r 8 cLT of AAV-. I- O „ i .. �•��„� , 0 ,. i • ►� III ►�Ih II ►III Il l ∎ `imiroJga� A 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 6 " -12 #STM 4„- 150 #STM » »_ 3 150 #STM 10 -STM HEADER - - - 4 "HWS .- CONVERTER HE -6 " 4 HWR - I I , - - - l- TO DOM \ 1 - Ell E1 II- E - - - -�\ - -- `o r- -I- OF DEMOLITION 30x60 ACCESS DOORS R� PI 2 1/2" : I I - - -HWS - - - - --I )--) WATER HEATER 4 °CONDENSATE TO 1ST FLOOR FIRE DAMPER \ 1500 CFM PENTHOUSE VENTILATION W/24 "x18" - I L- HWR HWS - - --1 L -- -- -HWR -I 1 u-) _ c� - 'tom AAV I�- , TEMP PANEL J I 1 MANUAL DAMPER AND /� / • / • 1 I �\ I �\ I 1-\ - - -- - -- OEPNING 11' -0" OFF FLR 4 } 1 MOTOR RET AIR OPERATED DAMPERS »x3' I r 1 1 7r � 1 L 1 �J 21 CHWS —� I �U �I I 2 "CHWR HIGH PRESSURE 1 ��- PLENUM WALL r �� I I I I LOW PRESSURE WALL MANUAL ROLL r - -�1 CUTAIN FILTERS I TYP 4) I ° ( ) 1 ° X �� I 1 I \\ 1 rl 1 J I I I I FAN S -9 1 I MOUNT ON CONC I I INERTIA BLOCK Ir--I SUPPLY FANS (TYP) --I ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FD Q 3@ 8'- —� - - -- -1-- L__ __I 0 -0" FAN R -9 1 1 I� I 1 la--I HEATING COIL 1 1 1 \/ 00_1 1 1 1 x 1 1 1/ JZ 1j4 6 "GL VAV 8 FAN �1 —C' 1 To I 1 I r - - -- - -- -H II--I Fr - - - -T\ I I \ / I I \/ x r �I / \\ 1 1 I I / \ I1 1 @53' -0 "Wx i 10 -0 H 1, III- - - \ = 1 " AF 6 CHWS -411113 r-- -JIB L__�I I H FD r \ 1---1 I I I I \�j� � (ACCESS r � I 'PANEL I I L--JI \\ L' I I 6 I I 1�� \ ■ \ I I L____1L_ -_�I -I L-_J L-�J hl- -1 L - --I 2 1 1 /2 "CW / CC��I (INC 4C *-C -�-., L HP J I >� l'°1 r\ j /� 1 / 'T' y/ 1 I / �x\\ 1 1/ I - --r -} .1=== TOILET EXHAUST 1\ 1 - -�I � 1 FAN XH -5 I V I I \\ I I r -� I FLEX CONN L___I.__L_ =J - CURB ALL AROUND OPENING IN FLOOR FOR RETURN AIR �. ,� o x 11 ' iI I I I i 11 I I LJ 1 I 18x18 REMOVABLE a �, ° P1 i' S0 PM501 --OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE (OVER) MOTOR OPERATED OUTSIDE i DAMPERS 4 REQ'D @ 6' -O" - J FD 9 FD 7 L-�J I I H- -I I % I 1. - ACCESS PANEL PANEL FD I r L--J 1 J 5 .' l cD -CO I z \ I ' 1 1 8 ■ O IC 71 0 -6 11 � - 1 \\ 1 // I °'`' L�-1 I yx/ i ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REVIEWED CODE COMPI APPR V MAY 2 2 City of iuk BUILDING DI' CT CONTROL VALVE _, / 8" CHECK r - --I� -I 1 1 N--I 1 I 1 1 I. I J _I i n I- --1 r I1--I I I I--1'r - -- / 0 / / 0 / 0 / / / / / / / 0 0 / % I I I I 1 I SUPPORT ANG . FOR INCLINED PLENU ALL 1 1 \ I 1 I // I • •\ 1 I y VALVE �X o= I ° Q_I J X o z 171 ° _ 6"CS-INLET RED 8x6 J �,w r� -1-r -� �_� IIH r _ r --I'�_rl- -� �_� -- I MOTOR DAMPERS OPER EXH AIR 16'-0''x3'-6'' I I I I ,.1, /J / Is / �r�l ,/ =i 1 // 6 „BY_ �I / PASS / -L\ rI:1 // / i i F - - -7I \\x// /� \\ I'`� K - - -�I 1 J I 1 CbOLING TOWER „ - 6 CR INLET I I I I L__ -1 I I I I \ / I I L -J \ / I I \/ m /x\ 1 1 1 1 /� \\ LLJ L___ -JL ___� 11 FAN S -10 L - - -- - - --I_J 1 1 FAN DISCHARGE °o v ri FAN 1 / L I 1 1I 1 -I r - - I-I I I I p I 28 GAL METAL CASING AROUND INSULATION C -9 & C -10 (TYP) _� I' I I F.� - 111�,illllt - -I 1.1� 11„I�.�_ - 1 66 C HWS -III- %- 0 // /. i - IL -� —r----r- FAN R -10 - - (I fF1 THRU INCLINED 1 2 - wt-=-- t- I --I-, ' /// - 11 I I I — 1 I - 1 I PLENUM WALL 1 _ 1 I FOR SUPPLY & 1 ��� RETURN (TYP) - 1 - - -� - - -- -- 1---- L____L - -J - -L 1I —J II II 11 II L - --11 1 /� I I I I I �� COIL 11 I I 1 1) _i__ �-- EXHAUST AIR LOUVER BY BUILDER 16'- 0 "x3' -6" _.-H II I I HP PLENUM WALL �� - c II I I 2 1 /2” _HWRI rL-J 1 1 1 /4'I VALVE 1 �� (\ ^ - AIR TIGHT SIDING IHWS� _- 0 -- 42/ - __�� rdat.�+a _ I 1 I u 1"---NON AIR TIGHT SIDING -- /JI��AIe //v///// APAr��AFAV���///// / /ArAW���o� / / / / / / / / / / / / /ArAPAVI�AIII/ IF// /�WITI/����II�II�MI/// / / / / / / / / / / / / /// / / / /// /// 112 NON AIR TIGHT SIDING PE \THOUSE #5 REVOVAL PLA SCALE: 1/4 '=1' -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 411094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 - �BOE /NG° o� ANCHOR BOTH LINE AT COL LINE 6 r FOR .IANCE ED 012 wila VISION LEGE \D CHWS CHWR HWS HWR CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GE \ERAL \OTES 1 EXISTING CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER, DOMESTIC WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN, CW MAKE -UP & COMPRESSED AIR AT FLOOR TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW WORK. 2. WORK SHALL BE PHASED IN ORDER TO KEEP BUILDING OPERATIONAL EXCEPT FOR SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN. REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS RFM4 (FOR PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR TO BE KEPT) CO \STRUCTIO\ \ OYES REMOVE AHU FILTERS REMOVE AHU SUPPLY FANS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE HEATING COILS AND COOLIING COILS CAREFULLY REMOVE RETURN AIR, EXHAUST AIR AND OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITHOUT DAMAGING THE PLENUM WALL REMOVE RETURN FAN MOTOR AND VFD AND SALVAGE TO OWNER (SALVAGE MOTOR ONLY IF NEW). REMOVE TOILET EXHAUST FAN KEEP MIXING PLENUM CASING REMOVE AHU SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK REMOVE MIXING AIR PLENUM CASING AT AIR FILTERS REMOVE AHU WALL AND DOORS AS INDICATED DASHED REMOVE CASING AT SUPPLY FAN DO NOT REMOVE RETURN FAN DO NOT REMOVE EXHAUST AIR DUCT AND LOUVERS REMOVE TEMPERATURE CONROL PANELS (CMCS) AND. SALVAGE TO OWNER. REMOVE EXPANSION TANK & ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE COOLING TOWER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE CHILLED WATER PIPING IN A SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN, TO MAINTAIN CHILLED WATER TO CRAC UNITS AFTER TEMPORARY SHUT DOWN. \EEDS TO BE REVISED REMOVAL CONFORMED SET I?O3'1 COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PM450R: ' PM451R PM452R PM453R 0 12 KEY PLAN RECEIVE V CITY DF TUILA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #5 REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM45OR JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- PM45OR a c c C\ CC c PM451 PM500 4'- 0 "x5' -0" EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS BY BUILDER 4 "CHWS /R DN THRU FLR 4 "HWS /R DN THRU FLR AIR HANDLING CONVERTER AND PUMPS EXPANSION TANK VENTILATION FAN W /DUCT 2 "HWR 2 "HWS CONTROL PANEL T (1 -` —r - L _ 2 TJ L4__J v Ali 1 1 1 I 1 _ v CD N N 2" _at U ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TOILET EXH FAN EF -4 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 32/24 EXH DUCT I-1-- - 6x4 #920 MECH TEE W /DIELECTRIC FITTING & VIC BUTTERFLY VALVE 4 "CHWS I >k'%� 1 -_ I, x I �I�t 6 "CHWS 1 JI /� .NI 4 "CHWR K - - - -N „ 1- _ 1 I 1- =p �� 11 r y - - --I- -, 1 1 y pG i 3A 11 2"CHWS/R = r c� I � L_J _ -S - --ice - �1 — Fr - -3 1 ,I I `:s rii 6 „CHR 51 I t4d ? 1 - - - 6' C17i 6CV 1 n I 3\ HEATING COIL H -8 TEMP CONTROL PANEL 45" @ FLOOR DOMESTIC HOT U /ATER CONVERTER AIR. VENT N., 1 -41 -� - - -- II 11 _i IL 1 I I r =\ II c _�I_1/ NNI ■ \II 6CHS v4 \6- \ 6 H 1/2” PUMPED DRAIN - -- FD COOLIN COIL C -8 6 "CV T to) T COOLING COIL C -7 HIGH PRESSURE AREA g PLENUM I—i FROM P -21 oTO P -21_1 FROM t20___, t,t. TO P 20s____ r HIGH PRESS 1 PLENUM WALL FAN S -8 DETAIL LOW PRESS PLENUM WALL 11 DETAIL \18x48 REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL FAN DISCHARGE THRU INCLINED PLENUM WALL TYPICAL FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN FAN /3\ 8 "CHS 8 "CHS DN 8 "CHR DN 8 "CHR _9_ I i T I _ INSULATED HEADERS (TYP) r X T —� I I L _ J sofa 4 "HWS DN THRU FLR 4 "HWR DN THRU FLR EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS STEAM PRV STATION 2" 150 PSI STEAM - - r m EXTENT OF DEMOLITION I -30x60 ACCESS DOOR 1500 CFM PENTHOUSE VENTILATION fOl 24"x18" MANUAL DAMPER J EXHAUST DUCT OVER 2' -6 "Dx 10' -0" WIDE r MANUAL ROLL CURTAIN FILTERS ](TYP) -- 1r - --i T I 7 I 4 HIGH EFFICIENCY CARTRIDGE FILTERS HF -1 24x24 UNITS 6 HIGHx17 WIDE TO BE INSTALLED IN FUTURE 2 1/2"HWR 2 1 /2 "HWS - HEATING COIL H -7 -4 FAN S -7 JJ VERTICAL BRACING 16 CA SHT METAL—. 7 7 T -';r - - 7 = _ r - --17 -r I I I I _J L. FIRE DAMPER FAN R -8 MOTOR r OPERATED EXHAUST AIR DAMPERS 141 L SUPPORT ANGLE FOR INCLINED PLENUM WALL L.P. PLENUM WALL REINFORCED STANDING SEAM CONSTRUCTION PM451 PM514 MOTOR OPERATED RETURN AIR DAMPER 3 @ 8'- 0 "x8' -0 "� PM454 PM50 OPENING IN FLOOR FOR RETURN AIR PLENUM -lr PE \THOUSE #4 REVOVAL PLA\ SCALE: 1/4' =1 L_ NON -AIR TIGHT SIDING CROSSHATCHED DOUBLE LINE INDICATES V -BEAM SIDING BY BUILDER TO BE MADE AIR TIGHT BY MECH SUB - CONTRACTOR PM451 MOTOR OPERATED EXH AIR DAMPERS PM500 FAN R -7 J L 1" PF -G15 OEPRENE COATED FIBE G_ASS CEMENTED TO OUTSIDE OF PLENUM WALL EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS BY BUILDER AIR TIGHT SIDING 20 EXHAUST DUCT 4'- 0 "Dx10' -0 "W NON -AIR TIGHT SIDING SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 ZLArilizErAv ® REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION M (2.4•-a.37 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET COFFMAN XEEAS N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LEGE \D CHWS CHWR HWS HWR CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GENERAL \OTES EXISTING CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER, DOMESTIC WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN, CW MAKE -UP & COMPRESSED AIR AT FLOOR TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW WORK. 2. WORK SHALL BE PHASED IN ORDER TO KEEP BUILDING OPERATIONAL EXCEPT FOR SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN. REFERENCE DRAWI \GS RFM4 (FOR PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR TO BE KEPT) CONSTRUCTION \OTES REMOVE AHU FILTERS REMOVE AHU SUPPLY FANS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE HEATING COILS AND COOLIING COILS CAREFULLY EMOVE RETURN AIR, EXHAUST AIR AND OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITHOUT DAMAGING THE PLENUM WALL REMOVE RETURN FAN MOTOR AND VFD AND SALVAGE TO OWNER (SALVAGE MOTOR ONLY IF NEW). REMOVE TOILET EXHAUST FAN KEEP MIXING PLENUM CASING REMOVE AHU SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK REMOVE MIXING AIR PLENUM CASING AT AIR FILTERS REMOVE AHU WALL AND DOORS AS INDICATED DASHED REMOVE CASING AT SUPPLY FAN DO NOT REMOVE RETURN FAN DO NOT REMOVE EXHAUST AIR DUCT AND LOUVERS REMOVE TEMPERATURE CONROL PANELS (CMCS) AND SALVAGE TO OWNER. REMOVE CHILLED WATER PUMP & ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE VENTILATION FAN AND DUCTWORK. REMOVE EXPANSION TANK & ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE CHILLED WATER PIPING IN A SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN, TO MAINTAIN CHILLED WATER TO CRAC UNITS AFTER TEMPORARY SHUT DOWN. xl PM45OR /7/7/ PM452R PM453R 0 KEY PLAN RECEIiVI= CITY OF TU MLA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #4 REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/17 -20 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM451 R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- PM451R FUNNEL DRAI 3" COPPER CHILLED WATE PUMP P-32 10 CHWR DN P CHILLED WATE PUMP PV30 8 "CHWR 3/4" CHEM B LINE TO DISCF IN FLOOR DR/ CHEMICAL BLE SOLENOID VAL 10 "CHWR DN P (C PE\THOUSE #4 REMOVAL PLA\ SCALE: 1/4 '=1' -0" REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE CHILLER CAVATION 9 -96 790908 SLB RWS 5.21.99 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 �BOE /NG° D AKE -UP DN PUMP - 50121- -1892 M @ ID,40 HP CONTROL 21) TO CLEAR EMOVE AREA ON ROOF ON ROOF CWS QUICK FILL VA OW TER NG TOWER P VALVE 22 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGE \D CHWS CHWR HWS HWR CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GE \ERAL \OTES 1 EXISTING CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER, DOMESTIC WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN, CW MAKE —UP & COMPRESSED AIR AT FLOOR TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW WORK. WORK SHALL BE PHASED IN ORDER TO KEEP BUILDING OPERATIONAL EXCEPT FOR SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN. REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS RFM4 (FOR PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR TO BE KEPT) CO \STRUCTI3 � OYES REMOVE CHILLER AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE CHILLED WATER PUMPS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE CONDENSER WATER PUMPS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE CHILLED WATER PIPING REMOVE CONDENSER WATER PIPING REMOVE BIOCIDE PUMP AND ASSOCIATED PIPING REMOVE COOLING TOWER MAKE —UP WATER PIPING 8 REMOVE COOLING TOWER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 BOEING ENVIRONMENTAL /BOEING HAZARDOUS WASTE WILL DRAIN AND DISPOSE OF THE MATERIAL ASSOCIATED WITH THE MOTOR STARTER OF THE OLD CHILLER THAT CONTAINS LARGE CAPACITORS WITH PCB FLUID. PM45OR PM451R 7/77/ PM452R' / / ///, PM453R 0 KEY PLAN RECEVE CITY OF TIUKLA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DATE 8 -8 -96 ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #4 REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL 11094515 B DATE 03.16.11 TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/20 -23 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM452R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096— PM452R 1/78/7010 719!57 PM / �/ 1 1 PM452 PM503 14600 # /HR 150 #- 12 #PRV� 150 #- 12 #PRV PM452 16" STEAM HEADER 8 "RELIEF THRU ROOF TO REMAIN PM503 I 1 1 12 T -T7, 1 E -rr�k� E)]L a �"`1 11 ! 1 1 i \� i, I� 1 1 P .. 0\ .0 o / ��' 1\ k�6 6"-150# C // - n`D,i 1= 8 -- 0; (a 2" TO I -�' -� J d "CHWR ro ro , �J 6 I- �� FD BELOW u I I I I , -j.) HI =J1 _� `r �'T it 1 / \ I/ At 10 "CHWR C -O -LET FLOW MEASURING DEVICE ► T-`� (7 -1 „ 2"CW M (1 1 1 /4 "ELB FACING FOR 3/4 PROBE RISER IN AND CWS (4 PACES) ( 4 P_r, AIR V,E�1T, FLOW SWITCH 1-1 ^� I 1 1 o ■ ACIFIC 0. 10 UPSTREAM CMCS TEMP 1 CHILLER - - - - I - -� 10 ��_ _ AT TOP OF I CHWS & R 1 & R r 1 �'" 500 TON - ! = I I L 1 0/81- -I °� - -- /'3,/ 'y 1 AIIII0 140001 850 GF 125FT __�.' C�1- -� 110/8�'��/� )�. -8 CHWS_�'_'7_�\ I MOTOR I 1 9 4 8 „CWS 51,2, L . PANEL M452 PM505 ■ Ailikk _Ay / Ig /. � M R = 3/4 SCD 80 PVC 1 PM4 I t� \ T 2 PM504 _ 1 i CHEMICAL LINE „ FD 5 CONDENSATE �TO 8 CHWS i1/ 1 „ cl I FIRST FLOOR 8 RISER TUBE R ���� 10 "CAP 1 I , - �1�I �� Ni - - — "CHWS _EED IN ED VEO 10 "CHWS DN — -1- -I- , — THRU FLOOR - p -33 I �- '--' ___ _ ' _ - -1�_ ��- _ ¢- _ = -I - -I - -_ , 4 CHWS /R DN THRU FL r7 )- ELL & TEE AT 450 W/ 450 ELL OTHER SIDE OF VALVE. L �" II 1 "CHWR 10 "CWSBcR I 1 I r 10IFO 3 t 12" 1 �g 3/4" CHD 80 PVC -7___ =— ` _ 4�' _ „ (__ 8 CHWF CHEMICAL BLEED P -34 r-1' ■ ■► - _ T7�I 10" BY -PASS 'X �\ r „ 1 1/4 COUPON RACK BELOW I 1 1 1 /4 "— ''`�'�`� I 1 "' ,�dl� All 3 " 1' I 1 3 4 PVC l 7 �1�,� I' I I 1- I �\ -BACKFL DRAIN I 12 1 r-� 1 I I DN PREVEN „ "COOL M452 PM504 .. „ _J "E B" - �- -� 1 1-1/2"CW MAKE -UP MAKE-1 I BIOCIDE PUMP 1 INHIBITOR PUMP L -1 -A- 1 1 -2 --c 1 1 _cp r, 8 "x10" RED 8" BUTTERFLY VALVE MANUAL OPERATED r jQ2"DRAIN 8"x12" RED CTRG22A L J 8 VALVE 3 "OVERFLOW - COOLING TOWER BAC VTI -340 -P 1I �1 PE\THOUSE #4 REMOVAL PLA\ SCALE: 1/4 '=1' -0" REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE CHILLER CAVATION 9 -96 790908 SLB RWS 5.21.99 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 �BOE /NG° D AKE -UP DN PUMP - 50121- -1892 M @ ID,40 HP CONTROL 21) TO CLEAR EMOVE AREA ON ROOF ON ROOF CWS QUICK FILL VA OW TER NG TOWER P VALVE 22 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGE \D CHWS CHWR HWS HWR CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GE \ERAL \OTES 1 EXISTING CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER, DOMESTIC WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN, CW MAKE —UP & COMPRESSED AIR AT FLOOR TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW WORK. WORK SHALL BE PHASED IN ORDER TO KEEP BUILDING OPERATIONAL EXCEPT FOR SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN. REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS RFM4 (FOR PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR TO BE KEPT) CO \STRUCTI3 � OYES REMOVE CHILLER AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE CHILLED WATER PUMPS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE CONDENSER WATER PUMPS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE CHILLED WATER PIPING REMOVE CONDENSER WATER PIPING REMOVE BIOCIDE PUMP AND ASSOCIATED PIPING REMOVE COOLING TOWER MAKE —UP WATER PIPING 8 REMOVE COOLING TOWER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 BOEING ENVIRONMENTAL /BOEING HAZARDOUS WASTE WILL DRAIN AND DISPOSE OF THE MATERIAL ASSOCIATED WITH THE MOTOR STARTER OF THE OLD CHILLER THAT CONTAINS LARGE CAPACITORS WITH PCB FLUID. PM45OR PM451R 7/77/ PM452R' / / ///, PM453R 0 KEY PLAN RECEVE CITY OF TIUKLA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DATE 8 -8 -96 ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #4 REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL 11094515 B DATE 03.16.11 TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/20 -23 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM452R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096— PM452R 1/78/7010 719!57 PM 3" 150 EXHAU BY BU 2' -6 "x OPERA AIR DA FIRE D EXHAU 10,-0' 1500 PENTH' VENTI STEAM STATIO 2 "HWR 4 "HWS 6 "HWS 6 "HWR VENTI FAN CONTR EXPAN TANK - 4' -0 "x LOUVEI C) COOLING TOWER 1 1 10 Lc —T \�_ \ >LUEE 18 48" HIGH ESSURE cNi M, WALL 11 ACCESS PLENUM, WALL �1 1 1 II I 1 c cn SEE DET 1 SHT 221 PANEL SEE DET 1 SHT 221 1 111 1I =_ Lo N % — ct i ct 1 TEMP CONTROL HIGH PRESSURE AREA --W' =I =1 PANEL --1 I c�11 11I ii$I�I 2 1 /2„ 1 1 ,J H -6 3 3 H -5 N *j 111 1 I C -6 C -5 1 1 i__. LTA_ __- -_ -� — �__ ___�_ —A v rct FLOOR DRAIN 1 L , '�-- - - --1- .r jr L T- i- - - - -�� L -2-2 1 0\ 18 "x18" //0 1 1 -- I 2 1/2 10 c,I % I u \\�6 CHW ACCESS 6 "CHWR /� 1 -1 I i 1 2 1 /2'L,� i ()T:::qcb „ LI- PM453 PM514 - r - - - --, \ / - --a-', ,' _ _: - -I 1 1 8 CHWI 1! � 8 � :: c,�11 1 N) „: x -6CV \� 1' ?'' 'N ?4 , 2"CHWR I I(T)- Y ='I - --I�` -I+ +�— — L UNDER \ II �\ i% 11 II \\ i% 11 ,/ 2 "CHWS- 1-1-.-1 �/ - - -+- >+ - -IJ �_ K\ -- -71 1- 6„ BYPA S \1- - .- ' III `�- -ILK 71 11 k-t / CIRCULATI 8 % u �� X`. r I 42" r i ,�'��. i �1;�� - -��_�� i i - -6 "CHWS '� -- - - -_`LZ _- ;:Yi1 1 45" @ 8 8 "CHWS 5, -0„ EXH r 7 K 1 `�\ 1 FLOOR TYP RS BY BUILDER -- f 1 1 1 \� il I - \\ 1 32/24 EXH rI- - -� 11111111-- -iI 1 1 1 1 \ IIlIIIlr 1 36/32 L -} -1- F. N� III11 � --) ) � TOILET EXHAUST ,o' ! 21 -- Ili ' , ! PE \THOUSE #3 RENOVAL PLA\ SCALE: 1/4 ' =1' -0" ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SEE DWG 325 23 > "x10' -0" MOTOR SATED EXHAUST DAMPERS UST AIR LOUVERS PM453 PM500 UST AIR (OVER) TIGHT JG PACKAGED AIR COOLED WATER CHILLER DUNHAM BUSH ARPC0085 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila 1 11 1I BUILDING DIVISION 25 1 1 11 II 1 I 11 1I L_ L—— JL - - - -J r ;HWS CHWR -T-77 ) /2" 'HWS 'HWR PM453 PM500 NG PUMP N TANK 26 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Mir 03 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K. BUN LEGE \D CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN HWS HEATING WATER SUPPLY HWR HEATING WATER RETURN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GE \ERAL OTES EXISTING CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER, DOMESTIC WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN, CW MAKE -UP & COMPRESSED AIR AT FLOOR TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW WORK. 2. WORK SHALL BE PHASED IN ORDER TO KEEP BUILDING OPERATIONAL EXCEPT FOR SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN. REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS RFM4 (FOR PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR TO BE KEPT) CO\ STRUCTIO\ \ CTES COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 REMOVE AHU FILTERS REMOVE AHU SUPPLY FANS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE HEATING COILS AND COOLIING COILS CAREFULLY REMOVE RETURN AIR, EXHAUST AIR AND OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITHOUT DAMAGING THE PLENUM WALL REMOVE RETURN FAN MOTOR AND VFD AND SALVAGE TO OWNER (SALVAGE MOTOR ONLY IF NEW). REMOVE TOILET EXHAUST FAN KEEP MIXING PLENUM CASING REMOVE AHU SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK REMOVE MIXING AIR PLENUM CASING AT AIR FILTERS REMOVE AHU WALL AND DOORS AS INDICATED DASHED REMOVE CASING AT SUPPLY FAN DO NOT REMOVE RETURN FAN DO NOT REMOVE EXHAUST AIR DUCT AND LOUVERS REMOVE TEMPERATURE CONROL PANELS (CMCS) AND SALVAGE TO OWNER. REMOVE VENTILATION FAN. REMOVE EXPANSION TANK & ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE CHILLED WATER PIPING IN A SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN, TO MAINTAIN CHILLED WATER TO CRAC UNITS AFTER TEMPORARY SHUT DOWN. REGEIVI CITY OF TUKW1LA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER DATE 8 -8 -96 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #3 REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P MECHANICAL MASTER COL. E- J/23 -26 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM453R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 - PM453R AIR TIGHT SIDING Hr LN JLL UVVh L/0 1 1 2' -E -if 1 11 0 0 OPENING I IN FLOOR 1 PSI STEAM - -- --.41, O 1 I S 5 I I - - � � ® / 10' -0" MOTOR E 4 $ •' 453 P PM501 / AMPER F FAN R -6 F FAN R -5 0 >T DUCT OVER I INCLINED PLENUM WALL- R RETURN AIR DAMPERS % /'1 l 24"x18" c / I l \ S EXH) SPAN A r —c is x c r x 4 4 4 4 4 - -� 2 'HWS ( OF 1 L____JL. J 5'- 0 "Wx10' -0 "H / / AIR 2 ' - - 01 i 9 4HWR i \TION 1 � L ___ J - - � —LOW PRESSURE CURTAIN FILTERS )L PANEL F V' R._ '-�'f= f= 7 —I I f= 7 1 f IIf'= =fir - FILTERS HF -1 24x24 UNITS PRESSURE 0 - � \ F �- L 6" HIGHx17 W -6 WIDE L- J P PLENUM WALL OVER L -j--L- -5 L_ 1 l r SUPPLY AND ` $ r • - PE \THOUSE #3 RENOVAL PLA\ SCALE: 1/4 ' =1' -0" ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SEE DWG 325 23 > "x10' -0" MOTOR SATED EXHAUST DAMPERS UST AIR LOUVERS PM453 PM500 UST AIR (OVER) TIGHT JG PACKAGED AIR COOLED WATER CHILLER DUNHAM BUSH ARPC0085 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila 1 11 1I BUILDING DIVISION 25 1 1 11 II 1 I 11 1I L_ L—— JL - - - -J r ;HWS CHWR -T-77 ) /2" 'HWS 'HWR PM453 PM500 NG PUMP N TANK 26 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Mir 03 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K. BUN LEGE \D CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN HWS HEATING WATER SUPPLY HWR HEATING WATER RETURN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GE \ERAL OTES EXISTING CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER, DOMESTIC WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN, CW MAKE -UP & COMPRESSED AIR AT FLOOR TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW WORK. 2. WORK SHALL BE PHASED IN ORDER TO KEEP BUILDING OPERATIONAL EXCEPT FOR SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN. REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS RFM4 (FOR PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR TO BE KEPT) CO\ STRUCTIO\ \ CTES COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 REMOVE AHU FILTERS REMOVE AHU SUPPLY FANS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS REMOVE HEATING COILS AND COOLIING COILS CAREFULLY REMOVE RETURN AIR, EXHAUST AIR AND OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITHOUT DAMAGING THE PLENUM WALL REMOVE RETURN FAN MOTOR AND VFD AND SALVAGE TO OWNER (SALVAGE MOTOR ONLY IF NEW). REMOVE TOILET EXHAUST FAN KEEP MIXING PLENUM CASING REMOVE AHU SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK REMOVE MIXING AIR PLENUM CASING AT AIR FILTERS REMOVE AHU WALL AND DOORS AS INDICATED DASHED REMOVE CASING AT SUPPLY FAN DO NOT REMOVE RETURN FAN DO NOT REMOVE EXHAUST AIR DUCT AND LOUVERS REMOVE TEMPERATURE CONROL PANELS (CMCS) AND SALVAGE TO OWNER. REMOVE VENTILATION FAN. REMOVE EXPANSION TANK & ASSOCIATED PIPING. REMOVE CHILLED WATER PIPING IN A SCHEDULED SHUT DOWN, TO MAINTAIN CHILLED WATER TO CRAC UNITS AFTER TEMPORARY SHUT DOWN. REGEIVI CITY OF TUKW1LA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER DATE 8 -8 -96 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #3 REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P MECHANICAL MASTER COL. E- J/23 -26 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM453R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 - PM453R ch) 30 29 28 11 10 ® O8 I TTTT -1- T -10 "CHWR PE\ THOUSE _— T1 0 "CHWS - - C0085 WATER CHILLER PACKAGED AIR COOLED 8 "CHWS 8 "CHWR — 10 "CHWS 10 "CHWR 8 "CHWS 8" "CHWR ROOF PLA\ SCALE: 1"= 0' 0" PE \THOUSE 6 "CHWS /R 8 "CHWS REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 10 "CHWS 10 "CHWR �► PROVIDE 8 "'CHWR c NSW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND REMOVAL CONFORMED SET REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGEND EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GENERAL NOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES REMOVE EQUIPMENT Sc ASSOCIATED PIPING. (5 TYP) EXISTING CHILLED WATER PIPING TO REMAIN. REMOVE CHILLED & ASSOCIATED PIPING. H Ma-037 COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 CITY AF TUL MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE ROOF PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF COL. A- N/1 -32 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET RFM3R JOB NO. COMP NO. 19R/9010 2 O9k59 PM DWG NO. 09- 096 -RFM3R SYM (G) 0) EXHAUST GRILLE WITH MANUAL & FIRE DAMPER 1500 CFM EXHAUST AIR DUCT 2' -6 "x10' -0" EXH AIR DAMPER LOW PRESSURE PLENUM WALL CO IX MOTOR OPERATED RETURN AIR DAMPER 3'- 0 "x8' -0" FLEX CONN RETURN FAN- ti FAN GUARD -- MOTOR OPERATED RETURN AIR DAMPER -0"x8' -0" INCLINED LOW PLENUM PRESSURE PLENUM WALL 33 J n 25' -0 "x25' -0" SOUND ABSORBING DECK --YP ALL 4 PENTHOUSE AREAS SUSPENDED CEILING n SUPPORT ANGLE- MOTOR OPERATED RETURN AIR DAMPER 3,- 0 „x8, -0„ „ RETURN FAN 1 INTEGRAL STEEL BASE J SPRING ISO_ATOR (TYPICAL) HANGER RODS n SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1'- SOUTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, AS SHOWN NORTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, OPP HAND PM451,PM453 PM500 EAST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, SIMILAR WEST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, OPP HAND UNISTRUT OR CHANNEL 2” ACOUSTIC INSULATION NON -AIR TIGHT SIDING 2' -6 "x10' -0" EXHAUST AIR DAMPERS EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS BY BUILDER 24 "x24" ACCESS DOOR AIR TIGHT SIDING PENTHOUSE FLR ELEV 43' -10 1/2" 41) r � CV 6" BY -PASS SOUTH & EAST PENTHOUSE ONLY 6" BY -PASS 11E li • ( ) '-6 "CHWS COOLING COILS \\ 6 "CHWR. 6 "CHWS BELL MOUTH 6 "CV 8 "CHWS 6 "CHWS 111 1 I 1 III HEATING!' i 111 1 1 1 in COIL 11 111 1 1 I II I 11 FITTING, (TYP) 11_�I�___� I III 11 1 1 11 1\ / 1 1 r =�1 I II 18x18 ACCESS PANEL -71/6"CV 4 OMB CC. 9E9 09= \ \ / 1111 11 1 111 1 x 1 1 1 45 48,'1 1 \'< 1 111 11 1 111 1 ;x\ 1 1 \ 1 111 11 1 111 1/ \I 1 x 1 , / - H-1 - - - ii / , 111 I II 11 \/ rrrr 1 \\ III 1 \ 111 1 II I 111 III Allrir e� ®-- - - -�6" CHWR . r z� 36/28 co N N CO ALL DUCT & PIPE PENETRATION THRU FLOOR TO BE SAFED OFF BY v1ECHANICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR 2 "CHWR 2"CHWS 1 1 /2 "CHWR 1 1 /2 "CHWS 1 EXPANSION TANK AIR VENT TO FLR DRAIN - 8 "CHWS 1/2" T� —T- —� \— -L H H 8 "CHWR 1 1 1 1 ri ri SCH 40 PIPE SLEEVES FOR ALL PIPING BY MECH SUB -CONTR 8 "CHWR REVISION SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1 SOUTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, AS SHOWN NORTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, OPP HAND BY APPROVED DATE SYM PM451,PM453 PM500 WEST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, SIMILAR EAST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, OPP HAND REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 QBOE /NG° rr- L 2x2x1/4 HOOD SUPPORTS v i 5' - 6' -4" PLENUM T T - -r 7 T T AIR INTA '(E SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" PENTHOUSE FLOOR 4 "U DAMPER SUPPORT (TYP) Hoop ()\/ER) TYPICAL FOR 4 PENTHOUSES 4 "CHR 4 "CHS 4 "CHS & R TO SAIL LAB. SEE 109 - 096 - 4010 -M4 OR 109-096-4023-M1 DETAIL SCALE: NONE 3 PM4501PM500 DETAIL SCALE: NONE ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER CHECKED DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PM500 2x2x1/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS @ 4' -O" OC EDGE OF HIP ROOF HOOD 14 GA. PANELS INSIDE It CURB GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of BUILDING DIVISION MIS -oaf REMOVAL CONFORMED SET PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 RECEIVE' CITY OF TULA MAR 2 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E —J DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM500R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096— PM500R SYM EXPANSION TANK 24 "o, 24" STRAIGHT SIDE 2 "OVERFLOW TO FLR DRAIN 3 "CT OVERFLOW' r 12"CWS TO PUMPS T TEMPLATE AND PUMP ANCHOR (5/8 "o) 8" TO MAIN ON ROOF 2 "DRAIN W /BALL SHUT —OFF VALVE CONCRETE PIERS FOR CHILLER (TYP 2) 10 LEIS 10 SO. PENTHOUSE & BLDG 9 -90 - REVISION A PM45jPM503 �8 "CHWR FROM BLDG 9 -101 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVE (TYP) 10 "CHWR SUCTION HEADER 10 "CHWR FROM S0. PENTHOUSE & BLDG 9 -90 8 "CHWR FROM NORTH PENTHOUSE BY APPROVED DATE SYM SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" PM452 PM503 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A CHILLER CAVITATION Job # 790908 -00 SLB 5.20.99 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 SECTIO\ SCALE: 1 ' =1' -0" CAULK WITH ASBESTOS ROPE �A1 PM503 4 40 4 40 64 .\. Yt PIPE INSULATION CAULK WITH LEAD WOOL CONC FOR SLAB PIPE SLEEVE DETAIL n SCALE: NONE PM503 GENERAL NOTES: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSTRUCTION NOTES: M z -039 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET RECEIV CITYOF TUktkA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 $L SO ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED ANAL 04 DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE SECTIONS AND DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL B DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. —/20-23 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM503R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096— PM503R 6" -150# STEAM 10 "CHWR FROM BLDG 9 -90 & S0. PENTHOUSE 10 "CWR FROM CARRIER CHILLER 10 "CHWS TO BLDG 9 -90 & SOUTH PENTHOUSE 9 -96 SPRINKLER MAIN y-ELEC CABLE TRAY SECTIO\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1 SUSPENDED CEILING C If PM452 PM504 1/2 CW TO PUMP OUT UNIT HEAT EXCHANGER FLOW SWITCH AIR VENTS 1 /2 "VTR FROM CH PUMP P -32 - 10 "CHWR 10 "CWS & R GATE VALVE --(D` E==-LT _ -ray BUTTERFLY VALVE- PRESSURE GAUGE- FLEX CONNECTION THERMOMETER DRAIN LINES A A 1 VTR OIL COOLER 518 TON CARRIER CHILLER 2 "" FRO COOLER TO DRAIN -- -"111 111 111 111 111 OUT 1""--------SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATOR FLOW AS !INC DEVI i r -1 ,_-10 °CWR DRIVE END (PRESS GAUGE n� 1/2" CHILLER WATER TO & FROM OIL COOLER r-- 10 "CHWS GATE VALVE 10" FLEX CONNECTION THERMOMETER PEDESTAL vIOUNT 2'- 0 "Wx5'- 0 "Lx1' -0 "H 2' -0" 8" 1, 17' -6 SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1' 0" PM452 PM504 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 CHILLER CAVITATION 790908 -00 SLB RWS 5.21.99 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE—ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Q� O ADJUSTABLE WROUGHT CLEVIS SIZE TO SUIT - GRINNELL FIG.260 OR APPROVED EQUAL (USE ON BARE PIPE)- CARRY VAPOR BARRIER THRU SADDLE INSULATION MATCH ADJOIN'G� THICKNESS 16 GA GALV SADDLE NATURAL CORK DETAIL SCALE: NONE 1 1 /2xOD CONDENSING RESERVOIRS MOUNTED HIGHER IN ELEVATION THAN ORIFICE 1/2" SCH 40 PIPE AND CI 125 LB FITTINGS TERMINATE PIPING WITH UNION 6' -0" OFF FLOOR PIPING SHOWN "DOTTED" BY BOEING rTh PM504 150 LB MALLEABLE IRON GROUND JOINT UNION (TYP) 150 LB GATE VALVE CRANE 431, OR EQUAL (TYP) 300 LB WELD NECK ORIFICE FLANGES BARTON MODEL 202 STEAM FLOW RECORDER AND STAND BY BOEING 16 GA GALV WITH ROLLED FLANGE EDGE 3/4 -14 -16 MESH ON BOTH SIDES LAG. TO PUMP WITH BRONZE BOLTS PU 12 PSI STEAM TO MACHINE TYPICAL I \STALLATIO\ ORIFICE STEAN FLOW VETER ORIFICE SCALE: NONE 1 1 I,I ly�� 1/\ I< 1 I Lh /� 1 k \V/ )i.r VP COUPLI SCALE: NONE \G GUARD DETAIL n PM452 PM504 GENERAL NOTES: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSTRUCTION NOTES: MIS 039 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET RECrOVE CITY QF TUKLA MAR 2 2012 PERMIT CENIER COFFMAtST N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL 1109451.5 B DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096. P COL. E -J DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM5O4R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- PM504R 10 "CWS FRON P- 10 "CHWR DISCH 10 "CHWR SUCTION 10 "CHWR SUCTION HEADER- -150# STM SU FISHER FLOAT VALVE TYPE 328 OR APPROVED EQUAL EXPANSION AND MAKE —UP TANK PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SET TO RELIEVE AT 50 PSI RUN TO 1" DISCHARGE LINE TO FLOOR DRAIN 8 "CHWS TO NORTH PENTHOUSE SPRINKLER MAIN ECT SCALE: 1 /4 "= If PM452 PM505 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Q� BOE /NG' PE,VIEVVL' L.IpNCE CODE COMP APPROVED MAY 212012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION. LEGEND: — EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: KEEP SAFETY VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE M i-03•ti REMOVAL CONFORMED SET RECEITVUE�a CITY OF I(MLA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL p DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E -J DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM505R JOB N0. COMP N0. DWG N0. 09- 096 — PM505R fUARTFF: 1 /7R/2010 7:09:52 PM RAIN CAP CKECK VALVE 33 .I �1 MATCH __.-1/4?- AY 1 _ �-- -TO #1 T 3 1 10 "CHWR DISCH HEADER _ BALL VALVE c� I 1 RELIEF VALVE .1_(-q i__ LI_4 10 "OHWR SET 17 PSI �) h �� i �_�_x iti 10 "CHWR INLET 7400 # /HR 150 #, 12# PRV i STM T i- CAP 20,000 # /HR 1" _,i,„ '� „ n 8 BLIND 3/4' 1 I 1 FLANGE-- NI -- ,c;` 1� TO MATCH #1 „ ,, 8"-1 4 "x8' "x 12" " x x —1 l5 12 -12" STM ail � 1 _� J 16 " -12# STM _� II 1 1/2 "CWS —�y AI ()Atop _Ili CHILLED WATER' PUMP P- 3214600 0 � _ - # /HR, ■ 150 -12 #PRV HEADER I I 4" DIRT LEG 1=� 6"-150# STEAM `~ 500 # /HR 2 „� aiNIIIl 1 /”, it kiallg- IOW ., O O — "_ .r, = AARL Asi Q 'PLY ppp "pi 4"HWR 4 "H WS ____? 1' -3„ N FISHER FLOAT VALVE TYPE 328 OR APPROVED EQUAL EXPANSION AND MAKE —UP TANK PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SET TO RELIEVE AT 50 PSI RUN TO 1" DISCHARGE LINE TO FLOOR DRAIN 8 "CHWS TO NORTH PENTHOUSE SPRINKLER MAIN ECT SCALE: 1 /4 "= If PM452 PM505 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Q� BOE /NG' PE,VIEVVL' L.IpNCE CODE COMP APPROVED MAY 212012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION. LEGEND: — EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: KEEP SAFETY VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE M i-03•ti REMOVAL CONFORMED SET RECEITVUE�a CITY OF I(MLA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL p DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E -J DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM505R JOB N0. COMP N0. DWG N0. 09- 096 — PM505R fUARTFF: 1 /7R/2010 7:09:52 PM COOLING TOWER WALL 8 "x12" REDUCER W16x36 -5 7/8" 1 3 "OVERFLO' TO SEWER L4x3x 1 /4 "x 12' SEE STRUC DWG 4 4 d • 4. CO LC) 2' j d .4 4. . 4 4 4 Qa d • 4. d4 .4 PETE'S PLUG CIRCUIT SETTER PLUGGED DRAIN VALVES [-1� A 4 4 d 4 4 • .4 4 4 .a 'd 4 . • 4 /II SLOPE ' 3 "DRAIN 2 "DRAIN WITH SHUTOFF VALVE N LO RCUTE DRAIN 12 "CWS, INSULATED HEAT TRACED AND WEATHER -PROOF MTL JACKETED EXTERIOR TO PENTHOUSE WALL PENETRATION CHEMICAL FEED LINE � I 1 1 1 1 I I I �_--- PENTHOUSE WALL 4, LE.1 n �r- -,..._I—, 1— 1 [/ 1 \\ 1 1 I I I\ �I � _1 -1— �,�T' I- L G I 10" PIPE TO CHILLER 12" PIPE TO PUMPS I — I — I I— 1 \ 1 1 / / \ 1 1 1 --I-+ I � \ i � 1 \ / / / / / 1r - - - -� - -..� = =1 11 11 -r -1--- - --I -- �,--k i\ 1 I 1 ./ I \ 1 1 1 - —1- 1-- I I \\ I //� -L _ _ I I - - -1- 1 - -1-'( u 1 L -17 I \ \ �-L-1 r —- I f I I � I 1 I I I Y- STRAINER 3/4" PVC CHEMICAL DRUMS W/ SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 1 D CW COMPUTER ROOM A/C UNIT 01 CONDENSATE PUMP TYPICAL FIELD PIPI \G DETAIL SCALE: NONE SAMPLE PORT - LL rOCI- CONDUCTIVITY CONTROLLER FLOW SWITCH I310 A CHEM PUMP III III II�II L-L JJ LLLJbL'J BITER T COUPON RACK TO CHEMICAL CONTROLLER I I. 11 L L n II r- -� I I L - - -J I I 3/41, PVC 1 CONDUCTIVITY I 1 _ Model 200 I I I _ CO_N Lied_1T_Y -- -- -EL-€cT-R9lx,_ / 1 r 1 1.I• . 1 .c c 3 c � ,• II II LI 17 DOLE VALVE 1 I -1= Irt II I I DRAIN 1 L lul 01(01■ M CHEMICAL FEED STATIO SCALE: NONE rTh PM452 PM509 6 "x10" CURB STAIRS TO 2nd FLOOR 10 "CWR TO TOWER INLET WATERPROOF METAL JACKET 1" FIBERGLASS INSU_ATION COOLING TOWER WALL L4x3x1/4 LLH W16x36 CHANNEL 5x6.7x5' -0 "� GRINNEL FIG 165 PROTECTION SADDLE PIPE SADDLE SUPPORT FIG 258 FOR 10" PIPE W /1" INSUL I • ' 1 1 „:1 3" SCHD 40 PIPE 2' -3" S ECTI O L SCALE: 1"=1'-0" PM452 PM509 r 1. SECTIC SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 10" CW TO CHILLER 10" BUTTERFLY VALVE - 4-77-1-52P - -�C _D *� I E4211-- lain I I I C� =D 177 �1� BELL & GOSSETT TRIPLE DUTY VALVE FLEX CONNECTION TYP. 6 "x10" CONCENTRIC REDUCER PACO PUMP MODEL 6015 -7 1500 GPM 60 FEET HEAD 30 HP MOTOR 1150 RPM r 1 p rL // Y// / G PM452 PM509 PRESSURE GAUGE 0 -60PSI PETE'S PLUG —1 CURB PER STRUCTURAL TYPICAL 4 PACES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MINIMUM _ L _ --1 j --III 1---1 I 1_ _III C__JII 7 ,s1 m 1 PRESSURE 30 "Hg - 12" CWS FROM TOWER ELL (S/OR TEE AT 450 DOWN GAUGE 0 PSI / _�' /�\ // / / r \ // 1 J I / 'F -' // 12" BUTTERFLY VALVE 1 1 1 / 3 0 MINIMUM /< �\ /' L // / /' / // <\‘ /// �% \ NS `fig / )<%%%...,■ / - - - - --� L__- L-1T'I _L -1 " DRAII 1 VALVE 8 "x12" ECCENTRIC REDUCER PIPE STAND SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 CHILLER CAVITATION 790908 -00 SLB B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN RWS M. SOTURA 5.21.99 03.16.11 Q1 BOE /NG m SECTIO\ SCALE: 1"=1'-0" Fd TYPICAL OF PUMPS #33 & 34) PM4521PM509 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER 12" 450 ELBOW LEGEND: - EXISTING TO BE REMOVED GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL COOLING TOWER PIPING SHALL BE JOINED WITH WELDED CONNECTIONS OR FLANGES (WHERE SHOWN). CONSTRUCTION NOTES: MIS -039 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET R CITY OF ECEIV TULA MAN 2 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM509R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- PM509R LEGEND: EXISTING TO BE REMOVED Q_Y) K.,9) ) RAIN CAP SCV HW EXPANSION TANK ��� GAGE GLASS BELL & GOSSEII #80 / rj) NX6 , 5 OR APP ROVED EQUAL _ i� / MV - M. V - MAV 2 1/2" WS - - - - - - - - - 80 GAL, - 200x66 ", t � �- ��� ��� - - - - 125PS1, ASME CODE 5" 12# STM _ CONSTRUCTED, STAMPED AAV _ AV I 1 1 1 2 1 /2 "HWR 24/32 EXHAUST DUCT F-(Z » VACUUM - -z� AND CERTIFIED _ _ _ _ ^�- 6 RELIEF BREAKER —� 4 "HWS I I I I I V -NX V -NX _ r � _� I I -AMY 3 1 4 1 MAV -60x48 LOUVER PRV 1 1/2" 2273#/HR I (CONVERTER HE -61 I I I I �--� � AAV 3" 12# STEAM CAPS 6000#/HR 1 SI ( 150/12 PSI r �-� RV I V N� IVNXI- -�r1-- --► 2 - TO DOMESTIC r,,,,, NX6 2 -► F &T TRAP ,� I ��� 2" AAV I I NX6 -6 - �, DRIP X6 -3 , t+-- - -��J1 III --I -- � 1 -1 61`) �-,� _ -.- - _ WATER HEATER PAN ~-' 6 -8 2 -7 t ,-I - - - -4-I.'F- �-I 1-L — � I I ,LI I = T� T ^ ��Y/ 2 AAV Z� I I 12 EXPANSION I ��-, I � _ �++--- •.- �- I -►-+-I ELBOW 6" w 'II- �� FILTER CHEMICAL CHAMBER � 1 N � 1 "11 = NIA T XT ; II��� ►�! � �� �� FEEDER r-F - - - - CW -� _` c-+ - �-' I I �P -37 I •P- 8 NI _ "� _ - 4 > -2„ TO FD--i � -g � d-1 ��h =� z 111 I-C�J 3-1 1 -Cc I+-0c�l 1 -N.121 5 1 s 8„ � Q >1) � I �r-1 = I 1 I � � 1-1—%1-1 � I 4).1 �I + f'' " , 1� \I/.� 3 �4" 1- -I 1 I T II 1 „ 4 °HWS �F 1i 0,17 1 1i 3/4 �' � PTO FD PILOT LINE - (f�I��L������'tl-- Iy�1+�.�1 -I - ,�,'�Y�- -�� -� ?Al- 3 I� �' - -�-_ -_- -�� _ =�1I___47_4_173) cn cn cn HOSE BIBS 1O STM HEADER 1 1, L 4 "HWR - �/4 �PRV 2 3810#/HR 4" 150# A L-- lNI - -I'1 �i � n � � �- � � - - _ _ _ 500 HR PILOT LINE NX6 -1 STEAM ' _G____� r() j -- - (hj -- 4 t�jj 8' (f 150 -12 PSI - �P -41 a P-41, ±- P -22' P -39� 1 P -401 1 a., r '.,d . . e• ' •° e . • . ° d• • • a .e•a' . d ,. • ' 4 • . . • e. e . e . a ... .. .n- • •' ° • • a a • e 4 DIRT LEG a 2 "CONDENSATE TIE �" 2 "HW -NORTH ZONE —� .� 6INTO 4 "CONDENSATE 2 "HWS -EAST ZONE FROM REFRI MACHINE - 2 "HWS -WEST 7ONF o+ c) ct) I 2 "HWR -EAST ZONE 2 "HWR -WEST 2 "HWR -NORTH ZONE GENERAL NOTES: SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1'— PM450IPM511 COOLING TOWER #4 1 1/2 MAKE -UP r II SPRING LOADED I CHECK VALVE 1' Ll 8x6 -I I U 111 11 , 11 4- �I I —DRAIN VA 1 I-I U Illf - - 7•T -V - - -TT' 1'I II II O� -"COOLING TOWER "\% 1 n 11 ,/ SUPPORT \% 1 U II �/ �\% I IV' \: 1� 11 1 H 11 PENTHOUSE FLR I 1-1 ELEV. 43' -10 1/2" 1 J I 1 ELEV 50' -11 1/4" VERTICAL LADDE BY BUILDER - 4" CONDENSATE RET TO COND RECEIVER TANK ON 1ST FLR REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION NOTES: KEEP HYDRONIC PIPING City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS 16'- 0 "x3' -6" BY BUILDER I EXHAUST AIR PLENUM NI 4 rI RETURN AIR `-I o) PLENUM �)�- R COOLING TOWER (1=1" MAKE -UP QUICK FILL `' - s N SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" PM450I PM511 SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1' REMOVAL PM450 PM511 CONFORMED SET COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 REVISION APPROVED REDRAWN DATE REVISION APPROVED 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 BOE /NG° c-- ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED PPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER TITLE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL 03.16.11 SHEET PM5IIR JOB NO. COMP NO. c c cc I c MECHANICAL MASTER COL. E— J/5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096— PM511R 8" TO 2ND FLR 2ND FLR ELE. 29' -6" 8 "VIC 90 °- ---�,� 8 "VIC 45° ELE. 25' -6 3/4" —FLEX COUPLING 8" ALRM VALVE 8" VIC CAP 1ST FLR �J ELE. 25' -6 3/4" SECTIC\ SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" NON -AIR TIGHT SIDING LOW PRESSURE PLENUM CEILING O 1M2 PM512 AIR INTAKE HOOD SEE DETAIL 1/223 EXHAUST AIR DUCT AIR TIGHT SIDING GUARD RAIL BY BUILDER r REVISION LOW PRESSURE � INCLINED PLENUM WALL 1 5 1/ " 8 1/2" SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1' 0" INSULATE ALL AROUND N) �B� 1M2651PM512 2ND FLR 8" CO —A- TIE INTO 8" UNDERGRND SECTION SCALE: 1/4"=1' 0" 1M265 PM512 • �11J;1LG/ J I�� LP - -- -FLEX CONN RETURN AIR FAN LOW PRESSURE PLENUM CEILING 2 1/2"HWR 2 1/2"HWS -1111 - - -- -1111= HI . II II IL-C-71111 II OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS 4 © F/ 1_1f- 4'-0"x6'.-0" IZ\ I J RETURN AIR DAMPERS 3 3'- 0 "x8' -0" ROLL CURTAIN FILTER CURB ALL AROUND,4 \ SLOPE TO Z-1 -/ FLR DRAIN •r-- _L F- 11 II FLEX CONN SUPPLY FAN MANUALLY OPER VARIABLE INLET VANES BELT GUARD FUTURE ('- CARTRIDGE III FILTER -� I -I- -I \\ • \ \\ \ \\ \ HIGH PRESSURE PLENUM CEILING /// 4 "USA /%--3 ©5.0# BRACE 4'- 0 "x8' -0 "x3/4" SHEET FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD 4 "USA 2 1/2"x2 1/2%1/4" 6 C 6 "GATE VALVE T k16 "CHSJ 1 II ,d BELL MO PLENUM CONN ACOUSTIC LINER h TH 1 1 1____1 • :' 'ASS SO & EA PENTHOUSE ONLY 1 � 1 1 it 1 K - - --1 1 1 1 32/24 -- FLEX CONN EXPANSION[ �� TOILET EXHAUST DUCT TO I %—��\ `� FAN \ 8 »x45" 1 - - \� X ( \I\ cif 1 \ 6' CV /\ _ / \ � /i I / /I/ 1 1 = R�- 32/36 SECURITY GRILL (TYP 5) BY APPROVED INTEGRAL STEEL BASE VIBRATION ISOLATORS DATE SYM SECTO\ SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0° CONCRETE INITIA BLOCK VIBRATION ISOLATORS PM451,PM4531PM512 SOUTH PENTHOUSE BUILD 9 -96 SIMLAR NORTH PENTHOUSE BUILD 9 -96 OPP . HAND REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 HIGH PRESS PLENUM WALL eN FD COOLING COILS Q� - BOE /NG' 0 ACCESS DOOR (TYP 5) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVAL CONFORMED SET RECEIVE CITY OF TUK ILA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 6243775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K. BUN APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL h DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. N —S DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM512R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096— PM512R PENTHOUSE I EL 43' -10Y” 2 "HWS -EAST ZONE SECTION SCALE: 1 /4" PM451,PM453I PM514 2 "HWS -SOUTH ZONE > COUNTER j v v EXPANSION FLASHING ROOF EL 59' -7 1/2"---- TANK 2" 15 PSI STM GAGE GLASS— !-A'\\ 2 1/2" WR -TO DOM HW HTR -AAV -_ V t`iu, 2 2 1/2 "HWS EXHAUST I 1-1-1-1-7-1- �- --1 1- -t - - -- � � • ,\ DUCT /� I I I I � TO H -7 c („n ® TO H-8 M‘'\7. < .-- = _ _ _ V V FILTER 8" EXPANSION I AAVnn � \ I I I � I � n �� CHAMBER-- -1-��'III. 7 I k N4 -1 N5 -1 CHEMICAL I 1� II HE -8 1 > / ' \ V n n I I I� V � _ _ FEEDER - -1 -1 II I. H r RV // -- - 1 N 1 -2 `� �i 1 N 2 -2 AAV Z _2„ AAV ll-C �- Ill-4- -+� +1� I I NT T AAV� T 3/4' -� r 1 i I tl- irll T o- � N6-4 � o✓ cn 2'�- � I �-�.I -111 -- -C 4- - - - - _1i I DRIP PAN ,I-c�1 I- �T`,f_-- -,-�1� I _ _ "kit ELBOW �P 20 4P -1 � I STEAM N71 DRAIN /' L+I 1, �, �. 4 150 PSI STM 1 - -- nfi.�'� 14'1 - -- - - - 1 3/4" I > ► 4 I�c�ll -cam `_ D I C 3 t 31 t C_271- r �I� � I r� N � Au4- ��I� +� +I])� I 1 t1 - --a1 L_l +�+l� I- +t+CY��I�+C4 -- - -3 I�CF�CW� _ I 1 rc � Lc o-rN ;1� I �, J JSE FLR 2" 150 PSI SCV ,l � I _- I i , 1' �'� r 1 T-1 -H� I- -1 1 10 1/2„ STEAM N6 -1 r t+ - - - - -L P -23(() P -24( J I �P Q= b - V V DRAIN -� 2 "HWR -EAST ZONE DRAIN -� 6 "STEAM 4 "HWS -- -- 2 "HWS -EAST ZONE —�� - r 4 "HWS 0 ' �— ice- J i ) Z) Z ,. 2 "HWS -WEST ZONE • 2 "COND RET —�� 1 �4 »HWR —� n "i nnm SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1' fl PM4511 PM514 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 08.08.96 REPLACE LEAKING EXPANSION TANK 10203731 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 M.WONG COFFMAN RWS M. SOTURA 02.05.10 03.16.11 Q� � BOE /NG ° o ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE WN K.B CHECKED R.SQUUN ENDRAGINEER IRES CHECKED APPROVED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGEND: 53 gallon 24"0 x 43" HIGH PRE — CHARGED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH A HEAVY DUTY BUTYL RUBBER BLADDER. NPT CONNECTIONS AND 1 0.302 " -32 CHARGING VALVE CONNECTION, CONFORM TO SECTION VIII OF THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE. WESSLES NLA -200. 5 GALLON CHEMICAL POT FEEDER W/ FILTER KIT NELCO 20 GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: SCHEDULE SHUT DOWN OF CAFETERIA HOT WATER SYSTEM DURING A WEEKEND WHEN NEW HEAT TRANSFER PACKAGE IS READY FOR CONNECTION TO THE 4 "HWS TO THE CAFETERIA. MIO3T REMOVAL CONFORMED SET CITY QF TUKWILA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 DATE 08.08.96 08.08.96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS &SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL B DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. 18/26 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM514R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096— PM514R 120 GAL Z EXPANSION TANK (ABANDON) 3 - � ROOF EL 59' 7 1 /2" FLASHING -\ / - - - 232 "HWS -21/2"HWR 12 "EXPANSION - CHAMBER T GAGE / <> GLASS ��c�i / -AAV V - . - - - - - - - - - VACUUM _ BREAKER TO H -5 t' r I I 74%," -- TO H -6 �V_� ik�III.— 1__- iv` 6 "HWR 6 "HWS I I I y I - -1 I I � 1 T I n I I �1 I +H =H- I - -a— 1 1 I 6" 15 PSI STEAM 1 1 1 Q� cc � — �-. V =_ ?TX V V n I I 4> I1 V rl 2- 1 _ SCV \ EXHAUST \\ DUCT /- < < S6 -4 t HONEYWEL_ AIR I VENT EA7 A1004 ---� EXPANSION TANK - I , , p*1, F- 111- -1- PI HWS- - - -� -_ - - -I 3 / "CF I -rZ• 3/» pW -� I� 1 1 1 T V 1 -117 1 = I t _� - P -15 p -116 = - T Je I olt nl nl In riE I I I I I II g �I �j �� I �I I �L� J-1II -H I-CI *1I .,t rc} r 1' c c +� �I c +� �I }i ffI () I . V\ /CV DRIP PANH II IS6 ELBOW I Q f © (�-1��_I) L PRV _ , -C 1 1 n � cl-I -3 I I `�1 ►_ g o s6 -2 1 > I�I• y [ • }e. ► III ►4'I1I1�' I LR 1 I L) /PRV I - I I g li+CFro.ai -t- t- - s ���I'�— --cii - - - -- - -- - -I� -j� - -I - j� - -1� N 1 4 I 4 I {i1 _ N _ N II � 500 # /HR I I _ �c ,, u-� ,104.1 BUCKET 2 > I I yip — -2'11 -,�1 f S' -1 T., r �� • c I �-2 - J , P -25a P -25B -+- 6 „HWR -ter P -17 0 )- -18(x() )- _P -19(() L� S- _ �T+RAP I - %4 "DRAIN , "CW "HWR ~ 3" 150 PSI STEAM - -' 6" STEAM % %4 "DRAIN DRAIN Y„ SAMPLE PORT - 134 "B &G TANK A DRAIN 2 -EAST ZONE �- 2 "HWR -SOUTH ZONE _ ��� >, ~ 4 "HWS — v-+v _ - 4 "HWR PURGE VALVE „ -3 CONDENSATE 2 HWR -WEST ZONE _ Z 2 „HWS -WEST ZONE '! , _i",•----_, 2 "HWS -EAST ZONE SECTION SCALE: 1 /4" PM451,PM453I PM514 2 "HWS -SOUTH ZONE > COUNTER j v v EXPANSION FLASHING ROOF EL 59' -7 1/2"---- TANK 2" 15 PSI STM GAGE GLASS— !-A'\\ 2 1/2" WR -TO DOM HW HTR -AAV -_ V t`iu, 2 2 1/2 "HWS EXHAUST I 1-1-1-1-7-1- �- --1 1- -t - - -- � � • ,\ DUCT /� I I I I � TO H -7 c („n ® TO H-8 M‘'\7. < .-- = _ _ _ V V FILTER 8" EXPANSION I AAVnn � \ I I I � I � n �� CHAMBER-- -1-��'III. 7 I k N4 -1 N5 -1 CHEMICAL I 1� II HE -8 1 > / ' \ V n n I I I� V � _ _ FEEDER - -1 -1 II I. H r RV // -- - 1 N 1 -2 `� �i 1 N 2 -2 AAV Z _2„ AAV ll-C �- Ill-4- -+� +1� I I NT T AAV� T 3/4' -� r 1 i I tl- irll T o- � N6-4 � o✓ cn 2'�- � I �-�.I -111 -- -C 4- - - - - _1i I DRIP PAN ,I-c�1 I- �T`,f_-- -,-�1� I _ _ "kit ELBOW �P 20 4P -1 � I STEAM N71 DRAIN /' L+I 1, �, �. 4 150 PSI STM 1 - -- nfi.�'� 14'1 - -- - - - 1 3/4" I > ► 4 I�c�ll -cam `_ D I C 3 t 31 t C_271- r �I� � I r� N � Au4- ��I� +� +I])� I 1 t1 - --a1 L_l +�+l� I- +t+CY��I�+C4 -- - -3 I�CF�CW� _ I 1 rc � Lc o-rN ;1� I �, J JSE FLR 2" 150 PSI SCV ,l � I _- I i , 1' �'� r 1 T-1 -H� I- -1 1 10 1/2„ STEAM N6 -1 r t+ - - - - -L P -23(() P -24( J I �P Q= b - V V DRAIN -� 2 "HWR -EAST ZONE DRAIN -� 6 "STEAM 4 "HWS -- -- 2 "HWS -EAST ZONE —�� - r 4 "HWS 0 ' �— ice- J i ) Z) Z ,. 2 "HWS -WEST ZONE • 2 "COND RET —�� 1 �4 »HWR —� n "i nnm SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1' fl PM4511 PM514 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 08.08.96 REPLACE LEAKING EXPANSION TANK 10203731 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 M.WONG COFFMAN RWS M. SOTURA 02.05.10 03.16.11 Q� � BOE /NG ° o ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE WN K.B CHECKED R.SQUUN ENDRAGINEER IRES CHECKED APPROVED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGEND: 53 gallon 24"0 x 43" HIGH PRE — CHARGED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH A HEAVY DUTY BUTYL RUBBER BLADDER. NPT CONNECTIONS AND 1 0.302 " -32 CHARGING VALVE CONNECTION, CONFORM TO SECTION VIII OF THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE. WESSLES NLA -200. 5 GALLON CHEMICAL POT FEEDER W/ FILTER KIT NELCO 20 GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: SCHEDULE SHUT DOWN OF CAFETERIA HOT WATER SYSTEM DURING A WEEKEND WHEN NEW HEAT TRANSFER PACKAGE IS READY FOR CONNECTION TO THE 4 "HWS TO THE CAFETERIA. MIO3T REMOVAL CONFORMED SET CITY QF TUKWILA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 DATE 08.08.96 08.08.96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS &SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL B DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. 18/26 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM514R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096— PM514R fUARTFP 4/14/7009 6734734 AM AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE SYSTEM AREA SERVED SUPPLY FANS COOLING COILS HEATING COILS MIN OUTSIDE (CFM) PRE FILTERS FINAL FILTERS * * ** BASIS OF DESIGN REMARKS DATE OF SERVICE Qt MARK CFM ESP (IN) TSP (IN) TYPE RPM VFD * ** MOTOR HP BRAKE HP MARK CFM ENT AIR LVG AR* APD (IN) MAX CHILLED WATER ROWS PRESS. DROP COIL SIZE MARK CFM M ENT AIR LVG ** AIR APD (IN) MAX STEAM ROWS PRESS. DROP COIL SIZE MERV SIZE EFF SIZE DB WB DB WB GPM ENT LVG MBH LBS /HR AHU -1 NORTH SIDE 12 - 5,417 4.0 6.84 FANWALL 2852 YES 12 @ 8.5 96.62 CC -1 65,000 80 °F 63 °F 52 °F 51 °F 0.65 353 42°F 54 °F 6 10 FT 4 @ 57 "x 82" HC -1 (2065,000,000 ) 25 °F 60 °F 0.35 756 787 1 0.3 FT 2 @ 42 "x120" 20,000 14 2 "x24 "x24" 85 """ 12"x24"x24" HUNTAIR COLD DECK AHU -2 NORTH SIDE 9 - 3,556 4.0 6.10 FANWALL 2988 YES 9 @ 5.0 42.41 - - - - - - - - - - - - - HC -2 32,000 60 °F 96 °F 0.30 1286 1360 1 0.3 FT 2 @ 28.5 "x90" 0 14 2 "x24 "x24" 85 12 "x24 "x24" HUNTAIR HOT DECK AHU -3 CENTER OF BLDG 12 - 5,417 4.0 6.84 FANWALL 2852 YES 12 @ 8.5 96.62 CC -2 65,000 80 °F 63 °F 52 °F 51 °F 0.65 353 42 °F 54 °F 6 10 FT 4 @ 57 "x 82" HC -3 20'000 (65,000) 25 °F 60 °F 0.35 756 787 1 0.3 FT 2 @ 42 "x120" 20,000 14 2 "x24 "x24" 85 12 "x24 "x24" HUNTAIR COLD DECK AHU -4 CENTER OF BLDG 9 - 3,556 4.0 6.10 FANWALL 2988 YES 9 @ 5.0 42.41 - - - - - - - - - - - - - HC -4 32,000 60 °F 96 °F 0.30 1286 1360 1 0.3 FT 2 @ 28.5 "x90" 0 14 2 "x24 "x24" 85 12 "x24 "x24" HUNTAIR HOT DECK AHU -5 SOUTH SIDE 12 - 5,417 4.0 6.84 FANWALL 2852 YES 12 @ 8.5 96.62 CC -3 65,000 80 °F 63 °F 52 °F 51 °F 0.65 353 42°F 54 °F 6 10 FT 4 @ 57 "x 82" HC -5 (2605:00°0o°) 25 °F 60 °F 0.35 756 787 1 0.3 FT 2 @ 42 "x120" 20,000 14 2"x24"x24" 85 12 "x24 "x24" HUNTAIR COLD DECK. AHU -6 SOUTH SIDE 9 - 3,556 4.0 6.10 FANWALL 2988 YES 9 © 5.0 42.41 - - - - - - - - - - - - - HC -6 32,000 60 °F 96 °F 0.30 1286 1360 1 0.3 FT 2 @ 28.5 "x90" 0 14 2 "x24 "x24" 85 12 "x24 "x24" HUNTAIR HOT DECK * LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE SHALL BE 54F AFTER SUPPLY FAN. NOTE 1: AHU -1, AHU -3, AND AHU -5: 460V /3PH, MINIMUM SCCR RATING= 100,000A AHU -2, AHU -4, AND AHU -6: 460V /3PH, MINIMUM SCCR RATING= 100,000A ** STEAM COIL SHALL BE SIZED FOR 20,000 CFM FROM 25F TO 60F AND WITH A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF 0.35" AT 65,000 CFM. NOTE 2: FOR AHU -1, AHU -3, AND AHU -5: MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR IS 20,000 CFM * ** CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE VFD WITH BYPASS, POWER WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. * * ** FINAL FILTER RACKS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 85% FILTERS THROUGH CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING, REMOVE AT PROJECT COMPLETION REVIEWED FOR CODE COM APPROVVEEDNCE D. MAY 2 1 2012 City of Tukwila AIR SEPARATOR SCHEDULE BUILDING DIVISION EXHAUST FAN (EF) SCHEDULE MARK NUMBER LOCATION /SERVICE PIPE SIZE IN. DIMENSIONS HxL (IN) GPM MAX PRESS DROP (FT) MANUFACTURER MARK NUMBER LOCATION AREA SERVED FAN DIA SIZE ARRNGMT. NUMBER CLASS CFM TOTAL STATIC PRESS. INCHES WC APPROX. RPM DRIVE SIDE INLET GUIDE VANES BHP MOTOR VFD* WEIGHT LBS BASIS OF DESIGN DATE OF SERVICE HP VOLTS PH HZ AS -1 C -1 HEATING HOT WATER 3 24x9 78 1 SPIROTHERM "VSR300FL" EF -1 NORTH PENTHOUSE NORTH BATHROOMS 24 9 I 10,000 0.75 996 BOTTOM NO 2.21 3 460 3 60 YES 550 GREENHECK MODEL QEI -24 -I AS -2 C -2 HEATING HOT WATER 4 24x9 130 1 SPIROTHERM "VSR400FL" EF -2 CENTER PENTHOUSE CENTER BATHROOMS 24 9 I 10,000 0.75 996 BOTTOM NO 2.21 3 460 3 60 YES 550 GREENHECK MODEL QEI -24 -I AS -3 C -3 HEATING HOT WATER 4 24x9 100 1 SPIROTHERM "VSR400FL" EF -3 SOUTH PENTHOUSE SOUTH BATHROOMS 24 9 1 10,000 0.75 996 BOTTOM NO 2.21 3 460 3 60 YES 550 GREENHECK MODEL QEI -24 -I *: CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW VFD WITH BYPASS, POWER WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION CAPACITY (LBS /HR) VALVE SIZE (IN) INLET PRESS (PSI) DISCH PRESS (PSI) STRAINER SIZE . (IN) BASIS OF DESIGN SPIRAX SARCO DATE OF SERVICE RETURN FANS (ExisTiNo) SYSTEM AREA SERVED MARK CFM S ' P • ,' H2O OUTLET VEL WHELL DIA WIDTH CLASS RPM BRAKE HP MOTOR* VFD ** BASIS OF DESIGN DATE OF SERVICE PRV -1 PENTHOUSE #5 2600 1 -1/2 125 15 N/A 25P (PILOT OPER) HP VOLTS PH HZ PRV -2 PENTHOUSE #5 1300 1 125 15 N/A 25P (PILOT OPER) PRV -3 PENTHOUSE #4 4350 2 125 15 3 25P (PILOT OPER) AHU -1 &2 NORTH SIDE R -9 28,000 5/8" 1488 40" DWDI 1 420 4 10 460 3 60 YES AMERICAN STANDARD IND DIVISION, DETROIT SIZE 402 PRV -4 PENTHOUSE #4 2175 1-1/4 125 15 2-1/2 25P (PILOT OPER) AHU -1 &2 NORTH SIDE R -10 28,000 5/8" 1488 40" DWDI 1 420 4 10 460 3 60 YES PRV -5 PENTHOUSE #3 1450 1 125 15 N/A 25P (PILOT OPER) AHU -3 &4 CENTER OF BLDG R -7 28,000 5/8" 1488 40" DWDI 1 420 4 10 460 3 60 YES PRV -6 PENTHOUSE #3 725 3/4 125 15 N/A 25P (PILOT OPER) AHU -3&4 CENTER OF BLDG R -8 28,000 5/8" 1488 40" DWDI 1 420 4 10 460 3 60 YES NOTE: PRV -3 AND PRV -4 ARE PROVIDED AS PART OF THE NEW STEAM PRV STATION (LONG - LEAD), THE REMAINING PRVS ARE TO BE RETROFITTED AHU -58c6 SOUTH SIDE R -5 28,000 5/8" 1488 40" DWDI 1 420 4 10 460 3 60 YES INTO THE EXISTING STEAM PRV STATIONS. AHU -5&6 SOUTH SIDE R -6 28,000 5/8" 1488 40" DWDI 1 420 4 10 460 3 60 YES *: SEE PENTHOUSE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR MOTOR /MOTOR BASE REVISIONS, CHANGE SHEAVES SO MAXIMUM FAN SPEED IS APPROXIMATELY 420 RPM WHEN MOTOR SPEED IS MAXIMUM. * *: CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW VFD WITH BYPASS, POWER WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. STEAM TRAP SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION SERVICE CAPACITY (LBS /HR) SIZE (IN) INLET PRESS (PSI) DISCH PRESS (PSI) STRAINER SIZE (IN) BASIS OF DESIGN SPIRAX SARCO TYPE OF TRAP DATE OF SERVICE PRESSURE POWERED CONDENSATE PUMP PACKAGES MARK LOCATION SERVICE CONDENSATE TEMP °F RECEIVER STORAGE CAPACITY LBS /HR MAX HEAD PSIG MOTIVE STEAM PRESS PSI SPIRAX SARCO PUMP BASIS OF DESIGN DATE OF SERVICE STPG20 PENTHOUSE #4 PRV -3 & 4 250 3/4" 125 20 3/4" FT -150 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CAPACITY GALS SIZE STPJ6 PENTHOUSE #5 WHP1 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -150 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CPP -PA PENTHOUSE #5 HC -1 STEAM COIL 212 1.6 6 "DIAx12" 1500 10 15 SINGLE APT -14HC SPIRAX SARCO STPJ17 PENTHOUSE #4 WHP2 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -150 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CPP -PB PENTHOUSE #5 HC -2 STEAM COIL 212 1.6 6 "DIAx12" '1500 10 15 SINGLE APT -14HC SPIRAX SARCO STPF7 PENTHOUSE #5 STEAM COIL 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CPP -PC PENTHOUSE #4 HC -3 STEAM COIL 212 1.6 6 "DIAx12" 1500 10 15 SINGLE APT -14HC SPIRAX SARCO STPH7 PENTHOUSE #5 STEAM COIL 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CPP -PD PENTHOUSE #4 HC -4 STEAM COIL 212 1.6 6 "DIAx12" 1500 10 15 SINGLE APT -14HC SPIRAX SARCO STPF18 PENTHOUSE #4 STEAM COIL 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CPP -PE PENTHOUSE #3 HC -5 STEAM COIL 212 1.6 6 "DIAx12" 1500 10 15 SINGLE APT -14HC SPIRAX SARCO STPH18 PENTHOUSE #4 STEAM COIL 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CPP -PF PENTHOUSE #3 HC -6 STEAM COIL 212 1.6 6 "DIAx12" 1500 10 15 SINGLE APT -14HC SPIRAX SARCO STPF25 PENTHOUSE #3 STEAM COIL 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC STPH25 PENTHOUSE #3 STEAM COIL 90 3/4" 15 5 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC STPH8 PENTHOUSE #5 CPP -PA 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE STPF7 PENTHOUSE #5 CPP -PB 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC MARK NUMBER SYSTEM SERVED TYPE TANK CAPACITY (GAL) TANK ACCEPTANCE (GAL) CHARGE PRESSURE PSI RELIEF PRESSURE PSI DIMENSIONS HxL (IN) CONNECTION (IN) FULL WEIGHT (LBS) MANUFACTURER REMARKS STPH19 PENTHOUSE #4 CPP -PC 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT 8c THERMOSTATIC STPF18 PENTHOUSE #4 CPP -PD 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC ET -1 C -1 BLADDER 80 80 10 50 24x51 3/4 950 BELL & GOSSLI1 "B -300" ASME STPH25 PENTHOUSE #3 CPP -PE 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT 8c THERMOSTATIC ET -2 C -2 BLADDER 80 80 10 50 24x51 3 4 / 950 BELL & GOSSETT "B -300" CI "' u' AiliVAL�. STPF25 PENTHOUSE #3 CPP -PF 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT 8c THERMOSTATIC STPF9 PENTHOUSE #5 STEAM METER 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT &THERMOSTATIC ET -2 C -3 BLADDER 132 132 10 50 24x78 3/4 1450 BELL & GOSSEII "B -500" MAK 2 ti 2012 ASME I'ERMITCENT :R STPH2O PENTHOUSE #4 STEAM METER 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC CONFORMED SET AFOFFMAN GINEERS ..,,, 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 2% 0 3 7 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 STPF24 PENTHOUSE #3 STEAM METER 150 3/4" 15 - 3/4" FT -15 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE EL SO ��. k U, , ACCEPTABILITY DRAWN COFFMAN DATE 02.01.11 SUBTITLE MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL - DATE 03.16.11 - 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 WAS O� ilv THIS DESIGN AND /OR A, 1 SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED CHECKED M. SOTURA 02.01.11 SHEET 1V12A L �0�,�� ® ENGINEER TITLE - 9 96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING Q Q BUILDING 09-096 MECHANICAL MASTER DEV. CENTER WA , y�, r':"' ;.� APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE . 19 /3 CHECKED JOB NO COMP NO. . , 611 4 '�` .�OfSTE02 w APPROVED APPROVED t r SSIONAL�G DWG NO 09- 096 -M2A fUARTFP 4/14/7009 6734734 AM CONTROL VALVE SCHEDULE MARK NUMBER ITEM SYSTEM SERVED VALVE SIZE ROTATION MAX FLOW GPM MAX P.D. PSIG TEMP. RANGE DEG F REMARKS 96 —CV -1 CHILLED WATER 6" 90 DEG 355 35 40 — 60 FLOW CONTROL IND. - DELTA P VALVE — 6 "EDP 96 -CV -2 CHILLED WATER 6" 90 DEG 355 35 40 - 60 FLOW CONTROL IND. - DELTA P VALVE — 6 "EDP 96 —CV -3 CHILLED WATER 6" 90 DEG 355 35 40 - 60 FLOW CONTROL IND. = DELTA P VALVE — 6 "EDP NOTE THE STEAM CONTROL VALVE SIZES ARE LISTED ON DETAIL 3/PM516, CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SIZES. THE STEAM CONTROL VALVES FOR THE STEAM —TO— WATER CONVERTERS ARE PROVIDED BY SPIRAX SARCO AS PART OF THE LONG LEAD PACKAGE. TEMPORARY AIR HANDLING UNIT INFORvATION (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) AGGREKO LLC CONTACT: TRENT BRIGGS, (206) 498 -2350, trent.briggs@aggreko.com SYSTEM CONCEPT: PROVIDE (3) 30,000 CFM TEMPORARY AIR HANDLING UNITS TO SERVE EACH PENTHOUSE. THE AIR HANDLERS WILL ALL HAVE ELECTRIC HEATING AND CHILLED WATER COOLING COILS, WITH THE (2) COLD DECK AIR HANDLING UNITS HAVING THE HEATING COIL DEENERGIZED (NOT CONNECTED) AND THE (1) HOT DECK AIR HANDLING UNIT HAVING THE COOLING COIL DISCONNECTED. AIR HANDLING UNIT INFORMATION: AIRFLOW: 30,000 CFM @ 6.45" TSP COOLING NOMINAL CAPACITY: 120 TONS HEATING CAPACITY: 260KW FAN POWER: 50 HP ELECTRICAL: 480V/3PH/400 AMP BREAKER LENGTH: 118" WIDTH: 96" HEIGHT: 102" WEIGHT: 7200 LBS NOTE: THIS INFORMATION WAS USED FOR PLANNING OF THE TEMPORARY AIR SYSTEM, IT IS PROVIDED FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S INFORMATION ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TEMPORARY AIR UNITS TO COOL AND HEAT THE BUILDING TO THE INDOOR DESIGN AIR TEMPERATURES (78 DEGF SUMMER, 70 DEGF WINTER) WHILE THE PERMANENT AIR HANDLING UNITS ARE BEING REPLACED. PUMP (P) SCHEDULE MARK NUMBER SERVICE FLUID TEMP °F. CAPACITY SIZE (IN) CONSTRUCTION MOTOR PUMP TYPE BASIS OF DESIGN SERVICE DATE REMARKS GPM TDH SUCT DISCH BODY FITTINGS DRIVE TYPE HP VOLTS PH HZ RPM VFD* PUP1J6 DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC WATER 120 5.0 25 1 1 BRONZE BRONZE DIRECT 0.25 115 1 60 1750 NO INLINE BELL & GOSSETT SERIES 60 15 START /STOP AS PROGRAMMED BY BUILDING DDC SYSTEM PUP2J17 DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC WATER 120 5.0 25 1 1 BRONZE BRONZE DIRECT 0.25 115 1 60 1750 NO INLINE BELL & GOSSETT SERIES 60 2 START /STOP AS PROGRAMMED BY BUILDING DDC SYSTEM P -17 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1-1/2 1-1/2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32- 160/2 P -18 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1-1/2 1-1/2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32 -160/2 P -19 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1 -1/2 1 -1/2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32 -160/2 P -22 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1 -1/2 1 -1/2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32 160/2 P -23 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1-1/2 1-1/2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32 -160/2 P -24 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1-1/2 1-1/2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32 -160/2 P -25A CENTER &SOUTH BUILDING PRIMARY WATER 180 130 30 3 3 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 3 460 3 60 3513 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 80- 160/2 PROVIDED AS PART OF C -2 SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE P -25B CENTER &SOUTH BUILDING PRIMARY WATER 180 130 30 3 3 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 3 460 3 60 3513 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 80 -160/2 PROVIDED AS PART OF C -2 SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE P -27A CAFETERIA WATER 240 100 20 3 3 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 3 460 3 60 3513 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 80- 160/2 PROVIDED AS PART OF C -3 SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE P -27B CAFETERIA WATER 240 100 20 3 3 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 3 460 3 60 3513 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 80 -160/2 PROVIDED AS PART OF C -3 SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE P -39 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1 -1 /2 1-1/2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32 -16060 /2 P -40 ZONE SECONDARY WATER 180 26 30 1 -1 /2 1 -1 /2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 0.75 460 3 60 3487 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 32 -160/2 P -41A NORTH BUILDING PRIMARY WATER 180 78 30 2 2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT . 15 460 3 60 3509 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 50- 160/2 PROVIDED AS PART OF C -1 SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE P-41B NORTH BUILDING PRIMARY WATER 180 78 30 2 2 CAST IRON CAST IRON DIRECT 1.5 460 3 60 3509 YES INLINE GRUNDFOS UPS 50 -160/2 PROVIDED AS PART OF C -1 SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE *. CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE VFD WITH BYPASS, POWER WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. STEAM TO HOT WATER CONVERTER SCHEDULE TAG SERVES LOCATION MWP (PSIG) CAPACITY (GPM) INLET TEMP °F OUTLET TEMP °F STEAM COND. PSIG UNIT POWER REQUIREMENTS APPROX WEIGHT (LBS) BASIS OF DESIGN SERVICE DATE REMARKS LB /HR PSIG VOLTS PHASE AMPS C -1 NORTH BLDG PH #5 ° 150©300 F 78 155 180 1000 15 2 115 1 2 2,400 SPIRAX SARCO EASIHEAT 1 PROVIDE PUMPS 41A AND 41B AS PART OF SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE C -2 CENTER/ SOUTH BLDG PH #4 150 ©300 °F 130 155 180 1625 15 2 115 1 2 2,400 SPIRAX SARCO EASIHEAT 115 PROVIDE PUMPS 25A AND 25B AS PART OF SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE C -3 CAFETERIA PH #4 150 ©300 °F 100 200 240 2000 15 2 115 1 2 2,400 SPIRAX SARCO EASIHEAT PROVIDE PUMPS 27A AND 27B AS PART OF SKID MOUNTED PACKAGE SEVI- INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE TAG SERVES LOCATION MWP (PSIG) CAPACITY (GPM) INLET TEMP °F OUTLET TEMP °F CONNECTIONS (IN.) STEAM COND. PSIG UNIT POWER REQUIREMENTS BASIS OF DESIGN SERVICE DATE REMARKS CW HW LB /HR PSIG VOLTS PHASE AMPS WHP1 J6 DOMESTIC PENTHOUSE 150©300°F 18 40 120 1.25 1.25 720 15 2 115 1 2 PATTERSON —KELLY PK 06D - DOUBLE WALL HEAT EXCHANGER PROVIDE W/ F &T TRAP. ASME (SECTION 8) VESSEL WHP2 J17 DOMESTIC PENTHOUSE 150©300 °F 18 40 120 1.25 1.25 720 15 2 115 1 2 PATTERSON —KELLY PK 06D DOUBLE WALL HEAT EXCHANGER PROVIDE W/ F &T TRAP. ASME (SECTION 8) VESSEL PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK NUMBER DESCRIPTION CONNECTION (INCHES) TYPE REMARKS BASIS OF DESIGN SAN VENT HW CW FIXTURE REDUCED PRESSURE FD -1 FLOOR DRAIN VARIES VARIES — — 1/2"TRAP PRIMER (SAN ONLY) SEE PLAN FOR SIZE Zurn ZN -415 —S STRAINER: ROUND NICKLE— BRONZE FD -2 FLOOR DRAIN VARIES VARIES — - 1/2"TRAP PRIMER SEE PLAN FOR SIZE ZURN Z539 —G FFD -1 FLOOR DRAIN VARIES VARIES — - 1/2"TRAP PRIMER SEE PLAN FOR SIZE ZN- 415 -8B W/ ZN -329 BACKFLOW PREVENTER SCHEDULE MARK NUMBER SERVICE DEVICE SIZE (INCHES) TYPE CAPACITY BASIS OF DESIGN GPM PD (PSI) BFP F10 HEATING WATER FILL /MAKEUP 3/4 REDUCED PRESSURE 20 15 WILKINS 375 BFP G21A HEATING WATER FILL /MAKEUP 3/4 REDUCED PRESSURE 20 15 WILKINS 375 BFP G21B HEATING WATER FILL /MAKEUP 3/4 REDUCED PRESSURE 20 15 WILKINS 375 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 212012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 27-03 CONFORMED SET CITY OF TUKL.A MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN COFFMAN DATE 02.01.11 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED M. SOTURA ENGINEER 02.01.11 SUBTITLE MECHANICAL SCHEDULES CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET M2B JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —M2A OFFICE 201B01 OFFICE 201C01 OFFICE 201D01 OFFICE 202D01 OFFICE 201F01 OFFICE 202F01 OFFICE 201001 _ OPEN OFFICE 201A03 OFFICE 202001 r_ OFiFICE 2 1H01 4 "W DN DATA 201F02 WORK ROOM 201G02 DN STAIR J 201004 LOUNGE Er 201 F0142 DN 2" CW ABOVE CEILING 1 "CW 1 1/4" CW 1 1/2" CW ?" HW DN "CWDN 1 1 1/ L SERVICE SINK CUSTODIAL 202004 1/2" DN. CW EN'S 201005 OFFICE 201J01 OFFICE 201K01 OFFICE 202K01 OFFICE 201L01 cw DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1/2" DN TO DF OFFICE 202L01 OF FICE 201 M01 OPEN OFFIC 201J03 2 "CWD ABOVL CEILING 1 1/2" MEN'S X1/2 2 201E05 3/4" ABOVE C ING P.) ING 1 -1/2" ABOVE CEILIN cw 4 3 /4 "HW DOWN 3/4" AB! CEILING wok rn 2 "V UP MEETING 201C06 2" 1/2" ABOVE CEILING 1" HW, 1" CW & 3/4" UP TO PENTHOUSE SEE DWG 4006 -M120 4 "W UP TO FD MEETING 201J06 HWC DN TO 4 "W UP TO FD - 4 "W UP TRAINING RM TO FD 201G07 FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1/8 " =1 -0" II u LEGE \D RD V GE \ERAL ROOF DRAIN PIPING SANITARY WASTE VENT PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY \OYES REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS •o SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A UPGRADE HOT WATER LOOP J #420139 -00 CH 5.1.02 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 B CONFORMED SET CONSTRUCTIO\ \OTES WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE VENT PIPE (TYP) WASTE PIPE (TYP) 4" WASTE DN. CONNECT TO EXISTING 4 "W REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 11(62- 037 COFFMAN NGINEERS N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 RE+L`E± P�I CITY OF TM UKVVTLA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER 8 4' v/7 / 2M11 2M111 2M112 2M113 2M114 2M115 0 0 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE 4 16' SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN C. HARRAH DATE 4.12.02 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.2 COL. A -N/1 -7 DEV. CENTER, WA CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SHEET SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 2M110 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -2M110 71 MEETING 201C08 COF ?E 201D07 4 "W UP TO FD 4 "V UP 1" COMPRESSED AIR UF?AEE1 V 201D08 OPEN OFFICE 201A07 OFFICE 201A11 OFFICE 201 C11 OFFICE 202C11 OFFICE 20 D11 1 "CW UP 4 "W DN 4 "W U P TO FD 4„ W �2" 2'' MEETING 202D11 4 "W UP TO FD 1- 1 /2 "CW UP\ V2„ MEETING 4 'VTR 201010 FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" MEETING 202F10 rt 4 MEETING 201J08 MEETING 201K08 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 OPEN OFFICE 201J09 CONFORMED SET LEGE \D GE RD ROOF DRAIN PIPING W SANITARY WASTE V VENT of PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD \ERAL PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY COTES REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS CO\ STRUCTIO\ \OTES WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE (TYP) VENT PIPE (TYP) WASTE PIPE (TYP) I 031 COFFMAN A G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717. Fax 206 624 3775 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 4' 2M110 V/Ag// / 2M112 2M113 2M114 2M115 0 KEY PLAN SCALE NONE 4' RECEIVE UM/ OF TUKLA MAR 262012 ERMIT CENTER 16' SCALE: 1/8"=1' 0" DRAWN ACCEPTABILITY K. BUN THIS DESIGN AND /OR CHECKED SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE - DATE SUBTITLE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED. APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.2 SHEET 2M111 JOB NO. COMP NO. COL. A- N/7 -12 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG N0. 09- 096 -2M111 LEGE \D 3 /8 "BA_L VALVE 5 -, 01 12 KC n Q 1 1/2 A L - J CORRIDOR — — 201613 201Al2 201C12 — -- ci DN STAIR F OFFICE — Q 201614 OFFICE OFFICE 201L13 2 1 " W VA 0 201 K13 I 202K13 STOP &� AS i' 5 -0" AFF 1 1 "HW V LVE 111 —� 1 /2„ � --,s � OSET � W .STOP: WASTE CCU Mire 5f o" FF MEETING ROOM — — STORAGE � 201J14 MEETING ROOM MEETING ROOM . L -J 201A13 201 C 13 201F14 201K14 201L14 2 1 J(1 O 201615 C C 1 1/2 0 0 0 0° cla 121�_o - wwww. wwwwwwwwww�r�w•��sncawwn�� z — 1 1 2 !Id �!l UU = 1 1 ppm p I I I i !p1/2» �IM1+ll 1 „r ELEV. 40.0' I MP CO ' CEILING - � N 201A15 201015 Oli 11�i~�r , I • •, Ill 0 1 1 /4" I2� 1 II��p _ ,E�r.�o !!u # IArW7 I� Kcu) i 1 �ll ` 1 � !! flit Ali �� C��c� O O OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE , 1 /2 "CW DN ,'01J16 I 201K16 202K16 OFFICE 201L16 . M 1 /2" ABOVE 2(1 15 CEI NG -01 /2" CA 201C16 i cp H= ¢ a I I r 1 04"w . —. 1 -1/2 CW UP T PENTHOUSE nr IN� i oar 1 -1 /2" HW TO ENTHOUSE DN • HWC '► i • •11 1/2 /1" HW o /4" HWC �@ CL ELEV 40.0 RD ROOF DRAIN PIPING W SANITARY WASTE V VENT PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD c� PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY \ERAL \OTES REFERE \CE DRAWINGS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES 4" WASTE DN. CONNECT TO EXISTING 4 "W REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 2 1 2012 2M110 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" 2M114 2M115 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE COFFMG AN N I N EE R S CITY OF TUININLA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER 8' 16' 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" REVISION APPROVED DATE REVISION APPROVED A UPGRADE HOT WATER LOOP J #420139 -00 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Q� BOE /NG' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN C. HARRAH 1CHECKED DATE 4.12.02 SUBTITLE SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN ENGINEER TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED BUILDING 09 -096.2 CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 SHEET 2M112 JOB NO. COMP NO. c c c iY MECHANICAL MASTER COL. A— N/12 -17 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -2M112 ROOF DRAIN PIPING SANITARY WASTE VENT PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY 1 HW ABOVE CEILING 0111" 3/4" HW RECIRC. ABOVE CEILING SEE DETAI 12 2M113 4010 -M6 4 "W UP TO FD 4 "W UP TO FD 201E17 GENERAL \OTES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 OPEN OFFICE 4" ETI NG 01F18 201J14 REFERE \CE DRAWL \GS TIE TO 4" SEWER MEETING MEETING SEE DETAIL 2M113 4010 -M6 2M11 201J19 201K19 CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES SEE DETAIL 2M113 4010 -M6 WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE (TYP) VENT PIPE (TYP) WASTE PIPE (TYP) 201G20 COFFEE ROOM 201J20 " HW ABOVE CEILING 4" HW RECIRC. ABOVE CEI ING SEE DETAIL 1 2M113 4010 -M6 201J21 2M110 2M111 SEE DETAIL�(�� 2M113 4010 -M6 SEE DETAIL L� 1• 2M113 4010 -M6 FLOCR PLAN SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" M12 -039 2M115 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE CONFORMED SET COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" REVISION APPROVED DATE REVISION APPROVED A ASDL LAB — RELOC WALL 55653800 HARR 08/10/05 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 iBOE /NC' v ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN C. HARRAH CHECKED DATE 4.18.02 SUBTITLE SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN ENGINEER TITLE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL 03.16.11 BUILDING 09 -096.2 JOB NO. COMP NO. MECHANICAL MASTER COL. A- N/17/22 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -2M113 JP SYM A OFF CE 201A23 OFFICE 202A23 OFFICE 201C23 OFFICE 201A24 REVISION pr OFFICE 202C23 BY OFFICE 201 D23 MEETING 202D23 201F22 " HW ABOVE CEILING NC ABOVE CEILING 2 "V UP 4 "V UP 2 "V UP 4 "W DN 2 "V UP MEETING 201`bM ,_= 10, 1"COMP AIR UP TO PENTHOUSE W /MOISTURE DRAIN © BOTTOM nEEEE OF RISER,, 201D26 APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION 3/4 "x 1 /2" R 1 /2" ABOVE CEILING 201F25 HWC 3/4" ABCVE E N F CEILING 201 F'Ri3 WOMEN'S 2'N/1 12126 1 /2° FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" BY APPROVED CD CORRIbO 201- 29 OPEN OFFICE 201J14 DATE A UPGRADE HOT WATER LOOP J #420139 -00 CH 5.1.02 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 MEETING 201J26 MOISTURE DRAIN Q� BOE /Nt�° r�- A J LA 111 CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. HARRAH DATE 4.18.02 CHECKED ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED SUBTITLE 26 LEGE \J RD W V ROOF DRAIN PIPING SANITARY WASTE VENT PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW, TURNED DOWN OR AWAY GE \ERAL \GTES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REFERE \CE DRAWINGS CO STRUCTIO\ \OTES WASTE UP TO FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE (TIP) VENT PIPE (TYP) WASTE PIPE (TYP) COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN 2M110 2M111 2M112 2M113 7 2M114/ // 2M115 12 17 22 27 RECEIVE° KEY PLAN CITY OFTUMVWLA r� SCALE: NONE MAN 2 b 2012 8' 4' 0 4' 8' PERIM CENTER I= IN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.2 COL. A—N/12-17 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET 2M114 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09 -096 2M114 4 "RD DN RD 4" UP TO ROOF DRAIN "V DN 2 "V DN 1 "COMP. AIR 4 "VTR & DN CONNECT NEW 3 /4 "CW TO EXISTING CW AT FLOOR, PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE AT FLOOR 4 "VTR & DN 2 "V DN HOSEBIBB ±18"AFF 4 "FD -2 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "FD -2 X Le- AHU -6 x x SYM L N N - EXISTING SHEET METAL WALL I1 F t IN IN— IN_��I� 1„---_-1 rI —L4�� u —'C w = L l-1 I-J C k41 IIII �_ 1 1_111 1-t�_ 111 —J 1 - — r I F H I � r 1- 1-1 — I- 111'1 I " H 1 1 I 1 1 I II 1 1 1 I 6 IIIII H 1111 •...- 1111 -- - 4" UP TO ROOF DRAIN 2 "V DN- 4"RD DN 4 "FLOOR DRAIN RD 1 -1 /2 "CW TO COOLING TOWER 4 "V-R & DN 2 "V 20 1 4 'FD -2 --� 4 "FLOOR DRAIN UP TO ROOF DRAIN 3/4"---'- 4 "FD -2 -�i 4 "FLOOR DRAIN EXISTING SHEET METAL WALL 7 4 "FLOOR DRAIN CONNECT TO EXISTING 1 -1 /2 "CW AT FLOOR - H- P 4 "FD -2 H H ©ac 1 • 1 f_11 HU -4 F18/ Elec 1 AHU -3 \G 18/ PUP2 X 1 "COMP. AIR 1 "CW MAKE -UP 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "i q -2 1/2 "- ie J17/ I � � 4 "FFD -1 — 2 "V UP &DN DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE WET CT FIRE PE \THGUSE # 3 PLU SPRINKLER RISER SCALE: 1/8 '=1' -0" 1 "CW MAKE -U WATER VBI \G PLA\ 4" DOWNSPOUT D� x /COMBINATION BALANCING VALVE & SHUT-OFF VALVE IN RISER DRY FIRE SPRINKLER 1 ALARM VALVE 2 " "W UP & DN PE \THOUSE #4 PLUvBI \G PLA SCALE: t/8' =1' -0" F H II_ i_ 1 1 1 I I IIII 1 IIII I (Itly1_111 1 I IIII �_ 1 1_111 1-t�_ 111 —J ' . 1 --1 J_1 i `1 —1�� I H 1 ' 1.1111 • I L- 1 11111 _I Elec 1 AHU -3 \G 18/ PUP2 X 1 "COMP. AIR 1 "CW MAKE -UP 4 "FLOOR DRAIN 4 "i q -2 1/2 "- ie J17/ I � � 4 "FFD -1 — 2 "V UP &DN DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE WET CT FIRE PE \THGUSE # 3 PLU SPRINKLER RISER SCALE: 1/8 '=1' -0" 1 "CW MAKE -U WATER VBI \G PLA\ 4" DOWNSPOUT D� x /COMBINATION BALANCING VALVE & SHUT-OFF VALVE IN RISER DRY FIRE SPRINKLER 1 ALARM VALVE 2 " "W UP & DN PE \THOUSE #4 PLUvBI \G PLA SCALE: t/8' =1' -0" P, 4 "\R & DN 2 T 1 2 "V DN 1 4 "RD DN 1 & DN • 4 4 "FLOOR o 11. • DRAIN EXISTING SHEET 4 PP P: 4 'FD -2 4'FD -2 ( M 4 1 UP TO 1 �° m mu x x U ROOF DRAIN ' 1 -1 I ' IP X X 0 1 - 4„ FD -2 � 1 1 I I 1 -■ 3/4"--4)- - - N I1 J 14 I_ 1 Jill. 1 „ I Ns 1 1 C E 1 N COMBINATION BALANCING CONNECT TO I X E - �- - - -r ""'W"-- - -. E Elec , AHU -I "FD - 1/2" a 4 " IV • ' -- - - H PP PA 2 "V UP &DN t ' H8 � �HB PE \THOUSE #5 PLU SCALE: 1/8 '=1'-0" REVISION BY VIBI\ G PLA\ APPROVED DATE SYM SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE WET FIRE SPRINKLER RISER REVISION BY SEE DETAIL ON DWG M514 APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 ±18 "AFF J� EXPANSION TANK ?ii___BOE /NG' SEE DWG DETAIL ON WHP2 M514 \J17r EXPANSION TANK - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION HOSEBIBB ±18 "AFF WET FIRE SPRINKLER RISER MIO3'? CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED M. SOTURA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PENTHOUSE PLUMBING PLANS LEGE \D A C -CW -HW HWC — PW - RD V -W O OFCO O C�- TP COMPRESSED AIR. PLANT CONDENSATE RETURN (GRAVITY) DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLY DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PROCESS WATER ROOF DRAIN VENT WASTE VENT THROUGH ROOF FLOOR CLEANOUT FLOOR DRAIN BALL VALVE, OPEN PIPE ELBOW, TURNED UP OR TOWARD PIPE ELBOW TURNED DOWN OR AWAY POINT OF CONNECTION CAP TRAP PRIMER HB HOSE BIBB REVISION INDICATOR GE \ERAL NOTES REFERE\ CE DRAWI \GS M514 DETAILS CO\ STRUCTIO\ \CTES PROVIDE NEW FLOOR DRAIN. GENERAL LOCATION SHOWN, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH FINAL EQUIPMENT LAYOUT. THE FLOOR DRAIN FOR THE COLD DECK AHU SHALL BE LOCATED NEAR THE COOLING COIL. THE FLOOR DRAIN FOR THE HOT DECK AHU SHALL BE LOCATED NEAR THE HEATING COIL. PROVIDE DOMESTIC CW, HW & HWC PIPING AND CONNECT TO EXISTING AT FLOOR. EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR PIPING TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION AND DRAIN PLUG FOR EXISTING DRAIN. DRAIN IS NORMALLY PLUGGED AND IS ONLY OPENED FOR EMERGENCY WATER REMOVAL. MAKEUP WATER ASSEMBLY MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT AT END OF CONVERTER STATION HOUSKEEPING PAD. ELECTRIC TRAP PRIMER, SERVE EXISTING AND NEW FLOOR DRAIN TRAPS. ROUTE 1/2" WATER TO TRAP PRIMER AND USE DISTRIBUTION HEAD WITH MULTIPLE 1/2" OUTLETS TO CONNECT TO EXISTING AND NEW FLOOR DRAINS ABOVE 2ND FLOOR CEILING. CITY OF TUKtMLA MAN 2 ti 2012 PERM ' CENTER SCALE: 1/8"=1 -0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COLE- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM110 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM110 .4 is c c 1 WET PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO COVER PENTHOUSE r---- DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO UNHEATED SECTION OF AIR HANDLING UNIT I I DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO UNHEATED SECTION OF AIR HANDLING UNIT —� SYM I X x 7 I I 11 Icr-11 1. LH- I H H I I 1 1 1 1 1111 1111116 3 1 111 1 I 1 IN— 1 1 itl I 1 1 _ 7 —� III_I �1- +jj r - i l l l 1 H 1 1111 III � 1111 rur Elec 1 ld LIMA] 1 IEXISTING SHEET METAL WALL -) EXISTING SHEET METAL WALL E ec 1 N H 11 Icr-11 t— N -I II 1 1_ —I H 1 H H 1 , I 1 1 H- OSY VALVES, DRY FIRE SPRINKLER A_ARIv VALVE, AND TAMPER SWITCHES WET FIRE SPRINKLER RISER PE \THOUSE # 3 FIRE PROTECTIO\ PLA\ SCALE: t/8' =1' -0° 6 F AHU -4 \F 18/ cam Conn Elec 1 AHU-3 �GI8/ 11_ I I 1 1 - II-Iy3 e]_I [1.-11+ t— III III III III 1 1 I 4..,. 1 1_ —I H 1 H H 1 , I 1 1 H- 1 11 11 VIII I I 1 H 1 1111 III � 1111 rur , cam Conn Elec 1 AHU-3 �GI8/ PE \THOUSE #5 FIRE PROTECTIO\ SCALE: 1/8 '=1'-0" REVISION 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 BY COFFMAN APPROVED M. SOTURA DATE 03.16.11 SYM PLA\ REVISION BY SPRINKLER RISER OSY VALVES, DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE, AND TAMPER SWITCHES APPROVED DATE PE \THOUSE #4 FIRE PROTECTIO SCALE: 1/8 ' =1' -0" 2 ii,ABOE /NG° PLA\ X X X WET PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO COVER PENTHOUSE OSY VALVES, D Y FIRE SPRINKLER A_ARM VALVE, AND TAMPER SWITCHES WET FIRE SPRINKLER RISER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET LEGEND: F FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE POINT OF CONNECTION GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION 210500 FOR FIRE PROTECTION WORK. 2. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BOEING WITH CAD RECORD DRAWINGS FOR ALL WORK DONE. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE NEW WET PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO COVER PENTHOUSE AND NEW AIR HANDLING UNITS, CONNECT TO FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DOWNSTREAM OF DRY PIPE SYSTEM BRANCH. PROVIDE NEW DRY PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO COVER THE RETURN AIR AND MIXED AIR PLENUM, CONNECT TO OUTLET OF EXISTING DRY PIPE VALVE. PROVIDE SPRINKLER TO AHU UNIT PLENUM. RUN SPRINKLER THRU HOLES PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. MPO3? COFFMAI� NGINEERS N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 KEY PAN SCALE: NONE 8' 4' 0 RECt`IVE GIN OF TUKWILA MAN 2152012 RMIT CENTER 8' 16' 4' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED M. SOTURA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE FIRE PROTECTION PLANS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL.E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM260 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 –PM260 _____ DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO UNHEATED SECTION OF AIR HANDLING UNIT I I , \■ r--- EXISTING SHEET METAL WALL F F —WET PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO H COVER PENTHOUSE a. ,A 1111PErs. ra �._ 111" IA Mil � HU– ,—' X ® s I s Eli . "Mil - 1 1 1I iI 1 1� 1 1 Ill ;'1 AHU - M " 111/ u--- X ' \- ram Conn � rr01 Con Elec 1 f *4k — C - 1A/ET EIDE PE \THOUSE #5 FIRE PROTECTIO\ SCALE: 1/8 '=1'-0" REVISION 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 BY COFFMAN APPROVED M. SOTURA DATE 03.16.11 SYM PLA\ REVISION BY SPRINKLER RISER OSY VALVES, DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE, AND TAMPER SWITCHES APPROVED DATE PE \THOUSE #4 FIRE PROTECTIO SCALE: 1/8 ' =1' -0" 2 ii,ABOE /NG° PLA\ X X X WET PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO COVER PENTHOUSE OSY VALVES, D Y FIRE SPRINKLER A_ARM VALVE, AND TAMPER SWITCHES WET FIRE SPRINKLER RISER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET LEGEND: F FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE POINT OF CONNECTION GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION 210500 FOR FIRE PROTECTION WORK. 2. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BOEING WITH CAD RECORD DRAWINGS FOR ALL WORK DONE. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE NEW WET PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO COVER PENTHOUSE AND NEW AIR HANDLING UNITS, CONNECT TO FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DOWNSTREAM OF DRY PIPE SYSTEM BRANCH. PROVIDE NEW DRY PIPE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO COVER THE RETURN AIR AND MIXED AIR PLENUM, CONNECT TO OUTLET OF EXISTING DRY PIPE VALVE. PROVIDE SPRINKLER TO AHU UNIT PLENUM. RUN SPRINKLER THRU HOLES PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. MPO3? COFFMAI� NGINEERS N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 KEY PAN SCALE: NONE 8' 4' 0 RECt`IVE GIN OF TUKWILA MAN 2152012 RMIT CENTER 8' 16' 4' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED M. SOTURA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE FIRE PROTECTION PLANS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL.E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM260 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 –PM260 PM450 PM511 (o) g,) 10 " —STM HEADER 6" RELIEF THRU ROOF 1 "CW " HOSE BIBB 12 #STM "-1 2#STM PM450 PM511 4 "CONDENSATE TO 1ST FLOOR 1 "PC --r C —I 2 "PRV 1 -1 /2 "PRV 3 "- 150 #STM 2" COND ANCHOR r4" 150�S� Ix) D4 t PIPE GUIDE FD �-- 3 "HWR PS PUMP VFD'S MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT FRAME ET —I \ G9 ANCHO P-4 1 A G9 >WS 8 CLEARANCE MINIMUM 24"x18" t MOTORIZED DAMPER �-- 4 "LPS RETURN FAN VFD'S MOUNTED ON PLENUM WALL 30x60 ACCESS DOOR 15 1500 CFM MOTOR OPERATED RETURN" AIR DAMPERS 3 @ 3'- 0 "x8' -0" (NP) FAN R -9 MD MD SEE DETAIL 6/PM516 7 METAL STEP (OVER PIPING) TYP. NEW PLENUM WALL FLEX 5 CURB ALL AROUND OPENING IN FLOOR OR RETURN AIR SUPPORT A INCLINED PLEN MOTOR OPER EXH AIR DAMPERS 16'- 0 "x3' -6" MD FAN R -10 D OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER, 3 ©4'x6' O 3 SEAL PLENUM ABOVE UNIT- 96 "x48 "x36" AIR BLENDER 6 "LPS F i 3/4" LPS 1" PC--) 2 "LPC ® FD 6 "CHWS /R (TEMPORARY) IN VERTICAL) E6 E6 (IN VERTICAL) (IN VERTICAL) —2 E6 CONNECT TO EXISTING CHWS /R NEAR FLOOR N N N) 2 "CHWS 2 "CHWR OMNI 4'- 0 "x5-0" EXHAUST LOUVER PNL P 6 -1 2" HWR, CONNECT AT FLOOR (3 TYP) 2" HWS, CONNECT AT FLOOR (3 TYP) PUMP VFD'S MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT FRAME 36/42 TRANSITION DN TO 28/36 AT FL OR 4 PNL PNL P6 -2 R10 32 "x24" MOTORIZED DAMPER �- — FLEX (TYP) ``"FLEX -'> - - --1 L ,,,f, • Lr, u Im �� 21PC�` 1 "PCB EXHAUST AIR LOUVER BY BUILDER 1 6'-0"x3'-6" NON AIR TIGHT SIDING MD r�+ 24/18 1 BOD AT 9'AFF I NEW INSULATED PLENUM 1 P. VFD /ELEC FLEX i ANCHOR R TOILET EXHAUST A/D MAN BAR (TYP) <PA A/D EXHAUST FAN o VFD MOUNTED > ON UNITSTRUT FRAME 96/96 48/110 r r L HOUSEKEEPING CURB PIPE GUIDE —.- 1500 CFM PP -PA H8 3/4 "LPS PROVIDE NEW 24x18 GRILLE, TITUS 300 DOUBLE DEFLECTION 6 "CHWR A/D 48x48 TRANSITION TO 42x45 (2 TYP) 8 40x32 DN TO 28x3 MAN BAR (TYP) 32/36 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR (A /D) (TYP). 6 "CHWS /R (TEMPORARY) �- 2 -1 /2 "LPS 2 "CHWR 2 "CHWS CONDENSATE PUMP TRAP PACKAGE, SEE DETAIL 3/PM516 (TYP) PE \THOJSE #5 PLA\ SCALE: 1i4 '=1'-0" 1 PROVIDE SMOKE DAMPER INSTALL PUMP TRAP PACKAGE 6 "CHWR -- PROVIDE BAFFLE IN OUTSIDE AIR PLENUM BETWEEN FLOW MEASURING STATIONS TO HAVE ACCURATE AIR FLOW READING PROVIDE 48x96x110 PLENUM WITH 48x48 TRANSITION TO 42x45 DUCT NEAR FLOOR 9 PROVIDE 40x32 DN, TRANSITION TO 28x36 DUCT NEAR FLOOR PAINT EXISTING & NEW WALLS OF RETURN PLENUM TO MATCH NEW AHU COLOR. INSTALL FLOW MEASURING STATION SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 1 /4 �-6 "CHWS WHPI 8 "CHWS SEE DETAIL ON DWG M515 8 "CHWR Va- 03 °I PNL X3E5 PNL P8 REVIEWED FOR ,- CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SUB 54 INSTALL CONTROL VALVE IN CORRIDOR 9' AFF. APPROX. PROVIDE NEW FIRE DAMPER PROVIDE NEW MOTORIZED DAMPER PROVIDE NEW CONTROL PANEL & TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR I PENTHOUSE. LOCATE AWAY FROM PIPE OVERHEAD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ENGINEER. LOCATE FLOOR DRAIN NEAR COOLING COIL OUTLET PROVIDE PERFORATED GALVANIZER OVER EXISTING INSULATION © PLENUM EXISTING MANBARS BELOW CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. 29 PROVIDE STEAM METER CONFORMED SET ACOFFMAN N61XEF 0.S N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LECE\D -PC • LPC- •LPS- CHWS CHWR D M TCP I FD ISD IBDD DM 1 CONDENSATE RETURN (PUMPED) CONDENSATE, STEAM (LOW PRESSURE) LOW PRESSURE STEAM (15 PSI) CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN POINT OF CONNECTION SMOKE DETECTOR MOTOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL FIRE DAMPER) BACK DRAFT DAMPER MOTORIZED DAMPER 0]) TEMPERATURE SENSOR ATMD AIRFLOW & TEMPERATURE MEASURING DEVICE (ATMD) GE \ERAL \OTES TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL. 2 © 30 "x36" REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS PM517, AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES PROVIDE NEW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN INSTALL NEW AIR HANDLER UNITS, AHU -1 & AHU -2 PROVIDE NEW BLENDER IN MIXING AIR PLENUM. (INSTALL LOW ENOUGH FOR ACTUATOR) NEW VFD DRIVE INSTALLED BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR, WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. KEEP EXISTING MOTOR, CHANGE BELTS AND SHEAVES FOR BOTH FANS AS INDICATED IN THE RETURN FAN SCHEDULE. PROVIDE NEW 4'x6' OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM REMOVE EXISTING DAMPERS & PROVIDE NEW 3'x8' RETURN AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM SEAL MIXED AIR PLENUM AROUND AIR HANDLER UNITS AND GAP BETWEEN THEM. PROVIDE 2" INSULATION. PROVIDE 2" COOLING COIL DRAIN CLEAN EXHAUST AIR LOUVER & MESH SCREEN 1> NEW 24x18 DUCT. DO NOT INSULATE CAP OPENING FOR UNUSED PORTION OF OUTSIDE AIR OPENING. SMOKE DETECTOR BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (TYPICAL) PROVIDE NEW LOW PRESSURE STEAM LINE PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN & CONNECT TO EXISTING DUCTWORK FOR EF -1 PROVIDE 2" RIGID BOARD INSULATION & GALVANIZED SHEET METAL PLENUM CONNECT NEW 5" CHWS &R PIPE TO EXISTING CHILLED WATER. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES CLEAN RETURN FAN PROVIDE METAL STEP, TYP. PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV -1 IN (E) STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION. PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV -2 IN (E) STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION. NEW VFD FOR RETURN FANS CHEMICAL BYPASS FEEDER PROVIDE HEAT TRANSFER PACKAGE 39 PROVIDE 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR IN NEW DUCTWORK TO ALLOW FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL MANBARS. INSULATE ALL PIPING INSIDE AHU SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 4' 2' 0 2' 4' F TU MLA R 2 6 2012 IT CEN TEL ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #5 PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J /5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM450 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM450 - -u ; ;? -- ; ;I r r - - - ?_'_ w - - p __ 7 7 I �wwwrnmrrrri / /i. -, 1 -t, A A Al „ 0 1 P �ff�l/� � l/F /. AHU ® 0 „; 1- :- 21PC�` 1 "PCB EXHAUST AIR LOUVER BY BUILDER 1 6'-0"x3'-6" NON AIR TIGHT SIDING MD r�+ 24/18 1 BOD AT 9'AFF I NEW INSULATED PLENUM 1 P. VFD /ELEC FLEX i ANCHOR R TOILET EXHAUST A/D MAN BAR (TYP) <PA A/D EXHAUST FAN o VFD MOUNTED > ON UNITSTRUT FRAME 96/96 48/110 r r L HOUSEKEEPING CURB PIPE GUIDE —.- 1500 CFM PP -PA H8 3/4 "LPS PROVIDE NEW 24x18 GRILLE, TITUS 300 DOUBLE DEFLECTION 6 "CHWR A/D 48x48 TRANSITION TO 42x45 (2 TYP) 8 40x32 DN TO 28x3 MAN BAR (TYP) 32/36 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR (A /D) (TYP). 6 "CHWS /R (TEMPORARY) �- 2 -1 /2 "LPS 2 "CHWR 2 "CHWS CONDENSATE PUMP TRAP PACKAGE, SEE DETAIL 3/PM516 (TYP) PE \THOJSE #5 PLA\ SCALE: 1i4 '=1'-0" 1 PROVIDE SMOKE DAMPER INSTALL PUMP TRAP PACKAGE 6 "CHWR -- PROVIDE BAFFLE IN OUTSIDE AIR PLENUM BETWEEN FLOW MEASURING STATIONS TO HAVE ACCURATE AIR FLOW READING PROVIDE 48x96x110 PLENUM WITH 48x48 TRANSITION TO 42x45 DUCT NEAR FLOOR 9 PROVIDE 40x32 DN, TRANSITION TO 28x36 DUCT NEAR FLOOR PAINT EXISTING & NEW WALLS OF RETURN PLENUM TO MATCH NEW AHU COLOR. INSTALL FLOW MEASURING STATION SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 1 /4 �-6 "CHWS WHPI 8 "CHWS SEE DETAIL ON DWG M515 8 "CHWR Va- 03 °I PNL X3E5 PNL P8 REVIEWED FOR ,- CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SUB 54 INSTALL CONTROL VALVE IN CORRIDOR 9' AFF. APPROX. PROVIDE NEW FIRE DAMPER PROVIDE NEW MOTORIZED DAMPER PROVIDE NEW CONTROL PANEL & TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR I PENTHOUSE. LOCATE AWAY FROM PIPE OVERHEAD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ENGINEER. LOCATE FLOOR DRAIN NEAR COOLING COIL OUTLET PROVIDE PERFORATED GALVANIZER OVER EXISTING INSULATION © PLENUM EXISTING MANBARS BELOW CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. 29 PROVIDE STEAM METER CONFORMED SET ACOFFMAN N61XEF 0.S N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LECE\D -PC • LPC- •LPS- CHWS CHWR D M TCP I FD ISD IBDD DM 1 CONDENSATE RETURN (PUMPED) CONDENSATE, STEAM (LOW PRESSURE) LOW PRESSURE STEAM (15 PSI) CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN POINT OF CONNECTION SMOKE DETECTOR MOTOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL FIRE DAMPER) BACK DRAFT DAMPER MOTORIZED DAMPER 0]) TEMPERATURE SENSOR ATMD AIRFLOW & TEMPERATURE MEASURING DEVICE (ATMD) GE \ERAL \OTES TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL. 2 © 30 "x36" REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS PM517, AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES PROVIDE NEW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN INSTALL NEW AIR HANDLER UNITS, AHU -1 & AHU -2 PROVIDE NEW BLENDER IN MIXING AIR PLENUM. (INSTALL LOW ENOUGH FOR ACTUATOR) NEW VFD DRIVE INSTALLED BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR, WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. KEEP EXISTING MOTOR, CHANGE BELTS AND SHEAVES FOR BOTH FANS AS INDICATED IN THE RETURN FAN SCHEDULE. PROVIDE NEW 4'x6' OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM REMOVE EXISTING DAMPERS & PROVIDE NEW 3'x8' RETURN AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM SEAL MIXED AIR PLENUM AROUND AIR HANDLER UNITS AND GAP BETWEEN THEM. PROVIDE 2" INSULATION. PROVIDE 2" COOLING COIL DRAIN CLEAN EXHAUST AIR LOUVER & MESH SCREEN 1> NEW 24x18 DUCT. DO NOT INSULATE CAP OPENING FOR UNUSED PORTION OF OUTSIDE AIR OPENING. SMOKE DETECTOR BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (TYPICAL) PROVIDE NEW LOW PRESSURE STEAM LINE PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN & CONNECT TO EXISTING DUCTWORK FOR EF -1 PROVIDE 2" RIGID BOARD INSULATION & GALVANIZED SHEET METAL PLENUM CONNECT NEW 5" CHWS &R PIPE TO EXISTING CHILLED WATER. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES CLEAN RETURN FAN PROVIDE METAL STEP, TYP. PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV -1 IN (E) STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION. PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV -2 IN (E) STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION. NEW VFD FOR RETURN FANS CHEMICAL BYPASS FEEDER PROVIDE HEAT TRANSFER PACKAGE 39 PROVIDE 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR IN NEW DUCTWORK TO ALLOW FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL MANBARS. INSULATE ALL PIPING INSIDE AHU SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 4' 2' 0 2' 4' F TU MLA R 2 6 2012 IT CEN TEL ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #5 PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J /5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM450 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM450 NEW INSULATED PLENUM 1 P. VFD /ELEC FLEX i ANCHOR R TOILET EXHAUST A/D MAN BAR (TYP) <PA A/D EXHAUST FAN o VFD MOUNTED > ON UNITSTRUT FRAME 96/96 48/110 r r L HOUSEKEEPING CURB PIPE GUIDE —.- 1500 CFM PP -PA H8 3/4 "LPS PROVIDE NEW 24x18 GRILLE, TITUS 300 DOUBLE DEFLECTION 6 "CHWR A/D 48x48 TRANSITION TO 42x45 (2 TYP) 8 40x32 DN TO 28x3 MAN BAR (TYP) 32/36 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR (A /D) (TYP). 6 "CHWS /R (TEMPORARY) �- 2 -1 /2 "LPS 2 "CHWR 2 "CHWS CONDENSATE PUMP TRAP PACKAGE, SEE DETAIL 3/PM516 (TYP) PE \THOJSE #5 PLA\ SCALE: 1i4 '=1'-0" 1 PROVIDE SMOKE DAMPER INSTALL PUMP TRAP PACKAGE 6 "CHWR -- PROVIDE BAFFLE IN OUTSIDE AIR PLENUM BETWEEN FLOW MEASURING STATIONS TO HAVE ACCURATE AIR FLOW READING PROVIDE 48x96x110 PLENUM WITH 48x48 TRANSITION TO 42x45 DUCT NEAR FLOOR 9 PROVIDE 40x32 DN, TRANSITION TO 28x36 DUCT NEAR FLOOR PAINT EXISTING & NEW WALLS OF RETURN PLENUM TO MATCH NEW AHU COLOR. INSTALL FLOW MEASURING STATION SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 1 /4 �-6 "CHWS WHPI 8 "CHWS SEE DETAIL ON DWG M515 8 "CHWR Va- 03 °I PNL X3E5 PNL P8 REVIEWED FOR ,- CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SUB 54 INSTALL CONTROL VALVE IN CORRIDOR 9' AFF. APPROX. PROVIDE NEW FIRE DAMPER PROVIDE NEW MOTORIZED DAMPER PROVIDE NEW CONTROL PANEL & TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR I PENTHOUSE. LOCATE AWAY FROM PIPE OVERHEAD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ENGINEER. LOCATE FLOOR DRAIN NEAR COOLING COIL OUTLET PROVIDE PERFORATED GALVANIZER OVER EXISTING INSULATION © PLENUM EXISTING MANBARS BELOW CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. 29 PROVIDE STEAM METER CONFORMED SET ACOFFMAN N61XEF 0.S N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LECE\D -PC • LPC- •LPS- CHWS CHWR D M TCP I FD ISD IBDD DM 1 CONDENSATE RETURN (PUMPED) CONDENSATE, STEAM (LOW PRESSURE) LOW PRESSURE STEAM (15 PSI) CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN POINT OF CONNECTION SMOKE DETECTOR MOTOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL FIRE DAMPER) BACK DRAFT DAMPER MOTORIZED DAMPER 0]) TEMPERATURE SENSOR ATMD AIRFLOW & TEMPERATURE MEASURING DEVICE (ATMD) GE \ERAL \OTES TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL. 2 © 30 "x36" REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS PM517, AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES PROVIDE NEW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN INSTALL NEW AIR HANDLER UNITS, AHU -1 & AHU -2 PROVIDE NEW BLENDER IN MIXING AIR PLENUM. (INSTALL LOW ENOUGH FOR ACTUATOR) NEW VFD DRIVE INSTALLED BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR, WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. KEEP EXISTING MOTOR, CHANGE BELTS AND SHEAVES FOR BOTH FANS AS INDICATED IN THE RETURN FAN SCHEDULE. PROVIDE NEW 4'x6' OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM REMOVE EXISTING DAMPERS & PROVIDE NEW 3'x8' RETURN AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM SEAL MIXED AIR PLENUM AROUND AIR HANDLER UNITS AND GAP BETWEEN THEM. PROVIDE 2" INSULATION. PROVIDE 2" COOLING COIL DRAIN CLEAN EXHAUST AIR LOUVER & MESH SCREEN 1> NEW 24x18 DUCT. DO NOT INSULATE CAP OPENING FOR UNUSED PORTION OF OUTSIDE AIR OPENING. SMOKE DETECTOR BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (TYPICAL) PROVIDE NEW LOW PRESSURE STEAM LINE PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN & CONNECT TO EXISTING DUCTWORK FOR EF -1 PROVIDE 2" RIGID BOARD INSULATION & GALVANIZED SHEET METAL PLENUM CONNECT NEW 5" CHWS &R PIPE TO EXISTING CHILLED WATER. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES CLEAN RETURN FAN PROVIDE METAL STEP, TYP. PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV -1 IN (E) STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION. PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV -2 IN (E) STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION. NEW VFD FOR RETURN FANS CHEMICAL BYPASS FEEDER PROVIDE HEAT TRANSFER PACKAGE 39 PROVIDE 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR IN NEW DUCTWORK TO ALLOW FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL MANBARS. INSULATE ALL PIPING INSIDE AHU SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 4' 2' 0 2' 4' F TU MLA R 2 6 2012 IT CEN TEL ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #5 PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J /5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM450 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM450 /28/9010 2:09 :57 PM 2 CHWS 0 II „ LEGE \D -1/2 /R e PNL XS3E16 -1 D' PC CONDENSATE RETURN (PUMPED) ' I LPC CONDENSATE, STEAM (LOW PRESSURE) 1 ' 36/42 TRANSITION X3E16 PNL DN TO (XD) P4 / 1 6 LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM (15 PSI) CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN 4- POINT OF CONNECTION S D SMOKE ' DETECTOR SUB 53 28/36 AT M MOTOR • li. AO PNL FLOOR TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL IFD ' FIRE„ ` °DAMPERS I SD I ' BACK DRAFT DAMPER I BDD I » ' "\`` R4 hOTORIZED DAMPER 48x48 TRANSITION 40x32 TRANSITION PNL P4 -1 4" CHWS /R, CONNECT TO EXIST AT FLOOR 9 4'- 0 "x5' -0" :H: XAU AIR „ CONNECT // PNL P4 -2 32"x24" FLEX (TIP) /�I•.1111' � 6" TO 42x45 2 TYP TO 28x36 (2 ) MAN BAR EXHAUST FAN "CHWS • I EF- EF G17 (TYP) 6 _1� nli�� ! TOILET EXHAUST VFD MOUNTED I �� ON UNITSTRUT 32/24 111 -LU • I ► • I �� MAN BAR 32 36 / ® FRAME » 6 CHWR 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR (A /D) 41.:-.4 I �-MD VFD 6 CHWS CONNECT DM MOTORIZED DAMPER TO EXIST 8" AT FLOOR O TEMPERATURE SENSOR 28 "� ilP) �,��'I �� 1► �j �P) 1 -1 /2" COND -� ATMD AIRFLOW & TEMPERATURE MEASURING PN A /D ±A) G E\ ERAL \ OES !: A D - R "CHWS I I II , , N I 1/ I \ X .4.11% �� I I '•� I I I I I i' I I I I I I I 1 I 1 r I I I i I,; I �1 I I I I I I I I I I I III 1 1 I 1 I � I I I I 8 ar��/ %411 `riliiroAl „ TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL. 2 @ 30 x36 j I I I 1, - �� 8 CHWS DN 8 "CHWS TO » 8 CHWR DN 8"CHWR � ! PM451 PM500 4" HWS, CONNECT AT FLOOR � � - tI REFERE\CE DRAWI \GS THRU FLR TCP -1 - 8'-0" MINIMUM 4�'CHWS /R 2 CH/R 1� �0 � ����► ���� PH #3 IN SECOND FLOOR CEILING BELOW SLAB �►�- Lws'_ —.•- R ® PM517, AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS Yr THRU FLR - \ MAN BAR 2 CHWS /R, CONNECT 48/110 2 FLEX -1 /2 "LPS I 6" CHWR, TO EXIST 8" 8 "CHWR TO WHP2 SEE CONNECT _.. c C O \ STR U CTI O \ \OTES TO EXIST AT FLOOR '' - -- A 1► AT FLOOR � PROVIDE NEW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN -6 © 8'-6" . �. "LPS � I �\ Il �� ` o 72/72 + ��� PH #3 IN SECOND FLOOR CEILING BELOW SLAB © INSTALL NEW AIR HANDLER UNITS, AHU -3 8c AHU-4 1 ��� 6 CHOR � _ = C° ,,, i : ::• I ( I 1 I• DETAIL ON PM515 © PROVIDE NEW BLENDER IN MIXING AIR PLENUM. (INSTALL LOW ENOUGH FOR ACTUATOR) 3/4 "LPS „ 1 PC 2 "LPC FLEX © ® DWG CLEARANCE (OVER PIPING) TYP. _ - _.-I -� 18 .f - - - - _ _ - - _ _ - - 'rA _ 4 NEW VFD DRIVE INSTALLED BY CONTROLS � / I r I I I I— I- I �__� l r l I4 r ., 1 i` I I 1 I I 1 CONTRACTOR, WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FAN R -7: INSTALL NEW MOTOR AND NEW MOTOR BASE THAT ARE STORED IN THE PLENUM. FAN R -8: PROVIDE NEW MOTOR ON EXISTING MOTOR BASE, SEE SPEC SECTION — 230513 2.6. CHANGE BELTS AND SHEAVES FOR BOTH FANS AS INDICATED IN THE RETURN FAN SCHEDULE. �- '`�;, h :F I I ,�_ I �,� _ I1 �_ I i I I 1 I I__ I I I I I P -23 I _J_ I I I I I I \F i 8/ (IN VERTICAL) �I L_ —J L __J L_ —J —I _ . - -- , -� - ,, =-= I i I' I i i °\ 1 i . F .. 7' ' \ �� • REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 fiy City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION - Lam_ — '�- GL7 S' » 2 HWS, CONNECT AT FLOOR (2 TYP) 2" HWR, CONNECT AT FLOOR TYP) ,r _1 � 'I II j � s • 1 � 11 s n I:�: I::�. �—. � ( (' _ _ .1. _ 1_ L -- I HU -3 ( �G18/ 2 "W 7:71' -• 1 �' - --I ^ I AHU -4 -I © PROVIDE NEW 4'x6' OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITH i/ "LPS ,�;� I \F 18/ I �'''; == ��►" � 3/4 ;- ' ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM (2 -r I � I Ii I P_24 �, s� 0 �- ��, ■; ,� REMOVE EXISTING DAMPERS & PROVIDE NEW 3'x8' F 18 / I I C :i PP -PC RETURN AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM (IN VERTICAL) I PUMP VFD 'S MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT FRAME ,� o > I H 19 ,. �I� I1T1T11 CONDENSATE PACKAGE, (TYP) • _ �y _I ,:;;; -I I ' � PUMP TRAP SEE DETAIL 3 PM516 / SEAL MIXED AIR PLENUM AROUND AIR HANDLER UNITS AND GAP B BETWEEN THEM. ■ �1 \ 111 �..... 4 I "LPS .r `m °' 1 I r__�r--- Ir-- �r-- �r-- -Ir- --11- - -� I I I NEW 24x 18 TITUS 300 DEFLECTION �E>' PROVIDE SMOKE DAMPER 16 INSTALL PUMP TRAP PACKAGE 29 PROVIDE STEAM METER PROVIDE 2" INSULATION. ,2 "LPC NEW PLENUM WALL FLEX I '�__ _ I I ,::;; I� _ _ �� _ = I I PROVIDE GRILLE, DOUBLE ; 1500 CFM 2" � PROVIDE 2 RIGID BOARD INSULATION & INSULATION " PROVIDE 2 COOLING COIL DRAIN �__�__�__ -- -- pi - PROVIDE BAFFLE IN OUTSIDE AIR PLENUM � �, ` GALVANIZED SHEET METAL PLENUM \ / CLEAN EXHAUST AIR LOUVER & MESH SCREEN 4"HWS „ 1 PC o BETWEEN FLOW MEASURING STATIONS TO HAVE ACCURATE AIRFLOW READING '- 6" CONNECT NEW 6 CHWS &R 10 NEW 24x18 DUCT. DO NOT INSULATE 4 HWR 3 "HWS 3 "HWR _ PIPE TO EXISTING CHILLED Ili -- :`� A SEAL PLENUM ,,_ Q _« PROVIDE 48x96x110 PLENUM WITH UNIT » „ „ x48 x36 BLENDER WATER PIPES. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES 1)1110-- CAP OPENING FOR UNUSED PORTION OF 1' 44/96 OUT DAMPER, 3 ®''x6' 48x48 TRANSITION TO 42x45 DUCT NEAR FLOOR IDE AIR ABOVE OUTSIDE AIR OP OPENING. �► CLEAN RETURN FAN �' SMOKE DETECTOR BY ELECTRICAL — 96 19 PROVIDE 40x32 DN, TRANSITION AIR V F TO 28x36 DUCT NEAR FLOOR » PROVIDE METAL STEP, TYP. CONTRACTOR (TYPICAL) 24 "x18" MOTORED ' cn ° CFM 1 �_� OD < � o PAINT EXISTING & NEW WALLS OF tUFNOLENUM TO MATCH NEW AHOR INSTALL FLOW MEASURING STATION � PROVIDE BAFFLE IN OUTSIDE IPM TN FLOW MEASURING STATIONS � PROVDE NEW LOW PRESSURE STEAM LINE �' PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN & CONNECT NEW INSULATED PLENUM DAMPER 4" 4 HWR, CONNECT ••�• v� , AT / ATM L ATMD TO EXISTING DUCTWORK FOR EF -2 NEW VFD FOR RETURN FANS p� Q Q AT FLOOR ! ���— = '�- - °� ' INSTALL CONTROL VALVE IN CORRIDOR == p� e= e PM451 PM500 �► PROVIDE 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS 12 O Ii.ifIIhL*50s0 MD -- - o ��► MD. PRODE NEW FIRE DAMPER FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL MANBARS. 4 HWS, CONNECT OPENING IN �� FLOOR FOR RETURN AIR cn FAN R -8 lliAT PM450 _ �' d cn J lo I III EXHAUST DUCT 4' -0 "Dx1 O' -0 "W PROVIDE NEW MOTORIZED DAMPER FLOOR EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS BY BUILDER 10'- 0 ",5' -0" EXHAUST DUCT 2'-6"DX '-6''D WIDE 2" 150 PSI %► __ INSULATE ALL PIPING INSIDE AHU PM45 PM50 MOTOR OPERATED PROVIDE NEW CONTROL PANEL & RETURN FAN MOUNTED ON c,, `-' �t ` , VFD 'S TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR PENTHOUSE. LOCATE AWAY FROM PIPE OVERHEAD. . '' PROVIDE CLADDING OF PLENUM WALL SURFACE _ o > 1 EXH AIR DAMPERS 1 COORDIUNATE LOCATION WITH ENGINEER. WITH GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. / / /// PM451 ' ����� 17 22 ° > PLENUM W LL - LOCATE FLOOR DRAIN NEAR PM452 II '— .. @ REG��vi CITY OFTUI�WILA COOLING COIL OUTLET PM453 i EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS PROVIDE PERFORATED GALVANIZER OVER --- © FAN R -7 BY BUILDER EXISTING INSULATION ®PLENUM 7 7 EXISTING MANBARS BELOW CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. 32 II KOMII �f AIR TIGHT SIDING MAR 2 6 2012 KEY PLAN STEAM „HWS �2 CONFORMED SET !in u� PERMIT CENTER S 4' 2' 0 2' 4' 8' 4 M1 Ara 0 _ PE \THO � °�” 1 PF -015 NOEPRENE COATED Nfth „ 4"HWR 1601 Avenue Suite 900 _ PM451 PM514 FIBERGLASS CEMENTED TO OUTSIDE OF PLENUM WALL = = SCALE: 1 4 '=1'-0" / Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE'G$L ® gi I i LM.EF 1 7 : W SQT� ,.� ()v WASNlioa ��� `' ''APPROVED ACCEPTABILITY IK. THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS A::.ovEATE DRAWN BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #4 PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 - REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 CHECKED 8 -8 _ SHEET P j\/45 1 UPGRADE SSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 031611 BY ENGINEER TITLE 9 96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.1 MECHANICAL MASTER COL. E- J/17 -20 DEV. CENTER, WA CHECKED '36611 w: �i�' ° s'SZONALEG APPROVED JOB NO. COMP NO. APPROVED DWG No. 09- 096 -PM451 /28/9010 2:09 :57 PM 6 "CHWR (TEMPORARY) Y PM452 6 "CHWS (TEMPORARY) PM505 PM452 PM504 \., PM452 PM503 STEAM PRV STATION 4 "FD BELOW 6"-1 50# STM SUPPLY DN 10� 8 "RELIEF THRU ROOF 1" COND L H PM452 PM503 PNL P7 4 "LPS 7- 6 "LPS r�� , - 8 "LPS 6 "LPS (- 8 "LPS 4" D 4 "FD 0 PUMP VFD "S MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT FRAME 4 "CHWS /R DN THRU FLR -10 "CHWR 0 4 "FD C -2 P -25B G2 I/ 4 "FD ET -2 G2 I/ SEE DETAIL 6/PM516 PC P -27B \G217 P-27A \G2I� TI C -3 ET -3 \ G2 I SEE DETAIL 6/PM516 8 "CHWS 8 "CHWS -•f "CHWS 1 0"CAP 10 "CHWS DN THRU FLOOR 6 "CHWS 10" BY —PASS @o MOTOR CONTROL PANEL 8 "RISER TO CLEAR TUBE REMOVE AREA CHILLED WATER METER 8 "CHWS ON ROOF 8 "CHWR ON ROOF PE \THOUSE #4 PLA\ SCALE: 1/4 '=1 —0 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A CHILLER CAVATION 9 -96 790908 SLB RWS 5.21.99 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 gliArzrzAiiv ' REVIEWED FOR CODE OMPLIANCE ROVED MAY 21 2012 BUILDING City DIVISION CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED DATE 8 -8 -96 AFOFFMAN 61XEf 5 G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LEGE\ D GENERAL \OTES REFERE \CE DRAWL GS CO \STRUCTIO\ TES PROVIDE HEAT TRANSFER PACKAGE PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV STATION (PRV -3 & PRV -4) AND NEW STEAM METER STATION, SEE DETAILS ON DWG PM516. CONNECT 3 "LPC TO (E) 5 "LPC AT FLOOR CHEMICAL BYPASS FEEDER. PROVIDE CHILLED WATER METER. PM450 PM451 / / /// PM453 0 12 17 22 27 KEY PLAN IECE�b r'ITY OF TUIL,A 1`1At� 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #4 PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E— J/20 -23 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM452 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —PM452 1/2R/9010 7.09!57 PM 1/2R/2010 2:(19:52 PM E F G� H EXHAUST DUCT LEG E\ D OVER 2'WIDE 10'-0" WIDE PC CONDENSATE RETURN (PUMPED) 1 LPC CONDENSATE, STEAM (LOW PRESSURE) 1 - -- 150 PSI _'= 3E23 PANEL (3M32) LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM (15 PSI) ►/ OPENING IN FLOOR FOR I RETURN AIR ,, 0 ® MD ® MD CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY 2' -6 "x10' -0" MOTOR STEAM STEAM EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS 10'- 0 "x5'- 0' =—J'r RETURN MOUNTED PLENUM EXH OVE 10' FAN WALL UST DUCT 2 —6 0" WIDE VFD'S ON I I 1 1 I CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN OPERATED EXHAUST AIR © FAN R -6 , ► FAN R -5 DAMPER S POINT OF CONNECTION D SMOKE DETECTOR A— EXHAUST AIR M MOTOR Dx —Er LOUVERS 10'-0"x5'-0" TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL ' �FREMPR 9 I FD C 1 ISD MOTOR OPERATED RETURN AIR 1 DAMPERS 3 � 3'- 0 "x8' -0" ' BACK DRAFT DAMPER I BDD (TYP) A I — ° ,, ) _ — I 1 ' 9 To : :T ' STEAM PRV STATION 'M453 PM5� .. { � 7 I I,� [:r 6 Ilia, » » 24 x18 MOTORIZED DAMPER 1500 i I 1 A , �-,1� , A ' CFM '— J � �:�10 rn i � r -- � i --- � PM4531 PM500 DM MOTORIZED DAMPER 2" HWR, AT FLOOR 2" HWS, AT FLOOR 4" HWS, AT FLOOR 4" HWR AT FLOOR PUMP VFD METAL STEP OVER PIPING � 1MD _ 4,YM TMD I -NEW INSULATED O TEMPERATURE SENSOR PLENUM ATMD AIRFLOW & TEMPERATURE MEASURING i I I I 1 1 1/ � � _ci i — • F24 (IN VERTICAL �■1 1. / mil - WA 2 z DEVICE (ATMD) CONNECT 11 I (IN VERTI► F24 ( f © 96 x48 AIR BLENDER SEAL ABOVE x36 c o �I m G E \ E RAL \OTES 44/96 OUTSIDE AIR 3 (3 TYP) �� CONNECT (3 TYP)- ( ) CONNECT CONNECT DAMPER, 0 Imo, TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL. 2 © 30 x36 30"x36" (IN VERTICA F24 • 3C�4 x6 PLENUM . PROVIDE NEW 24x18 GRILLE, TITUS 300 DOUBLE DEFLECTION REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS . +.�� -•+ FLEX UNIT PM518, AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS CO \ STR U CTI O \ \ OTES I. .. r _ _ ___ - _ _ _ _ -�- -�„J - T - - - T - - T - . - T • - T LL NEW PLENUM Fri ,4 ••- -� I ___ ____ ____ -� z _0 HU -6 S , gi �i;:; z I - I 1 »PC o -- > :: ::I: __�- f S TYP. J - — -�__ 11 _= ly =_ �'l =_ =_ __-� L__JL__JL__JL__JL__JL__JL__J 6 "CHWR WALL �r I:::L::i:; I 1500 CFM �' PROVIDE NEW CRETURN ,., , '■ -LP © NEW AIR NDUNITS, A1 I — — , HU 5 CONDENSATE PUMP & AHU -2 " I i � II� ,:, I ` TRAP PACKAGE, SEE © PROVIDE NEW BLENDER IN MIXING AIR PLENUM. ® � DETAIL 3 PM516 / (TYP) (INSTALL LOW ENOUGH FOR ACTUATOR) "LPC I ® REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 2 1 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION � � ;y 4 NEW VFD DRIVE INSTALLED CONTROLS 2 - � „�. �.1�l..l --- :`� I CONTRACTOR, WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FAN R -5: PROVIDE NEW MOTOR AND MOTOR BASE, SEE SPECIFICATION 230513 -2.6. FAN R -6: KEEP EXISTING MOTOR. CHANGE BELTS AND SHEAVES FOR BOTH FANS AS INDICATED IN THE RETURN FAN SCHEDULE. ��� LI _ : �" � 2 "W "CH � 6 S - i f J �-� i 7—.T � I 3" COND 1 � FLEX 1 PC iI (mil I L rs �'�= 3 LP I l - - -- =• � -Fr-1-m- I r PROVIDE NEW 4'x6' OUTBID © OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE 1 '11,‘ %• 1 -(-1-m- i 1 m �► I i �I 11 , I I 1- � I , I, I I I I I I 11 I ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM -0" ., I 1 I l_J_ —I J_ I J_ I II 6 3'x8' REMOVE EXISTING DAMPERS & PROVIDE NEW 3x8 8' MINIMUM CLEARANCE I �_ _- ®' I RETURN AIR DAMPERS WITH ACTUATORS, LOCATE ALL ACTUATORS INSIDE MIXING PLENUM HOUSEKEEPING CURB PROVIDE SMOKE DAMPER INSTALL PUMP TRAP PACKAGE 29 PROVIDE STEAM METER L ® `-'- — — — ' 72/72 8._6« ,� I a_ � � '� PROVIDE 2 RIGID BOARD INSULATION SEAL MIXED AIR PLENUM AROUND AIR &GALVANIZED _ SHEET METAL © �" PROVIDE BAFFLE IN OUTSIDE PLENUM HANDLER UNITS AND GAP BETWEEN THEM. PROVIDE 2" INSULATION. -�. © — �, FLEX -�- 6 CHWS /R DN, CONNECT TO EXISTING 8" AT FLOOR AIR PLENUM BETWEEN FLOW � CONNECT NEW 6" CHWS &R PIPE TO TCP -1--� X MEASURING STATIONS TO HAVE ACCURATE AIRFLOW READING. EXISTING CHILLED WATER. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES 2" PROVIDE 2 COOLING COIL DRAIN CLEAN EXHAUST AIR LOUVER & MESH SCREEN NEW 24x18 DUCT. DO NOT INSULATE ANCHOR 96/96 48/110 MAN BAR '' '1 // • _ tg "'J 3/4 "LPS MOTORIZED "' '� 18 PROVIDE 48x96x110 PLENUM WITH 4RxVI TRANSITION TO 42x4M DUCT CLEAN RETURN FAN ► R . ® NEAR FLOOR _� Ili Ii I ��( (TYP) �� PROVIDE METAL STEP, TYP. O►- CAP OPENING FOR UNUSED PORTION OF Kc� DAMPER ' 1 1 1 1 11, �, I� I �/ o x d 1/\ I� ._ I I ( 1 I 1 I III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I III 11 L11\ I 1 I I I I I I 1 1 7IFF 1 1 1 1 I I I I .11111 - 19 PROVIDE 40x32 DN, TRANSITION i1 - NEW VFD FOR RETURN FAN OUTSIDE AIR OPENING. �,-,� i` 1 1 j 1 1 -� I I 11 `�1 1 i I 1 1 11 •��. -...07 � 1 I I I I I 1;.. �► .. , TO 28x36 DUCT NEAR FLOOR PAINT EXISTING & NEW WALLS OF PROVIDE 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS ® SMOKE DETECTOR BY ELECTRICAL PM453 PM514 LLIJ -1 i PM453 CONTRACTOR (TYPICAL) -- - �— _______.___ —__ PM500 RETURN PLENUM TO MATCH NEW AHU COLOR. DOOR IN NEW DUCTWORK TO ALLOW I FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL PROVIDE NEW LOW PRESSURE STEAM LINE 4 ,-0"x5'-0" EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS BY BUILDER .� ' ' ; A/D �--A /D ;;; • 1 ; �I I,� i. _ 1 1/2 CHWS /R DN, CONNECT TO EXISTING AT FLOOR d► INSTALL FLOW MEASURING STATION MANBARS. I► 32/24 -CB- I �' PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN & CONNECT TO EXISTING DUCTWORK FOR EF -3 ` 1_1=3 28" o ��- INSTALL CONTROL VALVE IN CORRIDOR INSULATE ALL PIPING INSIDE E AHU 40x32 TRANSITION PROVIDE NEW STEAM PRV -5 AND "�' _ VFD TO 28x36 9' AFF. APPROXIMATELY. 36/42 TRANSITION DN TO 28/36 AT FLOOR R3 MD 4 MAN BAR "CHWS FO' PROVIDE NEW FIRE DAMPER PRV -6 IN (E) STEAM PRESSURE P3 -1 ® (2 TYP) DOOR (A /D) (TYP). FAN VFD MOUNTED FRAME 2 /R DN, 32 4848 TRANSITION / 32/36 x N TYP (TYP) TOILET CONNECT TO EXISTING AT FLOOR REDUCING STATION. 1- PROVIDE TO 42x45 EXHAUST MAN BAR 12x 12 LOCKABLE NEW MOTORIZED DAMPER �'' PROVIDE NEW CONTROL PANEL & 0 0 TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR PENTHOUSE. Gs (TYP) ACCESS ® LOCATE AWAY FROM PIPE OVERHEAD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ENGINEER. PM450 FLEX (TYP) EXHAUST ON UNITSTRUT SUB 52 X3E27 (XC) IMP- LOCATE FLOOR DRAIN NEAR COOLING COIL OUTLET 12 ► O. PROVIDE MYLAR ENCAPSULATION & PERFORATED GALVANIZER OVER PM451 1 '/- P3 PM452 22 PNL P5% EXISTING INSULATION © PLENUM `, EXISTING MANBARS BELOW ����i PM453 / /// PNL R3 -1 PNL XS3E27 -1 CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. 27 RECI= 1�f�1I CONFORMED SET c 0 CITY OFTUI�WILA @ KEY PLAN iv '�li1 1 ��� PE \THOUSE #3 PLA\ MAR 2 6 2012 G I N E E R S o 1 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 PERMIT CENTER Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ,. NSA, ' SCALE: 1/4'= 1' -0 "� SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ® eitiLM■EliZAW 60.., SOT ovWASti, \ ���S f Ov a ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE #3 PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 - REDRAWN 8.8.96 CHECKED SHEET A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE p\J4453 �` CHECKED .f'� �� 36611 �c�w� �. / ��GCSTER�4 �, , �SSj 11G ��. ,... ONALE ., APPROVED . BUILDING 09-096.13 JOB NO. COMP NO. APPROVED MECHANICAL MASTER COL. E- J/23 -26 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG N0. 09- 096 -PM453 :,& 1/2R/2010 2:(19:52 PM 30 29 28 27 H-- T 4- H 500 (2 TYP PE \TH OUSE 100x50 21 20 19 18 15 14 13 YY' 420 (2 TYPP. TEMPORARY OPENING IN ROOF FOR INSTALLATION' OF -INEW —ACID HA1�C6CI NG UNI11S co ci co ri cn AL HOODINTAKE H HOOD 10 CHWR 8 °CHWR 8 "CHWS PE \THOUSE AIR INTAKE HOOD -- • —10 "CHWS - 5--I- S--+- D4 7 J I CHWR — 8 "CHWS 8 "CHWR 1 0"CHWS 1 -10 "CHWR 1--. 500 (2 TYP) 420 8 "CHWS (2 TYP) CHWS 8 "CHWR TEMPORARY OPENING IN ROOF FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW AIR HANDLING UNITS 3 TYP) Y i T PROVIDE RdOF PROTECIIION. SEE ARCH DWGS. 500 (3 TY � I'E \THOUSE AIR INTAKE HOOD — 8 "CHWS 1 0"CHWS 1 0"CHWR 8 "CHWR c 500 (2 TYP) 420 (2 TYP) TEMPORARY OPENING IN ROOF1 FOR INSTALLATION OF NE HA -UNITS SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 L A&E7AG' REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE. APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE Ntigz- a39 COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LEGEND GENERAL NOTES PROVIDE TEMPORARY PIPE SUPPORT FOR DUCTING. PROTECT ROOF. REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES TEMPORARY AIR HANDLING UNIT -COLD DECK 2 TEMPORARY AIR HANDLING UNIT -HOT DECK RETURN AIR CONNECTION, REMOVE SPANDREL SECTION OF GLASS ABOVE 2ND FLOOR CEILING TO CONNECT INTO BUILDING RETURN AIR PLENUM 4> DUCTWORK ROUTED ON ROOF OF BUILDING DUCTWORK ROUTED ON ROOF OF PENTHOUSE PENETRATE PENTHOUSE ROOF AND CONNECT TEMPORARY COLD /HOT DECK DUCTWORK TO SUPPLY AIR DUCTS AT PENTHOUSE FLOOR. TEMPORARY 6 "CHWS /R PIPING TO TEMPORARY AHU'S, SEE PM450 AND PH452 FOR CONNECTION POINTS. RECkiv CLEAN OUTDOOR INTAKE CINOPTUKWI A MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER ROOF PLAN CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF COL. A- N/1 -32 DEV. CENTER, WA CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SHEET SYMBOL RFM3 DATE 03.16.11 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -RFM3 CT. CCc.. c g, c' 30 29 28 TT?T 20 19 18 YTYY TTYTY 1- 1-- DE\ 1'COMP THPUSE AIR DN #3 4 "H S/ DN 3'COND DNS 1 "CW DN 'CHWS /R DN Q 11 'CHWS /R DN--,, iti I _ I iCHWS DN -OO CHWR DN 10 "CHWS /R (BELOW ROOF) TO BLDG 9 -90 AND CAPPED • - (3)2 "HWR D 3)2 "HWS D 3'S TM DN- 4 "C WS /R DN \ 10'C WR DN 10 "CHWR "STM DN PIPING SHOWN DASHED IS BELOW ROOF I 8 "CHWS /R (ON ROOF) TO BLDG 9 -90 8 °CHWR 8 "CHWS 10 "CHWS — METERS 44‘11 •L; C PE\ THOUS 2 "STM D •4 1HWS /R DN 5"COND E #4 (2)2 "HWR D 2)2 "HWS D 1°C ' MP AIR DN 4 "CHWS /R DN — 8 "CHWS 10 "CHWS DN 8"CHWR 10 "CHWS 10"CHWR • • •• "CHWS /R D S'CHWS /R DN "HWS CHWS /R 8 "CHWR 1- 1 /2"HW 1- 1 /2 "CW & 3 /4"HWC DN DN 'COND DN 1'COMP AIR PENT OUSE 2'COND DN #5 (3)2 "HWR DN (3)2614V-DN TO BLDG 9 -94 CAFETERIA BLDG PE \THOUSE SLAB PE \ETRATIO \S & ROOF PLA SCALE: 1"=20'-0" REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 g)iBOE /NG' NIP 8 "CHWS 10 "CHWS 10 "CHWR 8 "CHWR 'CHWS /R D c a c�1 1 -1/4' COND N 1'HW, 1 "c & 3 /4'HWC DN METERS H -TO BLDG 9 -98 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION YEI2O3' CONFORMED SET COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LEGEND GENERAL NOTES 1. CONNECT NEW PIPING TO EXISTING PIPING AT FLOOR. 2. THIS DRAWING DOES NOT INCLUDE PLUMBING VENTS REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES EXISTING HEATING WATER PIPE EXISTING CHILLED WATER PIPE EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER PIPE EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR PIPE EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPE EXISTING STEAM PIPE PROVIDE NEW CHILLED WATER METER CITY OF TU rILA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE SLAB PENETRATIONS & ROOF PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF COL. A- N/1 -32 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET RFM4 JOB NO. COMP NO. /9A17010 9:n9:59 PM DWG NO. 09 -096 -RFM4 SYM NOTE: INSTALL A TOTAL OF 12 STATIC PRESSURE SENSORS IN THE DUCTWORK IN THE DISCHARGE DUCT TO FIRE ALARM & HARDWIRED TO FANS VARICONE DAMPERS CHILLED E WATER • 1 STEAM :7— LOUVER (TYP) 1111(3 DAMPERS) (1) MINIMUM OA DAMPER (2) ECOMOMIZER DAMPERS SMOKE DAMPER (115 V, SPRING CLOSE ON LOSS OF POWER) \ / \ / \ / \/ IN THE DISCHARGE DUCT © 2/3 OF THE LENGTH OF THE DUCTWORK REVISION (12) SUPPLY FANS 2 VFD'S 2 FLOW SENSORS COOLING COIL HEATING COIL (2 DAMPERS) TO PENTHOUSE WA■ 2 DAMPERS) E> EA VFD COLD DECK TO FIRE ALARM & HARWIRED TO FANS 2 VFD'S • I STEAM VFD SMOKE DAMPER (115 V, SPRING CLOSE ON LOSS OF POWER) Ld 1.1 -1 •X 0 AIR HA \ELI\ G U \IT CO TROL (6) SUPPLY FANS 2 FLOW SENSORS HOT DECK DIAGRA v HEATING COIL RETURN FANS SCALE: NONE EA. EXHAUST FA \S EA 2 SCALE: NONE BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION M310 BY APPROVED BASEBOARD BASEBOARD TO BASEBOARD HEATING 50% SCALE: NONE DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 BOE /iVG' I � 1 M310 (71- M310 RA TO FAS D D DD ISJD ._.D ._.D (6) AT 1ST FLR NEAR RETURN AIR OPENING BETWEEN FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR (BY ELECTRICAL) TO FIRE ALARM & HARDWIWD TO FANS (TYP) ; , 7 PRIMARY PUMPS HWR s EXCHANGER HEAT EXCHA r— L s STEAM CONDENSATE HEAT RECOVERY (FOR C -3 ONLY) GER CO \TROL DIAGRA SCALE: NONE CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED ay DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED M.SOTURA ENGINEER CHECKED DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE PC M310 LEGEND D VFD MS ,R, TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTER AIRFLOW TRANSMITTER VIBRATION TRANSMITTER CURRENT SENSOR FREEZE STAT HUMIDITY TRANSMITTER CARBON DIOXYDE TRANSMITTER MOTOR SMOKE DETECTOR (BY ELECTRICAL) VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WITH FAN START /STOP, FAN RPM OUTPUT AND FEED BACK MOTOR STARTER (BY ELECTRICAL) FAN ELECTRIC MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE \ ELECTRIC MOTORIZED DAMPER WITH END SWITCH E% EA AIRFLOW DIRECTION FAS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM REFERE \CES M311, SEQUENCES OF OPERATION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 BUILDING of Tukwila DIVISION fr1(2O37 COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 CONTROL DIAGRAMS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL CITY AF TUKLA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 DEV. CENTER,WA SHEET M310 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —M310 C c c (C c DESCRIPTIO\ OF OPERATIO\ GENERAL FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AIR HANDLING UNITS AHU -1, AHU -2, AHU -3 & AHU -4, AHU -5 & AHU -6 A. START -STOP AND FAN SAFETIES: 1. SAFETY FEATURES: THE FOLLOWING SHALL PREVENT FAN OPERATION UNDER ANY MANUAL, BY -PASS. THESE SAFETIES SHALL BE HARD -WIRED AND HAVE A MANUAL RESET. A. DIVISION 26 FIRE ALARM OUTPUT. B. HIGH PRESSURE CUTOUT PRESSURE SWITCH PT1 OR PT6. C. COLD DECK FREEZESTAT (FREEZE PROTECTION). D. DISCHARGE AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT - MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS WILL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 28. THE DETECTORS WILL COMMUNICATE WITH THE DIVISION 26 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. AN OUTPUT MODULE WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 26 (IN THE GENERAL VICINITY OF THE VFD), WHICH WILL PROVIDE FIRE ALARM CONTROL OUTPUT FOR THE AIR HANDLER. DDC CONTROL SHALL REPORT SMOKE DETECTORS STATUS. 3. ACTION - NORMAL OPERATION: A. IF THE VFD CONTROL SWITCH IS IN "AUTO" AND THE EMCS IS SET TO ALLOW OPERATION OR IF THE VFD CONTROL SWITCH IS IN "ON" POSITION; THEN RETURN AIR DAMPERS, MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER AND EXHAUST(RELIEF) AIR DAMPERS SHALL START OPENING; WHEN RETURN AIR DAMPERS ARE PROVEN OPEN AND IF SAFETIES ALLOW OPERATION; THEN START THE SUPPLY AND RETURN FANS. THE FANS SHALL RAMP UP TO AND OPERATE AT THE COMMANDED SPEED (SEE BELOW). IF ANY OF THE ABOVE CONDITIONS CHANGE, THEN THE FANS SHALL STOP OPERATING. B. WHEN OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 48 F, ONLY THE MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SHALL OPEN FULLY. THE TWO OTHER OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS ARE CLOSED. THE COLD DECK RETURN AIR DAMPERS AND THE RELIEF AIR DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE IN OPPOSED SEQUENCE AS TO RELIEF THE REQUIRED AIRFLOW FROM THE BUILDING AND LET 16,000 CFM OUTSIDE AIR IN. THE HOT DECK RETURN AIR DAMPER IS FULLY OPEN AND THE HOT DECK SUPPLY FAN DELIVER THE REQUIRED HOT DECK AIRFLOW. C. WHEN OUTDOOR IS ABOVE 48 F ALL OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS CAN OPEN TO PROVIDE 18,000 CFM OF OUTDOOR AIR TO THE SPACE. THE COLD DECK RETURN AIR DAMPERS AND THE RELIEF AIR DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE IN OPPOSED SEQUENCE AS TO RELIEF THE REQUIRED AIR FROM THE BUILDING. 4. ACTION - SUPPLY FANS SPEED CONTROL: A. SUPPLY FANS SHALL OPERATE AT THE SPEED COMMANDED BY THE STATIC PRESSURE SENSORS (TWO PER AIR HANDLER) LOCATED IN THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, (THESE STATIC PRESSURE SENSORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS PROJECT. EXCEPT, THE FANS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO MOVE MORE THAN 105% OF THE "DESIGN" CFM THROUGH THE UNIT AS MEASURED AT FT1, FT2 & FT3. 5. ACTION - RETURN FANS SPEED CONTROL: A. RETURN FANS SHALL OPERATE AT THE SPEED COMMANDED BY THE SUPPLY AIR FANS, EXCEPT THE FANS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO MOVE MORE THAN 105% OF THE "DESIGN" CFM AS MEASURED AT FT4 AND FT5. THE RETURN FANS CFM SHALL BE EQUAL' TO THE SUPPLY CFM (HOT DECK & COLD DECK) MINUS EXHAUST FANS EF -1, EF -2 & EF -3 CFM. THE BUILDING SHALL BE PRESSURIZED SLIGHTLY POSITIVELY. 6. ACTION - - FAN SHUTDOWN AND ISOLATION: A. IF THE HIGH PRESSURE CUTOUT PRESSURE SWITCH PT1 OR PT6 ACTIVATES, THE EMCS SHALL COMMAND THE UNIT TO SHUT DOWN AND HAVE A MANUAL RESET. B. IF ANY SMOKE DETECTOR IS ENERGIZED, ALL THE AIR.- r HANDLERS- UNITS SHALL SHUT DOWN AND THE -SMOKE' DAMPERS'! SHALL CLOSE. CMCS WILL MONITOR A GENERAL FIRE ALARM STATUS FROM EACH. PENTHOUSE. THIS ALARM STATUS IS SIGNNALED FROM AN ADDRESSABLE RELAY MODULE PROVIDED BY THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NEAR THE CMCS CONTROL PANEL. CMCS ONLY PROVIDE A GRAPHICAL DISPLAY OF THIS CONDITION. WIRING AND CONTROL OF THE FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS AND FAN SHUTDOWN IS PERFORMED BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. SMOKE DAMPERS ARE POWERED BY 115 VOLTS AND SHALL SPRING CLOSE ON A LOSS OF POWER. A SINGLE ACTUATOR SHALL pE USED FOR THESE DAMPERS. C. THE FANS SHALL DECREASE IN SPEED AND STOP. ALL DAMPERS SHALL CLOSE. DAMPERS END SWITCHES SHALL CONFIRM THAT THE DAMPERS ARE CLOSED. 7. SPECIAL ALARMS: A. FAILURE OF AHU TO PRODUCE PROPER AIRFLOW AT FT1, FT2 & FT3 FOR MORE THAN 5 MINUTES. B. DAMPERS NOT IN FULL CLOSED POSITION WHEN UNIT IS OFF. C. PROVIDE DIRECT READOUT OF FINAL FILTER PRESSURE DROP USING ANALOG SENSORS (PT). PROVIDE WARNING ALARM WHEN AT CHANGEOUT PRESSURE. B. DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE CONTROL: 1. SPECIAL INPUTS (IN ADDITION TO DEVICES SHOWN ON DIAGRAM): A. DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS TT3 AND 75. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE. AN OUTDOOR SENSOR B. SHALL PROVIDE INPUT FOR ALL AIR HANDLER CONTROLS. 2. ACTION - OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE BELOW 48 DEG.: A. AHU -1, 3, & 5: ENERGIZE THE STEAM HEATING COIL TO MAINTAIN COLD DECK DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE AT 58 DEG AS MEASURED BY TT2. B. AHU -2, 4 & 6: ENERGIZE THE STEAM HEATING COIL TO MAINTAIN HOT DECK DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE PER A RESET SCHEDULE BETWEEN 85 TO 100 DEG AS MEASURED BY TT4. DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SHALL BE 85 °F AT 48 DEG OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE AND 100 DEG WHEN OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE IS 20 DEG (ADJ). REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M.SOTURA 03.16.11 ei BOE /NG - 3. ACTION - OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 48 AND 75 DEG.: A. AHU -1,3,& 5: ENERGIZE THE COLD DECK AIR ECONOMIZER AS REQUIRED FOR COOLING. MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE IS MEASURED BY TT1. IF AIR ECONOMIZER CANNOT SATISFY THE COLD DECK DISCHARGE SETPOINT, ENERGIZE THE CHILLED WATER COOLING COIL IN ADDITION TO THE ECONOMIZER AS REQUIRED FOR COOLING. B. AHU -2, 4 & 6: ENERGIZE THE STEAM HEATING COIL TO MAINTAIN HOT DECK DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 75 TO 85 DEG AS MEASURED BY 74. DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE IS 75 DEG AT 70 DEG OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE AND 85 DEG WHEN OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE IS 48 DEG. 4. ACTION - OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE ABOVE 75 DEG.: A. AHU -1, 3, & 5: OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER IS AT MINIMUM POSITION TO PROVIDE OUTSIDE AIRFLOW AS MEASURED BY FT6. ENERGIZE CHILLED WATER COOLING COIL TO SATISFY COOLING SETPOINT. B. AHU -2, 4 & 6: STEAM COIL IS NOT ENERGIZED. HOT DECK TEMPERATURE IS RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE. 5. SPECIAL ALARMS: A. 73 AND TT5 LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURES 3 DEG. OR MORE ABOVE OR BELOW SETPOINT FOR MORE THAN 5 MINUTES. MISCELLANEOUS EXHAUST FANS AND SUPPLY FANS A. EXHAUST FANS (EF -1, EF -2, EF -3): EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE COMMANDED ON THROUGH THE DDC AND SHALL BE INTERLOCKED TO RUN WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE AIR HANDLER. EXHAUST FAN CAN START ONLY WHEN THE TWO POSITION MOTORIZED DAMPER ASSOCIATED WITH THE FAN HAS BEEN PROVED OPEN BY END SWITCH. PROOF OF OPERATION SHALL BE REPORTED TO OPERATOR'S STATION. FAN FAILURE SHALL ALARM E H STATION, A. ALL OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS FOR THE DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATER SHALL BE FACTORY FURNISHED AND WIRED. B. DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION PUMP START /STOP AS SCHEDULED BY CMCS. STEAM METERS A. PROVIDE AN ANALOG INPUT FOR STEAM FLOW TOTALING OF THE 3 STEAM METERS. CHILLED WATER METERS A. PROVIDE AN ANALOG INPUT FOR THE CHILLED WATER METERS. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION STEAM CONVERTER STATIONS A. EACH PLATE & FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER CONVERTER PACKAGE IS PROVIDED WITH A STAND -ALONE MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER TO CONTROL LEAVING HOT WATER TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 160 AND 180 DEG (200 DEG FOR CAFETARIA SYSTEM). B. CMCS WILL SEND AN INPUT TO CONVERTER CONTROLLER TO ALLOW ADJUSTING LEAVING WATER SETPOINT ACCORDING TO A RESET SCHEDULE (160 WHEN OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE IS 60 DEG AND 180 DEG WHEN OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE IS 40 DEG). CMCS WILL ENABLE EACH CONVERTER'S PACKAGE CONTROL IN SEQUENCE DETERMINED BY OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE. THIS WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY STARTING ONE OF THE TWO PRIMARY PUMPS AT 50% SPEED AND CONTROLLING THE MODULATING STEAM VALVE PROVIDED WITH EACH CONVERTER PACKAGE. IF THE FIRST PUMP FAIL THE SECOND PUMP SHALL START. ALTERNATE LEAD LAG PUMP EVERY WEEK. CMCS WILL CONTROL THE PUMP SPEED IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE RETURN TEMPERATURE FROM THE CONVERTER BEWEEN 15 AND 25 DEG DEG BELOW THE DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE FROM THE CONVERTER. MINIMUM PUMP SPEED SHALL BE 50% OF MAXIMUM PUMP SPEED. E. THE HOT WATER FROM THE CONVERTER WILL BE USED FOR HOT WATER SUPPLY TO THE HEATING EQUIPMENT VIA SECONDARY ZONE PUMPS AND 3 -WAY MIXING VALVES ( FOR BUILDING 9 -96). CMCS WILL CYCLE ON EACH ZONE PUMP AND MONITOR PUMP STATUS BASED ON INTERIOR ZONE TEMPERATURE REQUEST. CMCS WILL MODULATE THE ZONES' 3 -WAY MIXING VALVE TO MAINTAIN THE ZONES' HOT WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE TO A RESET SCHEDULE (160 AT 40 DEG OAT AND 180 AT 60 OAT). THE SECONDARY HOT WATER PUMP SHALL ALSO BE ABLE TO ADJUST THEIR SPEED BASED ON THE RETURN TEMPERATURE FROM EACH ONE OF THE BASEBOARD LOOP (SAME AS PRIMARY PUMP STRATEGY) F. CMCS HARDWARE POINTS WILL INCLUDE: MODULATING STEAM VALVE % POSITION OPEN, LEAVING AND RETURNING WATER TEMPERATURES AT EACH SKID - MOUNTED CONVERTER, PRIMARY PUMPS STATUS AND SPEED, HOT WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN TEMPERATURES AT EACH BASEBOARD LOOP, SECONDARY PUMP STATUS AND SPEED. AND FLOW METER (ON MAKE -UP WATER LINE). M CONFORMED SET RECEIvtu CITY OF TUKWILA r1AK 262012 PERMIT CENTER N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION • IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED M.SOTURA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE SEQUENCES OF OPERATION CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET M311 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -M311 LEGE \D NON -AIR TIGHT SIDING 1 i i MOTOR OPERATED MOTOR OPERATED � MOTOR OPERATED I RETURN AIR DAMPER 1 RETURN AIR DAMPER C RETURN AIR DAMPER t 3'- 0 "x8' -0" 3'- 0„x8, -0" 3, -0" x8' -0" 24x18 DUCT WITH MOTORIZED AIR DAMPER 2' -6 "x10' -0" EXHAUST AIR DAMPERS L 2x2x1/4 HOOD SUPPORTS EXHAUST GRILLE WITH MANUAL & FIRE DAMPER 1500 CFM EXHAUST AIR DUCT 2' -6 "x10' -0" EXH AIR DAMPER LOW PRESSURE PLENUM WALL — " 6' -4" PLENUM \ / 1 t p ?/T T U T T _..J T T.I T . Jl T \ 2x2x1/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS @ 4' -0" OC — EDGE OF HIP ROOF HOOD INCLINED LOW PRESSURE PLENUM WALL PLENUM RETURN FAN SUPPC ANGLE INTEGRAL STEEL BASE EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS BY BUILDER 24 "x24" ACCESS DOOR AIR TIGHT SIDING PENTHOUSE FLR ELEV 43' -10 1/2" 4 "U DAMPER SUPPORT (TYP) 14 GA. PANELS INSIDE IL CURB GE \ERAL \OTES 25' -0 "x25' -0" V SOUND ABSORBING DECK -TYP ALL 4 PENTHOUSE AREAS (- YPICAL) �-- HANGER RODS AIR I \TME SCALE: 1/4° = 1' -0" HOCD OVER) TYPICAL FOR 4 PENTHOUSES I1 SUSPENDED CEILING UNISTRUT OR CHANNEL REFERE \CE DRAWINGS 2" ACOUSTIC INSULATION SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4 " =1'– PENTHOUSE FLOOR 4 "CHR HS SOUTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, AS SHOWN NORTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, OPP HAND PM451,PM453 PM500 EAST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, SIMILAR WEST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, OPP HAND 4 "CHS & R TO SAIL LAB. SEE 109- 096 - 4010 –M4 OR 109-096-4023–M1 CO \STRUCTI0N \OTES KEEP EXISTING RETURN FAN PROVIDE NEW SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR EXISTING RETURN FANS DETAIL SCALE: NONE (3) PM4501PM500 SEE PENTHOUSE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR MOTOR /MOTOR BASE REVISIONS SPECIFIC TO EACH RETURN FAN PROVIDE NEW FLEX CONNECTION AT RETURN AIR FAN REMOVE EXISTING DAMPERS AND PROVIDE NEW RETURN AIR DAMPERS AND NEW EXHAUST AIR DAMPERS. PROVIDE NEW 24x18 DUCT WITH MOTORIZED DAMPER AND FIRE DAMPER 6 "CHWS /R cu 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR (TYP) HOUSEKEEPING CURB m® REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 \ALL DUCT 8c PIPE PENETRATION THRU FLOOR TO BE SAFED OFF BY MECHANICAL SUB– CONTRACTOR 2 "CHWS 1 -1 /2 "CHWR- 1 -1 /2 "CHWS- SCH 40 PIPE SLEEVES FOR ALL PIPING BY MECH SUB –CONTR 8 "CHWS /R SECTO\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1 SOUTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, AS SHOWN NORTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, OPP HAND WEST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, SIMILAR EAST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, OPP HAND DETAIL SCALE: NONE PM500 RECLIvEi CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER CONFORMED SET 4OFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 REVISION APPROVED DATE REVISION APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES (ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS APPROVED BY DEPT. TITLE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E -J CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL 03.16.11 PM500 a Jr. c c.. a a x DEV. CENTER, WA JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM500 r " 6' -4" PLENUM \ / 1 t p ?/T T U T T _..J T T.I T . Jl T \ 2x2x1/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS @ 4' -0" OC — EDGE OF HIP ROOF HOOD INCLINED LOW PRESSURE PLENUM WALL PLENUM RETURN FAN SUPPC ANGLE INTEGRAL STEEL BASE EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS BY BUILDER 24 "x24" ACCESS DOOR AIR TIGHT SIDING PENTHOUSE FLR ELEV 43' -10 1/2" 4 "U DAMPER SUPPORT (TYP) 14 GA. PANELS INSIDE IL CURB GE \ERAL \OTES 25' -0 "x25' -0" V SOUND ABSORBING DECK -TYP ALL 4 PENTHOUSE AREAS (- YPICAL) �-- HANGER RODS AIR I \TME SCALE: 1/4° = 1' -0" HOCD OVER) TYPICAL FOR 4 PENTHOUSES I1 SUSPENDED CEILING UNISTRUT OR CHANNEL REFERE \CE DRAWINGS 2" ACOUSTIC INSULATION SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4 " =1'– PENTHOUSE FLOOR 4 "CHR HS SOUTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, AS SHOWN NORTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, OPP HAND PM451,PM453 PM500 EAST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, SIMILAR WEST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, OPP HAND 4 "CHS & R TO SAIL LAB. SEE 109- 096 - 4010 –M4 OR 109-096-4023–M1 CO \STRUCTI0N \OTES KEEP EXISTING RETURN FAN PROVIDE NEW SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR EXISTING RETURN FANS DETAIL SCALE: NONE (3) PM4501PM500 SEE PENTHOUSE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR MOTOR /MOTOR BASE REVISIONS SPECIFIC TO EACH RETURN FAN PROVIDE NEW FLEX CONNECTION AT RETURN AIR FAN REMOVE EXISTING DAMPERS AND PROVIDE NEW RETURN AIR DAMPERS AND NEW EXHAUST AIR DAMPERS. PROVIDE NEW 24x18 DUCT WITH MOTORIZED DAMPER AND FIRE DAMPER 6 "CHWS /R cu 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR (TYP) HOUSEKEEPING CURB m® REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 \ALL DUCT 8c PIPE PENETRATION THRU FLOOR TO BE SAFED OFF BY MECHANICAL SUB– CONTRACTOR 2 "CHWS 1 -1 /2 "CHWR- 1 -1 /2 "CHWS- SCH 40 PIPE SLEEVES FOR ALL PIPING BY MECH SUB –CONTR 8 "CHWS /R SECTO\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1 SOUTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, AS SHOWN NORTH PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -96, OPP HAND WEST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, SIMILAR EAST PENTHOUSE BLDG 9 -90, OPP HAND DETAIL SCALE: NONE PM500 RECLIvEi CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER CONFORMED SET 4OFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 REVISION APPROVED DATE REVISION APPROVED DATE REDRAWN 8.8.96 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES (ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS APPROVED BY DEPT. TITLE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E -J CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL 03.16.11 PM500 a Jr. c c.. a a x DEV. CENTER, WA JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM500 PATCH EXTERIOR WALL AFTER REMOVAL OF CHILLED WATER PIPING 10 "CHWS TO BLDG 9 -101 10 "CHWR FROM BLDG 9 -101 0 WELD -O -LET 1 20 HB 1 1 /2"CHWS DRAIN i 10 "CHWS CONCRETE PIERS FOR CHILLER (TYP 2) 10 CHS 10 SO. PENTHOUSE & BLDG 9 -90 — SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4 " =1'- 8 "CHWR SUSPENDED CEILING) A PM452 PM503 8 "CHWR FROM BLDG 9 -101 8 8 "BUTTERFLY VALVE 0" "CHWR 8 "CHWS TO PENTHOUSE -8" 8 "BUTTERFLY VALVE CUT 90° ELL TO FIT FLOW MEAS PROBE 10 "CHWR SUCTION HEADER •-10 "CHWR 10 "CHWR FROM SO. PENTHOUSE & BLDG 9 -90 SECTION SCALE: 1/4"=1'- " B PM452 PM503 8 "CHWR FROM NORTH PENTHOUSE 8 "CHWS IN NORTH PENTHOUSE 1" VALVE THREADOLET & TEST TAP 8" TO vIAIN ON ROOF SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A CHILLER CAVITATION Job # 790908 -00 SLB 5.20.99 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 BOE /iVG' FLOW MEAS. PROBE 8 "CHWR FROM NORTH PENTHOUSE 8" FROM MAIN ON ROOF 1" VALVE TEST TAP THREADOLET N) 1 REVIEWED FOR CODAPPRQVE� CE MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CAULK WITH ASBESTOS ROPE so Ob 0C M 00e :g PIPE INSULATION CAULK WITH LEAD WOOL CONC FOR SLAB PIPE NONE DETAIL SCALE: NONE ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PM503 LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: Yt1� -03i CONFORMED SET PENTHOUSE SECTIONS AND DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 RECEivE CITY OF TUILA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SYMBOL B DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 9 -96.P COL. - /20 -23 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM503 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM503 LEGEND: - ADJUSTABLE WROUGHT CLEVIS SIZE TO SUIT - GRINNELL FIG.260 OR APPROVED EQUAL (USE ON BARE PIPE)- 6" -150# STEAM 10 "CHWR FROM BLDG 9 -90 & SO. PENTHOUSE CHASE BLIND FLANGE INSULATE VALVE 4 "HWS - -- /� lilt 1 1 4 HWR CW SUP' - -�`� SUSPENDED CEILING_ 1 iI � 2' -9" CARRY VAPOR BARRIER THRU SADDLE INSULATION MATCH ADJOIN'G THICKNESS 16 GA GALV NATURAL CORK GENERAL NOTES: DETAIL SCALE: NONE 10 "CHWS TO BLDG 9 -90 & SOUTH PENTHOUSE 9 -96 SPRINKLER MAIN ELEC CABLE TRAY D PM504 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 SCALE: 1/4"=1' -0" PM452 PM504 C-2 NW lEIT leg MT Mr Iffir AIL AIM mil, ,______ BLIND FLANGE INSULATE VALVE 4 "HWS - -- /� lilt 1 1 4 HWR CW SUP' - -�`� SUSPENDED CEILING_ 1 iI � 2' -9" CARRY VAPOR BARRIER THRU SADDLE INSULATION MATCH ADJOIN'G THICKNESS 16 GA GALV NATURAL CORK GENERAL NOTES: DETAIL SCALE: NONE 10 "CHWS TO BLDG 9 -90 & SOUTH PENTHOUSE 9 -96 SPRINKLER MAIN ELEC CABLE TRAY D PM504 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 SCALE: 1/4"=1' -0" PM452 PM504 � � T 6 "LPS 1 N ®1 N® 4 "HWS /R P-2 DA P -276 P -2 B P— 72 A 1 1 �— 2 -0 8'-8" 2 -O 17'-6" �� CONSTRUCTION NOTES: SECTIO\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" MIO3? CITY OF TUaLA MAR 26'2012 PERMIT CENTER PM4521PM504 COFFMAN N G I N E E R.S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101-1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 REVISION APPROVED REVISION APPROVED REDRAWN CHILLER CAVITATION 790908 -00 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 8.8.96 5.21.99 03.16.11 Q .. BOE /NG' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL 03.16.11 TITLE CHECKED PM504 1 /2R/2010 7:09:57 PM APPROVED APPROVED JOB NO. COMP NO. LL 1- MECHANICAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM504 C-2 NW lEIT leg MT Mr Iffir ir giir � � T 6 "LPS 1 N ®1 N® 4 "HWS /R P-2 DA P -276 P -2 B P— 72 A 1 1 �— 2 -0 8'-8" 2 -O 17'-6" �� CONSTRUCTION NOTES: SECTIO\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" MIO3? CITY OF TUaLA MAR 26'2012 PERMIT CENTER PM4521PM504 COFFMAN N G I N E E R.S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101-1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 REVISION APPROVED REVISION APPROVED REDRAWN CHILLER CAVITATION 790908 -00 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 8.8.96 5.21.99 03.16.11 Q .. BOE /NG' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL 03.16.11 TITLE CHECKED PM504 1 /2R/2010 7:09:57 PM APPROVED APPROVED JOB NO. COMP NO. LL 1- MECHANICAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM504 10 "CHWR SUCTION 10 "CHWR SUCTION HEADER RAIN CAP 6"-150# STM SUPPLY 8 "CHWS TO NORTH PENTHOUSE SPRINKLER MAIN S _CTI 0 SCALE: 1/4"=1 -0" rD1 PM452 PM505 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED. DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 ?LA4OE /NG' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DATE SUBTITLE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: CONFORMED SET PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 CITY 4F TUKINILA MAR 2 ti 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 9 -96.P COL. E -J DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM505 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM505 2 "HWR —EAST ZONE - 2 "HWR —WEST ZONE - 2 "HWR —NORTH ZONE 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD SECT10\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" PENTHOUSE FLR ELEV. 43' —10 1 /2" r— 4" CONDENSATE RET TO COND RECEIVER TANK ON 1ST FLR SECTIO\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1 ,, PM450 [PM511 4 PM450 PM511 U) �� .0,----- RAIN CAP U /a. — — — — — — — — I o- — — c 6 "LPS — - — — — — . - — . o .. °' ... D .. P. ,. • — e. > • . .. a • �P • cv A "HWS �- 3 /R -24/32 EXHAUST DUCT D4 D4 C—f—S —",----- 6 RELIEF I_ (--1 „PC -60x48 LOUVER —3 E6 ' -4• E6 , E6 Ij I IXI $ $ $ 4" 150 STEAM —■ e.. n . .. ., a.. ' . d _, .e e n .d a a d' .. n e '� • a s v e � A_ . o n a ..r d a d _ 2 "CONDENSATE TIE INTO 4 "CONDENSATE FROM REFRI MACHINE 2 "HWS -NORTH ZONE 2 "HWS EAST ZONE _.._ — •—" — 2 "HWS —WEST 7ONF 1 c i (t)1 ) 2 "HWR —EAST ZONE - 2 "HWR —WEST ZONE - 2 "HWR —NORTH ZONE 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD SECT10\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" PENTHOUSE FLR ELEV. 43' —10 1 /2" r— 4" CONDENSATE RET TO COND RECEIVER TANK ON 1ST FLR SECTIO\ SCALE: 1 /4 " =1 ,, PM450 [PM511 4 PM450 PM511 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 ?it_ BOE /NG° S ECTI O SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" PM450 PM511 LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: Mlz -o39 CONFORMED SET CITY OFTIIMLA MAR 2a2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206.623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL p DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 9 -96.P COL. E- J /5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM511 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM511 EXHAUST AIR LOUVERS 16'- 0 "x3' -6" BY BUILDER .. \ I o- EXHAUST AIR PLENUM RETURN AIR PLENUM _ . . o .. °' ... D .. P. ,. • D . e. > • . .. a • �P • cv SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 A 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 ?it_ BOE /NG° S ECTI O SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" PM450 PM511 LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: Mlz -o39 CONFORMED SET CITY OFTIIMLA MAR 2a2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206.623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER DATE 8 -8 -96 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL p DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 9 -96.P COL. E- J /5 -10 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM511 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM511 8" TO 2ND FLR 2ND FLR ELE. 29' -6" 8 "VIC 8 "VIC 45° ELE. 25' -6 3/4" FLEX COUPLING 8" ALRM VALVE 8" VIC CAP 1ST FLR ELE. 25' -6 3/4" SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4"=1' -0" A 1 M2651PM512 5 1/ 11 8 1/2" SECTION SCALE: 1/4"=1 71 1M265 PM512 2ND FLR 8" CO TIE INTO 8" UNDERGRND SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 1M265 PM512 NON -AIR TIGHT SIDING LOW PRESSURE PLENUM CEILING AIR INTAKE HOOD SEE DETAIL 1/223 ATM D, OUTSIDE AIR FLOW MEASURING STATION RETURN AIR DAMPERS 3 3'- 0 "x8' -0" 9 1 -.011hoon OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS 3 ©4'- 0 "x6' -0" EXHAUST AIR DUCT AIR TIGHT SIDING GUARD RAIL BY BUILDER r au-1 LOW PRESSURE j INCLINED PLENUM WALL d FLEX CONN 4 T -- RETURN AIR FAN 4 96 "x48 "X36" AIR BLENDER AHU -2 INTAKE DUCT BEYOND CURB ALL AROUND o SLOPE TO C° FLR DRAIN LOW PRESSURE PLENUM CEILING AHU w ■•• 5 5 Iv I I I I I I I I I I I SD INTEGRAL STEEL BASE PROVIDE NEW ISOLATION RESTRAINTS 1 FLEX 40- 40x32 48x96 281'0 1 FD N Lid CO 12x12 LOCKABLE ACCESS DOOR 32/36 SECURITY GRILL (TYP 5) ACCESS DOOR (TYP 5) SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" SOUTH PENTHOUSE BUILD 9 -96 SIMILAR NORTH PE \THOUSE BUILD 9 -96 OPP HAND REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 8.8.96 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 1?),..AsusE /NG' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN K. BUN DATE 8 -8 -96 CHECKED R. SQUIRES ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED 8 -8 -96 SUBTITLE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGE \D GE \ERAL \OTES REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS CO \STRUCTIO\ \OTES ATTACH 96 "x48 "x36" AIR BLENDER TO CASING REMOVE ALL FOUR EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS. PROVIDE 3 NEW DAMPERS SAME SIZE AS PREVIOUS. SHEET METAL TO BLOCK ONE OPENING. SEAL MIXED AIR PLENUM BETWEEN NEW AHU & PLENUM CEILING PROVIDE NEW FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER AND DRAIN PLUG FOR FLOOR DRAIN INSTALL NEW ANUS ON 9" HIGH x 12" WIDE CONCRETE CURB & ANCHOR AHUS TO EXISTING SLAB PROVIDE NEW ISOLATION RESTRAINTS SEE PENTHOUSE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR MOTOR /MOTOR BASE REVISIONS SPECIFIC TO EACH RETURN FAN PROVIDE NEW AIRFLOW MONITORING STATION PROVIDE NEW RETURN AIR DAMPERS CLEAN OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER MESH SCREEN MI 03'1 CONFORMED SET PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 CITY OF REGI V TULA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 —1 625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE ;MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU IPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. N -S DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM512 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM512 PENTHOUSE EL 43' -10%" 2 "HWS -EAST ZONE 2 "HWS -SOUTH ZONE SECTIC SCALE: 1 /4 "= PM453 PM514 5 U ROOF EL 59' -7 1/2 " FLASHING - /� 4 "LPS 4 "LPS 6 "LPS • -- -- _ / > LR ��- EXHAUST �`- �\ < 4 HWS /R / - DUCT /, , -' \ /,- '--,,, \ r r 4 "HWS /R 2 "HWS /R — p -1 F24 4 "HWS /R '— 4 "HWS /R -1 "COND > > — — < 3/4" -CWT -1 �- X F24 i p<-1 �1" 150 PSI STEAM Cal F24/ F18 [ 4- 4 "HWS /R ----,,„ $$$$ 2 "HWS /R $ .,. . .r $ -#' $ $ 3/4" "HWR -EAST ,." ,--_, V 3" 1500 P STEAM ^- 6 "STEAM _; � 6" STEAM GW DRAIN DRAIN - 2 ZONE 2 "HWR -SOUTH ZONE _ "CONDENSATE n-� , U 4 "HWS .� 4 "HWR _ , - � 0_ � -3 2 "HWR -WEST ZONE 2 "HWS -WEST ZONE _�∎ , ^, •R 2"COND RET —� 2 "HWS -EAST ZONE 2 "HWS -SOUTH ZONE SECTIC SCALE: 1 /4 "= PM453 PM514 S ECTI O SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 08.08.96 REPLACE LEAKING EXPANSION TANK 10203731 M.WONG RWS 02.05.10 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Q� - BOE /NGm LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 BUILD NGTDIVISI SIGN M12 -037 CONFORMED SET RECtivti) CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K.BUN DATE 08.08.96 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED R.SQUIRES ENGINEER 08.08.96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL 11094515 DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 9 -96.P COL. 18/26 DEV. CENTER, WA �E� PM514 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —PM514 WON(,K: 2 /1 n /7010 ROOF EL 59' -7 1/2"--,,\ 4 "LPS 6 "LPS 4 HWS /R r `\ - �- EXHAUST ''� ,--"" DUCT �� 4 "HWS /R '— 4 "HWS /R > > < 3/4" -CWT i p<-1 �1" 150 PSI STEAM Cal F18 [ ] F1861 61 -,- 2" 150 PSI �b STEAM $ .,. . .r $ -#' $ $ ^- 6 "STEAM _; _ 4'HWS ------„\., _.- — DRAIN —1 2 "HWR -EAST ZONE DRAIN ---1 T n �� .7---- 4 „HWS Oi 2 "HWS —EAST ZONE ----' 0_ P- -, Z 1 l� i - 1 i i t 4"HWR - ) 2 HWS WEST ZONE 2"COND RET —� n »i nem S ECTI O SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REDRAWN KB 08.08.96 REPLACE LEAKING EXPANSION TANK 10203731 M.WONG RWS 02.05.10 B 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 Q� - BOE /NGm LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 BUILD NGTDIVISI SIGN M12 -037 CONFORMED SET RECtivti) CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN K.BUN DATE 08.08.96 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED R.SQUIRES ENGINEER 08.08.96 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE DETAILS & SECTIONS CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL 11094515 DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 9 -96.P COL. 18/26 DEV. CENTER, WA �E� PM514 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —PM514 WON(,K: 2 /1 n /7010 THE FOLLOWING DUCT FITTINGS ARE CONSIDERED ACCEPTABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ENGINEER'S APPROVAL FOR OTHER FITTINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ONLY FITTINGS WITH EQUAL OR LOWER PRESSURE DROP WILL BE CONSIDERED. DUCT ELBOWS R =1/2W DUCTS W/ AIR VELOCITY UNDER 1,500 FPM R =W DUCTS W/ AIR VELOCITY OVER 1,500 FPM AND ALL DUCTS UPSTREAM OF TERMINAL UNITS 12 "x12" ACCESS PANEL ON BOTTOM OF DUCT UPSTREAM OF TURNING VANES. REQUIRED FOR RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS OFFSETS NOTE: OFFSETS (TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS) ARE REQUIRED BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY SHOWN ON THE PLANS. TURNING VANES CHANGE OF DUCT SIZE NtAX. 15° TRANSITION CONICAL SPIN -IN OR TRANSITION TO CONNECTION END TAP SIZE AT LEAST 50% GREATER THAN AREA OF SMALLER DUCT CW 45° OR 90° RADIUS ELBOWS BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFFS W/ MINIMUM PRESSURE DROP IIIIIIIIIIIF (- =45 ROUND OR RECTANGULAR -NEI Pt D =1 /2W, BUT NOT MORE THAN 12" OK ONLY UNDER 1,500 FPM OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL W FOR ALL RETURN & EXHAUST LOCATIONS TURNING VANES (1/3W OK IF UNDER 3,000 FPM) RECTANGULAR DUCT CONICAL SPIN -IN ROUND DUCT RUNOUT TO SINGLE DIFFUSER OR GRILLE ONLY ACCESS PANEL ACCESS PANEL (TYPICAL REQUIRED FOR RETURN & EXHAUST DUCTS NOT LESS THAN TWICE THE DUCT AREA DUCT FITTING REQUIRE SCALE: NONE 4—I c I (1" PH #5) 1 -1/2" LPS 2 -1 /2" cI EXPANSION TANK CAPACITY TOTAL VOLUME 6.4 GAL. ACCEPT VOLUME 3.2 GAL --i W I-- R =1/2W DUCTS W/ AIR VELOCITY UNDER 1,500 FPM R =W DUCTS W/ AIR VELOCITY OVER 1,500 FPM AND ALL DUCTS UPSTREAM OF TERMINAL UNITS OK ONLY UNDER 1,500 FPM VE \TS n - PM515 HIGH TEMP. - RELIEF VALVE CN TO FFD HOSE END ELEVATE FOR FREE BALL VALVE DRAINAGE OF CONDENSATE CONNECT TO (E) 1 -1 /2 "CW (1" PH #5) -a, LOCKING • HANDLE CONNECT TO (E) 3 /4 "HWC IIH- T TO FFD (-CONTROL PANEL HP J6 (PH#S) u u HW AIR EXTRACTOR ADJUSTABLE FROM OUTSIDE DUCTWORK. OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL FOR ALL RETURN AND EXH. LOCATIONS THREADED CAP FOR PRIMING & CLEANOUT (TYP) A (TYP) TO FLOOR DRAIN 2 FROM AIR HANDLER B (TYP) 1. SLOPE ALL DRAIN PIPING PER CODE, BUT NEVER LESS THAN 1%. 2. TRAP DEPTH DIMENSION "A" SHALL BE THE MAXIMUM POSSIBLE NEGATIVE PRESSURE IN THE UNIT AT THE DRAIN OUTLET (IN INCHES W.G.) PLUS ONE INCH. IF THE PRESSURE IS POSITIVE, "A" SHALL BE ONE INCH. 3. TRAP DEPTH DIMENSION "B" SHALL BE HALF OF "A" PLUS ONE INCH IF OUTLET IS UNDER NEGATIVE PRESSURE. IF THE PRESSURE IS POSITIVE, "B" SHALL BE THE MAXIMUM POSSIBLE PRESSURE (IN INCHES W.G.) PLUS TWO INCHES. 1/2" FOR VENTING - COOLI \G COIL CO\ DE\ SATE TRAP SCALE: NONE DRAIN PANS T & P RELIEF STP J6> (PH #5) STP J17 1 -1/2" (1" PH #5) s HOUSEKEEPING PAD PER STRUCTURAL CONNECT TO (E) 1 -1 /2 "HW (1" PH #5) ION ESTIC HOT WATER SCALE: NONE DIAGRAM - PH#4,P #5 I � 1 PM515 3" 1I 1 111 Da 3' © X11 a4 I-1 111 >a IJ DETAIL( PM515 Nor 2 -WAY PRESSURE [-: IN DEPENDANT CONTROL VALVE (TYPICAL) MEMORY STOP `CHILLED WATER RETURN » 3" CHILLED WATER COIL SCALE: NONE 3/4" TO MAKEUP WATER CONNECTION ON PUMP PACKAGE, SEE DETAIL 6/PM516 3/4" TO CHEMICAL FEEDER RETURN CONNECTION ON PUMP PACKAGE DRAIN PAN PIPI G DIAGRAV DRAIN PAN CONNECTION 2" TO FD 1s( IAI CHILLED WATER SUPPLY 6" BAL. VALVE (TYP) SAME SIZE AS HEADER CONN. (TYP) LOCATE RISERS SO AS TO NOT BLOCK COIL REMOVAL 1/2" DRAIN AT LOWEST HEADER (FLOW OR RETURN) 125 PSI RELIEF VALVE > EXTEND TO FFD VECTOR "FA- 600AL" BYPASS FEEDER 5 -GAL, 300 PSI, 300 DEG. F SEE DETAIL 6/PM516 HWR as II BALANCING/ SHUT -OFF VALVE 3/4" TO CHEMICAL FEEDER SUPPLY CONNECTION ON HWS PUMP PACKAGE, SEE DETAIL 6/PM516 VA SCALE: NONE r 3/4;' - PM515 WATER METER WITH / COUNTER & PULSE OUTPUT TERMINALS FOR CONNECTION TO BAS 3 /4 'CW 1511>a17 -17 8" FUNNEL 1 1 -1 /4 "D, ) EXTEND TO FFD U FFD �CEUP WATER /CHEvICAL FEEDER DIAGRAV n _.._ PM515 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M. SOTURA 03.16.11 OVERLAPPING GALVANIZED SHEET METAL PROTECTION SHIELD PROTECTION SADDLE INSULATION INSERTED IN SADDLE CAVITY LEGE \D is i I>a IXI C� TEST PLUG BALL VALVE GATE VALVE 2 -WAY CONTROL VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE GATE VALVE WITH AUTOMATIC FLOW HOSE CONNECTION CONTROL VALVE WYE STRAINER (W/ DRAIN VALVE) THERMOMETER III UNION AUTOMATIC AIR VENT (WITH DRAIN) HANGER ROD W/ JAM NUT CLEVIS HANGER PIPE INSULATION CUT TO FIT AROUND PROTECTION SADDLE OVERLAPPING GALVANIZED SHEET METAL PROTECTION SHIELD DOUBLE THICKNESS JACKET BOTTOM DETAIL 'A' HOT PIPE 4" DIAMETER AND LARGER (60° F & HIGHER) PIPE HA SCALE: NONE HANGER ROD W/ JAM NUT CLEVIS HANGER PIPE INSULATION - UPPER HALF OF PIPE HIGH DENSITY INSULATION INSERT - LOWER HALF OF PIPE DETAIL 'B' HOT PIPE UNDER 4" DIAMETER COLD PIPE ALL SIZES \GERS- I \SULATED PIPE DETAIL rzi_ - PM515 M REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of BUILDING DI VISION a.-- 037 CONFORMED SET REGtivt CITY OF TALA MAR 2 ti 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN COFFMAN APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED M. SOTURA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PM515 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM515 4/14/2009 6:34!34 AM 4" STEAM SEPARATOR 0 -200 PSI SHUT -OFF VALVE (TYPICAL) NOTE: FACTORY ASSEMBLED BY MANUFACTURER 1 -1/2" ►. s, MIN. 10 PIPE DIAMETERS OF PRV -1 I f STRAIGHT PIPE 4" PRV -2 0; 3/4" li c i 1y,1iI THERMODYNAMIC TRAP 250 LBS /HR LOW PRESSURE STEA SCALE: NONE STEAM SEPARATOR (EXCEPT FOR NEW PRV) FROM PRV STEA v v v CONDENSATE PRV DETAIL PRESSURE GAGE, W/ PIGTAIL AND SHUT -OFF VALVE, TYPICAL 0 -60 PSI RELIEF VALVE, 6" VTR, 12,000 LB /HR DISCHARGE PIPE TO DRIP PAN ELBOW 15 PSIG REDUCED PRESSURE STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 3" INLET, 6" OUTLET MIN. 5 FT OF j STRAIGHT PIPE STEAM METER 6" 3/4" II D4 IyII 11 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC STEAM TRAP CONDENSATE MIN. 4 FT OF STRAIGHT PIPE D4 ETER I \STALLATI3\ DETAIL - PM516 4 SCALE: NONE SAFETY RELIEF VALVE NIPPLE, 9" LONG VENT TO OUTDOOR 1 "CLEAR AIR GAP SAFETY VALVE DISCHARGE ELBOW ------ TO PIPING WASTE TO OPEN DRAIN STEAM SAFETY RELIEF VALVE (Psv) DISCHARGE DETAIL (n SCALE: NONE _PM516 TO EQUIPMENT NOTE: PIPING TO TURN IN TWO PLANES. OFFSETS TO BE 6X DIA., 6" MINIMUM THREE TUR\ SWI \G JOI\ T DETAIL SCALE: NONE THERMOSTATIC AIR VENT AT END OF MAIN AND AT PRV STATIONS PROVIDE FULL SIZE DRIP LEG AT END OF MAIN OR AT RISER MINIMUM TO 09 IVEDIU BOTTOM OF MAIN v MAIN STEAM LINE'( 1 DRIP LEG TO BE LINE SIZE GATE VALVE TYP STRAINER TYP UNION 1 �► lyl 1I NC CHECK VALVE - PM516 SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLANS THERMO DYNAMIC TRAP �-- DRIP LEG NC 1" SCH. 80 TO DRAIN ELEVATION PRESSURE " SCH. 80 SCALE: NONE EQUIPMENT CONNECTION 3/4" FREE BLOW CONNECT TO TOP OF CONDENSATE MAIN RIP LEG A \D TRAP DETAIL (5 - PM516 STRAINER UNION GV DRIP LEG 1/2" BLOWDOWN LO PRESSURE DRIP LEG A SCALE: NONE GV FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC STEAM TRAP TO COND. RETURN MAIN D TRAP DETAIL SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE — 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M.SOTURA 03.16.11 g)L4inewArAvG° I � 1 - PM516 15 PSI STEAM SEE SIZES ON PENTHOUSE DWGS STEAM CONTROL VALVE SEPARATOR 2" FOR HC -1, HC -3 8c HC -5 2-1/2" FOR HC -2, HC -4 & HC -6 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY FROM EASIHEAT TO EASIHEAT DEPT. DATE D4 0 U 1/2" T RECEIVER LOW CONNECTION 13/4" VENT THERMOSTATIC AIR VENT 0 1 " -Th■ 15 PSI MOTIVE STEAM ■ CONDENSATE INLET - STEAK COIL WITH PU SCALE: NONE v PUMP TRAP 1 /2 "STM i D4 I_ CONDENSATE RETURN LINE FLOAT 8c THERMOSTATIC STEAM TRAP P TRAP PAC 'KAG E DETAIL -I PM516 1/2" TO FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN ' 3/4" CONNECTION FOR CHEMICAL FEEDER 3/4" CONNECTION FOR MAKEUP WATER P 3/4" P 3/4" SYSTEM AS -X P -XA P -XB PIPE SIZE C -1 AS -1 P-41A P-41B 3" C -2 AS -2 P -25A P -25B 4" C -3 AS -3 P -27A P -27B 4" * PROVIDE REDUCERS IF REQUIRED TO TRANSITION FROM EASIHEAT FLANGE CONNECTION TO PUMP ASSEMBLY. PRI VARY PU SCALE: NONE VP ASSE' BLY DIAGRAU SECO \DARY PUN SCALE: NONE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED M.SOTURA ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE CONNECT TO EXISTING 2 "HWS /R P ASSEVBLY DIAGRAIv FLANGED CONNECTION TO SYSTEM 1 HWS FLANGED CONNECTION FROM SYSTEM 1 HWR REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 BUILDING City TD DIVISION IVISION I � 1 - PM516 - PM516 CONFORMED SET STEAM SYSTEM DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 0 w3) CITY OF TU KWILA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER SYMBOL COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P SHEET PM516 JOB NO. COMP N0. DEV. CENTER,WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM516 0 ROUTHC: 06/21/06 182 178 148 R Liners 2 H u _-1 __ FINAL FILTER I RACK I I n J H PREFILTER J L STEAM COIL I i I I� [bra n `� Conn. LIGHT SWITCH AND DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET 24.5" WIDE ACCESS DOORS — COOLING COIL - -- Plan View 126 118 108 E> RA 1 Shipping Splits CO 36 PL 18 FILT 30 PL 2OGA G90 287 1.,1„iturUl /ll// 1 71II 1 Ir - - -� II —11 1 I 1 I _11 I" - - --' r 1 - -1 L__ cij Drain Conn <l,,�.rluilrrr/1/� P --1 — 1 1 II I I I I r k I _ r l - -I L_J 1crtu /1U //1// —1 I II I 1 II ri1 _II N----J r 1— — 1 L__ 1 30 PL 72 CC 2 S 1 96 CONTROL PANEL WITH VFD 22GA G90 Perf 42 36 FWT PL 1 Zvi ' D Side View (A) 93 — — (B) 113 AHU -1, AHU -3 COLD DEC< DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2' =1' -0" D PM517 (C) 81 101.75 97.75 96 T RA CONTROL PANEL WITH VFD II> SA 96 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M.SOTURA 03.16.11 g)LAWArE,AW ° Liners 2 24.5 WIDE ACCESS DOORS GE \ERAL \OTE 1. ALL ACCESS DOORS ARE 20" WIDE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. 2. ALL DOOR HEIGHT IS 65.75" nn 1 11 1 4 �— STEAM COIL J — FINAL FILTER RACK Plan View 115 44 E> RA 107 l 36 PL Ow- 2OGA G90 36 18 PL FILT 241 30 PL 9 SC 30 PL CONTROL PANEL WITH VFD 22GA G90 Perf PC 42 30 FWT PL s 72 LIGHT (TYP) 0 _ f = IT — — -�I� II II LL __J Sl IL UJL I I I I I I I II U 1 1 III III 111 111 �II 0 T T I� - --llu II 1 LL —__J I? �L U—IL 1 I- I I I 1 1 I I I I 1 - --1 I I I ---- -IT = - i I I J I I I I I I� - -�I� I. II L_ __�II p �L Uri,dCL 1 I L— (\ (� o T r--- -1 Iu LJ I 9 1L U—ILL J r L_ _ I- -H L— r I II I 1.1' C` p,�j I C �— 1 1 1 L _ I L_ 1 —Il lc- — — — ) II _I 1 II r�` - -- JI 1 1 —,1 it -- I 4 r1L___i 1 _;1 r 1 y (\ R (� (� `C Q Q I u 90 (TYP) 1 y ,,, /,„,.., /11/111/ I L_ ...,u����r// —II Lr--- 11 � 1 II 1 _1 r I —_1 1 1 I— ,,,,,,,r,/,r /�/ 11 I 1 I" - - -J /,Ui —. �T' , — 1 Zvi ' D Side View (A) 93 — — (B) 113 AHU -1, AHU -3 COLD DEC< DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2' =1' -0" D PM517 (C) 81 101.75 97.75 96 T RA CONTROL PANEL WITH VFD II> SA 96 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M.SOTURA 03.16.11 g)LAWArE,AW ° Liners 2 24.5 WIDE ACCESS DOORS GE \ERAL \OTE 1. ALL ACCESS DOORS ARE 20" WIDE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. 2. ALL DOOR HEIGHT IS 65.75" nn 1 11 1 4 �— STEAM COIL J — FINAL FILTER RACK Plan View 115 44 E> RA 107 l 36 PL Ow- 2OGA G90 36 18 PL FILT 241 30 PL 9 SC 30 PL CONTROL PANEL WITH VFD 22GA G90 Perf PC 42 30 FWT PL s 72 LIGHT (TYP) 0 _ f = IT — — -�I� II II LL __J Sl IL UJL I I II 1 1 I I II 1 I 1 0 T T I� - --llu II 1 LL —__J I? �L U—IL I I -'i- r-----, I I 7-- -I-1 I I I I I I � I I I I I I �__ 1 1 I I I I 1 1 I I i I� - -�I� I. II L_ __�II p �L Uri,dCL 1 1 1 1 1 1 C �2 T urr-1 I I TYPII il U t - I 1 J o T r--- -1 Iu LJ I 9 1L U—ILL J r L_ _ I- -H L— r ....,,.,,,�„rrrrrri/r/ //701 I r — -� i - -- ) I II 17 L _ I .�rrlr/r/r/r/ L '.� urrr/r�/ fA _ 1 L11 1 I E�r� / /,, r —I I If — -1 I II L1I 1 1 j l —__) i L _ I AHU -2, AHU -4 HOT DEC SCALE: 1 /2 " =1' -0" DETAIL Side View PM517 1*' SA 72 MIS -039 CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN COFFMAN DATE 02.01.11 DATE CHECKED M.SOTURA ENGINEER 02.01.11 SUBTITLE AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City DIVISION CITY OF TUKW LA MAR 2 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 DATE 03.16.11 c is CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P DEV. CENTER,WA SHEET PM517 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —PM517 2 24.5" WIDE ACCESS DOORS I 182 178 148 RA Liners 2 h �— PREFILTER J LIGHT SWITCH AND DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET Drain 1 1 Conn. nnnnn J I ft, H FINAL FILTER I RACK _ J J n II Ti STEAM COIL H Drain Conn. COOLING COIL CONTROL PANEL WITH VFDS - . .,,,zziu/r//1//EZ/ �— 1 —1I 1, - - -, I II I I I I =-11 r^I1- -1` L_ _ ii 7T L Plan View SW- 126 118 108 II> RA SYM 1 Shipping Splits REVISION 36 PL 18 FILT 30 PL 20GA G90 287 30 PL 72 CC VW- 22GA G90 Perf 42 FWT 2 A 96 36 PL (A) 93 AHU -5 COLD DEC SCALE: 1 /2 " =1' -0" BY APPROVED DATE SYM D Side View (B) 113 < DETAIL PM518 REVISION BY APPROVED C) 81 DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M.SOTURA 03.16.11 II>SA96 2 101.75 97.75 96 RA y REVIE CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2412 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION �BOE /NG° Liners 2 GE \ERAL MOTE 1. ALL ACCESS DOORS ARE 20" WIDE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. 2. ALL DOOR HEIGHT IS 65.75" I _ _ !1 ftIl - PREFILTER J J FINAL FILTER RACK J_ STEAM COIL --1 �- —I - - 1 1-1' ' -II 1 1' L_1 If L1I J L_ 24.5" WIDE ACCESS DOORS Plan View i 115 1 44 RA 107 1 6 36 PL co 2OGA G90 36 18 PL FILT 241 SA 72 CONTROL PANEL WITH VFDS 30 PL 9 SC 30 PL 22GA G90 Pert PC 42 30 Mo. .11 FWT PL II L' II II LL— _ =J� n J II II Lf___J 1 1 I I I I I - -� I 1 I 1 1 T L Li 5 ` - h1 I I 1 1 1 I I I 1 I 11 II II LL L II 11 _ _-1� I I I 1 1 I I -_-, I I I I 1 J I i I I 1 1 I I �__J , G , 1- I I I II Ir - - -� 1 - - -J ,ul///Ur1!/�/ III - - -� I� - - -� I I� - - -J ,,,rrrr / / /�7��`i�/ � r __ I LL __ L I II J� J - II I I u n I 11 11 II II II II IT fl u uJ 1 1 I I 1 I I I 1 II I I 1 uJ; -� ( :—._._?„, ( (TYP) i 90 I IL r u I I' LL_ _ II J� J -- 1 K r— 1 —11 1 II r �l 1 II f ^11 - —11 I I ril r' - -I - -II I� _ ,�urtUr/Url/1/ 1. r —� 1 -1 1 11 r�l I _II f' - -I (A) 93 AHU -5 COLD DEC SCALE: 1 /2 " =1' -0" BY APPROVED DATE SYM D Side View (B) 113 < DETAIL PM518 REVISION BY APPROVED C) 81 DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN M.SOTURA 03.16.11 II>SA96 2 101.75 97.75 96 RA y REVIE CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2412 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION �BOE /NG° Liners 2 GE \ERAL MOTE 1. ALL ACCESS DOORS ARE 20" WIDE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. 2. ALL DOOR HEIGHT IS 65.75" I _ _ !1 ftIl - PREFILTER J J FINAL FILTER RACK J_ STEAM COIL --1 �- —I - - 1 1-1' ' -II 1 1' L_1 If L1I J L_ 24.5" WIDE ACCESS DOORS Plan View i 115 1 44 RA 107 1 6 36 PL co 2OGA G90 36 18 PL FILT 241 SA 72 CONTROL PANEL WITH VFDS 30 PL 9 SC 30 PL 22GA G90 Pert PC 42 30 Mo. .11 FWT PL AHU -6 HOT DEC SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN COFFMAN < DETAIL DATE SUBTITLE 02.01.11 CHECKED M.SOTURA 02.01.11 Side View PM518 CONTROL PANEL WITH VFDS 1=> SA 72 MIS -037 CONFORMED SET AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 RECtivtl CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER CqFMAN F I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 DATE ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P DEV. CENTER,WA SHEET PM518 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM518 c . t c I cr II h1 I I 1 1 1 I I I 1 I 11 I I I I 1 1 I I -_-, I I I I 1 J I i I I 1 1 I I �__J , G , 1- I I I II L-__ J r 4 -f 1 -- -111 1' L - I I I 1 1 1 I ir ' HL1L__J - U U 8 U Q U 1 0 I --,,///rr�/' i E.0 r- K _- I I 1 I L_ 1 —1 � I- I � If - - -1 1-11 1 I I1 - - -1 _I ...,,,,,,,,,,, i i AHU -6 HOT DEC SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN COFFMAN < DETAIL DATE SUBTITLE 02.01.11 CHECKED M.SOTURA 02.01.11 Side View PM518 CONTROL PANEL WITH VFDS 1=> SA 72 MIS -037 CONFORMED SET AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 RECtivtl CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER CqFMAN F I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 DATE ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P DEV. CENTER,WA SHEET PM518 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PM518 c . t c I cr B C L M) 0 0 0 " -4 #1 E-1 2a E E--1 3 3 E 3 i o A R 11 N m ISTING 01 � sI 4b 4b 4b hia2a 10b 10b 10b — _ i:;0 R14 R14 R14 R14 R14 _•__•_ �� 8 R15 R15 m •r •= =•= I R9 !R15 r R 15 R15 / / ' L w w �- 2LS �' '1 I _ _ _ w LCP -2LS 4b 4b 4b 4b 4b 2c 10b 10b 1Ob 10b 1Ob w 1a • V V :J V ' • • • O R20 R14 R14 R14 R14 ; •; 2 S /2a R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R39 R14 i 8 ie J 8 II , • VI R9,R10 O o • �� 11 o�; on I [ 12c 10b ►. �. 7a I • • ►• �a I , 1 a 10b 10b !� ��,� 'I -- -- .- �, 4b 1 a -. 0 R250 9b O o • • • m ��1� 0 1 ° ° I �! • R1► 0" e • HR15 • • ��� �� � R20 R 14 R 14 ,_ R9 14 R 15 R39 I I 1 Ob 1 Ob 1 Ob .,12 ■r.. �. «m zt.E � 3b 3b 3b R19 1 a w u-ses w R250 9b v.. D • • • p w ri ■ —/® o • • • ;14 • ,.,.. 10b 1 Ob D 10b OLVR14 $LVR20 1'� -,.- ® b D D D 4b 10b ® ...yam. R9 1 a 4b 4b 1 a H12c • 0 O 9 b • cn .._.- . -. —s= • • • R20 R14 R14_R25 R12 R12 �� > >T 'r cn - 14 R15 R15 w R39 o O 9b R12 I_ _�I_ 1 a 1 a 1 a— h41144$1) • 1 a o ■ R25 .. R19 3b gb 9b 9b 11 ° • 1a 1a H12c • o • • ga © �� R29 R29 R29 m • o • • R19 1 a o 4b • H1a :--- 1101 i i :mu i " - - — _ . 4 R25 2a R19 R19 J A._ 0 \ (C3-21) R22 XF /lc R10 ® AM. �� $LVR9 $LvR 10 $LVR 11 MY TYP. $LVR12 $wR15 $L TYP. FOR SINGLE TYP. FIXTURE 2LP�/l Ob,12c $LVR37 $LVR38 $LVR39 2LS 1 a,4b 1/,,c, 2 #12 & 112 GND / VIA RELAYS LCP- LP /R12 $LVR48 1/2"C. 5 #12 & 1112 GND LA LB LC (A) SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM R14, R20 REVISION BY PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = ' -O" APPROVED DATE CONTRACT RECORD DRAWING J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 06.07.02 F BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. CONSOLIDATION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 09.07.01 B STRUCTURAL UPGRADE J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP c STRUCTRUAL UPGRADE REISSUE J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP DC DC 03/08/01 G 07/23/01 H BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #4 REVISION SEST J #715225 -00 T.I. #4 REVISION SET(10.11.01 UPDATE) J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DLR GROUP DC DC 10.05.01 10.11.01 D LINKS LIGHTING REVISIONS J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP DC 08/02/01 J ADD SHEETROCK WEST HALLWAY 55710300 ESBROOK VAVREK 01.27.06 E BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #4 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 08/10/01 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 VIA RELAYS LCP- 2LS/R14,R15,R39,R40 AWAEZAW ® REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRA N DATE SUBTITLE EDDIE P. DUARTE 05/05/95 CHECKED ENGINEER LEGEND: _•_ T2a L1 $ LV 3 LAMP, 1'x4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY FIXTURE, FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP, 1'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 LAMP, 2'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY SERVICE, FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES W /EGGCRATE LOUVERS INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE EXIT LIGHT RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, UTILITY /EMERGENCY DIRECT /INDIRECT 3 LAMP FLUORESCENT LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT /CABLE RUN CONDUIT /CABLE RUN 480/277V DISTRIBUTION PANEL SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE J -BOX WITH LOW VOLTAGE RELAY J -BOX WITH X LOW VOLTAGE RELAYS J -BOX WITH LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER GENERAL NOTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK BROWN "B" PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED ORANGE "C" PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN 4.) LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE AND REINSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER CEILING- MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE PLUMBING WORK ABOVE CEILING. SEE SHEETS 2M11OR AND 2M110. ODE COMPr.!,,;ANCf it. ,OPT }. MAY i ?012 city of Tukwfla COFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 R�C:tiv���. GIN QF TUKVUILA MAK2b2012 PERMIT CENTER 11141,1-037 LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED JOHN J. VAVREK 05/05/95 APPROVED APPROVED NAREN MEHTA 05/09/95 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU IPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 COL. A -N/1 -7 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET 2EIOR JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09 -096 -2E1OR 1 /97/9OO6 9:35x93 AM 2LS42a # ## A_1 (TYPICAL 2LP /)a 2 & 1#12 GND \ 62 MASTER /SLAVE 3 \ 2 _ R .A -5 (TYP. OF FOUR) F FIXTURE) V .j e e o o I III _ 2 7a 7 (L R 7a R 2a 2 2a 2a 2 2a 1 7 7a 7a 1 1 7 R1 ' • • 7a 7 • • 7a 7 • • 7a 7 • I R5 R 7a 7 II M R6 7a 7 MR7 • 7a 7 • • 7a R • e R31 7 e • R3. 2 2a 2 • • • • 2a 2 • • R5 R • • R6 R • 1 R7 " "8 = 1 w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w 0 O ja 0 o w , a 7 1 R R1 7a U URI a n o 7a 7 • • 7a 7 • • 7a 7 R5 R 7a 7 • • R 4 I I �/� R 7a 7 • • R7 R 7a 7 R � 7a R • • R31 R �/ R R32 2 2a 2 Rte, , , R R4 R 2a 2 • O R�� � �/ 2a R6 R R�� R R8 os ► ► ■ ► ' R ► - • ► ► ■ MI . ■ I Ill I I■ ■ ■I ► ' ■ ■ ■ ■ � �_. ► ► I I■ ■ ■I � �.�1� ► ► I I ► R1 R R2 R3 R . ■ R5 R6 I R9 R R31 LVR8 R R32 R i i 2 E —E� 1 R4 R5 R R6 I8a R O� t R7 R30 R TYP. C 1 1 � 2a E J t 13 T 7a O t ► t •2a p R9 R • C �, i R9 ( !2a 3 3b 7 O O 7a 7a 7 7a 7 7a 7 7a ® • 7 ® 2 1 � 0 a a • • o 2a — — 2 2a ! • a - 7 7a - 2Lp /8a via L LCP - -2LP 0 O O • • • o • - R R9 � o 2 O o o • • • R1 Q_ R � : :u..� R • . ►.'rte - �•� : I [ [ / w w / i w � �.,. w E : :a A w R A r 8a • • • :a � �a � • � � R39 2 ��° X XE35 6 T T r - -- 2a I , III rR11 7 o 7a R4 : 2a R R10 w 2a 2 E A A -3 1 w 62 1 • a a L 2a 2 • • 3b 7 7a 7 7a 7 • • 7a ® • T ® • 2a 2 o 2a 2 • • 2a 6 • T 1 a TYP. • TYP. R • L o • • R12 R -LVR9 • R12 R I � /1 i is M ■■ - 2a ,R20 R R10 W M111� ■ N 2 L LA LB A A 0 0 0 o o J ,� a 7a W W 1 , a ' 4 CIlRCO 7 R O • 7a r • • r;, 7 7a 7 • • • � R10 t • o a , • , R12 R12 a 2 2 O R39 �_ 2 ■� III I ■ �� • o • ,o R12 R ter• � � C CP -2LR M ■ 2 R , a G r R R X cNI GI ■ 2a 13 X I [ [ • • 2c 7 7a 7 7a P R10 R P • • a a � a • • 7 7a � R10 : ��, 1 ,� • 11 — 112 » » „ 1 1 W W � ���a 2 2a 2 • • 2a 2 • O 2a 2 O • 2a 2 • • 2a 1 • • 1 a ' 4` R10 R R 1 11 , �� 8 — 1 I� • R10 R R20 O R10 R 8 » » I w R 4b ` 2a 4 E 3 ® E E E E o o E E E E E E� 1 1— C c4 I =•= 2 3b j j1Ob8a 1 R14 R 10b 1 R14 w 10b 1 10b 7 R14 J . = $ I II 8 WOMEN II 8 8 � �� • • o • o • • 3 • o • • R15 R • H R39 HRO • R • R14 R J - -A i II 8 R15 R o • R15 R o • R15 R 8 • • • ICF R %- 2 ► — • a ' '-'- 2 2LP R9 w w 2a 2 w 2q _ _•M 1 ,o, I II t tD ' 'ool � �d t tJ' . .. % R14 R R15 R I�I�I�I� I 12c 1 10b 1 10b 1 R14 1 10b U 11R14 a R15 _ UP TO PNL ST 1 1� I o R 11R15 R _•__�_ 2 �::. 1 ir"1/ I III F ���� , ,� ► ►!� 8 — ► — 2 2a ► — e-- -•— � ��.;n ` `'a � — ► : : F — SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM R14, R20 REVISION BY PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = ' -O" APPROVED DATE CONTRACT RECORD DRAWING J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 06.07.02 F BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. CONSOLIDATION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 09.07.01 B STRUCTURAL UPGRADE J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP c STRUCTRUAL UPGRADE REISSUE J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP DC DC 03/08/01 G 07/23/01 H BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #4 REVISION SEST J #715225 -00 T.I. #4 REVISION SET(10.11.01 UPDATE) J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DLR GROUP DC DC 10.05.01 10.11.01 D LINKS LIGHTING REVISIONS J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP DC 08/02/01 J ADD SHEETROCK WEST HALLWAY 55710300 ESBROOK VAVREK 01.27.06 E BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #4 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 08/10/01 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 VIA RELAYS LCP- 2LS/R14,R15,R39,R40 AWAEZAW ® REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRA N DATE SUBTITLE EDDIE P. DUARTE 05/05/95 CHECKED ENGINEER LEGEND: _•_ T2a L1 $ LV 3 LAMP, 1'x4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY FIXTURE, FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP, 1'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 LAMP, 2'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY SERVICE, FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES W /EGGCRATE LOUVERS INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE EXIT LIGHT RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, UTILITY /EMERGENCY DIRECT /INDIRECT 3 LAMP FLUORESCENT LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT /CABLE RUN CONDUIT /CABLE RUN 480/277V DISTRIBUTION PANEL SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE J -BOX WITH LOW VOLTAGE RELAY J -BOX WITH X LOW VOLTAGE RELAYS J -BOX WITH LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER GENERAL NOTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK BROWN "B" PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED ORANGE "C" PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN 4.) LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE AND REINSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER CEILING- MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE PLUMBING WORK ABOVE CEILING. SEE SHEETS 2M11OR AND 2M110. ODE COMPr.!,,;ANCf it. ,OPT }. MAY i ?012 city of Tukwfla COFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 R�C:tiv���. GIN QF TUKVUILA MAK2b2012 PERMIT CENTER 11141,1-037 LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED JOHN J. VAVREK 05/05/95 APPROVED APPROVED NAREN MEHTA 05/09/95 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU IPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 COL. A -N/1 -7 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET 2EIOR JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09 -096 -2E1OR 1 /97/9OO6 9:35x93 AM CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE AND REINSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER CEILING - MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE PLUMBING WORK ABOVE CEILING. SEE SHEETS 2M111R AND 2M111. 2LP /9b 1/2 "C, 2 #10 & 1 #12 GND. VIA RELAYS LCP- 2LP /R25, R26,R27,R22,R23 XF /1c 2LS /2a,5c 1/2 "C, 3 #12 & 1 #12 GND VIA RELAYS LCP - 2LS /R30 R31,R33,R42,43,R44 2LS /1 a,2a 1/2 "C, 4 #12 & 112 GND VIA RELAYS LCP - 2LS /R19, R26,R27,R28,R29 WIMP 0 R2 2c 2c R�25 0 R2 9b 9b 1 O R28 R28 1 0 1a R19 R28 R47 1a R19 2� y' R25 TYP (8) G R25 84 9b 7._R25 N9b R25 9b .rya; 12c R21 R21 T kb 25 25 9b R25 T 9b R25 3b R11 3b 1a R19 3b R11 3b 11 R11 R21 R4-2- R43 LVDR44 (A -1 6z (TYPICAL MASTER /SLAVE FIXTURE) R44 T 3b 3b R11 Y R11 A -3 62 3b R11 3b 3b R11 3b R11 TYP.) R11 4b R40 4b R40 4b R40 4b R40 4b R40 4b R40 4b R40 4b R40 4b R40 3b R11 3b R11 o 12c R15 7R15 \ AL" 3b 1.6 R19 R43 3b 3b R11 R11 R11 0— 3b R11 A. R37 2LP /12c 1/2 "C., 2 #12 & 1 #12 GND. VIA RELAYS LCP - 2LP /R15, R16,R17,R18,R19,R20,R21 $LVR20$LVR21 $LVR22 $LvR23 $LVR25 2LS /3b 1/2"C., 2#12, 1#12G. VIA RELAYS LCP - 2LS /R11 2 LS /4b- - . 10 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET LEGEND: 1-0 a D 4* 1--$0 Nomillms 0 $LV R 2 LAMP, 1x8, FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 LAMP FIXTURE, 1'X8', HIGH OUTPUT 2 LAMP, 1x8, FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, EMERG. 2 LAMP, 2x4, FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2x4, FLUORESCENT FIXTURE W /EGGRATE 2 LAMP, 2x4, FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, EMERG. 3 LAMP, 2x4, FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 LAMP, 1x4, FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 3 LAMP, 1X4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY FIXTURE, FLUORESCENT 2. LAMP, 2X2 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE METAL HALIDE FIXTURE LIGHT, INCANDESCENT EXIT LIGHT EXIT LIGHT, WALL MOUNT SINGLE POLE SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 277/480 POWER PANEL RELAY PANEL LOV VOLTAGE CONDUIT /CABLE RUN J —BOX WITH LOW VOLTAGE RELAY J —BOX WITH X LOW VOLTAGE RELAYS J —BOX WITH LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER GENERAL NOTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK "B" PHASE CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED "C" PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE NEUTRAL WHITE EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN 4.) LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3. 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. BROWN ORANGE YELLOW GRAY REVIEWED FOR DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 41.- 039 CITY OF TUKWILA MAN 2 ti 2012 PERMIT CENTER SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A CONTRACT RECORD DRAWING J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP B RELOCATE CONFERENCE ROOM DOOR 21F10 55710300 C 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 ESBROOK COFFMAN DC VAVREK P. JONES 06.07.02 01.27.06 03.16.11 el_AsrArivAw ' VOA , 4 _ 29X89 � ; sT + E 9 4O1MAL .; ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE EDDIE DUARTE 06.21.95 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENGINEER JOHN J VAVREK LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE C 03.16.11 06.23.95 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 COL. A- N/7 -12 SHEET 2EIIR JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -2E11 R 1/97/9006 9:43:59 AM 2A17/19a PANEL A 62 -1 (TYPICAL MASTER/ SLAVE FIXTURE 2LK /1 a,3b,2a 1 "C, 11#10 & 1#12 ND VIA RELAYS LCP- 2LK /R1,R2,R3,R5 R10,R12,R14,R16,R34 111 (III II`II IIII 9b flc Ba IIII IIII MECHA 2LK /1 a- I SEE 2E12 2a R34 z 2 2a R34 R34 2a 2a 2a 2 R34 R34 MI 1111 11 I I 1111 2a R34 R34 R34 Li 2a R34 A9 XD /2a 2a R34 2a R34 2a 1 R34 R34 R1 2a 2a R34 1 R5 2a R34 (TYP.) XD 2 1a R34 R5 R36 Via R36 as R36 WARNING SYSTEM BOX ASSEMBLY 12c UG LIGHT 3bOR12 3bOR12 3bOR12 O 3bOR12 3bOR12 3bQR 12 3b0R12 Lu 3bOR12 3b0R12 LV LV R1 R2 2A17/21b 10b 12c11' 11 it 111 iii XD /2a 4z1 ]5c X3E27/14 E 3b 1a R12 R5 3b R12 1a R5 3b rR12 LL 3b R12 3b R12 _3b R12 t0� —O 2A17/21b 2A17/19a ,�AH li poi 1 a "'"-`•1 n n 1b ,1■■ lmilm'n� _ 1a 3b0R12 3bOR12` R12 bOR12 3b R12 1a R5 E 3b R12 XD /2a 1 o- (A -z) 62 (TYP. SINGLE FIXTURE) 3bOR12 2A17/23c SEE 2E14 SEE DWG. - 2E14 TYPICAL SINGLE FIXTURE) G (84) (TYPICAL OF 5) PLA\ $LV R5 $LVR3 $LV 46 $LV R2 $LVR29 $LV R30$Lv R28 SCALE: 1/8" = ' —O" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE L CONTRACT RECORD DRAWING J #715225 -00 M NEW LAB ROOMS C -22 N JOINED LAB ROOM A— C/18 -21 J #54668400 55653800 REVISE EAST ROW OF LIGHTS CIRCUITS 55653800 P 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 DLR GROUP ESBROOK ESBROOK ESBROOK COFFMAN DC 06.07.02 SYM F REVISION BY APPROVED DATE BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #2 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 07.13.01 VAVREK. VAVREK VAVREK P. JONES 08.31.04 G BUILDING 9 -96 — TENANT IMPROVEMENT #3 J #715225 -00 07.08.05 08.03.05 03.16.11 H BUILDING 9 -96 — TENANT IMPROVEMENT #4 J #715225 -00 J BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. CONSOLIDATION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DLR GROUP DLR GROUP DC DC DC 07.27.01 08.10.01 09.07.01 K BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #4 REVISION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 10.05.01 C -1 32 TYP. 2LK /1 a VIA LCP -2LK _ SEE 2E14 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET LEGEND: Z. $ LV A 62 -1 3 LAMP, 1'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY FIXTURE, FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP, 1'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 4 LAMP, 2'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 LAMP, 2'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE EXIT LIGHT, INCANDESCENT CONDUIT /CABLE RUN . 480/277V DISTRIBUTION PANEL SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE TOP VALUE IS LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE. LOWER VALUE IS FIXTURE WATTAGE. REFER TO SHEET E500 FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND LEGEND. $osR1 • OCCUPENCY SENSOR WALL PACK WITH LOW VOLTAGE RELAY NUMBER. GENERAL NOTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK "B" PHASE CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED "C" PHASE RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE NEUTRAL WHITE EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN BROWN ORANGE YELLOW GRAY 4.) LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG —IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. 9 ALL CIRCUITS ARE (4) #12 WIRES (3 PHASE AND A NEUTRAL) IN 1/2" EMT CONDUIT AS SHOWN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10 ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SUPPORTED BY THE SUSPENDED CEIUNG SHALL HAVE (2) 12 GAUGE SOFT IRON SAFETY WIRES (ONE AT EACH END) ATTACHED TO THE MAIN SUPORT STRUCTURE OF THE SHIELDED ENCLOSURE. 11 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING CIRCUITS ARE TO BE ROUTED IN EMT CONDUIT TO J —BOX MTh FLEX CONDUIT (NO LONGER THAN 6') TO THE FIXTURE IN THE SUSPENDED CEIUNG. 12 RELOCATE SPEAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCCOMODATE NEW LIGHTING, CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE AND REINSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER CEILING — MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE PLUMBING WORK ABOVE CEILING. SEE SHEETS 2M113R AND 2M113. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 2 1 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION i �OFFMAN GIX FEAT N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 G) 2E1 OR 2E11 R 2E12R jE13R 2E14R 2E15R KEY PLAN IIII IIIII ail U 0 RECEIVt ITY TUILA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT OF CENTER 4 q ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED 'PROVED BY DATE DEPT. DRAWN EDDIE P. DUARTE DATE SUBTITLE 5/15/95 CHECKED ENGINEER LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN CHECKED JOHN J. VAVREK 5/17/95 APPROVED APPROVED NAREN MEHTA TITLE 5/17/95 ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.2 COL. A— N/17 -22 CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SHEET SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 2E13R JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG No. 09- 096 -2E13R CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE AND REINSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER CEILING — MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE PLUMBING WORK ABOVE CEILING. SEE SHEETS 2M114R AND 2M114. 2A17/21b SEE 2E13. (4 TYP.) 2A17/23c SEE 2E13. TO SWITCH SEE 2E13. 2LG/13a,15b 21b 21b IIII I 21b IIII �' 1.11 I� _11.11 loco lill • lill Ini I IF Iii 4b R29 (TYPICAL MASTER /SLAV FIXTURE) 1.011 C�11 TYP.) 2 TO 2LK/la VIA --- LCP- 2LK /R5 —, SEE 2E13 fib— 4b 00 0 LEGEND: A 62 -1 B1 tOS 4b PICAL NGLE TURF) 4b 4b — O _1,p) yjb R E 0 4b 4b 0 ,4b 0 R3 TYPI MTD. 0 Q 1a a 0 T LL Vjb 0 R5 R / R5 H LL la 0 R5 4b 2c 2c ;-j 4b 0 R R5 LL b \ XD -2c \4b 1/2"C., 2 #12, 1#12G. Flo 4b R60 4b 4b 4b 4b •II 4b — 0 �4b R6 4b— R ,4b 0 R3 0 LL VLb 0 4b 4b 4b R5 i R28 4i mn C A—1 62 (NP. MA SLAV FIXTUR R5 ER 18c 3b R29 0 4b— \/4b O l 9a19a19a 4b 1a 18c 4b 4b Li 12a 0 1a 0 R5 5 R11 B i r (TYP. SIN FIXTU VIA R�LA S L P -1 K 29R,R30 28RD 18c Y-Q Y(4b @B9 0 1a O T R5 1a R5 X18 I$ H 3b R107_ 3b R10 ALL FIXTUR S ARE 3 —LAMP W/BALLASTS SEPARATELY SWITCHED (XISTING) R11 `J 7R11 6110 18c �b TC SHEET 2E15 1/2"C., 2# 12, 1 #120. TO SHEET TYP. $LV3 $LV1 $RV2; R35 $LV $Rv8 $RV5 2LG /1 a,3b,5c,7a,19a 1 "C, 21 #12 & 1 #12 GND VIA RELAYS LCP- 2LG /R1,R2,R3, R4, R6, R7, R8, R9, R 11, R 12, R 13, R31, R32JR35,R36,R47 PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'— Xc /2a Xc /2a REMOVAL CONFORMED SET SYM K L M N P REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. CONSOLIDATION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 09.07.01 F BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #2 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #4 REVISION SET J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 10.05.01 G BUILDING 9 -96 STRUCTURAL UPGRADE REISSUE J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP SOUTHEAST SECURE AREA REVISION J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP DC 01.16.02 H BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #3 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP INSTALL EMERGENCY LTS. 1000460115 VAVREK MORVICE 04/30/03 BUILDING 9 -96 LINKS LIGHTING REVISION J #703445 -05 DLR GROUP 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 J BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #4 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP APPROVED DATE DC 07.13.01 DC 07.23.01 DC 07.27.01 DC 08.02.01 DC 08.10.01 g,LAwdzieeAve° RON svo ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN EDDIE P DUARTE CHECKED ENGINEER DATE SUBTITLE 7/28/95 $LV izi 0 TOP VALUE IS LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE. LOWER VALUE IS FIXTURE WATTAGE. REFER TO SHEET E500 FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND LEGEND. OCCUPENCY SENSOR WALL PACK WITH LOW VOLTAGE RELAY NUMBER CONDUIT FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING MASTER SLAVE FIXTURE WHIP LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT /CABLE RUN CONDUIT /CABLE RUN 480/277V DISTRIBUTION PANEL SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE J —BOX WITH LOW VOLTAGE RELAY J —BOX WITH X LOW VOLTAGE RELAYS J —BOX WITH X LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER GENERAL NOTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK "B" PHASE ((CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED "C" PHASE RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE NEUTRAL WHITE EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN BROWN ORANGE YELLOW GRAY 4.) LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO. SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., I H CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. 9 ALL CIRCUITS ARE (4) #12 WIRES (3 PHASE AND A NEUTRAL) IN 1/2" EMT CONDUIT AS SHOWN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10 ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SUPPORTED BY THE SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL HAVE (2) 12 GAUGE SOFT IRON SAFETY WIRES (ONE AT EACH END) ATTACHED TO THE MAIN SUPORT STRUCTURE OF THE SHIELDED ENCLOSURE. 11 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING CIRCUITS ARE TO BE ROUTED IN EMT CONDUIT TO J -BOX WITH FLEX CONDUIT (NO LONGER THAN 6') TO THE FIXTURE IN THE SUSPENDED CEILING. 12 RELOCATE SPEAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE NEW LIGHTING. SEE DWG 9- 96 -2E5 FOR EMERGENCY CIRCUITS. RED 120V ROTATING LIGHT. EDWARDS 52R -N5 -40 WH. MOUNT TO 4" OCTAGONAL BOX 1/2" BELOW SUSPENDED CEILING. REVIEWED FOR ODE APPRovpn COMPLIANCE MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MV-o31 COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101-1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LIGHTING REMOVAL PLAN RECEIVt CITY OF TUI WILA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL 2E1 OR 2E11R 2E12R 2E13R /1 /R� 2E15R KEY PLAN l rqI DATE 0 12 17 22 27 32 03.16.11 CHECKED JOHN J VAVREK APPROVED 7/31/95 APPROVED NAREN MEHTA TITLE 7/31/95 ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.2 COL. A— N/22 -27 DEV. CENTER,WA SHEET 2E14R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -2E14R P6 -1/9 To PNL 2J26 XS3E27 -1/1a R3.1 /4b XS3E27 -1/5a UNSWITCHED PJI3 -1/12 To PNL 2F29 -2 XS3E16 -1/ HPS P3 -1 4a PS HPS 150A • 1b PNL CB's P4-1 ©im 11 —\ \ PNL PNL — _ 2H16 —f1_6_ _ RED JB JB JB R3 -1 HPS 10 XS3E27 -1 3H16/1b PNL P4-2 3E23 /4abc,5c 75KVA 3H16 UNSWRCHED RED JB JB JB fil 112.5KVA II 3OKVA_ - HPS 3F16 a 30A XS3T9- 1/13,15 NF 9 -90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE XS3E16 -1 30A 480- 240/1204 7.5 KVA, 1 PH XS3T9- 1/9,11 LOCATED 9 -9 11: 7.5 KVA, 1 PH 480- 240/120V LEGEND: 0 0 -0- 50W, 120V HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS) FIXTURE W /PHOTOCELL (OUTDOOR) KENNALL #5210- 9051 -120. 253W. 120V INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT (HO) FIXTURE LITHONIA # AF 296 HO 120 ES EMERGENCY LIGHTING 97W, 120V INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT W/ WIRE GUARD LITHONIA # AF 248 120 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 97W, 120V INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT W/ WIRE GUARD LITHONIA # AF 248 120 66W, 120V DAMP LOCATION FIXTURE LITHONIA # DL 240 A 120 ES CW 4 JUNCTION BOX WIDE —LITE "AKTRA" SERIES, 400 WATT, HPS FLOODLIGHT. #A2S- 400 —A- 120 —M —DB GENERAL NOTES: SUB 52 UNSWRCHED SUB 53 XS3E27— /7b INSTALL UNDER AIR DUCTS 75KVA -� t1f7 - -- To PNL 1H25-2 INSTALL UNDER NR DUCTS 3b XS3E27 -1/3b PENTHOUSE #3 HPS a P6-1/1.3.5 To PNL 2F4 -1 1" 218, #8 GND P6- 1/2.4.6 To PNL 2H7 -2 PS a PANEL P6 -1 RED JB P6 XS3T9- 1/17,19 9 -90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE INSTALL UNDER 1AIR DUCTS L1 361 480- 240/120V 7.5 KVA, 1 PH HPS SUB 54 4 50W HPS FIXTURES 13' -6" HIGH XS3E5 -1/9a IBM INSTALL UNDER AIR DUCTS -- - -L - -- PENTHOUSE #5 XS3E5 /7b SYM A B C REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE CATWALK LIGHTING 737069 -02 R. AUGER N. MEHTA 03.19.93 RECONFIGURE EMERGENCY POWER 53416804 BEIER VAVREK 09.17.04 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 Q� BOE /NG° o'— PENTHOUSE #4 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REMOVAL CONFORMED SET L ALL CONDUIT 1/2' EAT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, 2. ALL WIRE #12 AWG THWN /THHN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3, THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS IS OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS 'A' PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) 'B' PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) 'C' PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) 208/120V 480/277V BLACK BROWN RED ORANGE BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN GREEN 4, LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS ARE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE, 5, DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC, WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION, 6, INSTALL NEW OR REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES. STORE FOR REINSTALLATION. CLEAN REFLECTORS AND LAMPS. REMOVE UNUSED CIRCUITRY BACK TO SOURCE. PLUG UNUSED OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. M 3 9 COFFMAN GIX Ef Rf G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 / //i PE1OR / //i 4' 0 8' RECEIVW CITY OF TUKIMLA MAK 262012 PERMITGENTER SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN CHESTERFIELD CHECKED ENGINEER R. AUGER CHECKED J. VAVREK APPROVED DATE 11/18/92 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE LIGHTING AND POWER REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 1/15/93 1/15/93 APPROVED NAREN MEHTA 1/15/93 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PEIOR JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —PE1 OR Ac 07/3110R OP:49 RED JB JB JB R3 -1 XS3E27 -1 30A 480- 240/120V 7.5A,j PH XS3T9- 1KV/9,11 LOCATED 9 -90 P3 P P-N P3-1/8 1/10 P3 -1 45 (VA '-26 P-25b P-25a P -18 P -19 I5P 61 '27 DN TO PNL 2J26 2 EX-3, NT PNL 2E26 RF -6 — — SF- RF -5- -SF- V �C_ MC -3 En EAST PENTIRCRISt SUB 52 P3 -1/7 To PNL 1H25 -2 STARTERS X X X CIRCULATING PUMP P- FREEZEST AT Pula 31423 FREEZESTAT R -6 OHPI R -5 OHPI 10 PENTHOUSE #3 A/C CHILLER 32FLA- 480V -4 P -42 P -41. P -41b COOLING TOWER 2 I' 1 -23 P-24 P2a P 27b \I HP/ \I HP/ R3 -1 SF -8 SF -7 PNL P4 -3 P�3 3 FLOW '41) �30HP/ \30HP/ SWITCH = CHEMICAL FEED PUMP CMCS PNL DMS -350 OW DITCH CHILLER CONTROL PANEL- >o 500 TON CHILLER CHILLER STARTER AUX EQUIP. CONTROL CENTER S P4- rn X4 H I I ( �3P,2 75KVA DN TO PNL 2E16 DN TO PNL 2H18 -3 PNL P4-2 TO SUB 53 X x 3U30/2C MECH. CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL PB STATION PE \THOUSE 480V/277V POWER PLA\ SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0° P -38 P -22 P -39 P6 -1/1 P6 -1/ Wrfin + d•I.Y err.,- ' W I1 s'TIWAN. c4rArcr kliria 0 /4H SF -10— RF -9 SF -9 RF -1 s-- D[1DD VFD STARTERS ei1 4r. •_, R -9 OHP/ 5kVA DN TO PNL 2J6 DN TO PNL 2E6 15KVA X3E5 (XF) PNL P6 -2 75KVA R10 6F- 5 Hp/ CF- 5 HP/ S -10 F LLZE STAT R-10-9abc X XS3C 3HP/ 3GG30 SUB 54 MAN. STARTER 3 /4HP BLUEPRINT EXH. PENTHOUSE #5 PE \THOUSE 480V/277V POWER SCALE: 1 /8" = 1' -0" PLA\ - 1/12HP DOM. HOT WATER CIRC. PUMP RED JB P6 JB XS3T9- 1/17,19 9 -90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE 130A -4 7.5 KV SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9-96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 �BOE /NC° PENTHOUSE #4 (M)6 PNL P4 PNL R4 MCC_ MC -4 X3E16/10b • D.E. SUB 53 SUN SHADE CONTROL PANEL RED JB JB JB 3F16 112.5KVA 30KVA HOT WATER CIRC PUMP 0.5HP- 120V -14 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: DISCONNECT MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITRY BACK TO SOURCE. REMOVE VFD STARTER AND ASSOCIATED POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITRY BACK TO SOURCE. REMOVE MCC AND ASSOCIATED POWER AND CONTROL WIRING BACK TO SOURCE. SEE SHEET E501 R. DISCONNECT CHILLER MOTOR AND REMOVE CONTROL PANEL, AUX. CONTROL CENTER, AND STARTER. REMOVE UNUSED POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITRY; EXCEPT RETAIN THE MAIN FEEDER FOR EXTENSION TO THE TEMPORARY AHU EQUIPMENT ON ROOF. MOTOR TO REMAIN. SEE SHEET PE110 FOR NEW STARTER LOCATION. SEQUENCE OF WORK: THE LOAD ON PANELS P5, P7, AND P8 SHALL BE MANAGED TO AVOID OVERLOADING THE PANELS. THE PANEL SHALL NOT PROVIDE POWER TO EXISTING, TEMPORARY, AND NEW LOADS SIMULTANEOUSLY. TURN OFF ALL OLD HVAC AND PUMP MOTORS BEFORE ENERGIZING TEMPORARY HVAC. TURN OFF ALL TEMPORARY HVAC BEFORE STARTING NEW HVAC LOADS. REMOVAL CONFORMED SET 30A XS3T9- 1/13,15 Y NF 9 -90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE 7 XS3E16 -1 7.5INA,1PH 480- 24O/120V GENERAL NOTES: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 BUILDING Tukwila VISION 03 9 OFFMAN G NEEAS N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 1. ALL CONDUIT 1/2' E.M.T. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2, ALL WIRE #12 AWG THWN /THHN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, 3, THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS IS OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS 208/120V 480/277V 'A' PHASE BLACK BROWN (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) 'B' PHASE RED ORANGE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) "C' PHASE BLUE YELLOW (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN GREEN 4, LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS ARE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE, 5, DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETCH WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION, 6, INSTALL NEW DR REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB, //4 PE110R , / //i 8' 4' 0 4' CITY OF TUKIMLA MAN 2b2012 8' PERMITICENTER SCALE: 1/8''=1' -0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN R. FROGGE CHECKED C. MALONEY ENGINEER C. MALONEY CHECKED P. JONES APPROVED. P. JONES A /07/11 SUBTITLE CURRENT REVISION PENTHOUSE 480/277V, 2081120V REMOVAL POWER PLAN 11094515 01/07/11 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED P. JONES 01/07/11 01/07/11 01/07/11 TITLE 01/07/11 ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER SHEET PEIIOR JOB NO. COMP NO. WA DWG NO. 09- 096- PE11OR FS651 A: 07/31 /OR 09:49 SUB 52 RF -6 — —SF-5 RF -5- rSF-6 VFD S ARTERS X y ', FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECT ON TO DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO WET FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH PENTHOUSE #3 PEA RF -7 RF -8 ... VFD STARTERS SF -8 SF -7 X 2g Ca t MC -4 SUB 53- THOUSE FIRE ALARM PLA\ SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0 y 0 SF -1 RF -9 SF -9- [IRF-1O VFD STARTERt X X X _MCC MC -6 SUB 54 PENTHOUSE FIRE ALARv PLA\ SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0° PENTHOUSE #5 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CCNNECTION TO DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO WET FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 g)LANPArEyrAw PENTHOUSE #4 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CCNNECTION TO DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO WET FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH REVIEWED FOR CODAPPROVEp CE MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: DISCONNECT AND REMOVE FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTORS. REMOVE UNUSED FIRE ALARM CIRCUITRY. DISCONNECT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FROM EXISTING MOTOR STARTERS. REMOVE UNUSED FIRE ALARM CIRCUITRY. EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN IN SERVICE. tit 1.),"-- 0 39 COFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 8' /7 /7, PE26OR / //i 0 12 17 22 4' 0 4' RECEIvir = CITY OF TUKWILA MAK 2 a 2012 PERMIT CENTER 16' MULL- Mt SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. MALONEY CHECKED C. MALONEY ENMTNEER C. MALONEY DATE SUBTITLE 01/27/11 01/27/11 01/27/11 TITLE CHECKED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES PENTHOUSE FIRE ALARM REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 01/27/11 01/27/11 01/27/11 ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PE26OR JOB NO. COMP NO. FS651A: 07/31 /OR OP:49 DWG NO. 09-096 PE26OR 30 29 01 25 24 23 22 17 H- H DE \THpUSE A/C CHILLER PE \THOT J Pte- —P4 -1/ 1D4 -1/ P-j4 -1/ P4 -1/ txu X) PE \THOUSE 5 7 7? BLUEPRINT EXHAUST ROOF PLA\ SCALE: 1 "= 20' -0" REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 Q1BOE /NG' - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY. 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REMOVAL CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. MALONEY CHECKED C. MALONEY ENGINEER C. MALONEY CHECKED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES 02/02/11 � COFFMAN GIX Ef Rf N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LEGEND GENERAL NOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES DISCONNECT DRY COOLERS. REMOVE POWER AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS PATCH & PAINT UNUSED OPENINGS WALL.. DISCONNECT A/C CHILLER. REMOVE POWER AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS. PATCH & PAINT UNUSED OPENINGS WALL.. BLUEPRINT EXHAUST TO REMAIN. ASSOCIATED BACK TO SOURCE. IN PENTHOUSE ASSOCIATED BACK TO SOURCE. IN PENTHOUSE CITYQFTu ILA 11at 2 62012 PERMIT CENTER SUBTITLE ROOF 480/277V, 208/120V POWER REMOVAL PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF COL. A- N/1 -32 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET RFE110R JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096- RFE11OR w A B C D E F G S -5 R -5 RETURN AIR P -15 HOT WATER SEC P -30 CHILLED WATER P -32 CF -1 SPARE SUPPLY AIR FAN S -5 FAN R -5 10HP, 480V, 34 CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 3¢ CHILLED WATER PUMP #1 %HP, 480V, 30 CHILLED WATER PUMP #3 25HP, 480V, 34 R -6 P -16 CF -2 75HP, 480V, 34) RETURN AIR FAN R -6 1OHP, 480V, 34) HOT WATER SEC CIRC. PUMP BHP, 480V, 3 50HP, 480V, 34) AND 12kVAR 3 50HP, 480V, 34) AND 12kVAR SPARE 25HP, 480V, 34 EX -3 TOILET EXH. FAN EX -3 3HP, 480V, 34 P -17 HOT WATER SEC CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 34) CF -3 SPARE 25HP, 480V, 34) S -6 SUPPLY AIR FAN S -6 75HP, 480V, 3cp 20HP, 480V, 34 P -33 CONDENSER PUMP 111 40HP, 480V, 34) AND 10kVAR P -34 CONDENSER PUMP 112 50HP, 480V, 3q AND 10kVAR P -25a HOT WATER PRI CIRC. PUMP 3HP, 480V, 34) P -18 HOT WATER SEC CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 34 CF-4 SPARE 25HP, 480V, 34 P -25b HOT WATER PRI CIRC. PUMP 3HP, 480V, 3cp P -19 HOT WATER SEC CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 34 CF -5 SPARE 25HP, 480V, 34) S -10 P -26 MAKEUP PUMP 1hHP, 480V, 3c 2 AUX RELAYS 120 V. SPARE CONTROL TRANSF. 480V- 120V- 1c -1kW WITH FUSES SUPPLY AIR P-41a P -39 CF -6 SPARE 25HP, 480V, 3c FAN S -10 HOT WTR. CIRC. RELAY FOR CIR PUMPS VOLT FROM N. PENT. COOLING TOWER PUMP P -41a PUMP P -39 VOTOR CO \TROL CE \TER SCALE: NTS A B C D S -9 R -9 P -37 P -43 CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 3c RETURN AIR HOT WATER CIRC. CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AIR FAN R -9 PUMP P -37 PUMP P -43 FAN S -9 10HP, 480V, 34 %HP, 480V, 30 20HP, 480V, 3cp CAFETERIA H.W. CIRC. PUMP 1 HP, 480V, 34 R -10 P -38 P -44 CONTROL TRANSF. 480V- 120V- 14 -500VA WITH FUSES RETURN AIR HOT WATER CIRC. CONDENSER 3 FAN R -10 PUMP P -38 PUMP P -44. 75HP, 480V, 34 10HP, 480V, 34) %HP, 480V, 3� 20HP, 480V, 34 XH -5 P -22 CF -1 75 TOILET EXHAUST HOT WATER CIRC. COOLING TOWER S -10 FAN XH -5 3HP, 480V, 3q PUMP P -22 iHP, 480V, 31 FAN CF -1 10HP, 480V, 34) SUPPLY AIR P-41a P -39 CF -2 FAN S -10 HOT WTR. CIRC. HOT WATER CIRC. COOLING TOWER PUMP P -41a PUMP P -39 FAN CF -2 1 HP, 480V, 34) %HP, 480V, 34 10HP, 480V, 34 P-41b P -40 75HP, 480V, 34 HOT WTR. CIRC. HOT WATER CIRC. REF. MACH. 10 480 PUMP P-41b PUMP P -40 #3 - C.B. F 1 1)¢,HP, 480V, 31 jHP, 480V, 3c 30A -3P H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -42 R -6 B2 CONTROL TRANSF. C.W. MAKEUP 480 3 480V- 120V- 14)-500VA PUMP P -42 F 1 WITH FUSES 3.HP, 480V, 3cp 2 H -O -A- SEL. SW. EX -3 B3 V OTOR CO \TROL CE \TER VC-6 SCALE: NTS E501 vC-3 E501 H -O -A H -O -A 0 0 P -33 P -34 H -O -A H -O -A P -32 H-O-A H-OO -A H-OO -A H -O -A H -O -A H-0 O-A P -30 OUT OF SERVICE INDICATING LIGHTS NAMEPLATE SELECTOR SWITCH W /NAMEPLATE PUSHBUTTO\ CO \TROL STATIO\ (D SCALE: NTS E501 REMOVAL CONFORMED SET 100A FUSED SW W/ RES100 V w I= A B C S -7 R -7 RETURN AIR P -20 HOT WATER SEC SUPPLY AIR FAN S -7 FAN R -7 10HP, 480V, 3cp CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 3c R-8 P -21 75HP, 480V, 34) RETURN AIR FAN R -8 10HP, 480V, 34) HOT WATER SEC CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 3c EX-4 TOILET EXH. FAN EX -4 3HP, 480V, 31) P -25 COOLING WATER PUMP 40HP, 480V, 31) 100A CKT BRKR ONLY S -8 SUPPLY AIR FAN S -8 P -27a P -23 HOT WATER SEC 75HP, 480V, 3c CAFETERIA H.W. CIRC. PUMP 1 HP, 480V, 34 CIRC. PUMP %HP, 480V, 34) P -27b CAFETERIA H.W. CIRC. PUMP 1 HP, 480V, 34 P -24 HOT WATER SEC CIRC. PUMP N.HP, 480V, 34) CONTROL TRANSF. 480V- 120V- 14 -500VA WITH FUSES P -28 CAFETERIA MAKEUP PUMP 1)¢HP, 480V, 3q 3 150 3 J OTOR CO\ TROL CENTER SCALE: NTS MC-4 riE3- E501 REVIE\NED FOR COMPLIANCE CODE APPROV MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING pIVISION CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE A NEW FEEDER FOR THE COLUMN J17. SEE SHEET P1 E110. MCC -4. SEE SHEET PE110. REMOVE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS CONTROL WIRING. COFFMAN NGINEERS 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 2ND FLOOR COMPUTER ROOM, DISCONNECT FROM EXISTING AND ASSOCIATED POWER AND SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE - 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 Z)LAsuswzAia MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MC -3 EQUIP. NO. CIRC. NO. NAMEPLATE MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER STARTER REMARKS HP VOLTS PHASE TRIP POLES FRAME SIZE COIL IND. LTS. AUX: CONT. CONTROL N.O. N.C. S -5 Al SUPPLY AIR FAN S -5 75 480 3 150 3 J 4 115 R 3 1 START -STOP S -6 A2 SUPPLY AIR FAN S -6 75 480 3 150 3 J 4 115 R 3 1 START -STOP A3 CONTROL TRANSF. 480 -120V. 1 0 -500VA WITH FUSES R -5 B1 RETURN AIR FAN R -5 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R 2 H -O -A- SEL. SW. R -6 B2 RETURN AIR FAN R -6 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R 2 H -O -A- SEL. SW. EX -3 B3 TOILET EXHAUST FAN EF -1 3 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -25a B4 HOT WTR. PRI. CIRC. PUMP P -25a 3 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -25b B5 HOT WTR. PRI. CIRC. PUMP P -25b 3 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -26 B6 MAKEUP PUMP P -26 1 1/2 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -15 C1 HOT WTR. SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -15 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -16 C2 HOT WTR. SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -16 3/4 480 3 15 3 F .1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -17 C3 HOT WTR. SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -17 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. SPARE P -18 C4 HOT WTR. SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -18 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -19 C5 HOT WTR. SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -19 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. C6 2 - AUXILLIARY RELAYS - 120V P -30 D1 CHILLED WATER PUMP P -30 50 480 3 100 3 J 4 115 R 3 REMOTE P -44 D2 CONDENSER PUMP P -44 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R 3 H -O -A- SEL. SW. CF -1 D3 CONTROL TRANSF. 480V- 120V- 10 -1kW 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R H -O -A- SEL. SW. WITH FUSES CF -2 D4 COOLING TOWER FAN CF -2 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -33 E2 CONDENSER PUMP P -33 40 480 3 100 3 J 3 115 R 3 REMOTE 10kVAR CAPACITORS E3 500 TON CH. OIL PUMP 480 3 30 3 F RECL6vt CITY CFTN( E3.1 P -32 F1 CHILLED WATER PUMP P -32 50 480 3 100 3 J 4 115 R 3 REMOTE P -34 F2 CONDENSER PUMP P -34 40 480 3 100 3 J 3 115 R 3 REMOTE 10kVAR CAPACITORS G1 REMOVED 1991 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R REMOTE G2 REMOVED 1991 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R REMOTE G3 REMOVED 1991 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R REMOTE G4 REMOVED 1991 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R REMOTE G5 REMOVED 1991 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R REMOTE G6 REMOVED 1991 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R REMOTE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MC -4 EQUIP. N0. CIRC. N0. NAMEPLATE MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER STARTER REMARKS HP VOLTS PHASE TRIP POLES FRAME SIZE COIL IND. LTS. AUX. CONT. CONTROL N.O. N.C. S -7 Al SUPPLY AIR FAN S -7 75 480 3 150 3 J 4 115 R 3 1 START -STOP S -8 A2 SUPPLY AIR FAN S -8 75 480 3 150 3 J 4 115 R 3 1 START -STOP A3 CONTROL TRANSF. 480 -120V. 1 0 -500VA WITH FUSES R -7 B1 RETURN AIR FAN R -7 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R 2 H -O -A- SEL. SW. R -8 B2 RETURN AIR FAN R -8 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R 2 H -O -A- SEL. SW. EX -4 B3 TOILET EXHAUST FAN EF -4 3 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -27a B4 CAFETERIA H.W. CIRC. PUMP P -27a 1 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -27b B5 CAFETERIA H.W. CIRC. PUMP P -27b 1 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -28 B6 CAFETERIA MAKEUP PUMP P -28 1 1/2 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -20 C1 HOT WATER SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -20 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -21 C2 HOT WATER SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -21 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -22 C3 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -22 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. SPARE P -23 C4 HOT WATER SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -23 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -24 C5 HOT WATER SEC. CIRC. PUMP P -24 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MC -6 EQUIP. N0. CIRC. N0. NAMEPLATE MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER STARTER REMARKS HP VOLTS PHASE TRIP POLES FRAME SIZE COIL IND. LTS. AUX. CONT. CONTROL N.O. N.C. S -9 Al SUPPLY AIR FAN S -9 75 480 3 150 3 J 4 115 R 3 1 START -STOP S -10 A2 SUPPLY AIR FAN S -10 75 480 3 150 3 J 4 115 R 3 1 START -STOP A3 CONTROL TRANSF. 480 -120V. 10 -500VA WITH FUSES R -9 B1 RETURN AIR FAN R -9 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R 2 H -O -A- SEL. SW. R -10 B2 RETURN AIR FAN R -10 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R 2 H -O -A- SEL. SW. XH -5 B3 TOILET EXHAUST FAN XH -5 3 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -41a B4 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -41a 1 1/2 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P-41b B5 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -41a 1 1/2 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -42 B6 C.W. MAKEUP PUMP P -42 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -37 C1 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -37 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -38 C2 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -38 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 480 R 1 START -STOP P -22 C3 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -22 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -39 C4 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -39 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -40 C5 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP P -40 3/4 480 3 15 3 F 1 115 R 1 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -43 D1 CHILLED WATER PUMP P -43 20 480 3 50 3 F 2 115 R 3 H -O -A- SEL. SW. P -44 D2 CONDENSER PUMP P -44 25 480 3 70 3 F 2 115 R 3 H -O -A- SEL. SW. CF -1 D3 COOLING TOWER FAN CF -1 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R H -O -A- SEL. SW. CF -2 D4 COOLING TOWER FAN CF -2 10 480 3 40 3 F 1 115 R H -O -A- SEL. SW. D5 REFRIGERATION MACHINE #3 10 480 3 30 3 F RECL6vt CITY CFTN( M12%.039 MLA MAN 2b2012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN R. FROGGE CHECKED C. MALONEY APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER C. MALONEY DATE 1/07/11 1/07/11 TITLE 02/02/11 SUBTITLE CHECKED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES 02/02/11 02/02/11 APPROVED P. JONES 02/11/11 REMOVAL DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 SHEET E501 R JOB NO. COMP NO. COL. E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG No. 09- 096 -E501 R FS651 A: 07 /31/08 09:49 - ■0111111 FEEDER #2 BLDG. 9 -96.3 SOUTH PENTHOUSE FEEDER #5 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT, TYPICAL SUBSTATION 52 FEEDER #2 13.8 KV FEEDERS mpl■ BLDG. 9 -96.3 �►- SOUTH PENTHOUSE SUBSTATION 53 G.E. AKR 7D -50 1600AF 800AT \/ CURRENT= 1.Ox LT PICKUP= - LT DELAY= 4 ST PICKUP= 4c ST DELAY= IN,MIN INST. PICKUP= 7x GF PICKUP= .65 GF DELAY= IN,MIN SPARE (2) 3 1/2 "C, 4 #500MCM EACH 3/4 "C, 2 #10 G.E. AKR 7D -30H 800AF Q 600AT \/ CURRENT= 1.OX LT PICKUP= - LT DELAY= 4 ST PICKUP= 4C ST DELAY= IN,MAX INST. PICKUP =5X TO DIST. PNL. P2 IN WEST PENTHOUSE BLDG. 9 -90.3 LIGHTING N P. BOX N (2)231/2"C,44 #500MCM EACH 3/4 "C, 3 #8 !� P3 7 600/600 • 277/480V 3PH 4W (OLD 52P) -1 1 /4 "C, 3 #1 —2"C, 3 #1/0 JB 2LG 125/100 277/480 3PH 4W LIGHTING ONLY JB 2LN 200A MLO 277/480V 3PH 4W JB 100/100 277/480V 3PH 4W JB 1LN 125/100 277/480 3PH 4W • G.E. AKR 7D -30H 800AF :11+ \/ CURRENT= 1.OX LT PICKUP= - LT DELAY= 3 ST PICKUP= 4C ST DELAY = IN,M INST. PICKUP= 7 G.E. AKR 7D -30H 800AF 640AT \/ CURRENT= .8X LT PICKUP= - LT DELAY = 4 ST PICKUP= 4C ST DELAY= IN,MAX INST. PICKUP= 7X 1500/2000 KVA 13.8KV - 277/480V, 30 5.51% Z G.E. AKRT CURRENT =1.1X 7D -50H LT PICKUP= - 2000AF LT DELAY= 3 ST PICKUP= 3C 1760AT ST DELAY= IN,MAX INST. PICKUP= - FEEDER #5 w G.E. AKR 7D -30H 800AF 800AT Q CURRENT= 1.0 \I✓I LT PICKUP = - TLT DELAY= 4 ST PICKUP= 5C ST DELAY= IN,MAX INST. PICKUP= -. 8 #500MCM CODE COMPL ,' A€' LL A P P R c'v F n MAY 2 1 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK AT THE LOAD TERMINALS OF SUBSTATION 52 CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE DONE WITH THE SUBSTATION DE- ENERGIZED. SUBSTATION No. 52 MAY BE DE- ENERGIZED ONE TIME. SHUT DOWNS SHALL OCCUR ONLY ON WEEKENDS, AND WITH TWO DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE TO THE ENGINEER AND BOEING. 1 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: ACCOMPLISH STEPS la, lb, lc IN ONE SUBSTATION SHUTDOWN: DISCONNECT MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MC -54 FROM FEEDER F1, REMOVE 1000A BUSWAY (DEMOLITION NOT SHOWN). INSTALL 800A PANEL FURNISHED BY OWNER; PROVIDE FEEDER SHOWN. ADJUST SUBSTATION CIRCUIT BREAKER SETTINGS PER COORDINATION STUDY (OLD SETTINGS ARE SHOWN). TEMPORARILY RESTORE POWER TO MCC MC -54; CONNECT MCC TO DOUBLE MAIN LUGS AT NEW PANEL. OLD HVAC EQUIPMENT WILL OPERATE UNTIL TEMPORARY HVAC IS INSTALLED. REMOVE TEMPORARY FEEDER AND MCC WHEN TEMPORARY HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL. INSTALL ENERGY METERING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER TO MONITOR AHU -5 AND 6 PER THE 2009 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, CHAPTER 12. CONNECT METERING TO EXISTING ENERGY METERING NETWORK IN BUILDING. TO SUB - STATION 54 TIE CKT. B, BRKR 54F CENTER PENTHOUSE (2) 3 1/2 'C, 4 #500MCM EACH 1I>- (2) 3 "- 3- 600KCMIL & 1#1 /OG 2 "C, 3 #1/0 2 1/2"C, 3 #4/0, 1 #2 2 -1/2" C., 4 #1/0 400 MLO 2 -1/2" C., 4 #1/0277/480V 3PH 4W 45KVA 45KVA ISO ISO 200/200 75KVA ISO 2 " #C., 8 #1 200/200 112.5 KVA 3 1/2 "C, 4 #500MCM 1 1/2 "C, 3 #1/0 75KVA 150A CB 2J26 2F29 -2 150/150 150/150 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W JB 1H24 -2 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 1H24 -3 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W JB DATA CLOSET 21F30 2 " #C., 8 #1 1F27 -2 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W JB 2 "C., 4 #1 2 "C, 8 #1 JB 2F -3 2F29 -1 125/100 125/100 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W U N 1F27 -3 1H25 -2 225/100 100/100 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 2 "C., 4 #1 DATA CLOSET 11G28 JB 1F27 -4 125/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 1 1/4 "C, 4#6 21/2"c, 4 #1/0 (OLD 52R) R3 400/400 120/208V 3PH 4W 2"C, 8 #1 3 1/2 "C, 4 #500MCM R3-1 100/100 100A 2MLO 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W NETWORK WIRING TO EXISTING ENERGY MONITORING NETWORK 1n 1 2 ENERGY METERING FOR AHU -5, 6 32,522A _(2) 3 "- 3- 600KCMIL & 1#1/0G P5 800 MLO 480V 3PH 3W 2 "C, 4 #1 2"C, 8 #1 N -P JB 2J29 125/100 120/208V 3PH 4W HOUSE PWR 2"C., 4 #1 JB 1F27 -1 1H24 -1 1H25 -1 1H25 125/100 225/150 125/100 225/150 120/208V 120/208V 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 3PH 4W L - 30,857A MCC MC -54 480V 3PH 3W P4 600/600 277/480 3PH 4W CS N (OLD 53P) CENTER PENTHOUSE 2 1/2 "C, 4 #4/0 JB 2LH 100/100 277/480V 3PH 4W LIGHTING POWER ONLY J 1LJ 1LK 100/100 100/100 277/480 277/480 3PH 4W 3PH 4W LIGHTING POWER ONLY SYM REVISION BY DELETE CIRCUIT CALLOUTS P.T BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #1 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #3 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP CONTRACT RECORD DRAWING J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP APPROVED H. MEHTA DC DC DC DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 8 -30 -95 D 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 06.29.01 07.29.01 06.07.02 REDRAWN TO SHOW SUB 52 ONLY AISAKA 07 -18 -07 ijBOE /NC' U TO JB FOR FLOOD LIGHTS IN CENTER PENTHOUSE 111-160/NF 1"c, 3#6 DATA CLOSET 21F17 30KVA 1/2 "C, 3 #12 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 1- 1/2 "C, 4 #2 & 1 #2 GRD. 100/100 1-1/2"c,4#2 & 1 #2 GRD. n 1G12 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 1"C, 3 #4 P4 -1 225/225 277/480V 3PH 3W 45KVA 2 "C, 3 #1/0 DRY COOLER FOR ASDL LAB (5 ON ROOF) 3 1 "C, 3 #6 ISO. XFMRS 150A CB 45KVA 112.5 KVA L....glill R4 (OLD 53R 150A CB 1"C, 4 #6 2 "C, 4 #1 2� 2E•'— 2H 225/150 125A MLO 225/150 120/208V 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 1/2"C, 4 #500MCM 400/400 6abc 120/208V 3PH 4W 10abc 8a bc 2H18 -4 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 30/20 1/2 "C, 3 #12 A/C UNIT 12F10 039 U s N 2abc � 4abc -� U s N 2H18 -1 2H18 -2 100/100 100A MLO 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W JB 1H15 -2 225/100 120/208V 3PH 4W CONFORMED SET JB 1H14 125/100 120/208V 3PH 4W DATA CLOSET 11F17/ -11G17 AFOFFMAN � GI EEAS G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 JB a/— 9abc 7abc -� 1H16 -2 125/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 3abc JB PENTHOUSE .- U N 1 abc 2nd FLOOR 1H16 -1 1H15 -3 1H15 -1 125/100 125/100 125/100 120/208V 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 3PH 4W RECEivt CITY OF TUILA MAR 2d2012 PERMITC a.00R ACCEPTABI LITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN WR CHESTERFIELD CHECKED ENGINEER R. JENSEN DATE 1/28/93 CHECKED JOHN J. VAVREK SUBTITLE ONE LINE DIAGRAM SUBSTATION #52 CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED APPROVED NAREN MEHTA 1/28/93 2/1/93 2/1/93 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 DEV. CENTER,WA SHEET JOB NO. DWG NO. E4S52 COMP NO. 09- 096 -E4S52 FROM SUB - STATION 52 13.8 KV FEEDERS BLDG. 9 -96.3 ..,� SOUTH PENTHOUSE ...•01 SUBSTATION 52 FEEDER #5 #500MCM FEEDER #2 BLDG. 9 -96.3 CENTER PENTHOUSE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT, TYPICAL SUBSTATION 53 FEEDER #2 1000/1333KVA 13.8KV- 277/480V, 30 5.76% Z G.E. AKR 9D -50 1600AF CURRENT= 1.OX 1600AT LT PICKUP= — \/ LT DELAY= 1 ST PICKUP= 4.00 ST DELAY= IN,MAX INST. PICKUP= — FEEDER #5 • • G.E. AKR 6D -30S 800AF 800AT CURRENT= 1.OX LT PICKUP= 1.00 LT DELAY= 1 ST PICKUP= — ST DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= . 4X 1 " -(2) 3 "- 3- 500KCMIL & 1 #1 /OG G.E. AKR 89D -50 00AF 800AT \/ CURRENT= .50X LT PICKUP= — LT DELAY= 2 ST PICKUP= 6.00 ST DELAY= IN,INT INST. PICKUP= — L G.E. AKR 6D -30S 800AF 400AT �V CURRENT= .5 LT PICKUP= 1.00 LT DELAY= 1 ST PICKUP= — ST DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= 4X TEMPORARY FEEDER TO HOT DECK UNIT ON ROOF SEE SHEET RFE110 FOR SIZ . TO SUB - STATION 52 TIE BREAKER IN SOUTH PENTHOUSE PENTHOUSE 2nd FLOOR 1st FLOOR 8 #500MCM NETWORK WIRING TO EXISTING ENERGY MONITORING NETWORK 20,514A - (2) 3 "- 3- 500KCMIL j & 1 #1 /OG d — 24,699A f /3\ ENERGY METERING FOR AHU -3,4 P7 800 MLO 480V 3PH 3W MC -53 480V 3PH 3W (2) 3 "C, 3 #3/0 EA. G.E. AKR 6D -30S 300AF \/ CURRENT= 1.OX LT PICKUP =1.00 LT DELAY= 2 ST PICKUP= — ST DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= 8X P4 -3 400/400 277/480 3PH 4W /141■ G.E. AKR 6D -30S 600AF 300AT CURRENT =0.5X T PICKUP= 1.00 T DELAY= 1 T PICKUP= — T DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= 6X 13.8 KV FEEDERS �._ BLDG. 9 -96.3 NORTH PENTHOUSE SUBSTATION 54 8 #500MCM 8 #500MCM GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK AT THE LOAD TERMINALS OF SUBSTATION 53 CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE DONE WITH THE SUBSTATION DE— ENERGIZED. SUBSTATION No. 53 MAY BE DE— ENERGIZED ONCE SHUT DOWNS SHALL OCCUR ONLY ON WEEKENDS, AND WITH TWO DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE TO THE ENGINEER AND BOEING. 2b CONSTRUCTION NOTES: DISCONNECT 500 TON CHILLER MOTOR AND MOTOR STARTER (NEITHER SHOWN) FROM FEEDER F1. CAPACITORS INSIDE STARTER CONTAIN PCBs; BOEING WILL REMOVE CAPACITORS AND DISPOSE OF CAPACITORS. EXISTING FEEDERS INCLUDES 4 SETS OF 3- 500KCMIL /PHASE. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE TWO SETS. ACCOMPLISH STEPS 2a. 2b. 2c DURING ONE SUBSTATION SHUTDOWN: INSTALL 800A PANEL FURNISHED BY OWNER. SPLICE TO CHILLER FEEDER. ADJUST SUBSTATION CIRCUIT BREAKER SETTINGS PER COORDINATION STUDY (OLD SETTINGS ARE SHOWN). LABEL THE SUBSTATION BREAKER WITH THE NEW LOAD. DISCONNECT MCC, REMOVE FEEDER AND MARK SUBSTATION BREAKER AS SPARE. TEMPORARILY RESTORE POWER TO MCC MC -53; CONNECT MCC TO FEEDER FOR NEW PANEL. OLD HVAC EQUIPMENT WILL OPERATE UNTIL TEMPORARY HVAC IS INSTALLED. REMOVE TEMPORARY FEEDER AND MCC WHEN TEMPORARY HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL. INSTALL ENERGY METERING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER TO MONITOR AHU -3 AND 4 PER THE 2009 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, CHAPTER 12. CONNECT METERING TO EXISTING ENERGY METERING NETWORK IN BUILDING. REVISE BREAKER SETTINGS TO PROVIDE A 400A TRIP RATING. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FEEDER PER RFE110. TO SUB - STATION 54 TIE FROM SUB - STATION 54 TIE BREAKER IN NORTH PENTHOUSE 12 #500MCM 75KVA MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MC -53 P4 -4 225/225 120/208V 3PH 4W 1 1 2 "c 3— 2 1— 2 /Oneut 1— 8 ig DATA CLOSET 11F17/11G17 1H15 125/100A 120/208V 3PH 4W SYM REVISION DELETE CIRCUIT CALLOUTS A B C DC REMOVE PANELS FOR SAR LIBRARY RELOCATION J #37089 -08 UPGRADE 90'S COMPLEX ELECTRICAL J #757129 -02 BY P.T P.T. DEJ APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE H. MEHTA 8 -30 -95 REDRAWN TO SHOW SUB 53 ONLY Aisaka 06 -08 -07 D 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE— ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 WHITSON 11.18.97 AS— BUILTS CONTRACT RECORD D #1RW9 5 -00 DLR GROUP 06.07.02 iBOE /NG° rY- 2 1 3 2 1 —� 2 4„0 2/0 neut. 4 ig 1H16 -4 225A/100A 120/208V 3PH 4W ox!tt 9124111'4'Z.. ` "JASa , *"qtj� CONFORMED SET ]►— REVIEWED R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 o3q CITY OF TtUMILA MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN WR CHESTERFIELD CHECKED ENGINEER R. JENSEN DATE 01.23.93 SUBTITLE ONE LINE DIAGRAM - SUBSTATION #53 CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL J DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED JOHN L. VAVREK APPROVED APPROVED NAREN MEHTA 01.28.83 02.01.83 02.01.83 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 DEV. CENTER,WA SHEET E4S53 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09 -096 -E4S53 TO SUBSTATION 53 TIE BREAKER IN CENTER PENTHOUSE AND TO SUB - '-40( STATION 52 TIE BREAKER IN SOUTH PENTHOUSE ❑ 1/2 "c, 3 #12 13.8 V FEEDERS BLDG. 9 -96.3 CENTER PENTHOUSE -..I. FEEDER #5 FEEDER #2 BLDG. 9 -96.3 NORTH PENTHOUSE (2) 3 1/2 "C, 4 #500MCM RH EACH ]►- (2) 5 KW CHILLERS ON ROOF (OLD 54P) 2 1/2"C, 4 #4/0 (2) 3 1/2"C, 4 #500MCM RH EACH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT, TYPICAL SUBSTATION 54 1000KVA 13.8KV- 277/480V, 30 )G.E. AKR 9D -50 1600AF 1600AT �L u CURRENT= 1.OX LT PICKUP= — LT DELAY= 2 ST PICKUP= 4.00 ST DELAY= IN,MAX INST. PICKUP= — G.E. AKR 9D -50 1600AF 1600AT \/ CURRENT= .50X LT PICKUP= — LT DELAY= 3 ST PICKUP= 6.00 ST DELAY = IN,INT INST. PICKUP= — NETWORK WIRING TO EXISTING ENERGY MONITORING NETWORK #500MCM SPLICE G.E. AKR 6D -30S 800AF 640AT `/ CURRENT= .8X LT PICKUP= 1.00 LT DELAY= 1 ST PICKUP= — ST DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= 4X 3 "C, 3 #500MCM G.E. AKR 6D -30S 600AF 360AT CURRENT= .6X LT PICKUP= 1.00 LT DELAY= 1 ST PICKUP= — ST DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= 6X ,218A C, 3 #500MCM - 19,969A G.E. AKR 6D -30S 800AF Q 640AT \/ CURRENT= .8X LT PICKUP= 1.00 LT DELAY= 2 ST PICKUP= — ST DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= 4X G.E. 30S AKR 300AF 162AT \/ CURRENT= .6X LT PICKUP= .9C LT DELAY = 2 ST PICKUP= — ST DELAY= — INST. PICKUP= 8X CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE PANELBOARD AND METERING PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 262416. CENTER PENTHOUSE (2) 3 1/2"C, 3 #500MCM EACH 2 "C, 3 #1/0 RH 2 1/2"C 4 #1 /0 P8 800 MLO 1 480V ENERGY 3PH 3W METERING FOR 1 AHU -1,2 MCC MC -54 480V 3PH 3W 3F5 100 MLO 120/208V 3PH 4W (OLD 3GG30) 45KVA 3 1/2"C, 4 #500MCM 2 "C, 8 #1 NORTH PENTHOUSE _-� 3/4 "C, 2 #10 TO SUBSTATION 53 2-1/2", 8#1/0 2 1/2"C, 4 #2/0 JB 1 "C 3— #6 1— #2neut 1 — #10 ig DATA CLOSET 23F2 2LS 100/100 277/480 3PH 4W 2F4 -2 225 MLO 120/208V 3PH 4W 100A MLO 225/100 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W HOUSE POWER ONLY 2 "C, 4 #1 R ,V IEVWD -f OR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LIGHTING POWER ONLY 2nd FLOOR JB 2 ",4 #1 2 "C, 4 #1 2 "C, 4 #1 2 "C, 4 #1 1H4 -3 125/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 1 LP 100/100 277/480 3PH 4W C.l..l..l..I..GU 1LS 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 1H4 -1 1H4 -2 125/100 125/100 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 1H5 -5 125/100 120/208V 3PH 4W 1H4 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W DATA CLOSET 11F4 1H5 -2 1H5 -4 100/100 100/100 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE DELETE CIRCUIT CALLOUTS P.T H. MEHTA 8 -30 -95 A UPGRADE 90'S COMPLEX J #757129 -02 DEH B BUILDING 9 -96 T.I. #3 J #715225 -00 DLR GROUP WHITSON DC 11.18.97 07.29.01 - REDRAWN TO SHOW SUB 54 ONLY AISAKA 06 -07 -07 C 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -LONG LEAD ITEMS PACKAGE J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 BOE /NG° o'— 1st FLOOR 1 "C, 3 # 100A n FILTER 400HZ M -G SET 1 1 /2 ", 4 #1 /0 ti 2A19 225/150 120/208V 400 hz 2,4,6 1 1/4", 5 #2 2B15 -2 125/125 120/208V 400 hz +DC- 2A19 -1 OLD 2E18 1 "C, 3 #4 +DC- 2B15 -1 OLD 2A19 1,3,5 % P 800A 480V 3PH 3W 2 "C, 3 #4/0 10,12.14 200A 1111 FILTER 2E15 -2 225/225 480V 3PH 3W 7,9,11 45KVA ISOLATION U N 2A18 -4 225/150 120/208V 3PH 5W 1"C, 3 #4 45KVA ISOLATION 2B22 225/150 120/208V 3PH 5W 8,10,12 1"C, 3 #4 2,4,6 45KVA ISOLATION 2 ", 5 #4/0 2D20 225/150 120/208V 3PH 5W PP 2 "C, 3 #4/0 7,9,11 (3) AC (2) DC POWER SUPPLY 1 "C, 3 #4 1,3,5 #4/0 45KVA ISOLATION 2A18-3 225/150 120/208V 3PH 5W CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN DATE /R CHESTERFIELD 10.15.90 CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE 1"C, 3 #4 ff 45KVA ISOLATION 2 FANS 13,15,17 200A FILTER 2E15 -1 225/225 480V 3PH 3W 8,10,12 45KVA 480V, 3P 480/277V 3P. 4W 1 1/4. 4 #4—'" #4/0 - 5 #4/O SDL ON 2nd FLOOR 2A22 225/150 120/208V 3PH 5W 2A17 225/70 277/480 3PH 4W 03? RECI�IVt CITY OF TULA MAR 2 6 2012 �COFFMAN PERMIT CENTER N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 400A C FILTER 45KVA ISOLATION 200A P FILTER 2E15 70A 225/225 480V 3PH 3W 75KVA 2 ",5 #4/0 P BOX 2E12 2B15 225/150 225/150 120/208V 120/208V 3PH 4W 3PH 4W 2A18 -1 225/225 120/208V 3PH 4W N U Oi 2A18 -2 100/100 120/208V 3PH 4W J ONE LINE DIAGRAM - SUBSTATION #54 CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 DATE P. TONG -LAO 10.15.90 CHECKED R. TUCKER 10.15.90 APPROVED APPROVED W. MARTIN 10.15.90 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 SHEET E4S54 JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG ND. 09- 096 -E4S54 AISAKAR: 03 /15 /OR 09:55 • 0••••S• (II 00 U P6 /14ab P6 /14ab P6 14ab •w 3/4 "C, 5 P4 /1ab �1 "C, 6 #12` PNL. P6 LEGE \D WIDELITE #A2S- 400 -X- 480- M -TB -DB WITH INTERMATIC #K4535 PHOTOCELL AND PHILIPS C400S51 LAMP GE \ERAL \ OTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK BROWN "B" PHASE CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED ORANGE "C" PHASE RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN 4.) LARGE SIZE. CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG —IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3. 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION, 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLE110N OF JOB. REFER - \CE \ OTES: CO \STRUCTIO\ \OYES FIXTURES TO REMAIN. PROTECT FIXTURES AND CIRCUITRY FROM DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OF SUNSHADE. VERIFY THAT CONDUIT ON ROOF IS UNUSED. REMOVE UNUSED CONDUIT FROM ROOF. RELOCATE CONDUIT FROM SUNSHADE SUPPORTS TO ROOF. IF CONDUIT IS UNUSED, DEMOLISH. REVIED FOR CODE OMPLIANCE ROVED MAY 21 2012 BUILDING City DIVISION MO3? 3 CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER 4fOFFMAN GIX EF 0.S G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PLAN SCALE: 1/16" = 1' -0 P3 /3ab SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REPLACE EXTERIOR FLOOD LIGHTS 421729 -00 GS B REPLACE EXTERIOR FLOODS - REV 1 421729 -00 VAVREK MORVICE 02/13/03 C 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 elfin7EI/V® 1/2" R. . STL C w P3 /3ab CONFORMED SET E8 KEY PLAN 0 12 17 22 27 32 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE CHECKED SUBTITLE OUTDOOR LIGHTING CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER CHECKED JOHN J. VAVREK APPROVED APPROVED MARK MORVICE 02/13/03 02/13/03 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096 COL. ALL DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET E8 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -E8 R3.1/4b XS3E27 -1/5a UNSWITCHED P6 -1/9 To PNL 2J26 1 `1S3E27 -1/1a d 3 -1/12 To PNL 2F29 -2 HPS P3 -1 XS3E16 -1 /: L, 4a HPS HPS lb 150A CB's PNL P4-1 PANE. PNL PNL _ 21118-3 2E16 _ RED JB JB JB R3 -1 HPS 10 XS3E27 -1 3H16/1b PNL P4-2• 3E23 /4abc,5c TING FROM AHU PANEL, RED 1 JB E 1 Ilk II III r of r li 112.5KVA �I 30KVA_ _ • HPS i487.5, H 0- KVA240/12a1 PV UNSWITCHED 30A 480- 24O/120V 7.5 KVA, 1 PH XS3T9- 1/9,11 LOCATED 9 -9a SUB 52 UNSWITCHED Pal ir t---t:t-- 1 0111-11 i t =i iii I �.iS'j� i u iii ": r {__'P _� III A 1 111 I F�- ���111 n u ni L 4 I i L_i `� 1 i_J III I , XS3E27- _ fir n._ 1\017.1 C Dec —I 75KM AHU LIGHTING POWERED FROM AHO 1 CONTROL PANEL, TYPICAL. JB a LEGEND: 32-1 50W, 120V HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS) FIXTURE W /PHOTOCELL (OUTDOOR) KENNALL #5210- 9051 -120. • • =0— 30A XS3T9- 1/13,15 w 9-90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE SUB 53 XS3E16 -1/7b INSTALL UNDER MR DUCTS INSTALL UNDER AIR DUCTS 75KVA 1b SYM 3 XS3E27 -1/3b HPS PE \THOUSE #3 HPS a P6- 1/1.3.5 To PNL 2F4 -1 1' 2#8, #8 GND PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" P6- 1/2.4.6 To PNL 2H7 -2 PS PANEL P6 -1 XS3T9- 1/17,19 9 -90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE 75KV INSTALL UNDER AIR DUCTS 480- 240/120V 7.5 KVA, 1 PH XS3E5 -1/5a HPS AHU LIGHTING POWERED FROM AHIP CONTROL PANEL, TYPICAL. 3F5 HPS 2a INSTALL UNDER AIR DUCTS REVISION BY PLAN PENTHOUSE #5 APPROVED SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED XS3E5 /7b DATE A CATWALK LIGHTING 737069 -02 R. AUGER N. MEHTA 03.19.93 B RECONFIGURE EMERGENCY POWER 53416804 C 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 BEIER COFFMAN VAVREK P. JONES 09.17.04 03.16.11 po Q�BOE /NG` PENTHOUSE #4 O REVIEVVEO FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVlS10N CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. I DATE DRAWN CHESTERFIELD CHECKED ENGINEER R. AUGER DATE 11/18/92 SUBTITLE COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101-1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PENTHOUSE LIGHTING AND POWER PLAN 253W. 120V INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT (HO) FIXTURE LITHONIA # AF 296 HO 120 ES EMERGENCY LIGHTING 97W, 120V INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT W/ WIRE GUARD LITHONIA # AF 248 120 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 97W, 120V INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT W/ WIRE GUARD LITHONIA # AF 248 120 66W, 120V DAMP LOCATION FIXTURE LITHONIA # DL 240 A 120 ES CW JUNCTION BOX WIDE -LITE "AKTRA" SERIES, 400 WATT, HPS FLOODLIGHT. #A2S- 400 -A- 120 -M -DB GENERAL NOTES: 1, ALL CONDUIT 1/2' E.M.T. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, 2, ALL WIRE #12 AWG THWN /THHN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, 3, THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS IS OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESSI 208/120V 480/277V 'A' PHASE BLACK BROWN (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) 'B' PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) 'C' PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) NEUTRAL RED ORANGE BLUE YELLOW WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN GREEN 4, LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS ARE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE, 5, DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC, WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. AILE-S.1114131) COMPLETION OF JOB, 7, NEW WORK IS INDICATED BY CONSTRUCTION NOTES, ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IS EXISTING. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REINSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES PREVIOUSLY REMOVED. CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUITS. PROVIDE NEW FIXTURES AND CONNECT AS SHOWN. FIXTURES TO BE 2 —LAMP T8 FIXTURES W /ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. PROVIDE OPEN INDUSTRIAL FIXTURE TO MATCH EXISTING. 0 KEY PLAN 0 27 RECEIvEL) CITY OF TUKWILA 0 MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER 16' NMI SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 1/15/93 CHECKED J. VAVREK APPROVED 1/15/93 APPROVED NAREN MEHTA 1/15/93 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PE10 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09 -096 -PE10 FS651 A 07 /31 /0A 09!49 -ti .1 p 9 0 0 ,o, J ->sso >4, PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 Q,�BOE /NG® LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ' ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THHN /THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK BROWN "B" PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED ORANGE "C" PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN 4.) LARGE, SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. 9.) VERIFY ROTATION OF ALL 3 PHASE MOTORS. 10.) RELOCATE SPEAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE NEW LIGHTING. LB CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE A N C. MALONEY CHECKED P. JONES ENGINEER P. JONES 02/10/11 SUBTITLE 02/10/11 02/10/11 TITLE CHECKED P. JONES APPROVED NAREN METHA APPROVED P. JONES 02/10/11 02/10/11 02/10/11 ELECTRICAL MASTER C COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625. 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 FIRE ALARM PLAN 9-96 AHU UPGRADE REFERENCE DWGS.: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS AND SUPPORTS TO POSITION DETECTORS IN THE RETURN AIR PATH. CONNECT DETECTORS TO ADT FIRE ALARM PANEL. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION /iE 1E261 1E262 1E263 1E264 1E265 O 27 KEY PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL 11094515 Iq II CITY OF TU LA MAR 26 2012 ERMIT CENTER DATE 03.;16.11 BUILDING 09- 096.1 COL. A -N/1 -7 SHEET 1E260 JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -1E260 ,A, J 1 >4> r PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = If SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 P. JONES 03.16.11 AFISKEZIV ® CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. MALONEY CHECKED P. JONES ENGINEER P. JONES 19 20 LEGEND GENERAL NOTES 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THHN /THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK BROWN "B" PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED ORANGE "C" PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN 4.) LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. 9.) VERIFY ROTATION OF ALL 3 PHASE MOTORS. 10.) RELOCATE SPEAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE NEW LIGHTING. REFERENCE DWGS. CONSTRUCTION NOTES PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS AND SUPPORTS TO POSITION DETECTORS IN THE RETURN AIR PATH. CONNECT DETECTORS TO ADT FIRE ALARM PANEL. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION AFOFFMAN 6IXFFPS GIN N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 1E260 1E261 1E262 KE263� 1E264 12 17 22 1E265 KEY PLAN 27 32 CITY OF TUKII LA OMAN 2 ti 2012 PERMIT CENTER SUBTITLE FIRE ALARM PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03 16.11 TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE CHECKED P. JONES 02/10/11 BUILDING 09 -096.1 APPROVED P. JONES 02/10/11 APPROVED P. JONES 02/10/11 ELECTRICAL MASTER COL. A- N/17 -22 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET 1E263 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09 -096 -1 E263 A PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" L__ SYM REVISION BY APPROVED. DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADES —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 Q� BOE /NGm o'— REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. MALONEY CHECKED P. JONES ENGINEER P. JONES CHECKED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES DATE 02/11/11 02/11/11 02/11/11 02/11/11 02/11/11 02/11/11 SUBTITLE LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: 1.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.) ALL WIRE TO BE #12 THHN /THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3.) THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS. 120/208V 277/480V "A" PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK BROWN "B" PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) RED ORANGE "C" PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN 4.) LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5.) ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. INCLUDING PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BUSWAY. 6.) FEEDERS TO PANELS AND BUSWAYS SHOWN ON SHEETS E2 AND E3 7.) DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 8.) INSTALL REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. 9.) VERIFY ROTATION OF ALL 3 PHASE MOTORS. 10.) RELOCATE SPEAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE NEW LIGHTING. C1 I � -0 39 ACOFFMAN NGIXEE AS N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 FIRE ALARM PLAN REFERENCE DWGS.: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS AND SUPPORTS TO POSITION DETECTORS IN THE RETURN AIR PATH. CONNECT DETECTORS TO ADT FIRE ALARM PANEL. 1E260 1E261 0 1E262 1E263 12 1E264/ 1E265 27 REGtivt OF TU 1L.A MAN ? 6 2012 ERNI CENTER CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.1 COL. A- N/22 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET 1E264 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -1E264 P6 -1/9 To PNL 2J26 I RED JB JB JB 10 PNL R3 -1 30A 1 P3 -1 3 -1/12 To PNL 2F29 -2 TEMP CONTROL PNL TCP -1 XS3E27 -1/9a t— iiiiii Cry ii 45KVA 45KVA P3 El3E27 x (XC) D R PNL P5 - 17 STARTER P5 /9abc -18 STARTER P5 /11abc - 19 STARTER P5 /13abc 2 1 "C -9 #12, 1 #12G \ /1/ /1/ /1/ - 1Y "C -3 #2, 1#8G NERGY METERING XS3E27 -1/7b °^ VC-3#12, 1#12G ----N TRAP PRIMER R3 -1/5C AHU -6 CONTROL PANEL P5 /4abc 3/4"C-6#10, 1 #10G // // // \ PNL XS3E27 -1 SUB 52 �STAR� 4 SEE SHEET 1v E4S52 FOR PANEL FEEDER SIZE P3 -1/7 To PNL 1H25 -2 AHU-5 ONTROL PANEL F8 /labc PANEL 3E23 (3M32) R -5 STARTER I R -6 STARP5 /6abc TER 1 P5 /8abc VFD VFD 4 NF 3, 1#10G 30A NF R -5 IOHP - 480- 240/120V 7.5 KVA, 1 PH FED FROM XS3T9- 1/9,11 LOCATED 9 -90 EAST PENTHOUSE PE \THOUSE #3 - 22 STARTER 8 /7abc \ - 39 STARTER P18 /9abc -40 STARTER 8 /11abc —' 30A NF P- 1 A STARTER P8/I 10abc P- 1 B STARTER P8 12abc -/ 5c C -I 3KV TRAP PRIMER 3F5/7a - R -9 STARTER P8 /6abc R -1 P8 /8abc �� �A'r CS tip 0 tJ —111 3/4 "C 3 #1 R -9 OHP /0 • 30 NF A R— I 0 30A OHP/ NF \1/� /�� TEMP CONTROL PNL TCP -1 XS3E5 -1/2a "C -6 #12, 1 #1G \ /// /// -23 STARTER P7 /11abc -24 STARTER P7 /13abc- P -25B STARTER P7 /9abc P -25A STARTER P7 /7abc TRAP PRIMER 3F16/7a P -27B STARTER P7 /12abc P -27A STARTER P7 /10abc CMCS PNL DMS -350 -R-8 STARTER P7 /8abc 1' 1 C -9 #12, 1#12G \/f///14' -TEMP CONTROL PNL TCP -1 XS3E16 -1 /9a 150A CB's 1-3/4.''C-3#12, 1#12G d / //\ 0 ■ 30A R 88 NF OHP/ R 7 START P7 /6abc R L1Y4 "C -3 #2, 1#8G %4 "C -3 SEE S E4S FOR Pi EL FEEDER PNL P7 OHP/ 2 E_ 3/4 "C 6#1 12G- (ENERGY METERING XS3E16 =1 30A 10, 1 #1 G H H I1 H II )4 HU -AHU-4 CONTROL PANEL P7 /4abc I,►= 400 /01, p W$DKE DAMPER 0 TRAP PRIMER 3F16/7a fi u tit H II — 9� H H fd 1 1 1I 1 1 11111 1111 LI,��DAMPER - � III ' r! /0, OKE 6/5b I 1 I (IIII '� -1u—I-31.5\ III I —8. Al' *,IIII TRAP PRIMER 3F16/7a } PE \THOUSE 480V/277V POWER SCALE: 1 /8" = 1' -0" 4P 0 15-3 ICT2 P6- 1/2.4.6 To PNL H7 -2 PANEL P6 -1 45kVA 45kVA PNL X3E5 (XF) tl1 "C -9 12, 1 #12G \ /// //ix -VC-6#10,1#10G , 1 #1OG 4 \ /// 17'4 "C -3 #2, 1 #8Ci AHU -2 CONTROL PANEL P8 /4abc \—TRAP SMOKE PRIME DAMPER - 3F5/7a -b 12 PLA\ 0 ENERGY. P6 METERING XS3E5 - 1/9a PNL P8 i SMOKE DAMPER 3F3/5b 1Y "C- L AHU -1 CONTROL PANEL P8 /2abc 12 XS3E5 A X3E5-9 b D.E. PENTHOUSE #5 PE \THOUSE 480V/277V POWER PLA\ SCALE: 1 /8" = 1' -0" 1 #6G CD 30A NF 31-3/b► 3F3/5a WHP PUP 3KV 25113 6 SUB 54 PN 3F5 XS3T9- 1/17,19 9 -90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE 30A - 0 1 0 -4 7.5 KVPPPP SEE SHEET E4S54 FOR PANEL FEEDER SIZE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 �aoEr�vc ea PENTHOUSE #4 PNL P4 -3 4 \ /// DN. TO PNL. 2E16 —DIJ% TO PNL. 2H18-3 PNL P4 -1 PNL P4-2 0 AHU -3 CON PANEL P7 /2abc ROL 2 X STARTER abc — o...1Y "C -14 #2, 1 #8G 30A NF REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION A A TO 2ND FLOOR COMPUTER ROOM, COLUMN J17 P7 /16abc X3E16/1 D.E. 3 #4 "C -3# 12, 1 #12G SUB 53 )b RED JB JB JB 10 3F16 112.5KVA 30KVA 30A NF LEGEND: al DISCONNECT SWITCH, SWITCH SIZE/ FUSE SIZE AS SHOWN. NF = NO FUSE. al COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER VFD Zo m PNL XS3E16 -1 7.5 KVA, 1 PH n 480- 240/120V ED FROM XS3T9- 1/13,15 9 -90 BLDG. EAST PENTHOUSE CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN R. FROGGE CHECKED C. MALONEY ENGINEER C. MALONEY DATE 1/07/11 1/07/11 02/02/11 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (MOTOR STARTER) 208Y/120V PANELBOARD 480Y/277V PANELBOARD TRANSFORMER EQUIPMENT CONNECTON MOTOR, SINGLE PHASE MOTOR, THREE PHASE JUNCTION BOX GENERAL NOTES: L ALL CONDUIT 1/2' E.M.T. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 2. ALL WIRE #12 AWG THWN /THHN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING OF CONDUCTORS IS OBSERVED ON ALL CIRCUITS 600 VOLTS OR LESS1 208/120V 'A' PHASE (LEFT BUS IN PANEL) "B" PHASE (CENTER BUS IN PANEL) "C" PHASE (RIGHT BUS IN PANEL) BLACK 480/277V BROWN RED ORANGE BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN GREEN 4. LARGE SIZE CONDUCTORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE COLORED JACKETS ARE IDENTIFIED WHEREVER VISIBLE BY APPROPRIATELY COLORED TAPE. 5. DYMO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 6. INSTALL NEW OR REVISED PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB, 7. SEE SHEET PE11OR FOR SEQUENCE OF WORK. 8. NEW WORK IS INDICATED BY CONSTRUCTION NOTES. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IS EXISTING. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 800A, 480V PANEL PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. FEED FROM ADJACENT SUBSTATION AS SHOWN ON ONE -LINE DIAGRAM. 800A, 480V PANEL PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONNECT TO EXISTING FEEDER AS SHOWN ON SHEETS E4S53 AND E4S54. PROVIDE FRAMING CHANNEL SUPPORT FOR PANEL. DO NOT ATTACH TO AHU ENCLOSURE. ENERGY METERING PANEL PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SEE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM. PROVIDE FEEDER FROM NEW 480V PANEL TO NEW MOTOR STARTER. VFD STARTERS PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR; ALL OTHER STARTERS PROVIDED BY ELECTRCIAL CONTRACTOR. EXTEND CIRCUITRY TO MOTOR AND PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION. PROVIDE FEEDER FROM NEW 480V PANEL TO NEW CONTROL PANEL FINAL CONNECTION TO MOTORS PROVIDED BY FAN WALL VENDOR. PROVIDE CIRCUITRY FROM EXISTING 208Y/120V PANEL TO NEW MOTOR STARTER OR EQUIPMENT. EXTEND CIRCUITRY TO MOTOR AND PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION. PROVIDE FEEDER FROM NEW 480V PANEL TO 2ND FLOOR COMPUTER ROOM. SEE P1 E11 OR FOR EXISTING CONDITION. COORDINATE WORK TO MINIMIZE COMPUTER ROOM DOWNTIME. PROVIDE FOUR . 20A-1P CIRCUIT BREAKERS AT PNL 3F5. PROVIDE THREE 20A-1P CIRCUIT BREAKERS AT PNL 3F16. PROVIDE A GROUND BAR CONNECTED TO BUILDING STEEL IN EACH PENTHOUSE. BOND THE BAR TO EACH VFD ENCLOSURE WITH #6AWG CONDUCTOR (NOT SHOWN). t111-9031 COFFMAN p 41NF Af N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 %//4 PE110 KEY PLAN RECtIvEi CITY OF TUKWILA 262012 IT CENTER SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE 480Y/277V, 208Y/120V POWER PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED P. JONES 02/02/11 APPROVED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES 02/02/11 02/02/11 TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL. E— J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET PE110 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 —PE110 U c o r c c SYM SUB 52 X SMOKE DAMPER ®- KE DAMPER —AHU -6 CONTROL PANEL Elec 1 /� E E TI H fl I �J I 141 4 L-1 -R -6 STARTER —R -5 STAR IvFDIvFDI Elec 1 AHU -5 uuop ilmp +I H H H HI- 1 I I f I LH. lll Illli H. 111 Hr 1111 I II uu , L .48 ulo� CONTROL PANEL T FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECT ON TO DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO WET FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH PENTHOUSE #3 PEA FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE CMCS PNL DMS -350 R- 8--STARTER C R -7 STARTER H H 9Iec 1 AHU -4 CONTROL PANEL ill '® SMOKE DAMPER II II II II II III 91,41 Conn. } )mi Conn Elec 1 X 1 — ® SMOKE DAM AHU -3 CONTROL PANEL P X SUB 53 J THOUSE FIRE ALARV PLA\ SCALE: 1 /8" = 1' -0" HORN STROBE TYPICAL R -9 STA R -10 STAI1TER IAHU -2 CONTROL PANEL MEE SMOKE DAMPER X ® SMOKE DA yen Conn AHU -1 CONTROL PANEL REVISION PE \THOUSE FIRE ALARI' SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" BY APPROVED DATE SYM PLA\ PENTHOUSE #5 REVISION BY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO DRY FIRE SPRINKLE ALARM VALVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO WET FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 0 PENTHOUSE #4 CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. MALONEY CHECKED C. MALONEY ticiafIVEER C. MALONEY CHECKED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES APPROVED P. JONES 1/28/11 SUBTITLE — FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CCNNECTION TO DRY FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO WET FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH REVtEWEth 6 DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 93'1 4OFFMAN N 61MEE0. N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PENTHOUSE FIRE ALARM PLAN TITLE ELECTRICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P LEGEND: . ® EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. PROVIDE RELAY MODULE WHERE REQUIRED FOR CONTROL. FIRE ALARM STROBE, WALL — MOUNTED FIRE ALARM HORN — STROBE, WALL — MOUNTED. FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR, DUCT — MOUNTED, WITH TUBE. GENERAL NOTES: 1. NEW WORK IS INDICATED BY CONSTRUCTION NOTES, ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IS EXISTING, COL. E- J/5 -27 DEV. CENTER, WA CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE NEW SMOKE DETECTORS; CONNECT DETECTORS AND SMOKE DAMPERS TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND FAN MOTOR STARTERS. PROVIDE RELAY MODULES WHERE REQUIRED FOR CONTROL. REVISE AND UPGRADE THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT NEW DETECTORS AND DAMPERS. PROVIDE NEW ANNUNCIATION DEVICES. UPGRADE THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT NEW ANNUNCIATION. PE260 / //i KEY PLAN RECEivt CITY OF TUKtILA MAf� 62' b 2012 CENTER SCALE: 1/8"= 0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 SHEET PE260 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -PE260 6i c c M Cc 30 29 YYT MYTY'' O8 7 T T TT H- T H H- 1 H H T DECK 3 4KVA- 480V -3 LD DECK 5 KVA- 480V -34 COLD DECK 54KVA- 480V -34 �PNL P5 P \ THOSE � 3 2 m. C P7 /1abc 3 "EMT -3— 600KCMIL & 1 #2G P7 /3abc 1Y "EMT #2 1 #8G P7 /5abc 1Y "EMT -3 #2 & 1#8G 11-.—PNL P7 PE\ THOU SE i4 HOT DECK 314KVA- 480V -3 �• =�Ot� DECK 54K�4//A- 480V -34 COLD DECK 54KVA -480V -31) SUB 53 SPARE BREAK 3 "EMT — — 600KCMIL & SEE SHEET E4S53 R 1 #2G P8 /3abc 1Y "EMT -3 #2 & 1 #8G -P8 /5abc 1Y4 "EMT -3 #21 & 1#8G PNL P8 PE \TH O U SE -1 7 ROOF PLA SCALE: 1"=20'-0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE — 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN P. JONES 03.16.11 REVIEWED =R -1 CODE COMPI..IANCL APPROVED MAY 2 1 20i2 City of Tutcw;la BUILDING D=-:.;;: CONFORMED SET M 031 COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900. Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SEE SHEET PE11OR FOR SEQUENCE OF WORK. REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES VERIFY THAT HEATING ELEMENTS INSIDE TEMPORARY HVAC UNIT HAVE BEEN LOCKED OUT. UNIT SHALL BE USED FOR COOLING (FAN —COIL) ONLY. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE MAST AT HVAC UNIT. SUPPORT MAST WITHOUT PENETRATING OR DAMAGING THE ROOF MEMBRANE. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION OF CONDUCTORS TO UNIT. PROVIDE MESSENGER CABLE FOR SUPPORT OF CONDUCTORS BETWEEN PENTHOUSE AND HVAC UNIT. PRVOIDE 10' MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND ROOF. PROVIDE WEATHERHEAD AT TERMINATION OF CONDUIT. 3 PROVIDE TEMPORARY FEEDERS INSIDE PENTHOUSE. CONNECT FEEDER TO PANEL MAIN LUGS; SEE SHEET E4S54. REUvw CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 a 2012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN C. MALONEY CHECKED C. MALONEY ENGINEER C. MALONEY CHECKED P. JONES DATE 01/24/11 01/24/11 01/24/11 02/02/11 SUBTITLE ROOF 480Y/120V, 208Y/120V POWER PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 APPROVED P. JONES 02/02/11 APPROVED P. JONES 02/02/11 TITLE ELECTRICAL 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF MASTER COL. A— N/1 -32 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET RFE110 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 - RFE110 a c c ac C a 9" CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING CURB x WEEP HOLE, TYP EXISTING SHEET 5 LOCS, SE DETAIL METAL WALL -� 3/P1560 A X X 11 NEW OPNG IN ROOF SLAB FOR FLOOR DRAIN, SEE DETAIL 2 /RFS4, TYP 3 LOCS IYP1 I' 2 C g� 4" CONCF HOUSEKEE MECH FOf & LOCS, EQUIP MF ETE PING PAD, SEE EXACT SIZES JERIFY W/ ® v :a • 14' -0" TYP . • 4. 2 TYP [S1600 EXISTING SHEET 9" CONCR TE METAL WALL HOUSEKEE "ING CURB 0 1' -0" TYP WEEP HOLE, 5LOS,SEE 3 /PS 0 TIP-) DETAIL 11 P P NEW OPNG I ROOF SLAB FOR FL OR DRAIN, SEE ETAIL 2 /RFS4, TYP $ LOCS x X X 00 10 PE \THOUSE #3 STRUCTURAL SCALE: 1/8 —0" ig� PLA T4" CONCRETE HOU EKEEPING PAD, SEE MECH FOR EXACT SIZE & LOCS, VERIFY W/ QUIP MFR T .� 4 EQ �., EQ EQ --� TYP T TYP TYP , 41 d I r •• _EQ_, EQ_ d h . 1 • • • . TYP TYP • ;_: e .II• - 8' -8" 17,_1„ 18' -1" 4' -0" ---- 24' -9" EXISTING SHEET 9„ CONCRETE METAL WALL HOUSEKE PING CURB NEW OPNG IN ROOF SLAB FOR FLOOR DRAIN, SEE DETAIL 2 /RFS4, TYP 5 LOCS — �. a X '•'° P1S60 TYP •• � ' 4 i 4 ir j I X H U WEEP 5L 3/FS60 : H• 11 • ►_� )i HOL , TYP CS, SEDETAIL Y PS60 I YN 4" CONCRETE unl ICCI! COLIC' r PE \THOUSE #5 STRUCTURAL PLA\ SCALE: 1/8 '=1'-0" • PENTHOUSE #4 STRUCTURAL PLAN SCALE: 1/8 '=1'-0 EQUIPMENT BASE OR LEG #4 ©12" EA WAY DRILL & EPDXY GROUT W/ HILTI RE -500 W/ 4" EMBED AD, SEE MECH FOR EXACT SIZE & LOC, VERIFY W/ EQUIP MFR 3/4"0 ANCHOR BOLT OR EXPANSION BOLT WASHER - 3Y" ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT DEPTH -0" CURB SECTIO SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" 24'— 20' -11" .� 4 EQ �., EQ EQ --� TYP o TYP TYP , 41 d I r •• _EQ_, EQ_ d h . 1 • • • . TYP TYP • ;_: e .II• - 8' -8" 17,_1„ 18' -1" 23' -9" 24' -9" CURB PLA SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" PS60 r cDT c) REVIEWED FOR CODE PR C APPROVED CE A P MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NOTE: VERIFY CURB PLAN DIMENSIONS WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. WEEP HOLE, TYP 5 LOCS, SEE DETAIL 3 /PS60 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED. DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN E. OJALA 03.16.11 4" CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD, SEE MECH FOR EXACT SIZE & LOC, VERIFY W/ EQUIP MFR LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE CURB TO SUPPORT NEW AIR HANDLING UNITS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CURB LAYOUT AND DIMENSIONS WITH FINAL EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS. SEE DETAIL 1 /PS60 FOR CONNECTION OF NEW CURB TO EXISTING I LOOR SLAB. PROVIDE NEW HOUSKEEPING PAD TO SUPPORT NEW EQUIPMENT. VERIFY ALL CURB SIZES AND DIMENSIONS WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE NEW HOUSKEEPING PAD TO SUPPORT NEW PIPING. INFILL AND PATCH CONCRETE FLOOR AT LOCATION OF REMOVED FLOOR DRAIN AS REQUIRED. WEEP HOLE WEEP HOLE BLOC SCALE: NONE EQUIPMENT BASE OR LEG 3Y" ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT DEPTH #4 © 12 "OCEA WAY CTR IN SLAB-- RE 500 ADHESIVE #5 DOWEL W/ 4" EMBED, © EA CORNER TYP <ouT (1) P 3/4"0 ANCHOR BOLT OR EXPANSION BOLT WASHER /7---CONCRETE PAD OR CURB 12" EDGE DISTANCE, MIN � �1 ALL SIDES EQUIP Lui m U O U C) U O 0 CITY LA MAY 0 7 2012 PERMIT CENTER FLOOR OR ROOF SLAB` V1E \T CG \CRETE NECHA \ICAL PAD SCALE: NONE CONFORMED SET ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED E. OJALA ENGINEER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE CORRECTION �COFFMAN $: N G I N E E R S N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PENTHOUSE STRUCTURAL PLANS & DETAILS DATE TITLE CHECKED APPROVED 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE NMI I � 1 PS60 4 16' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 03.16.11 SHEET BUILDING 09 -096.P 4.2a- t APPROVED MECHANICAL MASTER PS60 JOB NO. COMP NO•` COLE -J /5 27 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09 -096 PS60 cr g: c TTTT PE THOU►E PE\ TTTTTT THOUSE MECH PENETRATIONS AT PENTHOUSE ROOF, SEE MECH FO • LOCATION (SEE DETAL 1 /'FS4 FOR F'AMING SU•PORTS) AIR INTAKE HOOD- AIR \/' INTAKE HOOD 1 Q CHWR -10 "CHWS L RFS3 8 "CHWR • 8 "CHWS 8 "CHWS 8 "CHWR CHWR WINO CHWS L MECH1 PENETR4TI NS AT PENTHOUSE R00�, SEE MECH FOR _OCATIONS (.EE DETAIL 1 /RF 4 FOR FRA ING SUPPORTS) 8 "CHWS 10 "CHWS 1 O "CHWR 8 "CHWR l'crYHD c'1) PENT1- AIR INTAKE HOOD OUSE #5 J 8 "CHWS -e- 8 "CHWR 1 O "CHWS 10 "CHWR c c J MECH PENETRATIONS AT PENTHOUSE R00=, • SEE . MEC FOR LOCATIONS SEE DETAIL 1/R S4 FOR FRAMING SUP"ORTS) (E) W18x50 TYP (E) CONC CURB (N) 3 "0 STD PIPE 18 LOCS (N) W16x31 RTU REPLACE SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" E 11 T SUB CONT rTh RFS3 ROOF PLA SCALE: 1 "= 20' -0" TEMP. UNIT H TA- ' I p 1 1' ; 0 1 (E) SLEEPER SYSTEM E LEVATI O \ (N) W16x31 TYP RFS3 SCALE: NONE I � 1 RFS3 TEMP. UNIT (N) 3"0 STD PIPES RTU SLEEPER SYSTEM AND ANCHORAGE BY SHINN 03 1 REVISION BY. APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN E. OJALA 04.20.12 BOE /NGm ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED A °PROVED BY IL • aL DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN ZALITED E. OJALA ENGINEER (N) W16x31 PL Y4x4xAS REQD T &B TYP (E) W16x31 PL Y4x7x1O TIP (E) CONC BEAM (E) CONC DECK C) O /0 0 0 0 O CD /3 SIDES 4 \TYP. %6 /PL Yx5x5 PL TO BEAM > 6V 3/6 1/ 1 1 /2" TYP 1fel, 346 N LEVELING NUT TO BE USED " TO PROVIDE FULL SUPPORT OF BEAM PRIOR TO GROUTING r— //' PIPE T0 PL RE COD A M City BUILDI 3"0 STD PIPE CENTER ON BM BLW PLY2x9x9 W /(4) Yo EPDXY ANCHORS, 3" EMBED (E) W18 TYPICAL STEEL & POST DETAIL SCALE: NONE REVISED PERMIT NOTE: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS COFFMAN N G 1 N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 (T) 1 RFS3 IEWED !="OR COMPLIANCE PROVED 21 2012 f Tukwila G DIVISION CITYO�ILq MAY 0 7 2012 PERMIT CENTER DATE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SUBTITLE ROOF PLANS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 04.20.12 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF COL. A— N/1 -32 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET RFS3 JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09 -096 -RFS3 SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION BY A REGISTERED DEPUTY BUILDING INSPECTOR, IN CONTRACT WITH THE OWNER AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF WORK (SEE THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS): ITEM BUILDING CODE REFERENCE STEEL DETAIL VERIFICATION WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL CONCRETE SPECIFIED f'c GREATER THAN 2000 PSI PLACING OF REINFORCING AND PRESTRESSING STEEL SHOTCRETE 1704.3 1704.4 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHEN THE WORK IS DONE ON THE PREMISES OF A FABRICATOR REGISTERED AND APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL TO PERFORM SUCH WORK WITHOUT SPECIAL INSPECTION. ALL PREPARED SOIL- BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF REINFORCING STEEL. EPDXY OR EXPANSION TYPE ANCHORS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR THEIR USE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ICC PRODUCT APROVAL CONDITIONS. NONDESTRUCTIVE INSPECTION OF ALL WELDS, SHOP AND FIELD, OF THE MOMENT- RESISTING FRAMES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GOVERNING CODE. SUMMARY REPORTS OF ALL INSPECTIONS AND TEST RESULTS SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND BUILDING OFFICIAL WITH DEFICIENCIES CLEARLY NOTED. DEFICIENCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE CONTRACTOR ON A DAILY BASIS. DEFINITIONS OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING FREQUENCY: "CONTINUOUS" - THE FULL -TIME OBSERVATION OF WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION BY AN APPROVIED SPECIAL INSPECTOR WHO IS PRESENT IN THE AREA WHERE THE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. "PERIODIC THE PART -TIME OR INTERMITTENT OBSERVATION OF WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION BY AN APPROVED SPECIAL INSPECTOR WHO IS PRESENT IN THE AREA WHERE THE WORK HAS BEEN OR IS BEING PERFORMED AND AT THE COPMLETION OF THE WORK. TABLE 1704.3 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC REFERENCED STANDARD IBC REFERENCE 1. MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF HIGH - STRENGTH BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: 1704.3.1 A. IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS TO _CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARDS SPECIFIED IN THE _APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS - X AISC 360, SECTION A3.3 AND APPLICABLE ASTM MATERIAL STANDARDS X - B. MANUFACTURER'S. _CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED. - X - _ 2. INSPECTION OF HIGH - STRENGTH BOLTING: X A. SNUG -TIGHT JOINTS. - X AISC 360, SECTION M2.5 1704.3.3 ACI 318: 3.86, 8.1.3, 21.2.8 C. PRETENSIONED AND SLIP- CRITICAL JOINTS USING TURN:- OF-NUT WITH MATCHMARKING, _TWIST -OFF BOLT OR DIRECT _TENSION INDICATOR METHODS OF INSTALLATION. - X X C. PRETENSIONED AND SLIP- CRITICAL JOINTS USING TURN- OF -NUT WITHOUT MATCHMARKING OR _CALIBRATED WRENCH _METHODS OF INSTALLATION. ACI 318: Ch. 4, 5.2 -5.4 1904.2.2, 1913:2, 1913.3 3. MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL AND COLD - FORMED STEEL DECK: X A. FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL, IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS _TO CONFORM TO AISC 360. - X ASIC360, SECTION M5.5 INSPECTION OF CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETE PLACEMENT FOR PROPER APPLICATION TECHNIQUES. REINFORCING STEEL OTHER B. FOR OTHER STEEL, IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS TO _CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARDS SPECIFIED IN _THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. - X APPLICABLE ASTM MATERIAL STANDARDS . X C. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS. - ACI 318: 5.11 -5.13 AXIAL FORCES IN INTERMEDIATE AND 4. MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF WELD FILLER MATERIALS: OF SPECIAL STRUCTRUAL A. IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS TO CONFORM TO AWS SPECIFICATION IN THE _APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. SHEAR REINFORCEMENT. X AISC 360, SECTION A3.5 AND APPLICABLE AWS A5 DOCUMENTS - X B. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED. - X - - EXIST ROOF JOIST EXIST ROOF JOIST C6x8.2 N rxi 42 "0 x L C6x8.2 DECK SPAN 5' -0" TYP L3x3x 3/16x0' -4" CONN ANGLE L 30 JOIST L 30 JOIST NEW OPENING FRAME C6 PE \THOUSE TE v PORARY ROOF C6x812 50"0 1 06x8.2 D� ECK SPAN 5' -0 TYP L 30" JOIST L 30" JOIST NEW OPENING FRAME C6 DEC SCALE: NONE < OPENI G DETAIL EXIST ROOF DECK .L PANEL POINT TYP POINT LOAD REINF W/ L2x2 ELEVATION L JOIST L4x4xY2x0' -2Y2" TYP %6 C6x8.2 PLYx1'- 5. INSPECTION OF WELDING: VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION A. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND COLD FORM DECK: PERIODIC 1) COMPLETE AND PARTIAL JOINT PENETRATION X - AWS D1.1 1704.3.1 GROOVE WELDS. ACI 318: 3.5, 7.1 -7.7 1913.4 2) MULTIPASS FILLET WELDS. X - 3) SINGLE -PASS FILLET WELDS > 5/16" X 3. INSPECT BOLTS TO BE INSTALLED IN CONCRETE PRIOR TO AND DURING PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE WHERE ALLOWABLE LOADS HAVE BEEN INCREASED OR WHERE STRENGTH DESIGN IS USED. X 4) PLUG AND SLOT WELDS. X - 4. 5) SINGLE -PASS FILLET WELD <= 5/16" - X ACI 318: 3.86, 8.1.3, 21.2.8 1912.1 6) FLOOR AND ROOF DECK WELDS. - X AWS D1.3 ACI 318: Ch. 4, 5.2 -5.4 1904.2.2, 1913:2, 1913.3 6. B. REINFORCING STEEL: X 1) VERIFICATION OF WELDABILITY OF - X 7. INSPECTION OF CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETE PLACEMENT FOR PROPER APPLICATION TECHNIQUES. REINFORCING STEEL OTHER THAN ASTM A 706. ACI 318: 5.9, 5.10 1913.6, 1913.7, 1913.8 2) REINFORCING STEEL RESISTING FLEXURAL AND . X - AWS D1.4, ACI 318: SECTION 3.5.2 ACI 318: 5.11 -5.13 AXIAL FORCES IN INTERMEDIATE AND SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES, AND BOUNDARY ELEMENTS OF SPECIAL STRUCTRUAL WALLS OF CONCRETE AND SHEAR REINFORCEMENT. A. APPLICATION OF _PRESTRESSING FORCES. 3) SHEAR REINFORCEMENT. X . B. GROUTING OF BONDED _PRESTRESSING TENDONS IN _THE SEISMIC - FORCE - _RESISTING SYSTEM. X ACI 318: 18.18.4 4) OTHER REINFORCING STEEL. - - X ACI 318: 16 - 6. INSPECTION OF STEEL FRAME JOINT DETAILS FOR COMPLIANCE: - A. DETAILS SUCH AS BRACING AND STIFFENING. ACI 318: 6.2 X _ 1704.3.2 - B. MEMBER LOCATIONS. - X C. APPLICATION OF JOINT _DETAILS AT EACH _CONNECTION. X 16 %6 r EXIST JOIST SECTION 'B' TYP L PANEL POINT SEE NOTE 1 GREATER THAN: 3" K SERIES POINT 6" LH SERIES LOAD L2x2x4 6 EA SIDE L PANEL POINT POINT LOAD 346 16 > <TYP NOTES: 1. WHERE POINT LOADS ARE SUPPORTED BY EXISTING JOIST CHORDS AND ARE LOCATED MORE THAN 3" FROM A PANEL POINT CENTERLINE FOR K SERIES JOIST OR 6" FOR LH SERIES JOIST. REINFORCE THE JOIST WITH AN ANGLE EXTENDING FROM THE POINT LOAD TO THE NEAREST PANEL POINT ON THE OPPOSITE CHORD. TABLE 1704.4 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC REFERENCED STANDARD IBC REFERENCE 1. INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL, INCLUDING PRESTRESSING TENDONS, AND PLACEMENT. X ACI 318: 3.5, 7.1 -7.7 1913.4 2: INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL WELDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 1704.3, ITEM 5b. AWS D1.4, _ACI 318: 3.5.2 3. INSPECT BOLTS TO BE INSTALLED IN CONCRETE PRIOR TO AND DURING PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE WHERE ALLOWABLE LOADS HAVE BEEN INCREASED OR WHERE STRENGTH DESIGN IS USED. X - ACI 318: 8.1.3, 21.2.8 1911.5, 1912.1 4. INSPECTION OF ANCHORS INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE. X ACI 318: 3.86, 8.1.3, 21.2.8 1912.1 5. VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX. - X ACI 318: Ch. 4, 5.2 -5.4 1904.2.2, 1913:2, 1913.3 6. AT THE TIME FRESH CONCRETE IS SAMPLED TO FABRICATE SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR CONTENT TESTS, AND DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CONCRETE. X - ASTM C 172, ASTM C31, ACI 318: 5.6, 5.8 1913.10 7. INSPECTION OF CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETE PLACEMENT FOR PROPER APPLICATION TECHNIQUES. X - ACI 318: 5.9, 5.10 1913.6, 1913.7, 1913.8 8. INSPECTION FOR MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURING TEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES. - X ACI 318: 5.11 -5.13 1913.9 9. INSPECTION OF PRESTRESSED . CONCRETE: - _ A. APPLICATION OF _PRESTRESSING FORCES. X ACI 318: 18.20 B. GROUTING OF BONDED _PRESTRESSING TENDONS IN _THE SEISMIC - FORCE - _RESISTING SYSTEM. X ACI 318: 18.18.4 10. ERECTION OF PRECAST CONCRETE MEMBERS. - X ACI 318: 16 - 11. VERIFICATION OF IN -SITU CONCRETE STRENGTH, PRIOR TO STRESSING OF TENDONS IN POSTTENTIONED CONCRETE AND PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF SHORES AND FORMS FROM BEAMS AND STRUCTURAL SLABS. - X ACI 318: 6.2 - 12. INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF THE CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED. - X ACI 318: 6.1.1 - L2x2x3/16 EA SIDE TO AVOID CONFLICT BETWEEN LEG OF ANGLE AND NEW CONNECTION PL ONE ANGLE MAY BE COPED AND POSITIONED WITH THE LEG TURNED SECTION 'A' INWARD THE ANGLES SHOULD BE NESTED CLOSE TO EACH OTHER 2. DO NOT CUT OR DRILL THRU ANY JOIST MEMBER. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED. 3. DO NOT LOAD JOIST PRIOR TO WELDING ANGLE. P01 \T LOAD RH FORCENENT SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE -ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 COFFMAN E. OJALA 04.20.12 i- B QOE //VG' c- (71- RFS3 RFS4 REVIEWED- FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NEW OPENING COORD W/ MECH EXIST SLAB 1f L6x4 LLH L6x4x546 LLH EA SIDE SECTION THROUGH OPENING NEW OPENING COORD W/ MECH EXIST SLAB (2) 5 /8 "b EPDXY ANCHOR © 8" OC MAX, EA END BEYOND OPNG, 4" EMBED FACE OF ANGLE 172 2 NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY REINF PRIOR TO INSTALLING OF ANCHORS. 2. DO NOT DAMAGE (E) REINF WHEN DRILLING. 3. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF OPENING W/ MECH. \EW ROOF SLAB OPE \INC DETAIL 2 SCALE: NONE REVISED PERMIT COFFMAN N G I N E E R S 1601 Fifth Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 -1625 206 623 0717 Fax 206 624 3775 PS60 RFS4 CITY OF ULA MAY' 0 7 2012 PERMIT CENTER ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN COFFMAN CHECKED E. OJALA ENGINEER DATE SUBTITLE 02.01.11 02.01.11 SECTIONS AND DETAILS CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MECHANICAL MASTER 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL DATE 04.20.12 SHEET RFS4 JOB NO. COMP NO. COL. A- N/1 -32 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09- 096 -RFS4 IltIARTFP 1 /7R/7010 211a•59 PM 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 TTTJTTTTTTTTT PENTHOUSE 4 4 3 2 1 PENTHOUSE #5 ROOF PLA\ SCALE: 1 /32" = 1' -0" REMOVAL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET LEGE \D GE \ERAL \OTES 1. COORDINATE ALL ROOFING WORK WITH BOEING'S PUGET SOUND MAINTENANCE GROUP, C/O JOHN WHITE AT 425 - 478 -0196. REFERE \CE DRAWI \GS RENOVAL \OTES REMOVE ROOF ASSEMBLY, DECKING AND THE LIKE FROM THIS AREA. COORDINATE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION WITH MECHAINCAL REQUIREMENTS. 1Ia 03c1 DLR ArcIi11erture roup En inet.'ringi Mamitng IntCr[ors: REG�ivi CITY OF TEJ nLA MAR 1 o'LUIZ PERMIT CENTER 8' 4' 0 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8"=1' -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE - CONFORMED SET J #11094515 DLR GROUP ECA 03.16.11 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE DLR GROUP 02.09.11 CHECKED R.J.V. 02.11.11 ROOF PLAN (REMOVAL) APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER TITLE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL.A- N/1 -32 CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL ' DATE 11094515 SHEET 03.16.11 RFAOIR JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG No. 09- 096.RF -RFA01 R FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1/8" = 1 -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9-96 AHU UPGRADE — 45% SUBMITTAL 11094515 DLR GROUP VW 02.01.11 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — 90% DRAFT SUBMITTAL 11094515 DLR GROUP V.W. 02.23.11 C 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 DLR GROUP V.W. 03.16.11 D 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — CONFORMED SET J #11094515 DLR GROUP ECA 02.01.12 gi_taPaPAErzAva ° ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE REVIEWED COMPLIANCE CODAPPROVED MAY 21 2012 I City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET bRAWN EDDIE P. DUARTE CHECKED LEGE \D GE\ ERAL \OTES REFERE \CE DRAM \GS CO\ STRUCTIO\ \ OTES PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING CURBS TO SUPPORT NEW AIR HANDLING UNITS LOCATED IN THIS AREA, REF. STRUCT. NO RESINOUS EPDXY FLOOR COATING REQUIRED AT NEW CONCRETE CURB /AHU'S OR AT CROSS HATCHED AREAS. GROUT ABANDONED FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS SOLID AS REQUIRED. 1•11;), 03 r:c i A.rcIiileCnle Engincring ;;Planning': InIer crS i CITY OF TUKWILA, MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER 8' 4' 0 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" DATE 04.14.09 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL J #11094515 DATE 02.01.12 ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL.E- J/5 -27 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER SHEET PA01 1/31/2012 11:25:12 AM JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG No. 09- 096 -PA01 (P1W2) -r- 20' -0" TYP. __ (P1W1) - 11100— IR _ — — T T — J o N PENTHOUSE 5 P1N1 P5 <•� • F X rl �KP1S1, .e x H 2 • L= • • d ,.., '\ _ /\ /\ J� J\ �� _/� JIB �"— /� _J� _/� FLOOR PLA\ SCALE: 1/8" = 1 -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9-96 AHU UPGRADE — 45% SUBMITTAL 11094515 DLR GROUP VW 02.01.11 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — 90% DRAFT SUBMITTAL 11094515 DLR GROUP V.W. 02.23.11 C 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE —ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J #11094515 DLR GROUP V.W. 03.16.11 D 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE — CONFORMED SET J #11094515 DLR GROUP ECA 02.01.12 gi_taPaPAErzAva ° ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE REVIEWED COMPLIANCE CODAPPROVED MAY 21 2012 I City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET bRAWN EDDIE P. DUARTE CHECKED LEGE \D GE\ ERAL \OTES REFERE \CE DRAM \GS CO\ STRUCTIO\ \ OTES PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING CURBS TO SUPPORT NEW AIR HANDLING UNITS LOCATED IN THIS AREA, REF. STRUCT. NO RESINOUS EPDXY FLOOR COATING REQUIRED AT NEW CONCRETE CURB /AHU'S OR AT CROSS HATCHED AREAS. GROUT ABANDONED FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS SOLID AS REQUIRED. 1•11;), 03 r:c i A.rcIiileCnle Engincring ;;Planning': InIer crS i CITY OF TUKWILA, MAR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER 8' 4' 0 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" DATE 04.14.09 SUBTITLE PENTHOUSE PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL J #11094515 DATE 02.01.12 ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09 -096.P COL.E- J/5 -27 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER SHEET PA01 1/31/2012 11:25:12 AM JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG No. 09- 096 -PA01 ArAr7.40" A zA/ffaczakleirA er 7/7/14 F/A ROOF PLA\ SCALE: 1/32" = 1' -0" CONFORMED SET LEGE \D GE \ERAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE ALL ROOFING WORK WITH BOEING'S PUGET SOUND MAINTENANCE GROUP, C/O JOHN WHITE AT 425 - 478 -0196. REFERE \CE DRAWI GS REVIEUVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 21 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CO \STRUCTIO\ COTES TEMPORARY DUCT PENETRATIONS IN MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE ROOF ABOVE. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF PENETRATION WITH MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS AND SITE CONDITIONS, OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC. COORDINATE FRAMING AT PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL. REFER TO DETAIL 1/A201 FOR TYPICAL CURB CONDITION AT PENETRATIONS. SEE 2/A201 FOR PATCHING OF ROOF ONCE TEMPORARY DUCTS ARE REMOVED. MINIMUM TEMPORARY ROOF PROTECTION: PROVIDE LOOSE ROOFING CAPSHEET UNDER ALL TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT, DUCT SUPPORTS AND THE LIKE. PROVIDE 3/4" PLYWOOD OVER CAPSHEETS AND UNDER EQUIPMENT. INSPECT ROOFING, PATCH AND REPAIR AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. COORDINATE WITH BOEING ROOFING REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE CAP SHEET AND PLYWOOD OVER ROOF AT PATHWAYS TO PENTHOUSES FOR PROTECTION DURING EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION AND INSTALLATION, REF MECH. FOR NEW EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. COORDINATE WITH BOEING PROJECT MANAGER FOR TEMP ACCESS POINTS. PATCH /REPLACE ROOF ASSEMBLY AT THIS LOCATION AS NECESSARY TO FILL OPENING CREATED FOR INSTALLATION OF AIR HANDLING UNITS AND DUCTS. 4(2 ,-039 roue ure:. Lnginedi In(0ri4r CITY aF T[1K1_A MAR 262012 PERMIT CENTER 8' 4' 0 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE 90% DRAFT SUBMITTAL 11094515 DLR GROUP 02.23.11 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE - CONFORMED SET J #11094515 DLR GROUP ECA 03.16.11 il)LAnster,Aria ® ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND /OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN DLR GROUP CHECKED R.J.V. ENGINEER DATE 02.09.11 02.11.11 SUBTITLE ROOF PLAN CURRENT REVISION 11094515 SYMBOL A DATE 03.16.11 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE 9 -96 AHU UPGRADE BUILDING 09- 096.RF COLA-N/1 32 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET RFAOI 1/31/2012 1:09:40 PM JOB NO. COMP NO. DWG NO. 09- 096 -RFA01 9 C9 SEALANT, CONT STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP RING PROVIDE 2" SEMI—RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION TO INTERIOR OF CURB. METAL FLASHING. PREFINISHED METAL COUNTER— FLASHING COVER ALL VERTICAL AND SLOPED SURFACES. TEMP PATCH AT EXISTING ROOFING ASSEMBLY EXISTING NEW NEW EXISTING ROOF CURB TREATED WOOD NOM. CUR W/ TREATED WOOD NOM. BASE BLOCKING, NAIL SOLIDLY INTO ONE UNIT. PROVIDE WEDGE BLOCK @ ROOF LEVEL. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR CONNECTION TO FRAME @ OPENING PERIMETER, COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION WITH MECH. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR ROOF OPENING FRAME PATCH EXISTING ROOFING ASSEMBLY TWO CAP SHEET PLYS LINE OF DUCT OR MECHANICAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT. NEW DECKING, INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING ROOF CURB DETAIL SCALE: 3/ "= 1 '-0" PA01 A201 ROOF PATCH DETAIL SCALE: 3/4"= 1 '-0" PA01 A201 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 2 1 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONFORMED SET RECrcivLu CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 2012 PERMIT CENTER Archilecttre.::...Engineoring:::Planning',Antericrsii REVISION APPROVED REVISION APPROVED 51118.. 9-96 AHU UPGRADE 11094515 B 9-96 AHU UPGRADE - 90% DRAFT SUBMITTAL 11094515 9-96 AHU UPGRADE-ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 11094515 D 9-96 AHU UPGRADE-CONFORMED SET J#11094515 DLR GROUP DLR GROUP DLR GROUP DLR GROUP 02.01.11 02.23.11 03.16.11 02.01.12 gLIIirt7EAMIW RE TOTERW ARCIIITECT ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DLR GROUP CHECKED V.W. ENGINEER DATE 01.25.11 SUBTITLE TITLE CHECKED APPROVED WALL SECTIONS 9-96 AHU UPGRADE CURRENT REVISION J#11094515 SYMBOL 02.01.12 BUILDING 09-096 JOB NO. COMP NO. APPROVED ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV CENTER, WA DWG NO. 9-96—A201